diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src')
64 files changed, 0 insertions, 84208 deletions
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2649228..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,531 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief HAL module driver. - * This is the common part of the HAL initialization - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be - used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL. - [..] - The HAL contains two APIs' categories: - (+) Common HAL APIs - (+) Services HAL APIs - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HAL HAL - * @brief HAL module driver. - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief STM32F4xx HAL Driver version number V1.3.2 - */ -#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */ -#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x03) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */ -#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x02) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */ -#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */ -#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\ - |(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\ - |(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\ - |(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_RC)) - -#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) - -/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ -#define SYSCFG_OFFSET (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) -/* --- MEMRMP Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of UFB_MODE bit */ -#define MEMRMP_OFFSET SYSCFG_OFFSET -#define UFB_MODE_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_UFB_MODE) -#define UFB_MODE_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MEMRMP_OFFSET * 32) + (UFB_MODE_BIT_NUMBER * 4)) - -/* --- CMPCR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of CMP_PD bit */ -#define CMPCR_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x20) -#define CMP_PD_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(SYSCFG_CMPCR_CMP_PD) -#define CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMPCR_OFFSET * 32) + (CMP_PD_BIT_NUMBER * 4)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Variables - * @{ - */ -static __IO uint32_t uwTick; -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions - * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initializes the Flash interface the NVIC allocation and initial clock - configuration. It initializes the systick also when timeout is needed - and the backup domain when enabled. - (+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL - (+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated - Tick interrupt priority. - (++) Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user - can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose - timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base - duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and - handled in milliseconds basis. - (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically - at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time - when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). - (++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular - time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a - peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority - (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller - ISR process will be blocked. - (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak - to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file. -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the first - * instruction to be executed in the main program (before to call any other - * HAL function), it performs the following: - * Configure the Flash prefetch, instruction and Data caches. - * Configures the SysTick to generate an interrupt each 1 millisecond, - * which is clocked by the HSI (at this stage, the clock is not yet - * configured and thus the system is running from the internal HSI at 16 MHz). - * Set NVIC Group Priority to 4. - * Calls the HAL_MspInit() callback function defined in user file - * "stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c" to do the global low level hardware initialization - * - * @note SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function, the application - * need to ensure that the SysTick time base is always set to 1 millisecond - * to have correct HAL operation. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void) -{ - /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache */ -#if (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE != 0) - __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE(); -#endif /* INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE */ - -#if (DATA_CACHE_ENABLE != 0) - __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_ENABLE(); -#endif /* DATA_CACHE_ENABLE */ - -#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0) - __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE(); -#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */ - - /* Set Interrupt Group Priority */ - HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4); - - /* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */ - HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY); - - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_MspInit(); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the systick. - * This function is optional. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Reset of all peripherals */ - __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET(); - __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET(); - - __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET(); - __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET(); - - __HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET(); - __HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET(); - - __HAL_RCC_AHB2_FORCE_RESET(); - __HAL_RCC_AHB2_RELEASE_RESET(); - - __HAL_RCC_AHB3_FORCE_RESET(); - __HAL_RCC_AHB3_RELEASE_RESET(); - - /* De-Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_MspDeInit(); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the MSP. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_MspInit(void) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the MSP. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief This function configures the source of the time base. - * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated - * Tick interrupt priority. - * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after - * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). - * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base. - * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. - * Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, - * The the SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower) - * than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked. - * The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other - * implementation in user file. - * @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority. - * @retval HAL status - */ -__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority) -{ - /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/ - HAL_SYSTICK_Config(HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()/1000); - - /*Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */ - HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority ,0); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions - * @brief HAL Control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### HAL Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond - (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond - (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt - (+) Resume the time base source interrupt - (+) Get the HAL API driver version - (+) Get the device identifier - (+) Get the device revision identifier - (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode - (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode - (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick" - * used as application time base. - * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms - * in Systick ISR. - * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other - * implementations in user file. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_IncTick(void) -{ - uwTick++; -} - -/** - * @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond. - * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other - * implementations in user file. - * @retval tick value - */ -__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void) -{ - return uwTick; -} - -/** - * @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based - * on variable incremented. - * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. - * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick - * is incremented. - * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other - * implementations in user file. - * @param Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_Delay(__IO uint32_t Delay) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < Delay) - { - } -} - -/** - * @brief Suspend Tick increment. - * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is - * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick() - * is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment - * is suspended. - * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other - * implementations in user file. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void) -{ - /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */ - SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk; -} - -/** - * @brief Resume Tick increment. - * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is - * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick() - * is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment - * is resumed. - * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other - * implementations in user file. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void) -{ - /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */ - SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the HAL revision - * @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC) - */ -uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void) -{ - return __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the device revision identifier. - * @retval Device revision identifier - */ -uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void) -{ - return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the device identifier. - * @retval Device identifier - */ -uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void) -{ - return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK); -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void) -{ - SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP); -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void) -{ - CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP); -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void) -{ - SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void) -{ - CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void) -{ - SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void) -{ - CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the I/O Compensation Cell. - * @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply - * voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_EnableCompensationCell(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *)CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Power-down the I/O Compensation Cell. - * @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply - * voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DisableCompensationCell(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *)CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; -} - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) -/** - * @brief Enables the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @note Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x00000000) - * and Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000) - * - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_EnableMemorySwappingBank(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *)UFB_MODE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @note The default state : Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x0000 0000) - * and Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000) - * - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DisableMemorySwappingBank(void) -{ - - *(__IO uint32_t *)UFB_MODE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; -} -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_adc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_adc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 00900e7..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_adc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1412 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_adc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + State and errors functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### ADC Peripheral features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) 12-bit, 10-bit, 8-bit or 6-bit configurable resolution. - (#) Interrupt generation at the end of conversion, end of injected conversion, - and in case of analog watchdog or overrun events - (#) Single and continuous conversion modes. - (#) Scan mode for automatic conversion of channel 0 to channel x. - (#) Data alignment with in-built data coherency. - (#) Channel-wise programmable sampling time. - (#) External trigger option with configurable polarity for both regular and - injected conversion. - (#) Dual/Triple mode (on devices with 2 ADCs or more). - (#) Configurable DMA data storage in Dual/Triple ADC mode. - (#) Configurable delay between conversions in Dual/Triple interleaved mode. - (#) ADC conversion type (refer to the datasheets). - (#) ADC supply requirements: 2.4 V to 3.6 V at full speed and down to 1.8 V at - slower speed. - (#) ADC input range: VREF(minus) = VIN = VREF(plus). - (#) DMA request generation during regular channel conversion. - - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#)Initialize the ADC low level resources by implementing the HAL_ADC_MspInit(): - (##) Enable the ADC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_ADC_CLK_ENABLE() - (##) ADC pins configuration - (+++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function: - __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE() - (+++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init() - (##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_IT()) - (+++) Configure the ADC interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() - (+++) Enable the ADC IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() - (+++) In ADC IRQ handler, call HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() - (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_DMA()) - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE() - (+++) Configure and enable two DMA streams stream for managing data - transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream) - (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the CRYP DMA handle - using __HAL_LINKDMA() - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete - interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher - priority than the input stream. - - *** Configuration of ADC, groups regular/injected, channels parameters *** - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Configure the ADC parameters (resolution, data alignment, ...) - and regular group parameters (conversion trigger, sequencer, ...) - using function HAL_ADC_Init(). - - (#) Configure the channels for regular group parameters (channel number, - channel rank into sequencer, ..., into regular group) - using function HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel(). - - (#) Optionally, configure the injected group parameters (conversion trigger, - sequencer, ..., of injected group) - and the channels for injected group parameters (channel number, - channel rank into sequencer, ..., into injected group) - using function HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel(). - - (#) Optionally, configure the analog watchdog parameters (channels - monitored, thresholds, ...) using function HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig(). - - (#) Optionally, for devices with several ADC instances: configure the - multimode parameters using function HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel(). - - *** Execution of ADC conversions *** - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) ADC driver can be used among three modes: polling, interruption, - transfer by DMA. - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start() - (+) Wait for end of conversion using HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(), at this stage - user can specify the value of timeout according to his end application - (+) To read the ADC converted values, use the HAL_ADC_GetValue() function. - (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop() - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start_IT() - (+) Use HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() called under ADC_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine - (+) At ADC end of conversion HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback - (+) In case of ADC Error, HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback - (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop_IT() - - *** DMA mode IO operation *** - ============================== - [..] - (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length - of data to be transferred at each end of conversion - (+) At The end of data transfer by HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback - (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA() - - *** ADC HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in ADC HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_ADC_ENABLE : Enable the ADC peripheral - (+) __HAL_ADC_DISABLE : Disable the ADC peripheral - (+) __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT: Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt - (+) __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT: Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt - (+) __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified ADC interrupt source is enabled or disabled - (+) __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the ADC's pending flags - (+) __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected ADC's flag status - (+) ADC_GET_RESOLUTION: Return resolution bits in CR1 register - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the ADC HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - *** Deinitialization of ADC *** - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Disable the ADC interface - (++) ADC clock can be hard reset and disabled at RCC top level. - (++) Hard reset of ADC peripherals - using macro __HAL_RCC_ADC_FORCE_RESET(), __HAL_RCC_ADC_RELEASE_RESET(). - (++) ADC clock disable using the equivalent macro/functions as configuration step. - (+++) Example: - Into HAL_ADC_MspDeInit() (recommended code location) or with - other device clock parameters configuration: - (+++) HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure); - (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI; - (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; (if not used for system clock) - (+++) HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure); - - (#) ADC pins configuration - (++) Disable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using macro __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_DISABLE() - - (#) Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions: - (++) Disable the NVIC for ADC using function HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn) - - (#) Optionally, in case of usage of DMA: - (++) Deinitialize the DMA using function HAL_DMA_DeInit(). - (++) Disable the NVIC for DMA using function HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn) - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup ADC ADC - * @brief ADC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup ADC_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -static void ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); -static void ADC_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void ADC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -/** - * @} - */ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions ADC Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the ADC. - (+) De-initialize the ADC. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters - * in the ADC_InitStruct and initializes the ADC MSP. - * - * @note This function is used to configure the global features of the ADC ( - * ClockPrescaler, Resolution, Data Alignment and number of conversion), however, - * the rest of the configuration parameters are specific to the regular - * channels group (scan mode activation, continuous mode activation, - * External trigger source and edge, DMA continuous request after the - * last transfer and End of conversion selection). - * - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* Check ADC handle */ - if(hadc == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_CLOCKPRESCALER(hadc->Init.ClockPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(hadc->Init.Resolution)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(hadc->Init.DataAlign)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_EOCSelection(hadc->Init.EOCSelection)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode)); - - if(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv != ADC_SOFTWARE_START) - { - assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge)); - } - - if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hadc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_ADC_MspInit(hadc); - } - - /* Initialize the ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set ADC parameters */ - ADC_Init(hadc); - - /* Set ADC error code to none */ - hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the ADCx peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* Check ADC handle */ - if(hadc == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); - - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(hadc); - - /* Set ADC error code to none */ - hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the ADC MSP. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_ADC_MspInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_ADC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the ADC MSP. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_ADC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief IO operation functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Start conversion of regular channel. - (+) Stop conversion of regular channel. - (+) Start conversion of regular channel and enable interrupt. - (+) Stop conversion of regular channel and disable interrupt. - (+) Start conversion of regular channel and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop conversion of regular channel and disable DMA transfer. - (+) Handle ADC interrupt request. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables ADC and starts conversion of the regular channels. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - __IO uint32_t counter = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hadc); - - /* Check if an injected conversion is ongoing */ - if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ) - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG; - } - else - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG; - } - - /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during - Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */ - if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON) - { - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc); - - /* Delay for ADC stabilization time */ - /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ - counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000)); - while(counter != 0) - { - counter--; - } - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - - /* Check if Multimode enabled */ - if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI)) - { - /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */ - if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART; - } - } - else - { - /* if instance of handle correspond to ADC1 and no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */ - if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && ((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET)) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART; - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables ADC and stop conversion of regular channels. - * - * @note Caution: This function will stop also injected channels. - * - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * - * @retval HAL status. - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc); - - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Poll for regular conversion complete - * @note ADC conversion flags EOS (end of sequence) and EOC (end of - * conversion) are cleared by this function. - * @note This function cannot be used in a particular setup: ADC configured - * in DMA mode and polling for end of each conversion (ADC init - * parameter "EOCSelection" set to ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV). - * In this case, DMA resets the flag EOC and polling cannot be - * performed on each conversion. Nevertheless, polling can still - * be performed on the complete sequence. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @param Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Verification that ADC configuration is compliant with polling for */ - /* each conversion: */ - /* Particular case is ADC configured in DMA mode and ADC sequencer with */ - /* several ranks and polling for end of each conversion. */ - /* For code simplicity sake, this particular case is generalized to */ - /* ADC configured in DMA mode and polling for end of each conversion. */ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_EOCS) && - HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_DMA) ) - { - /* Update ADC state machine to error */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Check End of conversion flag */ - while(!(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOC))) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */ - if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ) - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG; - } - else - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG; - } - - /* Return ADC state */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Poll for conversion event - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @param EventType: the ADC event type. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_AWD_EVENT: ADC Analog watch Dog event. - * @arg ADC_OVR_EVENT: ADC Overrun event. - * @param Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForEvent(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t EventType, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_EVENT_TYPE(EventType)); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Check selected event flag */ - while(!(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc,EventType))) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Check analog watchdog flag */ - if(EventType == ADC_AWD_EVENT) - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD; - - /* Clear the ADCx's analog watchdog flag */ - __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD); - } - else - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Clear the ADCx's Overrun flag */ - __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR); - } - - /* Return ADC state */ - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Enables the interrupt and starts ADC conversion of regular channels. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval HAL status. - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - __IO uint32_t counter = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hadc); - - /* Check if an injected conversion is ongoing */ - if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ) - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG; - } - else - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG; - } - - /* Set ADC error code to none */ - hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during - Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */ - if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON) - { - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc); - - /* Delay for ADC stabilization time */ - /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ - counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000)); - while(counter != 0) - { - counter--; - } - } - - /* Enable the ADC overrun interrupt */ - __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); - - /* Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */ - __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - - /* Check if Multimode enabled */ - if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI)) - { - /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */ - if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART; - } - } - else - { - /* if instance of handle correspond to ADC1 and no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */ - if((hadc->Instance == (ADC_TypeDef*)0x40012000) && ((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET)) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART; - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the interrupt and stop ADC conversion of regular channels. - * - * @note Caution: This function will stop also injected channels. - * - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval HAL status. - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); - - /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_CR1_JEOCIE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc); - - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handles ADC interrupt request - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_EOCSelection(hadc->Init.EOCSelection)); - - tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOC); - tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); - /* Check End of conversion flag for regular channels */ - if(tmp1 && tmp2) - { - /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */ - if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ) - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG; - } - else - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG; - } - - if((hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) && ((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET)) - { - if(hadc->Init.EOCSelection == ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV) - { - /* DISABLE the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); - - /* DISABLE the ADC overrun interrupt */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); - } - else - { - if (hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank == 0) - { - hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank = hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion; - } - - /* Decrement the number of conversion when an interrupt occurs */ - hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank--; - - /* Check if all conversions are finished */ - if(hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank == 0) - { - /* DISABLE the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); - - /* DISABLE the ADC overrun interrupt */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); - } - } - } - - /* Conversion complete callback */ - HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc); - - /* Clear the ADCx flag for regular end of conversion */ - __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_EOC); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOC); - tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); - /* Check End of conversion flag for injected channels */ - if(tmp1 && tmp2) - { - /* Check if a regular conversion is ready */ - if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG) - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG; - } - else - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ; - } - - tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO); - tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN); - if(((hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) || tmp1) && tmp2) - { - /* DISABLE the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); - } - - /* Conversion complete callback */ - HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback(hadc); - - /* Clear the ADCx flag for injected end of conversion */ - __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_JEOC); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD); - tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD); - /* Check Analog watchdog flag */ - if(tmp1 && tmp2) - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD; - - /* Clear the ADCx's Analog watchdog flag */ - __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_AWD); - - /* Level out of window callback */ - HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(hadc); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR); - tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); - /* Check Overrun flag */ - if(tmp1 && tmp2) - { - /* Change ADC state to overrun state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Set ADC error code to overrun */ - hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR; - - /* Clear the Overrun flag */ - __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_OVR); - - /* Error callback */ - HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables ADC DMA request after last transfer (Single-ADC mode) and enables ADC peripheral - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @param pData: The destination Buffer address. - * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length) -{ - __IO uint32_t counter = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hadc); - - /* Enable ADC overrun interrupt */ - __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); - - /* Enable ADC DMA mode */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_DMA; - - /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */ - hadc->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = ADC_DMAConvCplt; - - /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback */ - hadc->DMA_Handle->XferHalfCpltCallback = ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = ADC_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hadc->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hadc->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Length); - - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - - /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during - Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */ - if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON) - { - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc); - - /* Delay for ADC stabilization time */ - /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ - counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000)); - while(counter != 0) - { - counter--; - } - } - - /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */ - if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_SWSTART; - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables ADC DMA (Single-ADC mode) and disables ADC peripheral - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc); - - /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); - - /* Disable the selected ADC DMA mode */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~ADC_CR2_DMA; - - /* Disable the ADC DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle); - - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the converted value from data register of regular channel. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval Converted value - */ -uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* Return the selected ADC converted value */ - return hadc->Instance->DR; -} - -/** - * @brief Regular conversion complete callback in non blocking mode - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Regular conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Analog watchdog callback in non blocking mode - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_ADC_LevelOoutOfWindowCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Error ADC callback. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure regular channels. - (+) Configure injected channels. - (+) Configure multimode. - (+) Configure the analog watch dog. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - /** - * @brief Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding - * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @param sConfig: ADC configuration structure. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig) -{ - __IO uint32_t counter = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(sConfig->Channel)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(sConfig->Rank)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(sConfig->SamplingTime)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hadc); - - /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */ - if (sConfig->Channel > ADC_CHANNEL_9) - { - /* Clear the old sample time */ - hadc->Instance->SMPR1 &= ~ADC_SMPR1(ADC_SMPR1_SMP10, sConfig->Channel); - - /* Set the new sample time */ - hadc->Instance->SMPR1 |= ADC_SMPR1(sConfig->SamplingTime, sConfig->Channel); - } - else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ - { - /* Clear the old sample time */ - hadc->Instance->SMPR2 &= ~ADC_SMPR2(ADC_SMPR2_SMP0, sConfig->Channel); - - /* Set the new sample time */ - hadc->Instance->SMPR2 |= ADC_SMPR2(sConfig->SamplingTime, sConfig->Channel); - } - - /* For Rank 1 to 6 */ - if (sConfig->Rank < 7) - { - /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ - hadc->Instance->SQR3 &= ~ADC_SQR3_RK(ADC_SQR3_SQ1, sConfig->Rank); - - /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ - hadc->Instance->SQR3 |= ADC_SQR3_RK(sConfig->Channel, sConfig->Rank); - } - /* For Rank 7 to 12 */ - else if (sConfig->Rank < 13) - { - /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ - hadc->Instance->SQR2 &= ~ADC_SQR2_RK(ADC_SQR2_SQ7, sConfig->Rank); - - /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ - hadc->Instance->SQR2 |= ADC_SQR2_RK(sConfig->Channel, sConfig->Rank); - } - /* For Rank 13 to 16 */ - else - { - /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ - hadc->Instance->SQR1 &= ~ADC_SQR1_RK(ADC_SQR1_SQ13, sConfig->Rank); - - /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ - hadc->Instance->SQR1 |= ADC_SQR1_RK(sConfig->Channel, sConfig->Rank); - } - - /* if ADC1 Channel_18 is selected enable VBAT Channel */ - if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && (sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT)) - { - /* Enable the VBAT channel*/ - ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_VBATE; - } - - /* if ADC1 Channel_16 or Channel_17 is selected enable TSVREFE Channel(Temperature sensor and VREFINT) */ - if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && ((sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR) || (sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT))) - { - /* Enable the TSVREFE channel*/ - ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_TSVREFE; - - if((sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR)) - { - /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */ - /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ - counter = (ADC_TEMPSENSOR_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000)); - while(counter != 0) - { - counter--; - } - } - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the analog watchdog. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @param AnalogWDGConfig : pointer to an ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef structure - * that contains the configuration information of ADC analog watchdog. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef* AnalogWDGConfig) -{ -#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT - uint32_t tmp = 0; -#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode)); - -#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT - tmp = ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc); - assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(tmp, AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(tmp, AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold)); -#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hadc); - - if(AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode == ENABLE) - { - /* Enable the ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */ - __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD); - } - else - { - /* Disable the ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD); - } - - /* Clear AWDEN, JAWDEN and AWDSGL bits */ - hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CR1_JAWDEN | ADC_CR1_AWDEN); - - /* Set the analog watchdog enable mode */ - hadc->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode; - - /* Set the high threshold */ - hadc->Instance->HTR = AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold; - - /* Set the low threshold */ - hadc->Instance->LTR = AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold; - - /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */ - hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~ADC_CR1_AWDCH; - - /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */ - hadc->Instance->CR1 |= (uint32_t)((uint16_t)(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel)); - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group4 ADC Peripheral State functions - * @brief ADC Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and errors functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides functions allowing to - (+) Check the ADC state - (+) Check the ADC Error - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief return the ADC state - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_ADC_StateTypeDef HAL_ADC_GetState(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* Return ADC state */ - return hadc->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the ADC error code - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval ADC Error Code - */ -uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetError(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) -{ - return hadc->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup ADC_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters - * in the ADC_InitStruct without initializing the ADC MSP. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval None - */ -static void ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* Set ADC parameters */ - /* Set the ADC clock prescaler */ - ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_ADCPRE); - ADC->CCR |= hadc->Init.ClockPrescaler; - - /* Set ADC scan mode */ - hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_SCAN); - hadc->Instance->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_SCANCONV(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode); - - /* Set ADC resolution */ - hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_RES); - hadc->Instance->CR1 |= hadc->Init.Resolution; - - /* Set ADC data alignment */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_ALIGN); - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= hadc->Init.DataAlign; - - /* Enable external trigger if trigger selection is different of software */ - /* start. */ - /* Note: This configuration keeps the hardware feature of parameter */ - /* ExternalTrigConvEdge "trigger edge none" equivalent to */ - /* software start. */ - if(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv != ADC_SOFTWARE_START) - { - /* Select external trigger to start conversion */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTSEL); - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv; - - /* Select external trigger polarity */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTEN); - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge; - } - else - { - /* Reset the external trigger */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTSEL); - hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTEN); - } - - /* Enable or disable ADC continuous conversion mode */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_CONT); - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_CONTINUOUS(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode); - - if(hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode != DISABLE) - { - assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(hadc->Init.NbrOfDiscConversion)); - - /* Enable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ - hadc->Instance->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_DISCEN; - - /* Set the number of channels to be converted in discontinuous mode */ - hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_DISCNUM); - hadc->Instance->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_DISCONTINUOUS(hadc->Init.NbrOfDiscConversion); - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ - hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_DISCEN); - } - - /* Set ADC number of conversion */ - hadc->Instance->SQR1 &= ~(ADC_SQR1_L); - hadc->Instance->SQR1 |= ADC_SQR1(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion); - - /* Enable or disable ADC DMA continuous request */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_DDS); - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_DMAContReq(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests); - - /* Enable or disable ADC end of conversion selection */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EOCS); - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_EOCSelection(hadc->Init.EOCSelection); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA transfer complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void ADC_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */ - if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ) - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG; - } - else - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG; - } - - HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - /* Conversion complete callback */ - HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(hadc); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA error callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void ADC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR; - /* Set ADC error code to DMA error */ - hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA; - HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 37a9c4c..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,872 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the ADC extension peripheral: - * + Extended features functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#)Initialize the ADC low level resources by implementing the HAL_ADC_MspInit(): - (##) Enable the ADC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_ADC_CLK_ENABLE() - (##) ADC pins configuration - (+++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function: - __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE() - (+++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init() - (##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_IT()) - (+++) Configure the ADC interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() - (+++) Enable the ADC IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() - (+++) In ADC IRQ handler, call HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() - (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_DMA()) - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE() - (+++) Configure and enable two DMA streams stream for managing data - transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream) - (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the ADC DMA handle - using __HAL_LINKDMA() - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete - interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher - priority than the input stream. - (#) Configure the ADC Prescaler, conversion resolution and data alignment - using the HAL_ADC_Init() function. - - (#) Configure the ADC Injected channels group features, use HAL_ADC_Init() - and HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel() functions. - - (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver : - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart() - (+) Wait for end of conversion using HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(), at this stage - user can specify the value of timeout according to his end application - (+) To read the ADC converted values, use the HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue() function. - (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop() - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT() - (+) Use HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() called under ADC_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine - (+) At ADC end of conversion HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback - (+) In case of ADC Error, HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback - (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT() - - - *** DMA mode IO operation *** - ============================== - [..] - (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length - of data to be transferred at each end of conversion - (+) At The end of data transfer ba HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback - (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_DMA() - - *** Multi mode ADCs Regular channels configuration *** - ====================================================== - [..] - (+) Select the Multi mode ADC regular channels features (dual or triple mode) - and configure the DMA mode using HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel() functions. - (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length - of data to be transferred at each end of conversion - (+) Read the ADCs converted values using the HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue() function. - - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup ADCEx ADCEx - * @brief ADC Extended driver modules - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup ADCEx_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -static void ADC_MultiModeDMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void ADC_MultiModeDMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void ADC_MultiModeDMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions ADC Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions - * @brief Extended features functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Extended features functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Start conversion of injected channel. - (+) Stop conversion of injected channel. - (+) Start multimode and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop multimode and disable DMA transfer. - (+) Get result of injected channel conversion. - (+) Get result of multimode conversion. - (+) Configure injected channels. - (+) Configure multimode. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the injected channels. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - __IO uint32_t counter = 0; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hadc); - - /* Check if a regular conversion is ongoing */ - if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG) - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG; - } - else - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ; - } - - /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during - Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */ - if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON) - { - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc); - - /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */ - /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ - counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000)); - while(counter != 0) - { - counter--; - } - } - - /* Check if Multimode enabled */ - if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI)) - { - tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN); - tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO); - if(tmp1 && tmp2) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART; - } - } - else - { - tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN); - tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO); - if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && tmp1 && tmp2) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART; - } - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the interrupt and starts ADC conversion of injected channels. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * - * @retval HAL status. - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - __IO uint32_t counter = 0; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 =0; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hadc); - - /* Check if a regular conversion is ongoing */ - if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG) - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG; - } - else - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ; - } - - /* Set ADC error code to none */ - hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during - Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */ - if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON) - { - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc); - - /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */ - /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ - counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000)); - while(counter != 0) - { - counter--; - } - } - - /* Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */ - __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); - - /* Enable the ADC overrun interrupt */ - __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); - - /* Check if Multimode enabled */ - if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI)) - { - tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN); - tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO); - if(tmp1 && tmp2) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART; - } - } - else - { - tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN); - tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO); - if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && tmp1 && tmp2) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART; - } - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables ADC and stop conversion of injected channels. - * - * @note Caution: This function will stop also regular channels. - * - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval HAL status. - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc); - - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Poll for injected conversion complete - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @param Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Check End of conversion flag */ - while(!(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOC))) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Check if a regular conversion is ready */ - if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG) - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG; - } - else - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ; - } - - /* Return ADC state */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the interrupt and stop ADC conversion of injected channels. - * - * @note Caution: This function will stop also regular channels. - * - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval HAL status. - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); - - /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_CR1_JEOCIE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc); - - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the converted value from data register of injected channel. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @param InjectedRank: the ADC injected rank. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1: Injected Channel1 selected - * @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2: Injected Channel2 selected - * @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3: Injected Channel3 selected - * @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4: Injected Channel4 selected - * @retval None - */ -uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t InjectedRank) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(InjectedRank)); - - /* Clear the ADCx's flag for injected end of conversion */ - __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_JEOC); - - /* Return the selected ADC converted value */ - switch(InjectedRank) - { - case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4: - { - tmp = hadc->Instance->JDR4; - } - break; - case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3: - { - tmp = hadc->Instance->JDR3; - } - break; - case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2: - { - tmp = hadc->Instance->JDR2; - } - break; - case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1: - { - tmp = hadc->Instance->JDR1; - } - break; - default: - break; - } - return tmp; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables ADC DMA request after last transfer (Multi-ADC mode) and enables ADC peripheral - * - * @note Caution: This function must be used only with the ADC master. - * - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @param pData: Pointer to buffer in which transferred from ADC peripheral to memory will be stored. - * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length) -{ - __IO uint32_t counter = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hadc); - - /* Enable ADC overrun interrupt */ - __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); - - if (hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ - ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_DDS; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC EOC rising on each regular channel conversion */ - ADC->CCR &= ~ADC_CCR_DDS; - } - - /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */ - hadc->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = ADC_MultiModeDMAConvCplt; - - /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback */ - hadc->DMA_Handle->XferHalfCpltCallback = ADC_MultiModeDMAHalfConvCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = ADC_MultiModeDMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hadc->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&ADC->CDR, (uint32_t)pData, Length); - - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG; - - /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during - Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */ - if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON) - { - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc); - - /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */ - /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ - counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000)); - while(counter != 0) - { - counter--; - } - } - - /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */ - if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART; - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables ADC DMA (multi-ADC mode) and disables ADC peripheral - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hadc); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc); - - /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */ - __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); - - /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ - ADC->CCR &= ~ADC_CCR_DDS; - - /* Disable the ADC DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle); - - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the last ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular conversions results - * data in the selected multi mode. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval The converted data value. - */ -uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* Return the multi mode conversion value */ - return ADC->CDR; -} - -/** - * @brief Injected conversion complete callback in non blocking mode - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_ADC_InjectedConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding - * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. - * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @param sConfigInjected: ADC configuration structure for injected channel. - * @retval None - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef* sConfigInjected) -{ - -#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT - uint32_t tmp = 0; -#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(sConfigInjected->InjectedRank)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode)); - -#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT - tmp = ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc); - assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(tmp, sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset)); -#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ - - if(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge != ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START) - { - assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge)); - } - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hadc); - - /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */ - if (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel > ADC_CHANNEL_9) - { - /* Clear the old sample time */ - hadc->Instance->SMPR1 &= ~ADC_SMPR1(ADC_SMPR1_SMP10, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel); - - /* Set the new sample time */ - hadc->Instance->SMPR1 |= ADC_SMPR1(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel); - } - else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ - { - /* Clear the old sample time */ - hadc->Instance->SMPR2 &= ~ADC_SMPR2(ADC_SMPR2_SMP0, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel); - - /* Set the new sample time */ - hadc->Instance->SMPR2 |= ADC_SMPR2(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel); - } - - /*---------------------------- ADCx JSQR Configuration -----------------*/ - hadc->Instance->JSQR &= ~(ADC_JSQR_JL); - hadc->Instance->JSQR |= ADC_SQR1(sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion); - - /* Rank configuration */ - - /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ - hadc->Instance->JSQR &= ~ADC_JSQR(ADC_JSQR_JSQ1, sConfigInjected->InjectedRank,sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion); - - /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ - hadc->Instance->JSQR |= ADC_JSQR(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel, sConfigInjected->InjectedRank,sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion); - - /* Enable external trigger if trigger selection is different of software */ - /* start. */ - /* Note: This configuration keeps the hardware feature of parameter */ - /* ExternalTrigConvEdge "trigger edge none" equivalent to */ - /* software start. */ - if(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv != ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START) - { - /* Select external trigger to start conversion */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL); - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv; - - /* Select external trigger polarity */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTEN); - hadc->Instance->CR2 |= sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge; - } - else - { - /* Reset the external trigger */ - hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL); - hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTEN); - } - - if (sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ - hadc->Instance->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_JAUTO; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ - hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_JAUTO); - } - - if (sConfigInjected->InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ - hadc->Instance->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_JDISCEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ - hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_JDISCEN); - } - - switch(sConfigInjected->InjectedRank) - { - case 1: - /* Set injected channel 1 offset */ - hadc->Instance->JOFR1 &= ~(ADC_JOFR1_JOFFSET1); - hadc->Instance->JOFR1 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset; - break; - case 2: - /* Set injected channel 2 offset */ - hadc->Instance->JOFR2 &= ~(ADC_JOFR2_JOFFSET2); - hadc->Instance->JOFR2 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset; - break; - case 3: - /* Set injected channel 3 offset */ - hadc->Instance->JOFR3 &= ~(ADC_JOFR3_JOFFSET3); - hadc->Instance->JOFR3 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset; - break; - default: - /* Set injected channel 4 offset */ - hadc->Instance->JOFR4 &= ~(ADC_JOFR4_JOFFSET4); - hadc->Instance->JOFR4 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset; - break; - } - - /* if ADC1 Channel_18 is selected enable VBAT Channel */ - if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT)) - { - /* Enable the VBAT channel*/ - ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_VBATE; - } - - /* if ADC1 Channel_16 or Channel_17 is selected enable TSVREFE Channel(Temperature sensor and VREFINT) */ - if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && ((sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR) || (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT))) - { - /* Enable the TSVREFE channel*/ - ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_TSVREFE; - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the ADC multi-mode - * @param hadc : pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC. - * @param multimode : pointer to an ADC_MultiModeTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for multimode. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_MultiModeTypeDef* multimode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_MODE(multimode->Mode)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE(multimode->DMAAccessMode)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLING_DELAY(multimode->TwoSamplingDelay)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hadc); - - /* Set ADC mode */ - ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_MULTI); - ADC->CCR |= multimode->Mode; - - /* Set the ADC DMA access mode */ - ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_DMA); - ADC->CCR |= multimode->DMAAccessMode; - - /* Set delay between two sampling phases */ - ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_DELAY); - ADC->CCR |= multimode->TwoSamplingDelay; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - /** - * @brief DMA transfer complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void ADC_MultiModeDMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */ - if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ) - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG; - } - else - { - /* Change ADC state */ - hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG; - } - - HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void ADC_MultiModeDMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - /* Conversion complete callback */ - HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(hadc); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA error callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void ADC_MultiModeDMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR; - /* Set ADC error code to DMA error */ - hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA; - HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_can.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_can.c deleted file mode 100644 index bea728a..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_can.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1438 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_can.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Controller Area Network (CAN) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State and Error functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable the CAN controller interface clock using - __HAL_RCC_CAN1_CLK_ENABLE() for CAN1 and __HAL_RCC_CAN2_CLK_ENABLE() for CAN2 - -@- In case you are using CAN2 only, you have to enable the CAN1 clock. - - (#) CAN pins configuration - (++) Enable the clock for the CAN GPIOs using the following function: - __GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE() - (++) Connect and configure the involved CAN pins to AF9 using the - following function HAL_GPIO_Init() - - (#) Initialize and configure the CAN using CAN_Init() function. - - (#) Transmit the desired CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Transmit() function. - - (#) Receive a CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Receive() function. - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Start the CAN peripheral transmission and wait the end of this operation - using HAL_CAN_Transmit(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout - according to his end application - (+) Start the CAN peripheral reception and wait the end of this operation - using HAL_CAN_Receive(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout - according to his end application - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) Start the CAN peripheral transmission using HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT() - (+) Start the CAN peripheral reception using HAL_CAN_Receive_IT() - (+) Use HAL_CAN_IRQHandler() called under the used CAN Interrupt subroutine - (+) At CAN end of transmission HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback - (+) In case of CAN Error, HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback - - *** CAN HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in CAN HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified CAN interrupts - (+) __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified CAN interrupts - (+) __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified CAN interrupt source is enabled or disabled - (+) __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the CAN's pending flags - (+) __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG: Get the selected CAN's flag status - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the CAN HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN CAN - * @brief CAN driver modules - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F446xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup CAN_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE 10 -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup CAN_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions CAN Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the CAN. - (+) De-initialize the CAN. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified - * parameters in the CAN_InitStruct. - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Init(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) -{ - uint32_t InitStatus = 3; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check CAN handle */ - if(hcan == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_INSTANCE(hcan->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.TTCM)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.ABOM)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.AWUM)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.NART)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.RFLM)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.TXFP)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_MODE(hcan->Init.Mode)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_SJW(hcan->Init.SJW)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_BS1(hcan->Init.BS1)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_BS2(hcan->Init.BS2)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_PRESCALER(hcan->Init.Prescaler)); - - - if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hcan->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_CAN_MspInit(hcan); - } - - /* Initialize the CAN state*/ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Exit from sleep mode */ - hcan->Instance->MCR &= (~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP); - - /* Request initialisation */ - hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_INRQ ; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait the acknowledge */ - while((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Check acknowledge */ - if ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) - { - InitStatus = CAN_INITSTATUS_FAILED; - } - else - { - /* Set the time triggered communication mode */ - if (hcan->Init.TTCM == ENABLE) - { - hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM; - } - else - { - hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM; - } - - /* Set the automatic bus-off management */ - if (hcan->Init.ABOM == ENABLE) - { - hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_ABOM; - } - else - { - hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_ABOM; - } - - /* Set the automatic wake-up mode */ - if (hcan->Init.AWUM == ENABLE) - { - hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_AWUM; - } - else - { - hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_AWUM; - } - - /* Set the no automatic retransmission */ - if (hcan->Init.NART == ENABLE) - { - hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_NART; - } - else - { - hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_NART; - } - - /* Set the receive FIFO locked mode */ - if (hcan->Init.RFLM == ENABLE) - { - hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_RFLM; - } - else - { - hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_RFLM; - } - - /* Set the transmit FIFO priority */ - if (hcan->Init.TXFP == ENABLE) - { - hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TXFP; - } - else - { - hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TXFP; - } - - /* Set the bit timing register */ - hcan->Instance->BTR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)hcan->Init.Mode) | \ - ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.SJW) | \ - ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.BS1) | \ - ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.BS2) | \ - ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.Prescaler - 1); - - /* Request leave initialisation */ - hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait the acknowledge */ - while((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Check acknowledged */ - if ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) - { - InitStatus = CAN_INITSTATUS_FAILED; - } - else - { - InitStatus = CAN_INITSTATUS_SUCCESS; - } - } - - if(InitStatus == CAN_INITSTATUS_SUCCESS) - { - /* Set CAN error code to none */ - hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - /* Initialize the CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified - * parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct. - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @param sFilterConfig: pointer to a CAN_FilterConfTypeDef structure that - * contains the filter configuration information. - * @retval None - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, CAN_FilterConfTypeDef* sFilterConfig) -{ - uint32_t filternbrbitpos = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(sFilterConfig->FilterNumber)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(sFilterConfig->FilterMode)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(sFilterConfig->FilterScale)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sFilterConfig->FilterActivation)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(sFilterConfig->BankNumber)); - - filternbrbitpos = ((uint32_t)1) << sFilterConfig->FilterNumber; - - /* Initialisation mode for the filter */ - CAN1->FMR |= (uint32_t)CAN_FMR_FINIT; - - /* Select the start slave bank */ - CAN1->FMR &= ~((uint32_t)CAN_FMR_CAN2SB); - CAN1->FMR |= (uint32_t)(sFilterConfig->BankNumber << 8); - - /* Filter Deactivation */ - CAN1->FA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos; - - /* Filter Scale */ - if (sFilterConfig->FilterScale == CAN_FILTERSCALE_16BIT) - { - /* 16-bit scale for the filter */ - CAN1->FS1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos; - - /* First 16-bit identifier and First 16-bit mask */ - /* Or First 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit identifier */ - CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR1 = - ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdLow) << 16) | - (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdLow); - - /* Second 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit mask */ - /* Or Third 16-bit identifier and Fourth 16-bit identifier */ - CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR2 = - ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | - (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdHigh); - } - - if (sFilterConfig->FilterScale == CAN_FILTERSCALE_32BIT) - { - /* 32-bit scale for the filter */ - CAN1->FS1R |= filternbrbitpos; - /* 32-bit identifier or First 32-bit identifier */ - CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR1 = - ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdHigh) << 16) | - (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdLow); - /* 32-bit mask or Second 32-bit identifier */ - CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR2 = - ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | - (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdLow); - } - - /* Filter Mode */ - if (sFilterConfig->FilterMode == CAN_FILTERMODE_IDMASK) - { - /*Id/Mask mode for the filter*/ - CAN1->FM1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos; - } - else /* CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdList */ - { - /*Identifier list mode for the filter*/ - CAN1->FM1R |= (uint32_t)filternbrbitpos; - } - - /* Filter FIFO assignment */ - if (sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_FILTER_FIFO0) - { - /* FIFO 0 assignation for the filter */ - CAN1->FFA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos; - } - - if (sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_FILTER_FIFO1) - { - /* FIFO 1 assignation for the filter */ - CAN1->FFA1R |= (uint32_t)filternbrbitpos; - } - - /* Filter activation */ - if (sFilterConfig->FilterActivation == ENABLE) - { - CAN1->FA1R |= filternbrbitpos; - } - - /* Leave the initialisation mode for the filter */ - CAN1->FMR &= ~((uint32_t)CAN_FMR_FINIT); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the CANx peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_DeInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) -{ - /* Check CAN handle */ - if(hcan == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_INSTANCE(hcan->Instance)); - - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_CAN_MspDeInit(hcan); - - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CAN MSP. - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_CAN_MspInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CAN_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the CAN MSP. - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_CAN_MspDeInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CAN_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief IO operation functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Transmit a CAN frame message. - (+) Receive a CAN frame message. - (+) Enter CAN peripheral in sleep mode. - (+) Wake up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t transmitmailbox = 5; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(hcan->pTxMsg->RTR)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(hcan->pTxMsg->DLC)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcan); - - if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */ - if ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0) - { - transmitmailbox = 0; - } - else if ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1) - { - transmitmailbox = 1; - } - else if ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2) - { - transmitmailbox = 2; - } - else - { - transmitmailbox = CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX; - } - - if (transmitmailbox != CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX) - { - /* Set up the Id */ - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR &= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ; - if (hcan->pTxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) - { - assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(hcan->pTxMsg->StdId)); - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->StdId << 21) | \ - hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); - } - else - { - assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId)); - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId << 3) | \ - hcan->pTxMsg->IDE | \ - hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); - } - - /* Set up the DLC */ - hcan->pTxMsg->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000F; - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0; - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR |= hcan->pTxMsg->DLC; - - /* Set up the data field */ - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDLR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[3] << 24) | - ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[2] << 16) | - ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[1] << 8) | - ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[0])); - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDHR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[7] << 24) | - ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[6] << 16) | - ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[5] << 8) | - ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[4])); - /* Request transmission */ - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Check End of transmission flag */ - while(!(__HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, transmitmailbox))) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - } - else - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) -{ - uint32_t transmitmailbox = 5; - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(hcan->pTxMsg->RTR)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(hcan->pTxMsg->DLC)); - - tmp = hcan->State; - if((tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) || (tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcan); - - /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */ - if((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0) - { - transmitmailbox = 0; - } - else if((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1) - { - transmitmailbox = 1; - } - else if((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2) - { - transmitmailbox = 2; - } - else - { - transmitmailbox = CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX; - } - - if(transmitmailbox != CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX) - { - /* Set up the Id */ - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR &= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ; - if(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) - { - assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(hcan->pTxMsg->StdId)); - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->StdId << 21) | \ - hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); - } - else - { - assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId)); - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId << 3) | \ - hcan->pTxMsg->IDE | \ - hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); - } - - /* Set up the DLC */ - hcan->pTxMsg->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000F; - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0; - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR |= hcan->pTxMsg->DLC; - - /* Set up the data field */ - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDLR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[3] << 24) | - ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[2] << 16) | - ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[1] << 8) | - ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[0])); - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDHR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[7] << 24) | - ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[6] << 16) | - ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[5] << 8) | - ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[4])); - - if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - /* Set CAN error code to none */ - hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - - /* Enable Error warning Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG); - - /* Enable Error passive Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV); - - /* Enable Bus-off Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF); - - /* Enable Last error code Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC); - - /* Enable Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); - - /* Enable Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_TME); - - /* Request transmission */ - hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ; - } - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @param FIFONumber: FIFO Number value - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcan); - - if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Check pending message */ - while(__HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, FIFONumber) == 0) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Get the Id */ - hcan->pRxMsg->IDE = (uint8_t)0x04 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; - if (hcan->pRxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) - { - hcan->pRxMsg->StdId = (uint32_t)0x000007FF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21); - } - else - { - hcan->pRxMsg->ExtId = (uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3); - } - - hcan->pRxMsg->RTR = (uint8_t)0x02 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; - /* Get the DLC */ - hcan->pRxMsg->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0F & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR; - /* Get the FMI */ - hcan->pRxMsg->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8); - /* Get the data field */ - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR; - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8); - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16); - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24); - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR; - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8); - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16); - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24); - - /* Release the FIFO */ - if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) - { - /* Release FIFO0 */ - __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO0); - } - else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ - { - /* Release FIFO1 */ - __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO1); - } - - if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - } - else - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. - * @param hcan: Pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @param FIFONumber: Specify the FIFO number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); - - tmp = hcan->State; - if((tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) || (tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX)) - { - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcan); - - if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - - /* Set CAN error code to none */ - hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Enable Error warning Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG); - - /* Enable Error passive Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV); - - /* Enable Bus-off Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF); - - /* Enable Last error code Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC); - - /* Enable Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - - if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) - { - /* Enable FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP0); - } - else - { - /* Enable FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP1); - } - - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enters the Sleep (low power) mode. - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @retval HAL status. - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Sleep(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcan); - - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Request Sleep mode */ - hcan->Instance->MCR = (((hcan->Instance->MCR) & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP); - - /* Sleep mode status */ - if ((hcan->Instance->MSR & (CAN_MSR_SLAK|CAN_MSR_INAK)) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) - { - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait the acknowledge */ - while((hcan->Instance->MSR & (CAN_MSR_SLAK|CAN_MSR_INAK)) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Wakes up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode, after that the CAN peripheral - * is in the normal mode. - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @retval HAL status. - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_WakeUp(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcan); - - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Wake up request */ - hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Sleep mode status */ - while((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) == CAN_MSR_SLAK) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - if((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) == CAN_MSR_SLAK) - { - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handles CAN interrupt request - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_CAN_IRQHandler(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0, tmp3 = 0; - - /* Check End of transmission flag */ - if(__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_TME)) - { - tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_0); - tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_1); - tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_2); - if(tmp1 || tmp2 || tmp3) - { - /* Call transmit function */ - CAN_Transmit_IT(hcan); - } - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, CAN_FIFO0); - tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP0); - /* Check End of reception flag for FIFO0 */ - if((tmp1 != 0) && tmp2) - { - /* Call receive function */ - CAN_Receive_IT(hcan, CAN_FIFO0); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, CAN_FIFO1); - tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP1); - /* Check End of reception flag for FIFO1 */ - if((tmp1 != 0) && tmp2) - { - /* Call receive function */ - CAN_Receive_IT(hcan, CAN_FIFO1); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EWG); - tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG); - tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); - /* Check Error Warning Flag */ - if(tmp1 && tmp2 && tmp3) - { - /* Set CAN error code to EWG error */ - hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_EWG; - /* Clear Error Warning Flag */ - __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EWG); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EPV); - tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV); - tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); - /* Check Error Passive Flag */ - if(tmp1 && tmp2 && tmp3) - { - /* Set CAN error code to EPV error */ - hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_EPV; - /* Clear Error Passive Flag */ - __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EPV); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_BOF); - tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF); - tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); - /* Check Bus-Off Flag */ - if(tmp1 && tmp2 && tmp3) - { - /* Set CAN error code to BOF error */ - hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BOF; - /* Clear Bus-Off Flag */ - __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_BOF); - } - - tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcan->Instance->ESR, CAN_ESR_LEC); - tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC); - tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); - /* Check Last error code Flag */ - if((!tmp1) && tmp2 && tmp3) - { - tmp1 = (hcan->Instance->ESR) & CAN_ESR_LEC; - switch(tmp1) - { - case(CAN_ESR_LEC_0): - /* Set CAN error code to STF error */ - hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_STF; - break; - case(CAN_ESR_LEC_1): - /* Set CAN error code to FOR error */ - hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_FOR; - break; - case(CAN_ESR_LEC_1 | CAN_ESR_LEC_0): - /* Set CAN error code to ACK error */ - hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_ACK; - break; - case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2): - /* Set CAN error code to BR error */ - hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BR; - break; - case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2 | CAN_ESR_LEC_0): - /* Set CAN error code to BD error */ - hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BD; - break; - case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2 | CAN_ESR_LEC_1): - /* Set CAN error code to CRC error */ - hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_CRC; - break; - default: - break; - } - - /* Clear Last error code Flag */ - hcan->Instance->ESR &= ~(CAN_ESR_LEC); - } - - /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */ - if(hcan->ErrorCode != HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* Set the CAN state ready to be able to start again the process */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; - /* Call Error callback function */ - HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback(hcan); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmission complete callback in non blocking mode - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Transmission complete callback in non blocking mode - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Error CAN callback. - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Error functions - * @brief CAN Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and Error functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides functions allowing to : - (+) Check the CAN state. - (+) Check CAN Errors detected during interrupt process - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief return the CAN state - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef HAL_CAN_GetState(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) -{ - /* Return CAN state */ - return hcan->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the CAN error code - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @retval CAN Error Code - */ -uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetError(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan) -{ - return hcan->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ -/** - * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. - * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) -{ - /* Disable Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_TME); - - if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - /* Disable Error warning Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG); - - /* Disable Error passive Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV); - - /* Disable Bus-off Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF); - - /* Disable Last error code Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC); - - /* Disable Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); - } - - if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - else - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; - } - - /* Transmission complete callback */ - HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback(hcan); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. - * @param hcan: Pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CAN. - * @param FIFONumber: Specify the FIFO number - * @retval HAL status - * @retval None - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber) -{ - /* Get the Id */ - hcan->pRxMsg->IDE = (uint8_t)0x04 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; - if (hcan->pRxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) - { - hcan->pRxMsg->StdId = (uint32_t)0x000007FF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21); - } - else - { - hcan->pRxMsg->ExtId = (uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3); - } - - hcan->pRxMsg->RTR = (uint8_t)0x02 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; - /* Get the DLC */ - hcan->pRxMsg->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0F & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR; - /* Get the FMI */ - hcan->pRxMsg->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8); - /* Get the data field */ - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR; - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8); - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16); - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24); - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR; - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8); - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16); - hcan->pRxMsg->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24); - /* Release the FIFO */ - /* Release FIFO0 */ - if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) - { - __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO0); - - /* Disable FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP0); - } - /* Release FIFO1 */ - else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ - { - __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO1); - - /* Disable FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP1); - } - - if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Disable Error warning Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG); - - /* Disable Error passive Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV); - - /* Disable Bus-off Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF); - - /* Disable Last error code Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC); - - /* Disable Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); - } - - if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - /* Disable CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - else - { - /* Change CAN state */ - hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; - } - - /* Receive complete callback */ - HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback(hcan); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cec.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cec.c deleted file mode 100644 index 005cd00..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cec.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1112 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_cec.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief CEC HAL module driver. - * - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the High Definition Multimedia Interface - * Consumer Electronics Control Peripheral (CEC). - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - The CEC HAL driver can be used as follow: - - (#) Declare a CEC_HandleTypeDef handle structure. - (#) Initialize the CEC low level resources by implementing the HAL_CEC_MspInit ()API: - (##) Enable the CEC interface clock. - (##) CEC pins configuration: - (+) Enable the clock for the CEC GPIOs. - (+) Configure these CEC pins as alternate function pull-up. - (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT() - and HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() APIs): - (+) Configure the CEC interrupt priority. - (+) Enable the NVIC CEC IRQ handle. - (@) The specific CEC interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, - RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros - __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit - and receive process. - - (#) Program the Signal Free Time (SFT) and SFT option, Tolerance, reception stop in - in case of Bit Rising Error, Error-Bit generation conditions, device logical - address and Listen mode in the hcec Init structure. - - (#) Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API. - - (@) This API (HAL_CEC_Init()) configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) - by calling the customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC CEC - * @brief HAL CEC module driver - * @{ - */ -#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Constants CEC Private Constants - * @{ - */ -#define CEC_CFGR_FIELDS (CEC_CFGR_SFT | CEC_CFGR_RXTOL | CEC_CFGR_BRESTP \ - | CEC_CFGR_BREGEN | CEC_CFGR_LBPEGEN | CEC_CFGR_SFTOPT \ - | CEC_CFGR_BRDNOGEN | CEC_CFGR_OAR | CEC_CFGR_LSTN) -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions CEC Private Functions - * @{ - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions CEC Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim -=============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC - (+) The following parameters need to be configured: - (++) SignalFreeTime - (++) Tolerance - (++) BRERxStop (RX stopped or not upon Bit Rising Error) - (++) BREErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Bit Rising Error) - (++) LBPEErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Long Bit Period Error) - (++) BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen (Error-bit generation in case of broadcast message error) - (++) SignalFreeTimeOption (SFT Timer start definition) - (++) OwnAddress (CEC device address) - (++) ListenMode - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CEC mode according to the specified - * parameters in the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle . - * @param hcec: CEC handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0x0; - - /* Check the CEC handle allocation */ - if(hcec == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_SIGNALFREETIME(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_TOLERANCE(hcec->Init.Tolerance)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_BRERXSTOP(hcec->Init.BRERxStop)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_BREERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_LBPEERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION(hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_SFTOP(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_OAR_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.OwnAddress)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_LISTENING_MODE(hcec->Init.ListenMode)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.InitiatorAddress)); - - - if(hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hcec->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ - HAL_CEC_MspInit(hcec); - } - - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec); - - tmpreg = hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime; - tmpreg |= hcec->Init.Tolerance; - tmpreg |= hcec->Init.BRERxStop; - tmpreg |= hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen; - tmpreg |= hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen; - tmpreg |= hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen; - tmpreg |= hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption; - tmpreg |= (hcec->Init.OwnAddress << CEC_CFGR_OAR_LSB_POS); - tmpreg |= hcec->Init.ListenMode; - - /* Write to CEC Control Register */ - MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CFGR, CEC_CFGR_FIELDS, tmpreg); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec); - - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the CEC peripheral - * @param hcec: CEC handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) -{ - /* Check the CEC handle allocation */ - if(hcec == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance)); - - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(hcec); - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec); - - hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE; - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET; - - /* Process Unlock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief CEC MSP Init - * @param hcec: CEC handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_CEC_MspInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) -{ - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CEC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief CEC MSP DeInit - * @param hcec: CEC handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) -{ - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CEC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file - */ -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions - * @brief CEC Transmit/Receive functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### I/O operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the CEC data transfers. - - (#) The CEC handle must contain the initiator (TX side) and the destination (RX side) - logical addresses (4-bit long addresses, 0xF for broadcast messages destination) - - (#) There are two mode of transfer: - (+) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. - The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function - after finishing transfer. - (+) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts. - These API's return the HAL status. - The end of the data processing will be indicated through the - dedicated CEC IRQ when using Interrupt mode. - The HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks - will be executed respectivelly at the end of the transmit or Receive process - The HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication - error is detected - - (#) Blocking mode API's are : - (+) HAL_CEC_Transmit() - (+) HAL_CEC_Receive() - - (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are : - (+) HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT() - (+) HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() - (+) HAL_CEC_IRQHandler() - - (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode: - (+) HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback() - (+) HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() - (+) HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Send data in blocking mode - * @param hcec: CEC handle - * @param DestinationAddress: destination logical address - * @param pData: pointer to input byte data buffer - * @param Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header). - * 0 means only the header is sent (ping operation). - * Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands). - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint8_t temp = 0; - uint32_t tempisr = 0; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - if((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) == RESET)) - { - hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE; - if((pData == NULL ) && (Size > 0)) - { - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcec); - - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX; - - hcec->TxXferCount = Size; - - /* case no data to be sent, sender is only pinging the system */ - if (Size == 0) - { - /* Set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit, must be set before writing data to TXDR */ - __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec); - } - - /* send header block */ - temp = ((uint32_t)hcec->Init.InitiatorAddress << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) | DestinationAddress; - hcec->Instance->TXDR = temp; - /* Set TX Start of Message (TXSOM) bit */ - __HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec); - - while (hcec->TxXferCount > 0) - { - hcec->TxXferCount--; - - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_FLAG_TXBR)) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) - { - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* check whether error occured while waiting for TXBR to be set: - * has Tx underrun occurred ? - * has Tx error occurred ? - * has Tx Missing Acknowledge error occurred ? - * has Arbitration Loss error occurred ? */ - tempisr = hcec->Instance->ISR; - if ((tempisr & (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE|CEC_FLAG_ARBLST)) != 0) - { - /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */ - hcec->ErrorCode = tempisr; - /* clear all error flags by default */ - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE|CEC_FLAG_ARBLST)); - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - /* TXBR to clear BEFORE writing TXDR register */ - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXBR); - if (hcec->TxXferCount == 0) - { - /* if last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */ - __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec); - } - hcec->Instance->TXDR = *pData++; - - /* error check after TX byte write up */ - tempisr = hcec->Instance->ISR; - if ((tempisr & (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE|CEC_FLAG_ARBLST)) != 0) - { - /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */ - hcec->ErrorCode = tempisr; - /* clear all error flags by default */ - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE|CEC_FLAG_ARBLST)); - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } /* end while (while (hcec->TxXferCount > 0)) */ - - - /* if no error up to this point, check that transmission is - * complete, that is wait until TXEOM is reset */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcec->Instance->CR, CEC_CR_TXEOM)) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) - { - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Final error check once all bytes have been transmitted */ - tempisr = hcec->Instance->ISR; - if ((tempisr & (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE)) != 0) - { - /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */ - hcec->ErrorCode = tempisr; - /* clear all error flags by default */ - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE)); - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive data in blocking mode. Must be invoked when RXBR has been set. - * @param hcec: CEC handle - * @param pData: pointer to received data buffer. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration. - * Note that the received data size is not known beforehand, the latter is known - * when the reception is complete and is stored in hcec->RxXferSize. - * hcec->RxXferSize is the sum of opcodes + operands (0 to 14 operands max). - * If only a header is received, hcec->RxXferSize = 0 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t temp; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - if (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) - { - hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE; - if (pData == NULL ) - { - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - hcec->RxXferSize = 0; - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcec); - - - /* Rx loop until CEC_ISR_RXEND is set */ - while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_FLAG_RXEND)) - { - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - /* Wait for next byte to be received */ - while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_FLAG_RXBR)) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) - { - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* any error so far ? - * has Rx Missing Acknowledge occurred ? - * has Rx Long Bit Period error occurred ? - * has Rx Short Bit Period error occurred ? - * has Rx Bit Rising error occurred ? - * has Rx Overrun error occurred ? */ - temp = (uint32_t) (hcec->Instance->ISR); - if ((temp & (CEC_FLAG_RXACKE|CEC_FLAG_LBPE|CEC_FLAG_SBPE|CEC_FLAG_BRE|CEC_FLAG_RXOVR)) != 0) - { - /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */ - hcec->ErrorCode = temp; - /* clear all error flags by default */ - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,(CEC_FLAG_RXACKE|CEC_FLAG_LBPE|CEC_FLAG_SBPE|CEC_FLAG_BRE|CEC_FLAG_RXOVR)); - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } /* while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_ISR_RXBR)) */ - - - /* read received data */ - *pData++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR; - temp = (uint32_t) (hcec->Instance->ISR); - /* end of message ? */ - if ((temp & CEC_ISR_RXEND) != 0) - { - assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(hcec->RxXferSize)); - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_RXEND); - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - return HAL_OK; - } - - /* clear Rx-Byte Received flag */ - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_RXBR); - /* increment payload byte counter */ - hcec->RxXferSize++; - } /* while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_ISR_RXEND)) */ - - /* if the instructions below are executed, it means RXEND was set when RXBR was - * set for the first time: - * the code within the "while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_ISR_RXEND))" - * loop has not been executed and this means a single byte has been sent */ - *pData++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR; - /* only one header is received: RxXferSize is set to 0 (no operand, no opcode) */ - hcec->RxXferSize = 0; - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXEND); - - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Send data in interrupt mode - * @param hcec: CEC handle - * @param DestinationAddress: destination logical address - * @param pData: pointer to input byte data buffer - * @param Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header). - * 0 means only the header is sent (ping operation). - * Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands). - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size) -{ - uint8_t temp = 0; - /* if the IP isn't already busy and if there is no previous transmission - already pending due to arbitration lost */ - if (((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) || (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX)) - && (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) == RESET)) - { - if((pData == NULL) && (Size > 0)) - { - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcec); - hcec->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX; - hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */ - __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec); - - /* Enable the following two CEC Transmission interrupts as - * well as the following CEC Transmission Errors interrupts: - * Tx Byte Request IT - * End of Transmission IT - * Tx Missing Acknowledge IT - * Tx-Error IT - * Tx-Buffer Underrun IT - * Tx arbitration lost */ - __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND|CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec); - - /* initialize the number of bytes to send, - * 0 means only one header is sent (ping operation) */ - hcec->TxXferCount = Size; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - - /* in case of no payload (Size = 0), sender is only pinging the system; - * Set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit, must be set before writing data to TXDR */ - if (Size == 0) - { - __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec); - } - - /* send header block */ - temp = (uint8_t)((uint32_t)(hcec->Init.InitiatorAddress) << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) | DestinationAddress; - hcec->Instance->TXDR = temp; - /* Set TX Start of Message (TXSOM) bit */ - __HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec); - - return HAL_OK; - } - /* if the IP is already busy or if there is a previous transmission - already pending due to arbitration loss */ - else if ((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX) - || (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) != RESET)) - { - __HAL_LOCK(hcec); - /* set state to BUSY TX, in case it wasn't set already (case - * of transmission new attempt after arbitration loss) */ - if (hcec->State != HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - /* if all data have been sent */ - if(hcec->TxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */ - __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec); - - /* Disable the CEC Transmission Interrupts */ - __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND); - /* Disable the CEC Transmission Error Interrupts */ - __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec); - - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXBR|CEC_FLAG_TXEND); - - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; - /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Tx call back API to give the possibility to - start again the Transmission under the Tx call back API */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - - HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - if (hcec->TxXferCount == 1) - { - /* if this is the last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */ - __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec); - } - /* clear Tx-Byte request flag */ - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXBR); - hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++; - hcec->TxXferCount--; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - - return HAL_OK; - } - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive data in interrupt mode. - * @param hcec: CEC handle - * @param pData: pointer to received data buffer. - * Note that the received data size is not known beforehand, the latter is known - * when the reception is complete and is stored in hcec->RxXferSize. - * hcec->RxXferSize is the sum of opcodes + operands (0 to 14 operands max). - * If only a header is received, hcec->RxXferSize = 0 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t *pData) -{ - if(hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) - { - if(pData == NULL) - { - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcec); - hcec->RxXferSize = 0; - hcec->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE; - /* the IP is moving to a ready to receive state */ - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX; - - /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */ - __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec); - - /* Enable the following CEC Reception Error Interrupts: - * Rx overrun - * Rx bit rising error - * Rx short bit period error - * Rx long bit period error - * Rx missing acknowledge */ - __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - - /* Enable the following two CEC Reception interrupts: - * Rx Byte Received IT - * End of Reception IT */ - __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR|CEC_IT_RXEND); - - __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Get size of the received frame. - * @param hcec: CEC handle - * @retval Frame size - */ -uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetReceivedFrameSize(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) -{ - return hcec->RxXferSize; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles CEC interrupt requests. - * @param hcec: CEC handle - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) -{ - /* save interrupts register for further error or interrupts handling purposes */ - hcec->ErrorCode = hcec->Instance->ISR; - /* CEC TX missing acknowledge error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXACKE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_TXACKE) != RESET)) - { - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXACKE); - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - } - - /* CEC transmit error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXERR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_TXERR) != RESET)) - { - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXERR); - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - } - - /* CEC TX underrun error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXUDR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_TXUDR) != RESET)) - { - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXUDR); - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - } - - /* CEC TX arbitration error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_ARBLST) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_ARBLST) != RESET)) - { - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_ARBLST); - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - } - - /* CEC RX overrun error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXOVR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_RXOVR) != RESET)) - { - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXOVR); - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - } - - /* CEC RX bit rising error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_BRE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_BRE) != RESET)) - { - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_BRE); - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - } - - /* CEC RX short bit period error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_SBPE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_SBPE) != RESET)) - { - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_SBPE); - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - } - - /* CEC RX long bit period error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_LBPE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_LBPE) != RESET)) - { - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_LBPE); - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - } - - /* CEC RX missing acknowledge error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXACKE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_RXACKE) != RESET)) - { - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXACKE); - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR; - } - - if ((hcec->ErrorCode & CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR) != 0) - { - HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(hcec); - } - - /* CEC RX byte received interrupt ---------------------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXBR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR) != RESET)) - { - /* RXBR IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */ - CEC_Receive_IT(hcec); - } - - /* CEC RX end received interrupt ---------------------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXEND) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_RXEND) != RESET)) - { - /* RXBR IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */ - CEC_Receive_IT(hcec); - } - - - /* CEC TX byte request interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXBR) != RESET) &&(__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_TXBR) != RESET)) - { - /* TXBR IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */ - CEC_Transmit_IT(hcec); - } - - /* CEC TX end interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXEND) != RESET) &&(__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_TXEND) != RESET)) - { - /* TXEND IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */ - CEC_Transmit_IT(hcec); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback - * @param hcec: CEC handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) -{ - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback - * @param hcec: CEC handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) -{ - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief CEC error callbacks - * @param hcec: CEC handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) -{ - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file - */ -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control function - * @brief CEC control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control function ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC. - (+) HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC peripheral. -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief return the CEC state - * @param hcec: CEC handle - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) -{ - return hcec->State; -} - -/** -* @brief Return the CEC error code -* @param hcec : pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CEC. -* @retval CEC Error Code -*/ -uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) -{ - return hcec->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief Send data in interrupt mode - * @param hcec: CEC handle. - * Function called under interruption only, once - * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT() - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) -{ - /* if the IP is already busy or if there is a previous transmission - already pending due to arbitration loss */ - if ((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX) - || (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) != RESET)) - { - __HAL_LOCK(hcec); - /* set state to BUSY TX, in case it wasn't set already (case - * of transmission new attempt after arbitration loss) */ - if (hcec->State != HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - /* if all data have been sent */ - if(hcec->TxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */ - __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec); - - /* Disable the CEC Transmission Interrupts */ - __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND); - /* Disable the CEC Transmission Error Interrupts */ - __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec); - - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_TXBR|CEC_FLAG_TXEND); - - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; - /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Tx call back API to give the possibility to - start again the Transmission under the Tx call back API */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - - HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - if (hcec->TxXferCount == 1) - { - /* if this is the last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */ - __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec); - } - /* clear Tx-Byte request flag */ - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_TXBR); - hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++; - hcec->TxXferCount--; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - - return HAL_OK; - } - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - - -/** - * @brief Receive data in interrupt mode. - * @param hcec: CEC handle. - * Function called under interruption only, once - * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) -{ - uint32_t tempisr; - - /* Three different conditions are tested to carry out the RX IT processing: - * - the IP is in reception stand-by (the IP state is HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX) and - * the reception of the first byte is starting - * - a message reception is already on-going (the IP state is HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX) - * and a new byte is being received - * - a transmission has just been started (the IP state is HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX) - * but has been interrupted by a new message reception or discarded due to - * arbitration loss: the reception of the first or higher priority message - * (the arbitration winner) is starting */ - if ((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX) - || (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX) - || (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)) - { - /* reception is starting */ - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX; - tempisr = (uint32_t) (hcec->Instance->ISR); - if ((tempisr & CEC_FLAG_RXBR) != 0) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcec); - /* read received byte */ - *hcec->pRxBuffPtr++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR; - /* if last byte has been received */ - if ((tempisr & CEC_FLAG_RXEND) != 0) - { - /* clear IT */ - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_RXBR|CEC_FLAG_RXEND); - /* RX interrupts are not disabled at this point. - * Indeed, to disable the IT, the IP must be disabled first - * which resets the TXSOM flag. In case of arbitration loss, - * this leads to a transmission abort. - * Therefore, RX interruptions disabling if so required, - * is done in HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback */ - - /* IP state is moved to READY. - * If the IP must remain in standby mode to listen - * any new message, it is up to HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback - * to move it again to HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX */ - hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; - - /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Rx call back API */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(hcec); - - return HAL_OK; - } - __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXBR); - - hcec->RxXferSize++; - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c deleted file mode 100644 index b796be8..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,436 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the CORTEX: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - - [..] - *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver *** - =========================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). - The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions. - - (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() - function according to the following table. - (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(). - (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(). - (#) please refer to programing manual for details in how to configure priority. - - -@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible. - The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority. - - -@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority): - (+@) Lowest preemption priority - (+@) Lowest sub priority - (+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number) - - [..] - *** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver *** - ======================================================== - [..] - Setup SysTick Timer for time base. - - (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which - is a CMSIS function that: - (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter. - (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F). - (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register. - (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK). - (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt. - (++) Starts the SysTick Counter. - - (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro - __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the - HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined - inside the stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h file. - - (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the - HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function - call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function. - - (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula: - - Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s) - (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function - (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX - * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - - -/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts - Systick functionalities - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * @brief Sets the priority grouping field (preemption priority and subpriority) - * using the required unlock sequence. - * @param PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority - * 4 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority - * 3 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority - * 2 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority - * 1 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority - * 0 bits for subpriority - * @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible. - * The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup)); - - /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */ - NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup); -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt. - * @param IRQn: External interrupt number. - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h)) - * @param PreemptPriority: The preemption priority for the IRQn channel. - * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 - * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority - * @param SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel. - * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 - * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority) -{ - uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority)); - assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority)); - - prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(); - - NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority)); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. - * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() - * function should be called before. - * @param IRQn External interrupt number. - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h)) - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); - - /* Enable interrupt */ - NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn); -} - -/** - * @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. - * @param IRQn External interrupt number. - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h)) - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); - - /* Disable interrupt */ - NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn); -} - -/** - * @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void) -{ - /* System Reset */ - NVIC_SystemReset(); -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer. - * Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts. - * @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts. - * @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded. - * - 1 Function failed. - */ -uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb) -{ - return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb); -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Cortex control functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX - (NVIC, SYSTICK) functionalities. - - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller. - * @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field) - */ -uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void) -{ - /* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */ - return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(); -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt. - * @param IRQn: External interrupt number. - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h)) - * @param PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority - * 4 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority - * 3 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority - * 2 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority - * 1 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority - * 0 bits for subpriority - * @param pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0). - * @param pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0). - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup)); - /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */ - NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority); -} - -/** - * @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt. - * @param IRQn External interrupt number - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h)) - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); - - /* Set interrupt pending */ - NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn); -} - -/** - * @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC - * and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt). - * @param IRQn External interrupt number. - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h)) - * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. - * - 1 Interrupt status is pending. - */ -uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); - - /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */ - return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn); -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt. - * @param IRQn External interrupt number. - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h)) - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); - - /* Clear pending interrupt */ - NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn); -} - -/** - * @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit). - * @param IRQn External interrupt number - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h)) - * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. - * - 1 Interrupt status is pending. - */ -uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); - - /* Return 1 if active else 0 */ - return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn); -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the SysTick clock source. - * @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source. - * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource)); - if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) - { - SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; - } - else - { - SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; - } -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void) -{ - HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(); -} - -/** - * @brief SYSTICK callback. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_crc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_crc.c deleted file mode 100644 index b1a65c4..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_crc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,342 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_crc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief CRC HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The CRC HAL driver can be used as follows: - - (#) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE(); - - (#) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of - a 32-bit data buffer using combination of the previous CRC value - and the new one. - - (#) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC Value of - a new 32-bit data buffer. This function resets the CRC computation - unit before starting the computation to avoid getting wrong CRC values. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup CRC - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @addtogroup CRC_Exported_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group1 - * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters - in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle - (+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral - (+) Initialize the CRC MSP - (+) DeInitialize CRC MSP - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRC according to the specified - * parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. - * @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRC - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) -{ - /* Check the CRC handle allocation */ - if(hcrc == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance)); - - if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc); - } - - /* Change CRC peripheral state */ - hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Change CRC peripheral state */ - hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the CRC peripheral. - * @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRC - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) -{ - /* Check the CRC handle allocation */ - if(hcrc == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance)); - - /* Change CRC peripheral state */ - hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc); - - /* Change CRC peripheral state */ - hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRC MSP. - * @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRC - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CRC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the CRC MSP. - * @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRC - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group2 - * @brief Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Compute the 32-bit CRC value of 32-bit data buffer, - using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one. - (+) Compute the 32-bit CRC value of 32-bit data buffer, - independently of the previous CRC value. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of 32-bit data buffer using combination - * of the previous CRC value and the new one. - * @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRC - * @param pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed - * @param BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed - * @retval 32-bit CRC - */ -uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength) -{ - uint32_t index = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcrc); - - /* Change CRC peripheral state */ - hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */ - for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++) - { - hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index]; - } - - /* Change CRC peripheral state */ - hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc); - - /* Return the CRC computed value */ - return hcrc->Instance->DR; -} - -/** - * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of 32-bit data buffer independently - * of the previous CRC value. - * @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRC - * @param pBuffer: Pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed - * @param BufferLength: Length of the buffer to be computed - * @retval 32-bit CRC - */ -uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength) -{ - uint32_t index = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcrc); - - /* Change CRC peripheral state */ - hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Reset CRC Calculation Unit */ - __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc); - - /* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */ - for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++) - { - hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index]; - } - - /* Change CRC peripheral state */ - hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc); - - /* Return the CRC computed value */ - return hcrc->Instance->DR; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @addtogroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group3 - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the CRC state. - * @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRC - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) -{ - return hcrc->State; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7458dfd..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3813 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief CRYP HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Cryptography (CRYP) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + AES processing functions - * + DES processing functions - * + TDES processing functions - * + DMA callback functions - * + CRYP IRQ handler management - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The CRYP HAL driver can be used as follows: - - (#)Initialize the CRYP low level resources by implementing the HAL_CRYP_MspInit(): - (##) Enable the CRYP interface clock using __HAL_RCC_CRYP_CLK_ENABLE() - (##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT()) - (+++) Configure the CRYP interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() - (+++) Enable the CRYP IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() - (+++) In CRYP IRQ handler, call HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler() - (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_DMA()) - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE() - (+++) Configure and enable two DMA streams one for managing data transfer from - memory to peripheral (input stream) and another stream for managing data - transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream) - (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the CRYP DMA handle - using __HAL_LINKDMA() - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete - interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher - priority than the input stream HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() - - (#)Initialize the CRYP HAL using HAL_CRYP_Init(). This function configures mainly: - (##) The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit - (##) The key size: 128, 192 and 256. This parameter is relevant only for AES - (##) The encryption/decryption key. It's size depends on the algorithm - used for encryption/decryption - (##) The initialization vector (counter). It is not used ECB mode. - - (#)Three processing (encryption/decryption) functions are available: - (##) Polling mode: encryption and decryption APIs are blocking functions - i.e. they process the data and wait till the processing is finished, - e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt() - (##) Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions - i.e. they process the data under interrupt, - e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT() - (##) DMA mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions - i.e. the data transfer is ensured by DMA, - e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_DMA() - - (#)When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_CRYP_Init() - the CRYP peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input. - At second call, the processing function performs an append of the already - processed buffer. - When a new data block is to be processed, call HAL_CRYP_Init() then the - processing function. - - (#)Call HAL_CRYP_DeInit() to deinitialize the CRYP peripheral. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP CRYP - * @brief CRYP HAL module driver. - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup CRYP_Private_define - * @{ - */ -#define CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1 -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup CRYP_Private_Functions_prototypes - * @{ - */ -static void CRYP_SetInitVector(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *InitVector, uint32_t IVSize); -static void CRYP_SetKey(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Key, uint32_t KeySize); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYP_ProcessData(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output, uint32_t Timeout); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYP_ProcessData2Words(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output, uint32_t Timeout); -static void CRYP_DMAInCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void CRYP_DMAOutCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void CRYP_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void CRYP_SetDMAConfig(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t inputaddr, uint16_t Size, uint32_t outputaddr); -static void CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction); -static void CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction); -static void CRYP_SetDESECBMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction); -static void CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction); -/** - * @} - */ - - -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @addtogroup CRYP_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * @brief DMA CRYP Input Data process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYP_DMAInCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = (CRYP_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - /* Disable the DMA transfer for input FIFO request by resetting the DIEN bit - in the DMACR register */ - hcryp->Instance->DMACR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_DMACR_DIEN); - - /* Call input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA CRYP Output Data process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYP_DMAOutCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = (CRYP_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - /* Disable the DMA transfer for output FIFO request by resetting the DOEN bit - in the DMACR register */ - hcryp->Instance->DMACR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_DMACR_DOEN); - - /* Disable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP state to ready */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Call output data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA CRYP communication error callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYP_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = (CRYP_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - hcryp->State= HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback(hcryp); -} - -/** - * @brief Writes the Key in Key registers. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param Key: Pointer to Key buffer - * @param KeySize: Size of Key - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYP_SetKey(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Key, uint32_t KeySize) -{ - uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key; - - switch(KeySize) - { - case CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B: - /* Key Initialisation */ - hcryp->Instance->K0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - break; - case CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B: - hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - break; - case CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B: - hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - break; - default: - break; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Writes the InitVector/InitCounter in IV registers. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param InitVector: Pointer to InitVector/InitCounter buffer - * @param IVSize: Size of the InitVector/InitCounter - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYP_SetInitVector(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *InitVector, uint32_t IVSize) -{ - uint32_t ivaddr = (uint32_t)InitVector; - - switch(IVSize) - { - case CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B: - hcryp->Instance->IV0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr)); - ivaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->IV0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr)); - ivaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->IV1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr)); - ivaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->IV1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr)); - break; - /* Whatever key size 192 or 256, Init vector is written in IV0LR and IV0RR */ - case CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B: - hcryp->Instance->IV0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr)); - ivaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->IV0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr)); - break; - case CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B: - hcryp->Instance->IV0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr)); - ivaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->IV0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr)); - break; - default: - break; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Process Data: Writes Input data in polling mode and read the output data - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param Input: Pointer to the Input buffer - * @param Ilength: Length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16. - * @param Output: Pointer to the returned buffer - * @param Timeout: Timeout value - * * @retval None - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYP_ProcessData(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - uint32_t i = 0; - uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; - uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; - - for(i=0; (i < Ilength); i+=16) - { - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - } - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Process Data: Write Input data in polling mode. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param Input: Pointer to the Input buffer - * @param Ilength: Length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param Output: Pointer to the returned buffer - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval None - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYP_ProcessData2Words(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - uint32_t i = 0; - uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; - uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; - - for(i=0; (i < Ilength); i+=8) - { - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - } - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Set the DMA configuration and start the DMA transfer - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param inputaddr: address of the Input buffer - * @param Size: Size of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16. - * @param outputaddr: address of the Output buffer - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYP_SetDMAConfig(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t inputaddr, uint16_t Size, uint32_t outputaddr) -{ - /* Set the CRYP DMA transfer complete callback */ - hcryp->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = CRYP_DMAInCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hcryp->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = CRYP_DMAError; - - /* Set the CRYP DMA transfer complete callback */ - hcryp->hdmaout->XferCpltCallback = CRYP_DMAOutCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hcryp->hdmaout->XferErrorCallback = CRYP_DMAError; - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hcryp->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&hcryp->Instance->DR, Size/4); - - /* Enable In DMA request */ - hcryp->Instance->DMACR = (CRYP_DMACR_DIEN); - - /* Enable the DMA Out DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hcryp->hdmaout, (uint32_t)&hcryp->Instance->DOUT, outputaddr, Size/4); - - /* Enable Out DMA request */ - hcryp->Instance->DMACR |= CRYP_DMACR_DOEN; - -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB mode. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param Direction: Encryption or decryption - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYP_SetDESECBMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction) -{ - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_ECB | Direction); - - /* Set the key */ - hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(hcryp->Init.pKey)); - hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(hcryp->Init.pKey+4)); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the CRYP peripheral in DES CBC mode. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param Direction: Encryption or decryption - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction) -{ - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_CBC | Direction); - - /* Set the key */ - hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(hcryp->Init.pKey)); - hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(hcryp->Init.pKey+4)); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB mode. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param Direction: Encryption or decryption - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction) -{ - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_ECB | Direction); - - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC mode - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param Direction: Encryption or decryption - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction) -{ - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_CBC | Direction); - - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - /* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup CRYP_Exported_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions. - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize the CRYP according to the specified parameters - in the CRYP_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle - (+) DeInitialize the CRYP peripheral - (+) Initialize the CRYP MSP - (+) DeInitialize CRYP MSP - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP according to the specified - * parameters in the CRYP_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_Init(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp) -{ - /* Check the CRYP handle allocation */ - if(hcryp == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CRYP_KEYSIZE(hcryp->Init.KeySize)); - assert_param(IS_CRYP_DATATYPE(hcryp->Init.DataType)); - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hcryp->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_CRYP_MspInit(hcryp); - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set the key size and data type*/ - CRYP->CR = (uint32_t) (hcryp->Init.KeySize | hcryp->Init.DataType); - - /* Reset CrypInCount and CrypOutCount */ - hcryp->CrypInCount = 0; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = 0; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Set the default CRYP phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the CRYP peripheral. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DeInit(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp) -{ - /* Check the CRYP handle allocation */ - if(hcryp == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set the default CRYP phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY; - - /* Reset CrypInCount and CrypOutCount */ - hcryp->CrypInCount = 0; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = 0; - - /* Disable the CRYP Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: CLOCK, NVIC.*/ - HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP MSP. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_CRYP_MspInit(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CRYP_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes CRYP MSP. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group2 AES processing functions - * @brief processing functions. - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### AES processing functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Encrypt plaintext using AES-128/192/256 using chaining modes - (+) Decrypt cyphertext using AES-128/192/256 using chaining modes - [..] Three processing functions are available: - (+) Polling mode - (+) Interrupt mode - (+) DMA mode - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB encryption mode - * then encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16. - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode - * then encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16. - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp,pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR encryption mode - * then encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16. - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - - - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode - * then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16. - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Disable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - - /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/ - CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode - * then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16. - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/ - CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC decryption mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR decryption mode - * then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16. - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB encryption mode using Interrupt. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode using Interrupt. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR encryption mode using Interrupt. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode using Interrupt. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16. - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/ - CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC decryption mode using IT. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Get the buffer addresses and sizes */ - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/ - CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC decryption mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR decryption mode using Interrupt. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Get the buffer addresses and sizes */ - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB encryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16. - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR encryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16. - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/ - CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/ - CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC decryption mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR decryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group3 DES processing functions - * @brief processing functions. - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### DES processing functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Encrypt plaintext using DES using ECB or CBC chaining modes - (+) Decrypt cyphertext using ECB or CBC chaining modes - [..] Three processing functions are available: - (+) Polling mode - (+) Interrupt mode - (+) DMA mode - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode */ - CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, 0); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode */ - CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode */ - CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC decryption mode */ - CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode using IT. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode */ - CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, 0); - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - /* Disable IT */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Disable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode using interrupt. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode */ - CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0); - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - /* Disable IT */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Disable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode using IT. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode */ - CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - /* Disable IT */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Disable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode using interrupt. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC decryption mode */ - CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - /* Disable IT */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Disable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode */ - CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, 0); - - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode */ - CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0); - - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode */ - CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC decryption mode */ - CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group4 TDES processing functions - * @brief processing functions. - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### TDES processing functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Encrypt plaintext using TDES based on ECB or CBC chaining modes - (+) Decrypt cyphertext using TDES based on ECB or CBC chaining modes - [..] Three processing functions are available: - (+) Polling mode - (+) Interrupt mode - (+) DMA mode - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode - * then encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode */ - CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, 0); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode - * then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode */ - CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Write Cypher Data and Get Plain Data */ - if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode - * then encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode */ - CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode - * then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode */ - CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Write Cypher Data and Get Plain Data */ - if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode using interrupt. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode */ - CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, 0); - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - /* Disable IT */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Disable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call the Output data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode */ - CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0); - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Disable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode */ - CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Disable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode */ - CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - - /* Enable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Disable CRYP */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode */ - CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, 0); - - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode */ - CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0); - - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode */ - CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8 - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - - /* Change the CRYP state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode */ - CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group5 DMA callback functions - * @brief DMA callback functions. - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### DMA callback functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides DMA callback functions: - (+) DMA Input data transfer complete - (+) DMA Output data transfer complete - (+) DMA error - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Input FIFO transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Output FIFO transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief CRYP error callbacks. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group6 CRYP IRQ handler management - * @brief CRYP IRQ handler. - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### CRYP IRQ handler management ##### - ============================================================================== -[..] This section provides CRYP IRQ handler function. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief This function handles CRYP interrupt request. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp) -{ - switch(CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DIRECTION) - { - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_ECB_ENCRYPT: - HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_ECB_DECRYPT: - HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_CBC_ENCRYPT: - HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_CBC_DECRYPT: - HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_ECB_ENCRYPT: - HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_ECB_DECRYPT: - HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_CBC_ENCRYPT: - HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_CBC_DECRYPT: - HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB_ENCRYPT: - HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB_DECRYPT: - HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC_ENCRYPT: - HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC_DECRYPT: - HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR_ENCRYPT: - HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR_DECRYPT: - HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - default: - break; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group7 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions. - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the CRYP state. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_CRYP_STATETypeDef HAL_CRYP_GetState(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp) -{ - return hcryp->State; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F415xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F439xx */ - -#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index e957e9d..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3043 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_cryp_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief Extended CRYP HAL module driver - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of CRYP extension peripheral: - * + Extended AES processing functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The CRYP Extension HAL driver can be used as follows: - (#)Initialize the CRYP low level resources by implementing the HAL_CRYP_MspInit(): - (##) Enable the CRYP interface clock using __HAL_RCC_CRYP_CLK_ENABLE() - (##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT()) - (+++) Configure the CRYP interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() - (+++) Enable the CRYP IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() - (+) In CRYP IRQ handler, call HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler() - (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_AES_ECB_Encrypt_DMA()) - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE() - (+++) Configure and enable two DMA streams one for managing data transfer from - memory to peripheral (input stream) and another stream for managing data - transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream) - (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the CRYP DMA handle - using __HAL_LINKDMA() - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete - interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher - priority than the input stream HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() - (#)Initialize the CRYP HAL using HAL_CRYP_Init(). This function configures mainly: - (##) The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit - (##) The key size: 128, 192 and 256. This parameter is relevant only for AES - (##) The encryption/decryption key. Its size depends on the algorithm - used for encryption/decryption - (##) The initialization vector (counter). It is not used ECB mode. - (#)Three processing (encryption/decryption) functions are available: - (##) Polling mode: encryption and decryption APIs are blocking functions - i.e. they process the data and wait till the processing is finished - e.g. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt() - (##) Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions - i.e. they process the data under interrupt - e.g. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT() - (##) DMA mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions - i.e. the data transfer is ensured by DMA - e.g. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_DMA() - (#)When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_CRYP_Init() - the CRYP peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input. - At second call, the processing function performs an append of the already - processed buffer. - When a new data block is to be processed, call HAL_CRYP_Init() then the - processing function. - (#)In AES-GCM and AES-CCM modes are an authenticated encryption algorithms - which provide authentication messages. - HAL_AES_GCM_Finish() and HAL_AES_CCM_Finish() are used to provide those - authentication messages. - Call those functions after the processing ones (polling, interrupt or DMA). - e.g. in AES-CCM mode call HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt() to encrypt the plain data - then call HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Finish() to get the authentication message - @note: For CCM Encrypt/Decrypt API's, only DataType = 8-bit is supported by this version. - @note: The HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_xxxx() implementation is limited to 32bits inputs data length - (Plain/Cyphertext, Header) compared with GCM standards specifications (800-38D). - (#)Call HAL_CRYP_DeInit() to deinitialize the CRYP peripheral. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYPEx CRYPEx - * @brief CRYP Extension HAL module driver. - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Private_define - * @{ - */ -#define CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1 -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Private_Functions_prototypes CRYP Private Functions Prototypes - * @{ - */ -static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *InitVector); -static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Key, uint32_t KeySize); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t *Output, uint32_t Timeout); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint32_t Timeout); -static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAInCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAOutCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t inputaddr, uint16_t Size, uint32_t outputaddr); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief DMA CRYP Input Data process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAInCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = ( CRYP_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - /* Disable the DMA transfer for input Fifo request by resetting the DIEN bit - in the DMACR register */ - hcryp->Instance->DMACR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_DMACR_DIEN); - - /* Call input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA CRYP Output Data process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAOutCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = ( CRYP_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - /* Disable the DMA transfer for output Fifo request by resetting the DOEN bit - in the DMACR register */ - hcryp->Instance->DMACR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_DMACR_DOEN); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Call output data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA CRYP communication error callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = ( CRYP_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - hcryp->State= HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback(hcryp); -} - -/** - * @brief Writes the Key in Key registers. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param Key: Pointer to Key buffer - * @param KeySize: Size of Key - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Key, uint32_t KeySize) -{ - uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key; - - switch(KeySize) - { - case CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B: - /* Key Initialisation */ - hcryp->Instance->K0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - break; - case CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B: - hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - break; - case CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B: - hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - break; - default: - break; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Writes the InitVector/InitCounter in IV registers. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param InitVector: Pointer to InitVector/InitCounter buffer - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *InitVector) -{ - uint32_t ivaddr = (uint32_t)InitVector; - - hcryp->Instance->IV0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr)); - ivaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->IV0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr)); - ivaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->IV1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr)); - ivaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->IV1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr)); -} - -/** - * @brief Process Data: Writes Input data in polling mode and read the Output data. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param Input: Pointer to the Input buffer. - * @param Ilength: Length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param Output: Pointer to the returned buffer - * @param Timeout: Timeout value - * @retval None - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t *Output, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t i = 0; - uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; - uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; - - for(i=0; (i < Ilength); i+=16) - { - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /* Read the Output block from the OUT FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - } - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the header phase - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param Input: Pointer to the Input buffer. - * @param Ilength: Length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param Timeout: Timeout value - * @retval None - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t loopcounter = 0; - uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)Input; - - /***************************** Header phase *********************************/ - if(hcryp->Init.HeaderSize != 0) - { - /* Select header phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER); - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < hcryp->Init.HeaderSize); loopcounter+=16) - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - } - - /* Wait until the complete message has been processed */ - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the DMA configuration and start the DMA transfer. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param inputaddr: Address of the Input buffer - * @param Size: Size of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param outputaddr: Address of the Output buffer - * @retval None - */ -static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t inputaddr, uint16_t Size, uint32_t outputaddr) -{ - /* Set the CRYP DMA transfer complete callback */ - hcryp->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAInCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hcryp->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAError; - - /* Set the CRYP DMA transfer complete callback */ - hcryp->hdmaout->XferCpltCallback = CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAOutCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hcryp->hdmaout->XferErrorCallback = CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAError; - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hcryp->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&hcryp->Instance->DR, Size/4); - - /* Enable In DMA request */ - hcryp->Instance->DMACR = CRYP_DMACR_DIEN; - - /* Enable the DMA Out DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hcryp->hdmaout, (uint32_t)&hcryp->Instance->DOUT, outputaddr, Size/4); - - /* Enable Out DMA request */ - hcryp->Instance->DMACR |= CRYP_DMACR_DOEN; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended AES processing functions - * @brief Extended processing functions. - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Extended AES processing functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Encrypt plaintext using AES-128/192/256 using GCM and CCM chaining modes - (+) Decrypt cyphertext using AES-128/192/256 using GCM and CCM chaining modes - (+) Finish the processing. This function is available only for GCM and CCM - [..] Three processing methods are available: - (+) Polling mode - (+) Interrupt mode - (+) DMA mode - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM encryption mode then - * encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize; - uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header; - uint32_t loopcounter = 0; - uint32_t bufferidx = 0; - uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */ - uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */ - uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /************************ Formatting the header block *********************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */ - if(headersize < 65280) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF); - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF); - headersize += 2; - } - else - { - /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */ - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff; - headersize += 6; - } - /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */ - for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter]; - } - /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */ - if ((headersize % 16) != 0) - { - /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */ - for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0; - } - /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */ - headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; - } - /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */ - headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch; - } - /*********************** Formatting the block B0 **************************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - blockb0[0] = 0x40; - } - /* Flags byte */ - /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */ - blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3); - blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07); - - for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++) - { - blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter]; - } - for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++) - { - blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0; - } - - blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8); - blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF); - - /************************* Formatting the initial counter *****************/ - /* Byte 0: - Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0 - Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter blocks - are distinct from B0 - Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0 - */ - ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07; - /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */ - for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++) - { - ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter]; - } - /* Set the LSB to 1 */ - ctr[15] |= 0x01; - - /* Set the key */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_ENCRYPT); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr); - - /* Select init phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT); - - b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; - /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /***************************** Header phase *******************************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - /* Select header phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16) - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM)) - { - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - } - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */ - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter]; - } - /* Reset bit 0 */ - hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe; - - /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(hcryp,pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM encryption mode then - * encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_ENCRYPT); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Set the header phase */ - if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - - /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode then - * decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the cyphertext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_DECRYPT); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Set the header phase */ - if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - - /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Computes the authentication TAG. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param Size: Total length of the plain/cyphertext buffer - * @param AuthTag: Pointer to the authentication buffer - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Finish(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Size, uint8_t *AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint64_t headerlength = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize * 8; /* Header length in bits */ - uint64_t inputlength = Size * 8; /* input length in bits */ - uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTag; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS) - { - /* Change the CRYP phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_FINAL; - - /* Disable CRYP to start the final phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - - /* Select final phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Write the number of bits in header (64 bits) followed by the number of bits - in the payload */ - if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_1B) - { - hcryp->Instance->DR = __RBIT(headerlength >> 32); - hcryp->Instance->DR = __RBIT(headerlength); - hcryp->Instance->DR = __RBIT(inputlength >> 32); - hcryp->Instance->DR = __RBIT(inputlength); - } - else if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_8B) - { - hcryp->Instance->DR = __REV(headerlength >> 32); - hcryp->Instance->DR = __REV(headerlength); - hcryp->Instance->DR = __REV(inputlength >> 32); - hcryp->Instance->DR = __REV(inputlength); - } - else if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_16B) - { - hcryp->Instance->DR = __ROR((uint32_t)(headerlength >> 32), 16); - hcryp->Instance->DR = __ROR((uint32_t)headerlength, 16); - hcryp->Instance->DR = __ROR((uint32_t)(inputlength >> 32), 16); - hcryp->Instance->DR = __ROR((uint32_t)inputlength, 16); - } - else if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_32B) - { - hcryp->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(headerlength >> 32); - hcryp->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(headerlength); - hcryp->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(inputlength >> 32); - hcryp->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(inputlength); - } - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Read the Auth TAG in the IN FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - tagaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - tagaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - tagaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Computes the authentication TAG for AES CCM mode. - * @note This API is called after HAL_AES_CCM_Encrypt()/HAL_AES_CCM_Decrypt() - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param AuthTag: Pointer to the authentication buffer - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Finish(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTag; - uint32_t ctraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch; - uint32_t temptag[4] = {0}; /* Temporary TAG (MAC) */ - uint32_t loopcounter; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS) - { - /* Change the CRYP phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_FINAL; - - /* Disable CRYP to start the final phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - - /* Select final phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Write the counter block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)ctraddr; - ctraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)ctraddr; - ctraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)ctraddr; - ctraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)ctraddr; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Read the Auth TAG in the IN FIFO */ - temptag[0] = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - temptag[1] = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - temptag[2] = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - temptag[3] = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - } - - /* Copy temporary authentication TAG in user TAG buffer */ - for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.TagSize ; loopcounter++) - { - /* Set the authentication TAG buffer */ - *((uint8_t*)tagaddr+loopcounter) = *((uint8_t*)temptag+loopcounter); - } - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM decryption mode then - * decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize; - uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header; - uint32_t loopcounter = 0; - uint32_t bufferidx = 0; - uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */ - uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */ - uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /************************ Formatting the header block *********************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */ - if(headersize < 65280) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF); - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF); - headersize += 2; - } - else - { - /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */ - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff; - headersize += 6; - } - /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */ - for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter]; - } - /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */ - if ((headersize % 16) != 0) - { - /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */ - for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0; - } - /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */ - headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; - } - /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */ - headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch; - } - /*********************** Formatting the block B0 **************************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - blockb0[0] = 0x40; - } - /* Flags byte */ - /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */ - blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3); - blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07); - - for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++) - { - blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter]; - } - for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++) - { - blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0; - } - - blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8); - blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF); - - /************************* Formatting the initial counter *****************/ - /* Byte 0: - Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0 - Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter - blocks are distinct from B0 - Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0 - */ - ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07; - /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */ - for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++) - { - ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter]; - } - /* Set the LSB to 1 */ - ctr[15] |= 0x01; - - /* Set the key */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_DECRYPT); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr); - - /* Select init phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT); - - b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; - /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /***************************** Header phase *******************************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - /* Select header phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16) - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - } - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */ - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter]; - } - /* Reset bit 0 */ - hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe; - /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */ - if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM encryption mode using IT. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Get the buffer addresses and sizes */ - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_ENCRYPT); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Enable CRYP to start the init phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - - } - } - - /* Set the header phase */ - if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, 1) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - - /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - if(Size != 0) - { - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - } - else - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state and phase */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - } - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM encryption mode using interrupt. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - uint32_t headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize; - uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header; - uint32_t loopcounter = 0; - uint32_t bufferidx = 0; - uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */ - uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */ - uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /************************ Formatting the header block *******************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */ - if(headersize < 65280) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF); - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF); - headersize += 2; - } - else - { - /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */ - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff; - headersize += 6; - } - /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */ - for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter]; - } - /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */ - if ((headersize % 16) != 0) - { - /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */ - for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0; - } - /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */ - headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; - } - /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */ - headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch; - } - /*********************** Formatting the block B0 ************************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - blockb0[0] = 0x40; - } - /* Flags byte */ - /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */ - blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3); - blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07); - - for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++) - { - blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter]; - } - for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++) - { - blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0; - } - - blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8); - blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF); - - /************************* Formatting the initial counter ***************/ - /* Byte 0: - Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0 - Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter - blocks are distinct from B0 - Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0 - */ - ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07; - /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */ - for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++) - { - ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter]; - } - /* Set the LSB to 1 */ - ctr[15] |= 0x01; - - /* Set the key */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_ENCRYPT); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr); - - /* Select init phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT); - - b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; - /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /***************************** Header phase *****************************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - /* Select header phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16) - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - } - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */ - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter]; - } - /* Reset bit 0 */ - hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe; - - /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - if(Size != 0) - { - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - } - else - { - /* Change the CRYP state and phase */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode using IT. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the cyphertext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - /* Get the buffer addresses and sizes */ - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_DECRYPT); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Enable CRYP to start the init phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Set the header phase */ - if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, 1) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - - /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - if(Size != 0) - { - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - } - else - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP state and phase */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM decryption mode using interrupt - * then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize; - uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header; - uint32_t loopcounter = 0; - uint32_t bufferidx = 0; - uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */ - uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */ - uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; - - if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /************************ Formatting the header block *******************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */ - if(headersize < 65280) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF); - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF); - headersize += 2; - } - else - { - /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */ - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff; - headersize += 6; - } - /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */ - for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter]; - } - /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */ - if ((headersize % 16) != 0) - { - /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */ - for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0; - } - /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */ - headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; - } - /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */ - headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch; - } - /*********************** Formatting the block B0 ************************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - blockb0[0] = 0x40; - } - /* Flags byte */ - /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */ - blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3); - blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07); - - for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++) - { - blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter]; - } - for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++) - { - blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0; - } - - blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8); - blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF); - - /************************* Formatting the initial counter ***************/ - /* Byte 0: - Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0 - Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter - blocks are distinct from B0 - Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0 - */ - ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07; - /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */ - for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++) - { - ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter]; - } - /* Set the LSB to 1 */ - ctr[15] |= 0x01; - - /* Set the key */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_DECRYPT); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr); - - /* Select init phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT); - - b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; - /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /***************************** Header phase *****************************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - /* Select header phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16) - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - } - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */ - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter]; - } - /* Reset bit 0 */ - hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe; - /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI)) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - inputaddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr); - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI); - /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16; - hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16; - if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0) - { - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI); - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY; - /* Call Input transfer complete callback */ - HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp); - } - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM encryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_ENCRYPT); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Enable CRYP to start the init phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the header phase */ - if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, 1) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - - /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Unlock process */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM encryption mode using interrupt. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - uint32_t headersize; - uint32_t headeraddr; - uint32_t loopcounter = 0; - uint32_t bufferidx = 0; - uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */ - uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */ - uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - - headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize; - headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header; - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /************************ Formatting the header block *******************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */ - if(headersize < 65280) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF); - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF); - headersize += 2; - } - else - { - /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */ - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff; - headersize += 6; - } - /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */ - for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter]; - } - /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */ - if ((headersize % 16) != 0) - { - /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */ - for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0; - } - /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */ - headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; - } - /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */ - headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch; - } - /*********************** Formatting the block B0 ************************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - blockb0[0] = 0x40; - } - /* Flags byte */ - /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */ - blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3); - blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07); - - for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++) - { - blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter]; - } - for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++) - { - blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0; - } - - blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8); - blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF); - - /************************* Formatting the initial counter ***************/ - /* Byte 0: - Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0 - Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter - blocks are distinct from B0 - Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0 - */ - ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07; - /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */ - for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++) - { - ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter]; - } - /* Set the LSB to 1 */ - ctr[15] |= 0x01; - - /* Set the key */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_ENCRYPT); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr); - - /* Select init phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT); - - b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; - /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /***************************** Header phase *****************************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - /* Select header phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16) - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - } - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */ - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter]; - } - /* Reset bit 0 */ - hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe; - - /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Unlock process */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode using DMA. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer. - * @param Size: Length of the cyphertext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Set the key */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_DECRYPT); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect); - - /* Enable CRYP to start the init phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Set the header phase */ - if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, 1) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp); - - /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Unlock process */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM decryption mode using DMA - * then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @param pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer - * @param Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 - * @param pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - uint32_t headersize; - uint32_t headeraddr; - uint32_t loopcounter = 0; - uint32_t bufferidx = 0; - uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */ - uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */ - uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; - - if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hcryp); - - inputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData; - outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData; - - headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize; - headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header; - - hcryp->CrypInCount = Size; - hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData; - hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData; - hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size; - - /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY) - { - /************************ Formatting the header block *******************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */ - if(headersize < 65280) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF); - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF); - headersize += 2; - } - else - { - /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */ - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00; - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff; - headersize += 6; - } - /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */ - for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter]; - } - /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */ - if ((headersize % 16) != 0) - { - /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */ - for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0; - } - /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */ - headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; - } - /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */ - headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch; - } - /*********************** Formatting the block B0 ************************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - blockb0[0] = 0x40; - } - /* Flags byte */ - /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */ - blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3); - blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07); - - for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++) - { - blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter]; - } - for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++) - { - blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0; - } - - blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8); - blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF); - - /************************* Formatting the initial counter ***************/ - /* Byte 0: - Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0 - Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter - blocks are distinct from B0 - Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0 - */ - ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07; - /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */ - for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++) - { - ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter]; - } - /* Set the LSB to 1 */ - ctr[15] |= 0x01; - - /* Set the key */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize); - - /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_DECRYPT); - - /* Set the Initialization Vector */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr); - - /* Select init phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT); - - b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; - /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - b0addr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr); - - /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - - } - } - /***************************** Header phase *****************************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - /* Select header phase */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp); - - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16) - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */ - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr); - headeraddr+=4; - } - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Change state */ - hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */ - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++) - { - hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter]; - } - /* Reset bit 0 */ - hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe; - /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */ - __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp); - - /* Set the phase */ - hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS; - } - /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */ - CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr); - - /* Unlock process */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 CRYPEx IRQ handler management - * @brief CRYPEx IRQ handler. - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### CRYPEx IRQ handler management ##### - ============================================================================== -[..] This section provides CRYPEx IRQ handler function. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief This function handles CRYPEx interrupt request. - * @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYPEx_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for CRYP module - * @retval None - */ - -void HAL_CRYPEx_GCMCCM_IRQHandler(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp) -{ - switch(CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DIRECTION) - { - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_ENCRYPT: - HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_DECRYPT: - HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_ENCRYPT: - HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_DECRYPT: - HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - default: - break; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F437xx || STM32F439xx */ - -#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dac.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dac.c deleted file mode 100644 index 552ca85..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dac.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,953 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_dac.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief DAC HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State and Errors functions - * - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### DAC Peripheral features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - *** DAC Channels *** - ==================== - [..] - The device integrates two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters that can - be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode): - (#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output - (#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output - - *** DAC Triggers *** - ==================== - [..] - Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_TRIGGER_NONE - and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register. - [..] - Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by: - (#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_Pin9) using DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9. - The used pin (GPIOx_Pin9) must be configured in input mode. - - (#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8 - (DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO, DAC_TRIGGER_T4_TRGO...) - - (#) Software using DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE - - *** DAC Buffer mode feature *** - =============================== - [..] - Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to - reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly - without having to add an external operational amplifier. - To enable, the output buffer use - sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE; - [..] - (@) Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output - impedance value with and without output buffer. - - *** DAC wave generation feature *** - =================================== - [..] - Both DAC channels can be used to generate - (#) Noise wave - (#) Triangle wave - - *** DAC data format *** - ======================= - [..] - The DAC data format can be: - (#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R - (#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L - (#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R - - *** DAC data value to voltage correspondence *** - ================================================ - [..] - The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined - by the following equation: - DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095 - with DOR is the Data Output Register - VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet) - e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use - Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V - - *** DMA requests *** - ===================== - [..] - A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not - a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using - HAL_DAC_Start_DMA() - [..] - DMA1 requests are mapped as following: - (#) DAC channel1 : mapped on DMA1 Stream5 channel7 which must be - already configured - (#) DAC channel2 : mapped on DMA1 Stream6 channel7 which must be - already configured - - -@- For Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation please - refer to Extension Features Driver description - - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC - registers using HAL_DAC_Init() - (+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode. - (+) Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function. - (+) Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA functions - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start() - (+) To read the DAC last data output value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function. - (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop() - - *** DMA mode IO operation *** - ============================== - [..] - (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length - of data to be transferred at each end of conversion - (+) At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2() - function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer - HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 - (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA() - - *** DAC HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral - (+) __HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral - (+) __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags - (+) __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC DAC - * @brief DAC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the DAC. - (+) De-initialize the DAC. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters - * in the DAC_InitStruct. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) -{ - /* Check DAC handle */ - if(hdac == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance)); - - if(hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hdac->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_DAC_MspInit(hdac); - } - - /* Initialize the DAC state*/ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set DAC error code to none */ - hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the DAC state*/ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) -{ - /* Check DAC handle */ - if(hdac == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance)); - - /* Change DAC state */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(hdac); - - /* Set DAC error code to none */ - hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Change DAC state */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DAC MSP. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DAC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the DAC MSP. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DAC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief IO operation functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Start conversion. - (+) Stop conversion. - (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer. - (+) Get result of conversion. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdac); - - /* Change DAC state */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel); - - if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) - { - tmp1 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TEN1; - tmp2 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TSEL1; - /* Check if software trigger enabled */ - if((tmp1 == DAC_CR_TEN1) && (tmp2 == DAC_CR_TSEL1)) - { - /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */ - hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1; - } - } - else - { - tmp1 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TEN2; - tmp2 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TSEL2; - /* Check if software trigger enabled */ - if((tmp1 == DAC_CR_TEN2) && (tmp2 == DAC_CR_TSEL2)) - { - /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion*/ - hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG2; - } - } - - /* Change DAC state */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel); - - /* Change DAC state */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @param pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address. - * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral - * @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected - * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected - * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdac); - - /* Change DAC state */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; - - if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) - { - /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */ - hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1; - - /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */ - hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1; - - /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */ - hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1; - - /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ - hdac->Instance->CR |= DAC_CR_DMAEN1; - - /* Case of use of channel 1 */ - switch(Alignment) - { - case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: - /* Get DHR12R1 address */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1; - break; - case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: - /* Get DHR12L1 address */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1; - break; - case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: - /* Get DHR8R1 address */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1; - break; - default: - break; - } - } - else - { - /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel2 */ - hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2; - - /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel2 */ - hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2; - - /* Set the DMA error callback for channel2 */ - hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh2; - - /* Enable the selected DAC channel2 DMA request */ - hdac->Instance->CR |= DAC_CR_DMAEN2; - - /* Case of use of channel 2 */ - switch(Alignment) - { - case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: - /* Get DHR12R2 address */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R2; - break; - case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: - /* Get DHR12L2 address */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L2; - break; - case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: - /* Get DHR8R2 address */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R2; - break; - default: - break; - } - } - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) - { - /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ - __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1); - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length); - } - else - { - /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ - __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2); - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle2, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length); - } - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); - - /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ - hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << Channel); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel); - - /* Disable the DMA Channel */ - /* Channel1 is used */ - if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) - { - status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1); - } - else /* Channel2 is used for */ - { - status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2); - } - - /* Check if DMA Channel effectively disabled */ - if(status != HAL_OK) - { - /* Update DAC state machine to error */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Change DAC state */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; - } - - /* Return function status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. - */ -uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); - - /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ - if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) - { - return hdac->Instance->DOR1; - } - else - { - return hdac->Instance->DOR2; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Handles DAC interrupt request - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) -{ - /* Check underrun channel 1 flag */ - if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1)) - { - /* Change DAC state to error state */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Set DAC error code to channel1 DMA underrun error */ - hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1; - - /* Clear the underrun flag */ - __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1); - - /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ - hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN1; - - /* Error callback */ - HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac); - } - /* Check underrun channel 2 flag */ - if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2)) - { - /* Change DAC state to error state */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Set DAC error code to channel2 DMA underrun error */ - hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2; - - /* Clear the underrun flag */ - __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2); - - /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ - hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN2; - - /* Error callback */ - HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(hdac); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1 - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel1 - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Error DAC callback for Channel1. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure channels. - (+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the selected DAC channel. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @param sConfig: DAC configuration structure. - * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; - - /* Check the DAC parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdac); - - /* Change DAC state */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Get the DAC CR value */ - tmpreg1 = hdac->Instance->CR; - /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */ - tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_MAMP1 | DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_BOFF1)) << Channel); - /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger */ - /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */ - /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */ - tmpreg2 = (sConfig->DAC_Trigger | sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer); - /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << Channel; - /* Write to DAC CR */ - hdac->Instance->CR = tmpreg1; - /* Disable wave generation */ - hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_WAVE1 << Channel); - - /* Change DAC state */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected - * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected - * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected - * @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); - - tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance; - if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) - { - tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(Alignment); - } - else - { - tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(Alignment); - } - - /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions - * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides functions allowing to - (+) Check the DAC state. - (+) Check the DAC Errors. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief return the DAC state - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) -{ - /* Return DAC state */ - return hdac->State; -} - - -/** - * @brief Return the DAC error code - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval DAC Error Code - */ -uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) -{ - return hdac->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief DMA conversion complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(hdac); - - hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; -} - -/** - * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - /* Conversion complete callback */ - HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(hdac); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA error callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */ - hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA; - - HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(hdac); - - hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; -} - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx ||\ - STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx ||\ - STM32F446xx - */ -#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dac_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dac_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7797a6d..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dac_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,382 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_dac_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief DAC HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of DAC extension peripheral: - * + Extended features functions - * - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) : - Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use - HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in Channel 1 and Channel 2. - (+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal. - (+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx - * @brief DAC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions - * @brief Extended features functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Extended features functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Start conversion. - (+) Stop conversion. - (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer. - (+) Get result of conversion. - (+) Get result of dual mode conversion. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. - */ -uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1; - - tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16; - - /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ - return tmp; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2 - * @param Amplitude: Select max triangle amplitude. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1 - * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3 - * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7 - * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15 - * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31 - * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63 - * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127 - * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255 - * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511 - * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 - * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 - * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdac); - - /* Change DAC state */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ - MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, (DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1) << Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << Channel); - - /* Change DAC state */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2 - * @param Amplitude: Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation - * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation - * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation - * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation - * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation - * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation - * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation - * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation - * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation - * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation - * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation - * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdac); - - /* Change DAC state */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ - MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, (DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1) << Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << Channel); - - /* Change DAC state */ - hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected - * DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected - * DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected - * @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. - * @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. - * @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both - * DAC channels at the same time. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2) -{ - uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2)); - - /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */ - if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R) - { - data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1; - } - else - { - data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1; - } - - tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance; - tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment); - - /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */ - *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel2 - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel2 - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Error DAC callback for Channel2. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2. - * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DMA conversion complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac); - - hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; -} - -/** - * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - /* Conversion complete callback */ - HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA error callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */ - hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA; - - HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac); - - hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx ||\ - STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx ||\ - STM32F446xx - */ - -#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7de37e7..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,830 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief DCMI HAL module driver - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Digital Camera Interface (DCMI) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State and Error functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The sequence below describes how to use this driver to capture image - from a camera module connected to the DCMI Interface. - This sequence does not take into account the configuration of the - camera module, which should be made before to configure and enable - the DCMI to capture images. - - (#) Program the required configuration through following parameters: - horizontal and vertical polarity, pixel clock polarity, Capture Rate, - Synchronization Mode, code of the frame delimiter and data width - using HAL_DCMI_Init() function. - - (#) Configure the DMA2_Stream1 channel1 to transfer Data from DCMI DR - register to the destination memory buffer. - - (#) Program the required configuration through following parameters: - DCMI mode, destination memory Buffer address and the data length - and enable capture using HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA() function. - - (#) Optionally, configure and Enable the CROP feature to select a rectangular - window from the received image using HAL_DCMI_ConfigCrop() - and HAL_DCMI_EnableCROP() functions - - (#) The capture can be stopped using HAL_DCMI_Stop() function. - - (#) To control DCMI state you can use the function HAL_DCMI_GetState(). - - *** DCMI HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in DCMI HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE: Enable the DCMI peripheral. - (+) __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE: Disable the DCMI peripheral. - (+) __HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG: Get the DCMI pending flags. - (+) __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DCMI pending flags. - (+) __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DCMI interrupts. - (+) __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DCMI interrupts. - (+) __HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DCMI interrupt has occurred or not. - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the DCMI HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ -/** @defgroup DCMI DCMI - * @brief DCMI HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) || defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DCMI_STOP ((uint32_t)1000) /* 1s */ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -static void DCMI_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void DCMI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions DCMI Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the DCMI - (+) De-initialize the DCMI - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DCMI according to the specified - * parameters in the DCMI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. - * @retval HAL status - */ -__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Init(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi) -{ - /* Check the DCMI peripheral state */ - if(hdcmi == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check function parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DCMI_ALL_INSTANCE(hdcmi->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_MODE_JPEG(hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode)); - - if(hdcmi->State == HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hdcmi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_DCMI_MspInit(hdcmi); - } - - /* Change the DCMI state */ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY; - /* Configures the HS, VS, DE and PC polarity */ - hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_PCKPOL | DCMI_CR_HSPOL | DCMI_CR_VSPOL | DCMI_CR_EDM_0 | - DCMI_CR_EDM_1 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_0 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_1 | DCMI_CR_JPEG | - DCMI_CR_ESS); - hdcmi->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode | hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate | \ - hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity | hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity | \ - hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity | hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode | \ - hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode); - - if(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode == DCMI_SYNCHRO_EMBEDDED) - { - DCMI->ESCR = (((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameStartCode) | - ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineStartCode << 8)| - ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineEndCode << 16) | - ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameEndCode << 24)); - - } - - /* Enable the Line interrupt */ - __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE); - - /* Enable the VSYNC interrupt */ - __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC); - - /* Enable the Frame capture complete interrupt */ - __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME); - - /* Enable the Synchronization error interrupt */ - __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR); - - /* Enable the Overflow interrupt */ - __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF); - - /* Enable DCMI by setting DCMIEN bit */ - __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE(hdcmi); - - /* Update error code */ - hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the DCMI state*/ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the DCMI peripheral registers to their default reset - * values. - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. - * @retval HAL status - */ - -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DeInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi) -{ - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit(hdcmi); - - /* Update error code */ - hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the DCMI state*/ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DCMI MSP. - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DCMI_MspInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DCMI_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the DCMI MSP. - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ -/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief IO operation functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure destination address and data length and - Enables DCMI DMA request and enables DCMI capture - (+) Stop the DCMI capture. - (+) Handles DCMI interrupt request. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables DCMI DMA request and enables DCMI capture - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. - * @param DCMI_Mode: DCMI capture mode snapshot or continuous grab. - * @param pData: The destination memory Buffer address (LCD Frame buffer). - * @param Length: The length of capture to be transferred. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi, uint32_t DCMI_Mode, uint32_t pData, uint32_t Length) -{ - /* Initialize the second memory address */ - uint32_t SecondMemAddress = 0; - - /* Check function parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(DCMI_Mode)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdcmi); - - /* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(DCMI_Mode)); - - /* Configure the DCMI Mode */ - hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_CM); - hdcmi->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(DCMI_Mode); - - /* Set the DMA memory0 conversion complete callback */ - hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = DCMI_DMAConvCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = DCMI_DMAError; - - if(Length <= 0xFFFF) - { - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hdcmi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Length); - } - else /* DCMI_DOUBLE_BUFFER Mode */ - { - /* Set the DMA memory1 conversion complete callback */ - hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferM1CpltCallback = DCMI_DMAConvCplt; - - /* Initialize transfer parameters */ - hdcmi->XferCount = 1; - hdcmi->XferSize = Length; - hdcmi->pBuffPtr = pData; - - /* Get the number of buffer */ - while(hdcmi->XferSize > 0xFFFF) - { - hdcmi->XferSize = (hdcmi->XferSize/2); - hdcmi->XferCount = hdcmi->XferCount*2; - } - - /* Update DCMI counter and transfer number*/ - hdcmi->XferCount = (hdcmi->XferCount - 2); - hdcmi->XferTransferNumber = hdcmi->XferCount; - - /* Update second memory address */ - SecondMemAddress = (uint32_t)(pData + (4*hdcmi->XferSize)); - - /* Start DMA multi buffer transfer */ - HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hdcmi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, SecondMemAddress, hdcmi->XferSize); - } - - /* Enable Capture */ - DCMI->CR |= DCMI_CR_CAPTURE; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disable DCMI DMA request and Disable DCMI capture - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Stop(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY; - - __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE(hdcmi); - - /* Disable Capture */ - DCMI->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_CAPTURE); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Check if the DCMI capture effectively disabled */ - while((hdcmi->Instance->CR & DCMI_CR_CAPTURE) != 0) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DCMI_STOP) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi); - - /* Update error code */ - hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - - /* Change DCMI state */ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Disable the DMA */ - HAL_DMA_Abort(hdcmi->DMA_Handle); - - /* Update error code */ - hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Change DCMI state */ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handles DCMI interrupt request. - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DCMI. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DCMI_IRQHandler(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi) -{ - /* Synchronization error interrupt management *******************************/ - if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Synchronization error interrupt */ - __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR); - - /* Clear the Synchronization error flag */ - __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI); - - /* Update error code */ - hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_SYNC; - - /* Change DCMI state */ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi); - - /* Abort the DMA Transfer */ - HAL_DMA_Abort(hdcmi->DMA_Handle); - - /* Synchronization error Callback */ - HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(hdcmi); - } - } - /* Overflow interrupt management ********************************************/ - if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Overflow interrupt */ - __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF); - - /* Clear the Overflow flag */ - __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI); - - /* Update error code */ - hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_OVF; - - /* Change DCMI state */ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi); - - /* Abort the DMA Transfer */ - HAL_DMA_Abort(hdcmi->DMA_Handle); - - /* Overflow Callback */ - HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(hdcmi); - } - } - /* Line Interrupt management ************************************************/ - if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_LINERI) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE) != RESET) - { - /* Clear the Line interrupt flag */ - __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_LINERI); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi); - - /* Line interrupt Callback */ - HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback(hdcmi); - } - } - /* VSYNC interrupt management ***********************************************/ - if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the VSYNC interrupt */ - __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC); - - /* Clear the VSYNC flag */ - __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi); - - /* VSYNC Callback */ - HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback(hdcmi); - } - } - /* End of Frame interrupt management ****************************************/ - if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the End of Frame interrupt */ - __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME); - - /* Clear the End of Frame flag */ - __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi); - - /* End of Frame Callback */ - HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(hdcmi); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Error DCMI callback. - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Line Event callback. - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief VSYNC Event callback. - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Frame Event callback. - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== -[..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure the CROP feature. - (+) Enable/Disable the CROP feature. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configure the DCMI CROP coordinate. - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. - * @param YSize: DCMI Line number - * @param XSize: DCMI Pixel per line - * @param X0: DCMI window X offset - * @param Y0: DCMI window Y offset - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_ConfigCROP(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi, uint32_t X0, uint32_t Y0, uint32_t XSize, uint32_t YSize) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdcmi); - - /* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(X0)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(YSize)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(XSize)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_HEIGHT(Y0)); - - /* Configure CROP */ - DCMI->CWSIZER = (XSize | (YSize << 16)); - DCMI->CWSTRTR = (X0 | (Y0 << 16)); - - /* Initialize the DCMI state*/ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the Crop feature. - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DisableCROP(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdcmi); - - /* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable DCMI Crop feature */ - DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP; - - /* Change the DCMI state*/ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the Crop feature. - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_EnableCROP(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdcmi); - - /* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable DCMI Crop feature */ - DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP; - - /* Change the DCMI state*/ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides functions allowing to - (+) Check the DCMI state. - (+) Get the specific DCMI error flag. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Return the DCMI state - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_DCMI_StateTypeDef HAL_DCMI_GetState(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi) -{ - return hdcmi->State; -} - -/** -* @brief Return the DCMI error code -* @param hdcmi : pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. -* @retval DCMI Error Code -*/ -uint32_t HAL_DCMI_GetError(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi) -{ - return hdcmi->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup DCMI_Private_Functions DCMI Private Functions - * @{ - */ - - /** - * @brief DMA conversion complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void DCMI_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi = ( DCMI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - hdcmi->State= HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY; - - if(hdcmi->XferCount != 0) - { - /* Update memory 0 address location */ - tmp = ((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR) & DMA_SxCR_CT); - if(((hdcmi->XferCount % 2) == 0) && (tmp != 0)) - { - tmp = hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M0AR; - HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (tmp + (8*hdcmi->XferSize)), MEMORY0); - hdcmi->XferCount--; - } - /* Update memory 1 address location */ - else if((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0) - { - tmp = hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M1AR; - HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (tmp + (8*hdcmi->XferSize)), MEMORY1); - hdcmi->XferCount--; - } - } - /* Update memory 0 address location */ - else if((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0) - { - hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M0AR = hdcmi->pBuffPtr; - } - /* Update memory 1 address location */ - else if((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0) - { - tmp = hdcmi->pBuffPtr; - hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M1AR = (tmp + (4*hdcmi->XferSize)); - hdcmi->XferCount = hdcmi->XferTransferNumber; - } - - if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI) != RESET) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi); - - /* FRAME Callback */ - HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(hdcmi); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA error callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void DCMI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi = ( DCMI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - hdcmi->State= HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY; - HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(hdcmi); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx ||\ - STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */ -#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2f9f23d..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,212 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief DCMI Extension HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of DCMI extension peripheral: - * + Extension features functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### DCMI peripheral extension features ##### - ============================================================================== - - [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the DCMI interface for STM32F446xx - devices contains the following additional features : - - (+) Support of Black and White cameras - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This driver provides functions to manage the Black and White feature - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ -/** @defgroup DCMI DCMI - * @brief DCMI HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) || defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup DCMIEx_Exported_Functions DCMI Extended Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DCMIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the DCMI - (+) De-initialize the DCMI - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DCMI according to the specified - * parameters in the DCMI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DCMI. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Init(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi) -{ - /* Check the DCMI peripheral state */ - if(hdcmi == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check function parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DCMI_ALL_INSTANCE(hdcmi->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_MODE_JPEG(hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode)); -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - assert_param(IS_DCMI_BYTE_SELECT_MODE(hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectMode)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_BYTE_SELECT_START(hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectStart)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_LINE_SELECT_MODE(hdcmi->Init.LineSelectMode)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_LINE_SELECT_START(hdcmi->Init.LineSelectStart)); -#endif - if(hdcmi->State == HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_DCMI_MspInit(hdcmi); - } - - /* Change the DCMI state */ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY; - /* Configures the HS, VS, DE and PC polarity */ - hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_PCKPOL | DCMI_CR_HSPOL | DCMI_CR_VSPOL | DCMI_CR_EDM_0 |\ - DCMI_CR_EDM_1 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_0 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_1 | DCMI_CR_JPEG |\ - DCMI_CR_ESS -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - | DCMI_CR_BSM_0 | DCMI_CR_BSM_1 | DCMI_CR_OEBS |\ - DCMI_CR_LSM | DCMI_CR_OELS -#endif - ); - hdcmi->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode | hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate |\ - hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity | hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity |\ - hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity | hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode |\ - hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - | hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectMode |\ - hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectStart | hdcmi->Init.LineSelectMode |\ - hdcmi->Init.LineSelectStart -#endif - ); - if(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode == DCMI_SYNCHRO_EMBEDDED) - { - DCMI->ESCR = (((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameStartCode) | - ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineStartCode << 8)| - ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineEndCode << 16) | - ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameEndCode << 24)); - - } - - /* Enable the Line interrupt */ - __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE); - - /* Enable the VSYNC interrupt */ - __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC); - - /* Enable the Frame capture complete interrupt */ - __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME); - - /* Enable the Synchronization error interrupt */ - __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR); - - /* Enable the Overflow interrupt */ - __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF); - - /* Enable DCMI by setting DCMIEN bit */ - __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE(hdcmi); - - /* Update error code */ - hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the DCMI state*/ - hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */ -#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c deleted file mode 100644 index 420e678..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,928 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief DMA HAL module driver. - * - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral State and errors functions - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Stream - (except for internal SRAM/FLASH memories: no initialization is - necessary) please refer to Reference manual for connection between peripherals - and DMA requests . - - (#) For a given Stream, program the required configuration through the following parameters: - Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats, - Circular, Normal or peripheral flow control mode, Stream Priority level, - Source and Destination Increment mode, FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed), - Burst mode for Source and/or Destination (if needed) using HAL_DMA_Init() function. - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source - address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred - (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this - case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application. - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() - (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() - (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of - Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. In this - case the DMA interrupt is configured - (+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine - (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can - add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and - XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure). - [..] - (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error - detection. - - (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer - - -@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed. - - -@- The FIFO is used mainly to reduce bus usage and to allow data packing/unpacking: it is - possible to set different Data Sizes for the Peripheral and the Memory (ie. you can set - Half-Word data size for the peripheral to access its data register and set Word data size - for the Memory to gain in access time. Each two half words will be packed and written in - a single access to a Word in the Memory). - - -@- When FIFO is disabled, it is not allowed to configure different Data Sizes for Source - and Destination. In this case the Peripheral Data Size will be applied to both Source - and Destination. - - *** DMA HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Stream. - (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Stream. - (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FS: Return the current DMA Stream FIFO filled level. - (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Stream pending flags. - (+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Stream pending flags. - (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Stream interrupts. - (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Stream interrupts. - (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Stream interrupt has occurred or not. - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA DMA - * @brief DMA HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ - #define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT ((uint32_t)1000) /* 1s */ -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Stream source - and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, - circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Stream priority value. - [..] - The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in - reference manual. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DMA according to the specified - * parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the DMA peripheral state */ - if(hdma == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_STREAM_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_CHANNEL(hdma->Init.Channel)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(hdma->Init.FIFOMode)); - /* Check the memory burst, peripheral burst and FIFO threshold parameters only - when FIFO mode is enabled */ - if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode != DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE) - { - assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(hdma->Init.FIFOThreshold)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(hdma->Init.MemBurst)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(hdma->Init.PeriphBurst)); - } - - /* Change DMA peripheral state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Get the CR register value */ - tmp = hdma->Instance->CR; - - /* Clear CHSEL, MBURST, PBURST, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR, CT and DBM bits */ - tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_SxCR_CHSEL | DMA_SxCR_MBURST | DMA_SxCR_PBURST | \ - DMA_SxCR_PL | DMA_SxCR_MSIZE | DMA_SxCR_PSIZE | \ - DMA_SxCR_MINC | DMA_SxCR_PINC | DMA_SxCR_CIRC | \ - DMA_SxCR_DIR | DMA_SxCR_CT | DMA_SxCR_DBM)); - - /* Prepare the DMA Stream configuration */ - tmp |= hdma->Init.Channel | hdma->Init.Direction | - hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc | - hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment | - hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority; - - /* the Memory burst and peripheral burst are not used when the FIFO is disabled */ - if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode == DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE) - { - /* Get memory burst and peripheral burst */ - tmp |= hdma->Init.MemBurst | hdma->Init.PeriphBurst; - } - - /* Write to DMA Stream CR register */ - hdma->Instance->CR = tmp; - - /* Get the FCR register value */ - tmp = hdma->Instance->FCR; - - /* Clear Direct mode and FIFO threshold bits */ - tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA_SxFCR_DMDIS | DMA_SxFCR_FTH); - - /* Prepare the DMA Stream FIFO configuration */ - tmp |= hdma->Init.FIFOMode; - - /* the FIFO threshold is not used when the FIFO mode is disabled */ - if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode == DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE) - { - /* Get the FIFO threshold */ - tmp |= hdma->Init.FIFOThreshold; - } - - /* Write to DMA Stream FCR */ - hdma->Instance->FCR = tmp; - - /* Initialize the error code */ - hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the DMA state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the DMA peripheral - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - /* Check the DMA peripheral state */ - if(hdma == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the DMA peripheral state */ - if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Disable the selected DMA Streamx */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); - - /* Reset DMA Streamx control register */ - hdma->Instance->CR = 0; - - /* Reset DMA Streamx number of data to transfer register */ - hdma->Instance->NDTR = 0; - - /* Reset DMA Streamx peripheral address register */ - hdma->Instance->PAR = 0; - - /* Reset DMA Streamx memory 0 address register */ - hdma->Instance->M0AR = 0; - - /* Reset DMA Streamx memory 1 address register */ - hdma->Instance->M1AR = 0; - - /* Reset DMA Streamx FIFO control register */ - hdma->Instance->FCR = (uint32_t)0x00000021; - - /* Clear all flags */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Initialize the error code */ - hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the DMA state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer - (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and - Start DMA transfer with interrupt - (+) Abort DMA transfer - (+) Poll for transfer complete - (+) Handle DMA interrupt request - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Starts the DMA Transfer. - * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. - * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address - * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address - * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdma); - - /* Change DMA peripheral state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); - - /* Disable the peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); - - /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */ - DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. - * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address - * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address - * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdma); - - /* Change DMA peripheral state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); - - /* Disable the peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); - - /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */ - DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); - - /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC); - - /* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT); - - /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE); - - /* Enable the FIFO Error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_FE); - - /* Enable the direct mode Error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_DME); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Aborts the DMA Transfer. - * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. - * - * @note After disabling a DMA Stream, a check for wait until the DMA Stream is - * effectively disabled is added. If a Stream is disabled - * while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred - * and the Stream will be effectively disabled only after the transfer of - * this single data is finished. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Disable the stream */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Check if the DMA Stream is effectively disabled */ - while((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_EN) != 0) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT) - { - /* Update error code */ - hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - /* Change the DMA state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - /* Change the DMA state*/ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Polling for transfer complete. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. - * @param CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t temp, tmp, tmp1, tmp2; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get the level transfer complete flag */ - if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER) - { - /* Transfer Complete flag */ - temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma); - } - else - { - /* Half Transfer Complete flag */ - temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma); - } - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, temp) == RESET) - { - tmp = __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - tmp1 = __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - tmp2 = __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - if((tmp != RESET) || (tmp1 != RESET) || (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - if(tmp != RESET) - { - /* Update error code */ - hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE; - - /* Clear the transfer error flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - } - if(tmp1 != RESET) - { - /* Update error code */ - hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE; - - /* Clear the FIFO error flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - } - if(tmp2 != RESET) - { - /* Update error code */ - hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME; - - /* Clear the Direct Mode error flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - } - /* Change the DMA state */ - hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Update error code */ - hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - - /* Change the DMA state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER) - { - /* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */ - if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0) - { - /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */ - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0) - { - /* Change DMA peripheral state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0; - } - /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */ - else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0) - { - /* Change DMA peripheral state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM1; - } - } - else - { - /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* The selected Streamx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and all transfers - are complete) */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0; - } - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - } - else - { - /* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */ - if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0) - { - /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */ - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0) - { - /* Change DMA peripheral state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0; - } - /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */ - else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0) - { - /* Change DMA peripheral state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM1; - } - } - else - { - /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Change DMA peripheral state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0; - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handles DMA interrupt request. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/ - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TE) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the transfer error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE); - - /* Clear the transfer error flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Update error code */ - hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE; - - /* Change the DMA state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL) - { - /* Transfer error callback */ - hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma); - } - } - } - /* FIFO Error Interrupt management ******************************************/ - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_FE) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the FIFO Error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_FE); - - /* Clear the FIFO error flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Update error code */ - hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE; - - /* Change the DMA state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL) - { - /* Transfer error callback */ - hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma); - } - } - } - /* Direct Mode Error Interrupt management ***********************************/ - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_DME) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the direct mode Error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_DME); - - /* Clear the direct mode error flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Update error code */ - hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME; - - /* Change the DMA state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL) - { - /* Transfer error callback */ - hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma); - } - } - } - /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/ - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_HT) != RESET) - { - /* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */ - if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0) - { - /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */ - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0) - { - /* Change DMA peripheral state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0; - } - /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */ - else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0) - { - /* Change DMA peripheral state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM1; - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */ - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT); - } - /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Change DMA peripheral state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0; - } - - if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL) - { - /* Half transfer callback */ - hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma); - } - } - } - /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/ - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TC) != RESET) - { - if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0) - { - /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */ - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0) - { - if(hdma->XferM1CpltCallback != NULL) - { - /* Transfer complete Callback for memory1 */ - hdma->XferM1CpltCallback(hdma); - } - } - /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */ - else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0) - { - if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL) - { - /* Transfer complete Callback for memory0 */ - hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma); - } - } - } - /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */ - else - { - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC); - } - /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Update error code */ - hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Change the DMA state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL) - { - /* Transfer complete callback */ - hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma); - } - } - } - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### State and Errors functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides functions allowing to - (+) Check the DMA state - (+) Get error code - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the DMA state. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - return hdma->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the DMA error code - * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. - * @retval DMA Error Code - */ -uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - return hdma->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Sets the DMA Transfer parameter. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. - * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address - * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address - * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination - * @retval HAL status - */ -static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) -{ - /* Clear DBM bit */ - hdma->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)(~DMA_SxCR_DBM); - - /* Configure DMA Stream data length */ - hdma->Instance->NDTR = DataLength; - - /* Peripheral to Memory */ - if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) - { - /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */ - hdma->Instance->PAR = DstAddress; - - /* Configure DMA Stream source address */ - hdma->Instance->M0AR = SrcAddress; - } - /* Memory to Peripheral */ - else - { - /* Configure DMA Stream source address */ - hdma->Instance->PAR = SrcAddress; - - /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */ - hdma->Instance->M0AR = DstAddress; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.c deleted file mode 100644 index a9d244c..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1266 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief DMA2D HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the DMA2D peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State and Errors functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Program the required configuration through following parameters: - the Transfer Mode, the output color mode and the output offset using - HAL_DMA2D_Init() function. - - (#) Program the required configuration through following parameters: - the input color mode, the input color, input alpha value, alpha mode - and the input offset using HAL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer() function for foreground - or/and background layer. - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Configure the pdata, Destination and data length and Enable - the transfer using HAL_DMA2D_Start() - (+) Wait for end of transfer using HAL_DMA2D_PollForTransfer(), at this stage - user can specify the value of timeout according to his end application. - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (#) Configure the pdata, Destination and data length and Enable - the transfer using HAL_DMA2D_Start_IT() - (#) Use HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler() called under DMA2D_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine - (#) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can - add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and - XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA2D handle structure). - - -@- In Register-to-Memory transfer mode, the pdata parameter is the register - color, in Memory-to-memory or memory-to-memory with pixel format - conversion the pdata is the source address. - - -@- Configure the foreground source address, the background source address, - the Destination and data length and Enable the transfer using - HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart() in polling mode and HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT() - in interrupt mode. - - -@- HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart() and HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT() functions - are used if the memory to memory with blending transfer mode is selected. - - (#) Optionally, configure and enable the CLUT using HAL_DMA2D_ConfigCLUT() - HAL_DMA2D_EnableCLUT() functions. - - (#) Optionally, configure and enable LineInterrupt using the following function: - HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent(). - - (#) The transfer can be suspended, continued and aborted using the following - functions: HAL_DMA2D_Suspend(), HAL_DMA2D_Resume(), HAL_DMA2D_Abort(). - - (#) To control DMA2D state you can use the following function: HAL_DMA2D_GetState() - - *** DMA2D HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in DMA2D HAL driver : - - (+) __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE: Enable the DMA2D peripheral. - (+) __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE: Disable the DMA2D peripheral. - (+) __HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA2D pending flags. - (+) __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA2D pending flags. - (+) __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA2D interrupts. - (+) __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA2D interrupts. - (+) __HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA2D interrupt has occurred or not. - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the DMA2D HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ -/** @addtogroup DMA2D - * @brief DMA2D HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) - -/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup DMA2D_Private_Defines - * @{ - */ -#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA2D_ABORT ((uint32_t)1000) /* 1s */ -#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA2D_SUSPEND ((uint32_t)1000) /* 1s */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup DMA2D_Private_Functions_Prototypes - * @{ - */ -static void DMA2D_SetConfig(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup DMA2D_Exported_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the DMA2D - (+) De-initialize the DMA2D - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DMA2D according to the specified - * parameters in the DMA2D_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Init(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the DMA2D peripheral state */ - if(hdma2d == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma2d->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_MODE(hdma2d->Init.Mode)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_CMODE(hdma2d->Init.ColorMode)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_OFFSET(hdma2d->Init.OutputOffset)); - - if(hdma2d->State == HAL_DMA2D_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hdma2d->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_DMA2D_MspInit(hdma2d); - } - - /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY; - -/* DMA2D CR register configuration -------------------------------------------*/ - /* Get the CR register value */ - tmp = hdma2d->Instance->CR; - - /* Clear Mode bits */ - tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_CR_MODE; - - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the CR register */ - tmp |= hdma2d->Init.Mode; - - /* Write to DMA2D CR register */ - hdma2d->Instance->CR = tmp; - -/* DMA2D OPFCCR register configuration ---------------------------------------*/ - /* Get the OPFCCR register value */ - tmp = hdma2d->Instance->OPFCCR; - - /* Clear Color Mode bits */ - tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_OPFCCR_CM; - - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the OPFCCR register */ - tmp |= hdma2d->Init.ColorMode; - - /* Write to DMA2D OPFCCR register */ - hdma2d->Instance->OPFCCR = tmp; - -/* DMA2D OOR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/ - /* Get the OOR register value */ - tmp = hdma2d->Instance->OOR; - - /* Clear Offset bits */ - tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_OOR_LO; - - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the OOR register */ - tmp |= hdma2d->Init.OutputOffset; - - /* Write to DMA2D OOR register */ - hdma2d->Instance->OOR = tmp; - - /* Update error code */ - hdma2d->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the DMA2D state*/ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the DMA2D peripheral registers to their default reset - * values. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @retval None - */ - -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_DeInit(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d) -{ - /* Check the DMA2D peripheral state */ - if(hdma2d == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit(hdma2d); - - /* Update error code */ - hdma2d->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the DMA2D state*/ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DMA2D MSP. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DMA2D_MspInit(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef* hdma2d) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DMA2D_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the DMA2D MSP. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef* hdma2d) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief IO operation functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure the pdata, destination address and data size and - Start DMA2D transfer. - (+) Configure the source for foreground and background, destination address - and data size and Start MultiBuffer DMA2D transfer. - (+) Configure the pdata, destination address and data size and - Start DMA2D transfer with interrupt. - (+) Configure the source for foreground and background, destination address - and data size and Start MultiBuffer DMA2D transfer with interrupt. - (+) Abort DMA2D transfer. - (+) Suspend DMA2D transfer. - (+) Continue DMA2D transfer. - (+) Poll for transfer complete. - (+) handle DMA2D interrupt request. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Start the DMA2D Transfer. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @param pdata: Configure the source memory Buffer address if - * the memory to memory or memory to memory with pixel format - * conversion DMA2D mode is selected, and configure - * the color value if register to memory DMA2D mode is selected. - * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address. - * @param Width: The width of data to be transferred from source to destination. - * @param Height: The height of data to be transferred from source to destination. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Start(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d); - - /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LINE(Height)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(Width)); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE(hdma2d); - - /* Configure the source, destination address and the data size */ - DMA2D_SetConfig(hdma2d, pdata, DstAddress, Width, Height); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE(hdma2d); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Start the DMA2D Transfer with interrupt enabled. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @param pdata: Configure the source memory Buffer address if - * the memory to memory or memory to memory with pixel format - * conversion DMA2D mode is selected, and configure - * the color value if register to memory DMA2D mode is selected. - * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address. - * @param Width: The width of data to be transferred from source to destination. - * @param Height: The height of data to be transferred from source to destination. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Start_IT(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d); - - /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LINE(Height)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(Width)); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE(hdma2d); - - /* Configure the source, destination address and the data size */ - DMA2D_SetConfig(hdma2d, pdata, DstAddress, Width, Height); - - /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TC); - - /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE(hdma2d); - - /* Enable the configuration error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_CE); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Start the multi-source DMA2D Transfer. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @param SrcAddress1: The source memory Buffer address of the foreground layer. - * @param SrcAddress2: The source memory Buffer address of the background layer. - * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address - * @param Width: The width of data to be transferred from source to destination. - * @param Height: The height of data to be transferred from source to destination. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t SrcAddress1, uint32_t SrcAddress2, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d); - - /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LINE(Height)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(Width)); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE(hdma2d); - - /* Configure DMA2D Stream source2 address */ - hdma2d->Instance->BGMAR = SrcAddress2; - - /* Configure the source, destination address and the data size */ - DMA2D_SetConfig(hdma2d, SrcAddress1, DstAddress, Width, Height); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE(hdma2d); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Start the multi-source DMA2D Transfer with interrupt enabled. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @param SrcAddress1: The source memory Buffer address of the foreground layer. - * @param SrcAddress2: The source memory Buffer address of the background layer. - * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address. - * @param Width: The width of data to be transferred from source to destination. - * @param Height: The height of data to be transferred from source to destination. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t SrcAddress1, uint32_t SrcAddress2, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d); - - /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LINE(Height)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(Width)); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE(hdma2d); - - /* Configure DMA2D Stream source2 address */ - hdma2d->Instance->BGMAR = SrcAddress2; - - /* Configure the source, destination address and the data size */ - DMA2D_SetConfig(hdma2d, SrcAddress1, DstAddress, Width, Height); - - /* Enable the configuration error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_CE); - - /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TC); - - /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE(hdma2d); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Abort the DMA2D Transfer. - * @param hdma2d : pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Abort(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Disable the DMA2D */ - __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE(hdma2d); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Check if the DMA2D is effectively disabled */ - while((hdma2d->Instance->CR & DMA2D_CR_START) != 0) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA2D_ABORT) - { - /* Update error code */ - hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - - /* Change the DMA2D state */ - hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d); - - /* Change the DMA2D state*/ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Suspend the DMA2D Transfer. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Suspend(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Suspend the DMA2D transfer */ - hdma2d->Instance->CR |= DMA2D_CR_SUSP; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Check if the DMA2D is effectively suspended */ - while((hdma2d->Instance->CR & DMA2D_CR_SUSP) != DMA2D_CR_SUSP) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA2D_SUSPEND) - { - /* Update error code */ - hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - - /* Change the DMA2D state */ - hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* Change the DMA2D state*/ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_SUSPEND; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Resume the DMA2D Transfer. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Resume(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d) -{ - /* Resume the DMA2D transfer */ - hdma2d->Instance->CR &= ~DMA2D_CR_SUSP; - - /* Change the DMA2D state*/ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Polling for transfer complete or CLUT loading. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_PollForTransfer(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tmp, tmp1; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Polling for DMA2D transfer */ - if((hdma2d->Instance->CR & DMA2D_CR_START) != 0) - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TC) == RESET) - { - tmp = __HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CE); - tmp1 = __HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TE); - - if((tmp != RESET) || (tmp1 != RESET)) - { - /* Clear the transfer and configuration error flags */ - __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CE); - __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TE); - - /* Change DMA2D state */ - hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d); - - /* Update error code */ - hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - - /* Change the DMA2D state */ - hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - /* Polling for CLUT loading */ - if((hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR & DMA2D_FGPFCCR_START) != 0) - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CTC) == RESET) - { - if((__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CAE) != RESET)) - { - /* Clear the transfer and configuration error flags */ - __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CAE); - - /* Change DMA2D state */ - hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_ERROR; - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Update error code */ - hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - - /* Change the DMA2D state */ - hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TC); - - /* Clear the CLUT loading flag */ - __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CTC); - - /* Change DMA2D state */ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d); - - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @brief Handles DMA2D interrupt request. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @retval HAL status - */ -void HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d) -{ - /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/ - if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TE) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TE) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the transfer Error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TE); - - /* Update error code */ - hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TE; - - /* Clear the transfer error flag */ - __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TE); - - /* Change DMA2D state */ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d); - - if(hdma2d->XferErrorCallback != NULL) - { - /* Transfer error Callback */ - hdma2d->XferErrorCallback(hdma2d); - } - } - } - /* Configuration Error Interrupt management **********************************/ - if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CE) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_CE) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Configuration Error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_CE); - - /* Clear the Configuration error flag */ - __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CE); - - /* Update error code */ - hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_CE; - - /* Change DMA2D state */ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d); - - if(hdma2d->XferErrorCallback != NULL) - { - /* Transfer error Callback */ - hdma2d->XferErrorCallback(hdma2d); - } - } - } - /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ************************************/ - if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TC) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TC) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TC); - - /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TC); - - /* Update error code */ - hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Change DMA2D state */ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d); - - if(hdma2d->XferCpltCallback != NULL) - { - /* Transfer complete Callback */ - hdma2d->XferCpltCallback(hdma2d); - } - } - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group3 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure the DMA2D foreground or/and background parameters. - (+) Configure the DMA2D CLUT transfer. - (+) Enable DMA2D CLUT. - (+) Disable DMA2D CLUT. - (+) Configure the line watermark - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Configure the DMA2D Layer according to the specified - * parameters in the DMA2D_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @param LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0(background) / 1(foreground) - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg = &hdma2d->LayerCfg[LayerIdx]; - - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d); - - /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_OFFSET(pLayerCfg->InputOffset)); - if(hdma2d->Init.Mode != DMA2D_R2M) - { - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_INPUT_COLOR_MODE(pLayerCfg->InputColorMode)); - if(hdma2d->Init.Mode != DMA2D_M2M) - { - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE(pLayerCfg->AlphaMode)); - } - } - - /* Configure the background DMA2D layer */ - if(LayerIdx == 0) - { - /* DMA2D BGPFCR register configuration -----------------------------------*/ - /* Get the BGPFCCR register value */ - tmp = hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR; - - /* Clear Input color mode, alpha value and alpha mode bits */ - tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CM | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_AM | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_ALPHA); - - if ((pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A4) || (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A8)) - { - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGPFCCR register */ - tmp |= (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode | (pLayerCfg->AlphaMode << 16) | ((pLayerCfg->InputAlpha) & 0xFF000000)); - } - else - { - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGPFCCR register */ - tmp |= (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode | (pLayerCfg->AlphaMode << 16) | (pLayerCfg->InputAlpha << 24)); - } - - /* Write to DMA2D BGPFCCR register */ - hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR = tmp; - - /* DMA2D BGOR register configuration -------------------------------------*/ - /* Get the BGOR register value */ - tmp = hdma2d->Instance->BGOR; - - /* Clear colors bits */ - tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_BGOR_LO; - - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGOR register */ - tmp |= pLayerCfg->InputOffset; - - /* Write to DMA2D BGOR register */ - hdma2d->Instance->BGOR = tmp; - - if ((pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A4) || (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A8)) - { - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGCOLR register */ - tmp = ((pLayerCfg->InputAlpha) & 0x00FFFFFF); - - /* Write to DMA2D BGCOLR register */ - hdma2d->Instance->BGCOLR = tmp; - } - } - /* Configure the foreground DMA2D layer */ - else - { - /* DMA2D FGPFCR register configuration -----------------------------------*/ - /* Get the FGPFCCR register value */ - tmp = hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR; - - /* Clear Input color mode, alpha value and alpha mode bits */ - tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CM | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_AM | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_ALPHA); - - if ((pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A4) || (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A8)) - { - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGPFCCR register */ - tmp |= (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode | (pLayerCfg->AlphaMode << 16) | ((pLayerCfg->InputAlpha) & 0xFF000000)); - } - else - { - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGPFCCR register */ - tmp |= (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode | (pLayerCfg->AlphaMode << 16) | (pLayerCfg->InputAlpha << 24)); - } - - /* Write to DMA2D FGPFCCR register */ - hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR = tmp; - - /* DMA2D FGOR register configuration -------------------------------------*/ - /* Get the FGOR register value */ - tmp = hdma2d->Instance->FGOR; - - /* Clear colors bits */ - tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_FGOR_LO; - - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGOR register */ - tmp |= pLayerCfg->InputOffset; - - /* Write to DMA2D FGOR register */ - hdma2d->Instance->FGOR = tmp; - - if ((pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A4) || (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A8)) - { - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGCOLR register */ - tmp = ((pLayerCfg->InputAlpha) & 0x00FFFFFF); - - /* Write to DMA2D FGCOLR register */ - hdma2d->Instance->FGCOLR = tmp; - } - } - /* Initialize the DMA2D state*/ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the DMA2D CLUT Transfer. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @param CLUTCfg: pointer to a DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the color look up table. - * @param LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0(background) / 1(foreground) - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ConfigCLUT(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef CLUTCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0, tmp1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_CLUT_CM(CLUTCfg.CLUTColorMode)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_CLUT_SIZE(CLUTCfg.Size)); - - /* Configure the CLUT of the background DMA2D layer */ - if(LayerIdx == 0) - { - /* Get the BGCMAR register value */ - tmp = hdma2d->Instance->BGCMAR; - - /* Clear CLUT address bits */ - tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_BGCMAR_MA; - - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGCMAR register */ - tmp |= (uint32_t)CLUTCfg.pCLUT; - - /* Write to DMA2D BGCMAR register */ - hdma2d->Instance->BGCMAR = tmp; - - /* Get the BGPFCCR register value */ - tmp = hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR; - - /* Clear CLUT size and CLUT address bits */ - tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CCM); - - /* Get the CLUT size */ - tmp1 = CLUTCfg.Size << 16; - - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGPFCCR register */ - tmp |= (CLUTCfg.CLUTColorMode | tmp1); - - /* Write to DMA2D BGPFCCR register */ - hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR = tmp; - } - /* Configure the CLUT of the foreground DMA2D layer */ - else - { - /* Get the FGCMAR register value */ - tmp = hdma2d->Instance->FGCMAR; - - /* Clear CLUT address bits */ - tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_FGCMAR_MA; - - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGCMAR register */ - tmp |= (uint32_t)CLUTCfg.pCLUT; - - /* Write to DMA2D FGCMAR register */ - hdma2d->Instance->FGCMAR = tmp; - - /* Get the FGPFCCR register value */ - tmp = hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR; - - /* Clear CLUT size and CLUT address bits */ - tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CCM); - - /* Get the CLUT size */ - tmp1 = CLUTCfg.Size << 8; - - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGPFCCR register */ - tmp |= (CLUTCfg.CLUTColorMode | tmp1); - - /* Write to DMA2D FGPFCCR register */ - hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR = tmp; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the DMA2D CLUT Transfer. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @param LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0(background) / 1(foreground) - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_EnableCLUT(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - - if(LayerIdx == 0) - { - /* Enable the CLUT loading for the background */ - hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR |= DMA2D_BGPFCCR_START; - } - else - { - /* Enable the CLUT loading for the foreground */ - hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR |= DMA2D_FGPFCCR_START; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the DMA2D CLUT Transfer. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @param LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0(background) / 1(foreground) - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_DisableCLUT(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - - if(LayerIdx == 0) - { - /* Disable the CLUT loading for the background */ - hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR &= ~DMA2D_BGPFCCR_START; - } - else - { - /* Disable the CLUT loading for the foreground */ - hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR &= ~DMA2D_FGPFCCR_START; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Define the configuration of the line watermark . - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @param Line: Line Watermark configuration. - * @retval HAL status - */ - -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t Line) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d); - - /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LineWatermark(Line)); - - /* Sets the Line watermark configuration */ - DMA2D->LWR = (uint32_t)Line; - - /* Initialize the DMA2D state*/ - hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group4 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides functions allowing to : - (+) Check the DMA2D state - (+) Get error code - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Return the DMA2D state - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DMA2D. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_DMA2D_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_GetState(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d) -{ - return hdma2d->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the DMA2D error code - * @param hdma2d : pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for DMA2D. - * @retval DMA2D Error Code - */ -uint32_t HAL_DMA2D_GetError(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d) -{ - return hdma2d->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** - * @brief Set the DMA2D Transfer parameter. - * @param hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA2D. - * @param pdata: The source memory Buffer address - * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address - * @param Width: The width of data to be transferred from source to destination. - * @param Height: The height of data to be transferred from source to destination. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static void DMA2D_SetConfig(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - uint32_t tmp2 = 0; - uint32_t tmp3 = 0; - uint32_t tmp4 = 0; - - tmp = Width << 16; - - /* Configure DMA2D data size */ - hdma2d->Instance->NLR = (Height | tmp); - - /* Configure DMA2D destination address */ - hdma2d->Instance->OMAR = DstAddress; - - /* Register to memory DMA2D mode selected */ - if (hdma2d->Init.Mode == DMA2D_R2M) - { - tmp1 = pdata & DMA2D_OCOLR_ALPHA_1; - tmp2 = pdata & DMA2D_OCOLR_RED_1; - tmp3 = pdata & DMA2D_OCOLR_GREEN_1; - tmp4 = pdata & DMA2D_OCOLR_BLUE_1; - - /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the OCOLR register according to the color mode */ - if (hdma2d->Init.ColorMode == DMA2D_ARGB8888) - { - tmp = (tmp3 | tmp2 | tmp1| tmp4); - } - else if (hdma2d->Init.ColorMode == DMA2D_RGB888) - { - tmp = (tmp3 | tmp2 | tmp4); - } - else if (hdma2d->Init.ColorMode == DMA2D_RGB565) - { - tmp2 = (tmp2 >> 19); - tmp3 = (tmp3 >> 10); - tmp4 = (tmp4 >> 3 ); - tmp = ((tmp3 << 5) | (tmp2 << 11) | tmp4); - } - else if (hdma2d->Init.ColorMode == DMA2D_ARGB1555) - { - tmp1 = (tmp1 >> 31); - tmp2 = (tmp2 >> 19); - tmp3 = (tmp3 >> 11); - tmp4 = (tmp4 >> 3 ); - tmp = ((tmp3 << 5) | (tmp2 << 10) | (tmp1 << 15) | tmp4); - } - else /* DMA2D_CMode = DMA2D_ARGB4444 */ - { - tmp1 = (tmp1 >> 28); - tmp2 = (tmp2 >> 20); - tmp3 = (tmp3 >> 12); - tmp4 = (tmp4 >> 4 ); - tmp = ((tmp3 << 4) | (tmp2 << 8) | (tmp1 << 12) | tmp4); - } - /* Write to DMA2D OCOLR register */ - hdma2d->Instance->OCOLR = tmp; - } - else /* M2M, M2M_PFC or M2M_Blending DMA2D Mode */ - { - /* Configure DMA2D source address */ - hdma2d->Instance->FGMAR = pdata; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */ -#endif /* HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 923883e..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,307 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief DMA Extension HAL module driver - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral: - * + Extended features functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows: - (#) Start a multi buffer transfer using the HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart() function - for polling mode or HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart_IT() for interrupt mode. - - -@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Multi (Double) Buffer mode is not allowed. - -@- When Multi (Double) Buffer mode is enabled the, transfer is circular by default. - -@- In Multi (Double) buffer mode, it is possible to update the base address for - the AHB memory port on the fly (DMA_SxM0AR or DMA_SxM1AR) when the stream is enabled. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx - * @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions - * @{ - */ - - -/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Extended features functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and - Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer - (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and - Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer with interrupt - (+) Change on the fly the memory0 or memory1 address. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * @brief Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer. - * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. - * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address - * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address - * @param SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer - * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdma); - - /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */ - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0) - { - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM0; - } - /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */ - else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0) - { - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM1; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); - - /* Disable the peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); - - /* Enable the double buffer mode */ - hdma->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM; - - /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */ - hdma->Instance->M1AR = SecondMemAddress; - - /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */ - DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); - - /* Enable the peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. - * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address - * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address - * @param SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer - * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdma); - - /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */ - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0) - { - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM0; - } - /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */ - else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0) - { - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM1; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); - - /* Disable the peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); - - /* Enable the Double buffer mode */ - hdma->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM; - - /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */ - hdma->Instance->M1AR = SecondMemAddress; - - /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */ - DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); - - /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC); - - /* Enable the Half transfer interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT); - - /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE); - - /* Enable the fifo Error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_FE); - - /* Enable the direct mode Error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_DME); - - /* Enable the peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Change the memory0 or memory1 address on the fly. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. - * @param Address: The new address - * @param memory: the memory to be changed, This parameter can be one of - * the following values: - * MEMORY0 / - * MEMORY1 - * @note The MEMORY0 address can be changed only when the current transfer use - * MEMORY1 and the MEMORY1 address can be changed only when the current - * transfer use MEMORY0. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t Address, HAL_DMA_MemoryTypeDef memory) -{ - if(memory == MEMORY0) - { - /* change the memory0 address */ - hdma->Instance->M0AR = Address; - } - else - { - /* change the memory1 address */ - hdma->Instance->M1AR = Address; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Set the DMA Transfer parameter. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. - * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address - * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address - * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination - * @retval HAL status - */ -static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) -{ - /* Configure DMA Stream data length */ - hdma->Instance->NDTR = DataLength; - - /* Peripheral to Memory */ - if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) - { - /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */ - hdma->Instance->PAR = DstAddress; - - /* Configure DMA Stream source address */ - hdma->Instance->M0AR = SrcAddress; - } - /* Memory to Peripheral */ - else - { - /* Configure DMA Stream source address */ - hdma->Instance->PAR = SrcAddress; - - /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */ - hdma->Instance->M0AR = DstAddress; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_eth.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_eth.c deleted file mode 100644 index 686e3e7..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_eth.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2017 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_eth.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief ETH HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Ethernet (ETH) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State and Errors functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#)Declare a ETH_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: - ETH_HandleTypeDef heth; - - (#)Fill parameters of Init structure in heth handle - - (#)Call HAL_ETH_Init() API to initialize the Ethernet peripheral (MAC, DMA, ...) - - (#)Initialize the ETH low level resources through the HAL_ETH_MspInit() API: - (##) Enable the Ethernet interface clock using - (+++) __HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_CLK_ENABLE(); - (+++) __HAL_RCC_ETHMACTX_CLK_ENABLE(); - (+++) __HAL_RCC_ETHMACRX_CLK_ENABLE(); - - (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks - (##) Configure Ethernet pin-out - (##) Configure Ethernet NVIC interrupt (IT mode) - - (#)Initialize Ethernet DMA Descriptors in chain mode and point to allocated buffers: - (##) HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit(); for Transmission process - (##) HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit(); for Reception process - - (#)Enable MAC and DMA transmission and reception: - (##) HAL_ETH_Start(); - - (#)Prepare ETH DMA TX Descriptors and give the hand to ETH DMA to transfer - the frame to MAC TX FIFO: - (##) HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame(); - - (#)Poll for a received frame in ETH RX DMA Descriptors and get received - frame parameters - (##) HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame(); (should be called into an infinite loop) - - (#) Get a received frame when an ETH RX interrupt occurs: - (##) HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT(); (called in IT mode only) - - (#) Communicate with external PHY device: - (##) Read a specific register from the PHY - HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(); - (##) Write data to a specific RHY register: - HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(); - - (#) Configure the Ethernet MAC after ETH peripheral initialization - HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC(); all MAC parameters should be filled. - - (#) Configure the Ethernet DMA after ETH peripheral initialization - HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA(); all DMA parameters should be filled. - - -@- The PTP protocol and the DMA descriptors ring mode are not supported - in this driver - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup ETH ETH - * @brief ETH HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) || defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup ETH_Private_Constants ETH Private Constants - * @{ - */ -#define LINKED_STATE_TIMEOUT_VALUE ((uint32_t)2000) /* 2000 ms */ -#define AUTONEGO_COMPLETED_TIMEOUT_VALUE ((uint32_t)1000) /* 1000 ms */ - -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup ETH_Private_Functions ETH Private Functions - * @{ - */ -static void ETH_MACDMAConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t err); -static void ETH_MACAddressConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t MacAddr, uint8_t *Addr); -static void ETH_MACReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); -static void ETH_MACReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); -static void ETH_MACTransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); -static void ETH_MACTransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); -static void ETH_DMATransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); -static void ETH_DMATransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); -static void ETH_DMAReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); -static void ETH_DMAReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); -static void ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); - -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions ETH Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the Ethernet peripheral - (+) De-initialize the Ethernet peripheral - - @endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the Ethernet MAC and DMA according to default - * parameters. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Init(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, phyreg = 0; - uint32_t hclk = 60000000; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t err = ETH_SUCCESS; - - /* Check the ETH peripheral state */ - if(heth == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ETH_AUTONEGOTIATION(heth->Init.AutoNegotiation)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_RX_MODE(heth->Init.RxMode)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_CHECKSUM_MODE(heth->Init.ChecksumMode)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE(heth->Init.MediaInterface)); - - if(heth->State == HAL_ETH_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - heth->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC. */ - HAL_ETH_MspInit(heth); - } - - /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */ - __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Select MII or RMII Mode*/ - SYSCFG->PMC &= ~(SYSCFG_PMC_MII_RMII_SEL); - SYSCFG->PMC |= (uint32_t)heth->Init.MediaInterface; - - /* Ethernet Software reset */ - /* Set the SWR bit: resets all MAC subsystem internal registers and logic */ - /* After reset all the registers holds their respective reset values */ - (heth->Instance)->DMABMR |= ETH_DMABMR_SR; - - /* Wait for software reset */ - while (((heth->Instance)->DMABMR & ETH_DMABMR_SR) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - } - - /*-------------------------------- MAC Initialization ----------------------*/ - /* Get the ETHERNET MACMIIAR value */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACMIIAR; - /* Clear CSR Clock Range CR[2:0] bits */ - tmpreg1 &= ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_MASK; - - /* Get hclk frequency value */ - hclk = HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(); - - /* Set CR bits depending on hclk value */ - if((hclk >= 20000000)&&(hclk < 35000000)) - { - /* CSR Clock Range between 20-35 MHz */ - tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_Div16; - } - else if((hclk >= 35000000)&&(hclk < 60000000)) - { - /* CSR Clock Range between 35-60 MHz */ - tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_Div26; - } - else if((hclk >= 60000000)&&(hclk < 100000000)) - { - /* CSR Clock Range between 60-100 MHz */ - tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_Div42; - } - else if((hclk >= 100000000)&&(hclk < 150000000)) - { - /* CSR Clock Range between 100-150 MHz */ - tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_Div62; - } - else /* ((hclk >= 150000000)&&(hclk <= 168000000)) */ - { - /* CSR Clock Range between 150-168 MHz */ - tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_Div102; - } - - /* Write to ETHERNET MAC MIIAR: Configure the ETHERNET CSR Clock Range */ - (heth->Instance)->MACMIIAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; - - /*-------------------- PHY initialization and configuration ----------------*/ - /* Put the PHY in reset mode */ - if((HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(heth, PHY_BCR, PHY_RESET)) != HAL_OK) - { - /* In case of write timeout */ - err = ETH_ERROR; - - /* Config MAC and DMA */ - ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err); - - /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Return HAL_ERROR */ - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Delay to assure PHY reset */ - HAL_Delay(PHY_RESET_DELAY); - - if((heth->Init).AutoNegotiation != ETH_AUTONEGOTIATION_DISABLE) - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* We wait for linked status */ - do - { - HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(heth, PHY_BSR, &phyreg); - - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LINKED_STATE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* In case of write timeout */ - err = ETH_ERROR; - - /* Config MAC and DMA */ - ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err); - - heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } while (((phyreg & PHY_LINKED_STATUS) != PHY_LINKED_STATUS)); - - - /* Enable Auto-Negotiation */ - if((HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(heth, PHY_BCR, PHY_AUTONEGOTIATION)) != HAL_OK) - { - /* In case of write timeout */ - err = ETH_ERROR; - - /* Config MAC and DMA */ - ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err); - - /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Return HAL_ERROR */ - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until the auto-negotiation will be completed */ - do - { - HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(heth, PHY_BSR, &phyreg); - - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > AUTONEGO_COMPLETED_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* In case of write timeout */ - err = ETH_ERROR; - - /* Config MAC and DMA */ - ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err); - - heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - } while (((phyreg & PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE) != PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE)); - - /* Read the result of the auto-negotiation */ - if((HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(heth, PHY_SR, &phyreg)) != HAL_OK) - { - /* In case of write timeout */ - err = ETH_ERROR; - - /* Config MAC and DMA */ - ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err); - - /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Return HAL_ERROR */ - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Configure the MAC with the Duplex Mode fixed by the auto-negotiation process */ - if((phyreg & PHY_DUPLEX_STATUS) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Set Ethernet duplex mode to Full-duplex following the auto-negotiation */ - (heth->Init).DuplexMode = ETH_MODE_FULLDUPLEX; - } - else - { - /* Set Ethernet duplex mode to Half-duplex following the auto-negotiation */ - (heth->Init).DuplexMode = ETH_MODE_HALFDUPLEX; - } - /* Configure the MAC with the speed fixed by the auto-negotiation process */ - if((phyreg & PHY_SPEED_STATUS) == PHY_SPEED_STATUS) - { - /* Set Ethernet speed to 10M following the auto-negotiation */ - (heth->Init).Speed = ETH_SPEED_10M; - } - else - { - /* Set Ethernet speed to 100M following the auto-negotiation */ - (heth->Init).Speed = ETH_SPEED_100M; - } - } - else /* AutoNegotiation Disable */ - { - /* Check parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ETH_SPEED(heth->Init.Speed)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_DUPLEX_MODE(heth->Init.DuplexMode)); - - /* Set MAC Speed and Duplex Mode */ - if(HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(heth, PHY_BCR, ((uint16_t)((heth->Init).DuplexMode >> 3) | - (uint16_t)((heth->Init).Speed >> 1))) != HAL_OK) - { - /* In case of write timeout */ - err = ETH_ERROR; - - /* Config MAC and DMA */ - ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err); - - /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Return HAL_ERROR */ - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Delay to assure PHY configuration */ - HAL_Delay(PHY_CONFIG_DELAY); - } - - /* Config MAC and DMA */ - ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err); - - /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */ - heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief De-Initializes the ETH peripheral. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DeInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* De-Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC. */ - HAL_ETH_MspDeInit(heth); - - /* Set ETH HAL state to Disabled */ - heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DMA Tx descriptors in chain mode. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @param DMATxDescTab: Pointer to the first Tx desc list - * @param TxBuff: Pointer to the first TxBuffer list - * @param TxBuffCount: Number of the used Tx desc in the list - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_DMADescTypeDef *DMATxDescTab, uint8_t *TxBuff, uint32_t TxBuffCount) -{ - uint32_t i = 0; - ETH_DMADescTypeDef *dmatxdesc; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(heth); - - /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set the DMATxDescToSet pointer with the first one of the DMATxDescTab list */ - heth->TxDesc = DMATxDescTab; - - /* Fill each DMATxDesc descriptor with the right values */ - for(i=0; i < TxBuffCount; i++) - { - /* Get the pointer on the ith member of the Tx Desc list */ - dmatxdesc = DMATxDescTab + i; - - /* Set Second Address Chained bit */ - dmatxdesc->Status = ETH_DMATXDESC_TCH; - - /* Set Buffer1 address pointer */ - dmatxdesc->Buffer1Addr = (uint32_t)(&TxBuff[i*ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE]); - - if ((heth->Init).ChecksumMode == ETH_CHECKSUM_BY_HARDWARE) - { - /* Set the DMA Tx descriptors checksum insertion */ - dmatxdesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMTCPUDPICMPFULL; - } - - /* Initialize the next descriptor with the Next Descriptor Polling Enable */ - if(i < (TxBuffCount-1)) - { - /* Set next descriptor address register with next descriptor base address */ - dmatxdesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t)(DMATxDescTab+i+1); - } - else - { - /* For last descriptor, set next descriptor address register equal to the first descriptor base address */ - dmatxdesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t) DMATxDescTab; - } - } - - /* Set Transmit Descriptor List Address Register */ - (heth->Instance)->DMATDLAR = (uint32_t) DMATxDescTab; - - /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */ - heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DMA Rx descriptors in chain mode. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @param DMARxDescTab: Pointer to the first Rx desc list - * @param RxBuff: Pointer to the first RxBuffer list - * @param RxBuffCount: Number of the used Rx desc in the list - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_DMADescTypeDef *DMARxDescTab, uint8_t *RxBuff, uint32_t RxBuffCount) -{ - uint32_t i = 0; - ETH_DMADescTypeDef *DMARxDesc; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(heth); - - /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set the Ethernet RxDesc pointer with the first one of the DMARxDescTab list */ - heth->RxDesc = DMARxDescTab; - - /* Fill each DMARxDesc descriptor with the right values */ - for(i=0; i < RxBuffCount; i++) - { - /* Get the pointer on the ith member of the Rx Desc list */ - DMARxDesc = DMARxDescTab+i; - - /* Set Own bit of the Rx descriptor Status */ - DMARxDesc->Status = ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN; - - /* Set Buffer1 size and Second Address Chained bit */ - DMARxDesc->ControlBufferSize = ETH_DMARXDESC_RCH | ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE; - - /* Set Buffer1 address pointer */ - DMARxDesc->Buffer1Addr = (uint32_t)(&RxBuff[i*ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE]); - - if((heth->Init).RxMode == ETH_RXINTERRUPT_MODE) - { - /* Enable Ethernet DMA Rx Descriptor interrupt */ - DMARxDesc->ControlBufferSize &= ~ETH_DMARXDESC_DIC; - } - - /* Initialize the next descriptor with the Next Descriptor Polling Enable */ - if(i < (RxBuffCount-1)) - { - /* Set next descriptor address register with next descriptor base address */ - DMARxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t)(DMARxDescTab+i+1); - } - else - { - /* For last descriptor, set next descriptor address register equal to the first descriptor base address */ - DMARxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t)(DMARxDescTab); - } - } - - /* Set Receive Descriptor List Address Register */ - (heth->Instance)->DMARDLAR = (uint32_t) DMARxDescTab; - - /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */ - heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the ETH MSP. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_ETH_MspInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_ETH_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes ETH MSP. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_ETH_MspDeInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_ETH_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief Data transfers functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Transmit a frame - HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame(); - (+) Receive a frame - HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame(); - HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT(); - (+) Read from an External PHY register - HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(); - (+) Write to an External PHY register - HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(); - - @endverbatim - - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Sends an Ethernet frame. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @param FrameLength: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t FrameLength) -{ - uint32_t bufcount = 0, size = 0, i = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(heth); - - /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; - - if (FrameLength == 0) - { - /* Set ETH HAL state to READY */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check if the descriptor is owned by the ETHERNET DMA (when set) or CPU (when reset) */ - if(((heth->TxDesc)->Status & ETH_DMATXDESC_OWN) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* OWN bit set */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_TX; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Get the number of needed Tx buffers for the current frame */ - if (FrameLength > ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE) - { - bufcount = FrameLength/ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE; - if (FrameLength % ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE) - { - bufcount++; - } - } - else - { - bufcount = 1; - } - if (bufcount == 1) - { - /* Set LAST and FIRST segment */ - heth->TxDesc->Status |=ETH_DMATXDESC_FS|ETH_DMATXDESC_LS; - /* Set frame size */ - heth->TxDesc->ControlBufferSize = (FrameLength & ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS1); - /* Set Own bit of the Tx descriptor Status: gives the buffer back to ETHERNET DMA */ - heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_OWN; - /* Point to next descriptor */ - heth->TxDesc= (ETH_DMADescTypeDef *)(heth->TxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr); - } - else - { - for (i=0; i< bufcount; i++) - { - /* Clear FIRST and LAST segment bits */ - heth->TxDesc->Status &= ~(ETH_DMATXDESC_FS | ETH_DMATXDESC_LS); - - if (i == 0) - { - /* Setting the first segment bit */ - heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_FS; - } - - /* Program size */ - heth->TxDesc->ControlBufferSize = (ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE & ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS1); - - if (i == (bufcount-1)) - { - /* Setting the last segment bit */ - heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_LS; - size = FrameLength - (bufcount-1)*ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE; - heth->TxDesc->ControlBufferSize = (size & ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS1); - } - - /* Set Own bit of the Tx descriptor Status: gives the buffer back to ETHERNET DMA */ - heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_OWN; - /* point to next descriptor */ - heth->TxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef *)(heth->TxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr); - } - } - - /* When Tx Buffer unavailable flag is set: clear it and resume transmission */ - if (((heth->Instance)->DMASR & ETH_DMASR_TBUS) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Clear TBUS ETHERNET DMA flag */ - (heth->Instance)->DMASR = ETH_DMASR_TBUS; - /* Resume DMA transmission*/ - (heth->Instance)->DMATPDR = 0; - } - - /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks for received frames. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - uint32_t framelength = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(heth); - - /* Check the ETH state to BUSY */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if segment is not owned by DMA */ - /* (((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN) == (uint32_t)RESET) && ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) != (uint32_t)RESET)) */ - if(((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN) == (uint32_t)RESET)) - { - /* Check if last segment */ - if(((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) != (uint32_t)RESET)) - { - /* increment segment count */ - (heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount++; - - /* Check if last segment is first segment: one segment contains the frame */ - if ((heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount == 1) - { - (heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc =heth->RxDesc; - } - - heth->RxFrameInfos.LSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc; - - /* Get the Frame Length of the received packet: substruct 4 bytes of the CRC */ - framelength = (((heth->RxDesc)->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FL) >> ETH_DMARXDESC_FRAMELENGTHSHIFT) - 4; - heth->RxFrameInfos.length = framelength; - - /* Get the address of the buffer start address */ - heth->RxFrameInfos.buffer = ((heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc)->Buffer1Addr; - /* point to next descriptor */ - heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) ((heth->RxDesc)->Buffer2NextDescAddr); - - /* Set HAL State to Ready */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - /* Check if first segment */ - else if((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FS) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - (heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc; - (heth->RxFrameInfos).LSRxDesc = NULL; - (heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount = 1; - /* Point to next descriptor */ - heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr); - } - /* Check if intermediate segment */ - else - { - (heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount++; - /* Point to next descriptor */ - heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr); - } - } - - /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_ERROR; -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the Received frame in interrupt mode. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - uint32_t descriptorscancounter = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(heth); - - /* Set ETH HAL State to BUSY */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Scan descriptors owned by CPU */ - while (((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN) == (uint32_t)RESET) && (descriptorscancounter < ETH_RXBUFNB)) - { - /* Just for security */ - descriptorscancounter++; - - /* Check if first segment in frame */ - /* ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FS) != (uint32_t)RESET) && ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) == (uint32_t)RESET)) */ - if((heth->RxDesc->Status & (ETH_DMARXDESC_FS | ETH_DMARXDESC_LS)) == (uint32_t)ETH_DMARXDESC_FS) - { - heth->RxFrameInfos.FSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc; - heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount = 1; - /* Point to next descriptor */ - heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr); - } - /* Check if intermediate segment */ - /* ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) == (uint32_t)RESET)&& ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FS) == (uint32_t)RESET)) */ - else if ((heth->RxDesc->Status & (ETH_DMARXDESC_LS | ETH_DMARXDESC_FS)) == (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Increment segment count */ - (heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount)++; - /* Point to next descriptor */ - heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*)(heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr); - } - /* Should be last segment */ - else - { - /* Last segment */ - heth->RxFrameInfos.LSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc; - - /* Increment segment count */ - (heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount)++; - - /* Check if last segment is first segment: one segment contains the frame */ - if ((heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount) == 1) - { - heth->RxFrameInfos.FSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc; - } - - /* Get the Frame Length of the received packet: substruct 4 bytes of the CRC */ - heth->RxFrameInfos.length = (((heth->RxDesc)->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FL) >> ETH_DMARXDESC_FRAMELENGTHSHIFT) - 4; - - /* Get the address of the buffer start address */ - heth->RxFrameInfos.buffer =((heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc)->Buffer1Addr; - - /* Point to next descriptor */ - heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr); - - /* Set HAL State to Ready */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - } - - /* Set HAL State to Ready */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_ERROR; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles ETH interrupt request. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval HAL status - */ -void HAL_ETH_IRQHandler(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - /* Frame received */ - if (__HAL_ETH_DMA_GET_FLAG(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_R)) - { - /* Receive complete callback */ - HAL_ETH_RxCpltCallback(heth); - - /* Clear the Eth DMA Rx IT pending bits */ - __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_IT_R); - - /* Set HAL State to Ready */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - } - /* Frame transmitted */ - else if (__HAL_ETH_DMA_GET_FLAG(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_T)) - { - /* Transfer complete callback */ - HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback(heth); - - /* Clear the Eth DMA Tx IT pending bits */ - __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_IT_T); - - /* Set HAL State to Ready */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - } - - /* Clear the interrupt flags */ - __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_IT_NIS); - - /* ETH DMA Error */ - if(__HAL_ETH_DMA_GET_FLAG(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_AIS)) - { - /* Ethernet Error callback */ - HAL_ETH_ErrorCallback(heth); - - /* Clear the interrupt flags */ - __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_AIS); - - /* Set HAL State to Ready */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_ETH_RxCpltCallback(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Ethernet transfer error callbacks - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_ETH_ErrorCallback(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Reads a PHY register - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @param PHYReg: PHY register address, is the index of one of the 32 PHY register. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * PHY_BCR: Transceiver Basic Control Register, - * PHY_BSR: Transceiver Basic Status Register. - * More PHY register could be read depending on the used PHY - * @param RegValue: PHY register value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint16_t PHYReg, uint32_t *RegValue) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ETH_PHY_ADDRESS(heth->Init.PhyAddress)); - - /* Check the ETH peripheral state */ - if(heth->State == HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_RD) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - /* Set ETH HAL State to BUSY_RD */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_RD; - - /* Get the ETHERNET MACMIIAR value */ - tmpreg1 = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR; - - /* Keep only the CSR Clock Range CR[2:0] bits value */ - tmpreg1 &= ~ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_MASK; - - /* Prepare the MII address register value */ - tmpreg1 |=(((uint32_t)heth->Init.PhyAddress << 11) & ETH_MACMIIAR_PA); /* Set the PHY device address */ - tmpreg1 |=(((uint32_t)PHYReg<<6) & ETH_MACMIIAR_MR); /* Set the PHY register address */ - tmpreg1 &= ~ETH_MACMIIAR_MW; /* Set the read mode */ - tmpreg1 |= ETH_MACMIIAR_MB; /* Set the MII Busy bit */ - - /* Write the result value into the MII Address register */ - heth->Instance->MACMIIAR = tmpreg1; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Check for the Busy flag */ - while((tmpreg1 & ETH_MACMIIAR_MB) == ETH_MACMIIAR_MB) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PHY_READ_TO) - { - heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - tmpreg1 = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR; - } - - /* Get MACMIIDR value */ - *RegValue = (uint16_t)(heth->Instance->MACMIIDR); - - /* Set ETH HAL State to READY */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Writes to a PHY register. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @param PHYReg: PHY register address, is the index of one of the 32 PHY register. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * PHY_BCR: Transceiver Control Register. - * More PHY register could be written depending on the used PHY - * @param RegValue: the value to write - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint16_t PHYReg, uint32_t RegValue) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ETH_PHY_ADDRESS(heth->Init.PhyAddress)); - - /* Check the ETH peripheral state */ - if(heth->State == HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_WR) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - /* Set ETH HAL State to BUSY_WR */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_WR; - - /* Get the ETHERNET MACMIIAR value */ - tmpreg1 = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR; - - /* Keep only the CSR Clock Range CR[2:0] bits value */ - tmpreg1 &= ~ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_MASK; - - /* Prepare the MII register address value */ - tmpreg1 |=(((uint32_t)heth->Init.PhyAddress<<11) & ETH_MACMIIAR_PA); /* Set the PHY device address */ - tmpreg1 |=(((uint32_t)PHYReg<<6) & ETH_MACMIIAR_MR); /* Set the PHY register address */ - tmpreg1 |= ETH_MACMIIAR_MW; /* Set the write mode */ - tmpreg1 |= ETH_MACMIIAR_MB; /* Set the MII Busy bit */ - - /* Give the value to the MII data register */ - heth->Instance->MACMIIDR = (uint16_t)RegValue; - - /* Write the result value into the MII Address register */ - heth->Instance->MACMIIAR = tmpreg1; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Check for the Busy flag */ - while((tmpreg1 & ETH_MACMIIAR_MB) == ETH_MACMIIAR_MB) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PHY_WRITE_TO) - { - heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - tmpreg1 = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR; - } - - /* Set ETH HAL State to READY */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Enable MAC and DMA transmission and reception. - HAL_ETH_Start(); - (+) Disable MAC and DMA transmission and reception. - HAL_ETH_Stop(); - (+) Set the MAC configuration in runtime mode - HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC(); - (+) Set the DMA configuration in runtime mode - HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA(); - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - /** - * @brief Enables Ethernet MAC and DMA reception/transmission - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Start(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(heth); - - /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable transmit state machine of the MAC for transmission on the MII */ - ETH_MACTransmissionEnable(heth); - - /* Enable receive state machine of the MAC for reception from the MII */ - ETH_MACReceptionEnable(heth); - - /* Flush Transmit FIFO */ - ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(heth); - - /* Start DMA transmission */ - ETH_DMATransmissionEnable(heth); - - /* Start DMA reception */ - ETH_DMAReceptionEnable(heth); - - /* Set the ETH state to READY*/ - heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stop Ethernet MAC and DMA reception/transmission - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Stop(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(heth); - - /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Stop DMA transmission */ - ETH_DMATransmissionDisable(heth); - - /* Stop DMA reception */ - ETH_DMAReceptionDisable(heth); - - /* Disable receive state machine of the MAC for reception from the MII */ - ETH_MACReceptionDisable(heth); - - /* Flush Transmit FIFO */ - ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(heth); - - /* Disable transmit state machine of the MAC for transmission on the MII */ - ETH_MACTransmissionDisable(heth); - - /* Set the ETH state*/ - heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Set ETH MAC Configuration. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @param macconf: MAC Configuration structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_MACInitTypeDef *macconf) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(heth); - - /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ - heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; - - assert_param(IS_ETH_SPEED(heth->Init.Speed)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_DUPLEX_MODE(heth->Init.DuplexMode)); - - if (macconf != NULL) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ETH_WATCHDOG(macconf->Watchdog)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_JABBER(macconf->Jabber)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_INTER_FRAME_GAP(macconf->InterFrameGap)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_CARRIER_SENSE(macconf->CarrierSense)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_OWN(macconf->ReceiveOwn)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_LOOPBACK_MODE(macconf->LoopbackMode)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_CHECKSUM_OFFLOAD(macconf->ChecksumOffload)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_RETRY_TRANSMISSION(macconf->RetryTransmission)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_AUTOMATIC_PADCRC_STRIP(macconf->AutomaticPadCRCStrip)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_BACKOFF_LIMIT(macconf->BackOffLimit)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_DEFERRAL_CHECK(macconf->DeferralCheck)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_ALL(macconf->ReceiveAll)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_SOURCE_ADDR_FILTER(macconf->SourceAddrFilter)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_CONTROL_FRAMES(macconf->PassControlFrames)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_BROADCAST_FRAMES_RECEPTION(macconf->BroadcastFramesReception)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_DESTINATION_ADDR_FILTER(macconf->DestinationAddrFilter)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_PROMISCUOUS_MODE(macconf->PromiscuousMode)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_MULTICAST_FRAMES_FILTER(macconf->MulticastFramesFilter)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_UNICAST_FRAMES_FILTER(macconf->UnicastFramesFilter)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_PAUSE_TIME(macconf->PauseTime)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_ZEROQUANTA_PAUSE(macconf->ZeroQuantaPause)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_PAUSE_LOW_THRESHOLD(macconf->PauseLowThreshold)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_UNICAST_PAUSE_FRAME_DETECT(macconf->UnicastPauseFrameDetect)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_FLOWCONTROL(macconf->ReceiveFlowControl)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_TRANSMIT_FLOWCONTROL(macconf->TransmitFlowControl)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_VLAN_TAG_COMPARISON(macconf->VLANTagComparison)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_VLAN_TAG_IDENTIFIER(macconf->VLANTagIdentifier)); - - /*------------------------ ETHERNET MACCR Configuration --------------------*/ - /* Get the ETHERNET MACCR value */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; - /* Clear WD, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ - tmpreg1 &= ETH_MACCR_CLEAR_MASK; - - tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(macconf->Watchdog | - macconf->Jabber | - macconf->InterFrameGap | - macconf->CarrierSense | - (heth->Init).Speed | - macconf->ReceiveOwn | - macconf->LoopbackMode | - (heth->Init).DuplexMode | - macconf->ChecksumOffload | - macconf->RetryTransmission | - macconf->AutomaticPadCRCStrip | - macconf->BackOffLimit | - macconf->DeferralCheck); - - /* Write to ETHERNET MACCR */ - (heth->Instance)->MACCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account : - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1; - - /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFFR Configuration --------------------*/ - /* Write to ETHERNET MACFFR */ - (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = (uint32_t)(macconf->ReceiveAll | - macconf->SourceAddrFilter | - macconf->PassControlFrames | - macconf->BroadcastFramesReception | - macconf->DestinationAddrFilter | - macconf->PromiscuousMode | - macconf->MulticastFramesFilter | - macconf->UnicastFramesFilter); - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account : - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFFR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = tmpreg1; - - /*--------------- ETHERNET MACHTHR and MACHTLR Configuration ---------------*/ - /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTHR */ - (heth->Instance)->MACHTHR = (uint32_t)macconf->HashTableHigh; - - /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTLR */ - (heth->Instance)->MACHTLR = (uint32_t)macconf->HashTableLow; - /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFCR Configuration --------------------*/ - - /* Get the ETHERNET MACFCR value */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR; - /* Clear xx bits */ - tmpreg1 &= ETH_MACFCR_CLEAR_MASK; - - tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)((macconf->PauseTime << 16) | - macconf->ZeroQuantaPause | - macconf->PauseLowThreshold | - macconf->UnicastPauseFrameDetect | - macconf->ReceiveFlowControl | - macconf->TransmitFlowControl); - - /* Write to ETHERNET MACFCR */ - (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account : - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = tmpreg1; - - /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACVLANTR Configuration -----------------*/ - (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = (uint32_t)(macconf->VLANTagComparison | - macconf->VLANTagIdentifier); - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account : - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = tmpreg1; - } - else /* macconf == NULL : here we just configure Speed and Duplex mode */ - { - /*------------------------ ETHERNET MACCR Configuration --------------------*/ - /* Get the ETHERNET MACCR value */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; - - /* Clear FES and DM bits */ - tmpreg1 &= ~((uint32_t)0x00004800); - - tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(heth->Init.Speed | heth->Init.DuplexMode); - - /* Write to ETHERNET MACCR */ - (heth->Instance)->MACCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1; - } - - /* Set the ETH state to Ready */ - heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets ETH DMA Configuration. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @param dmaconf: DMA Configuration structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_DMAInitTypeDef *dmaconf) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(heth); - - /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ - heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ETH_DROP_TCPIP_CHECKSUM_FRAME(dmaconf->DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_STORE_FORWARD(dmaconf->ReceiveStoreForward)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_FLUSH_RECEIVE_FRAME(dmaconf->FlushReceivedFrame)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_TRANSMIT_STORE_FORWARD(dmaconf->TransmitStoreForward)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_TRANSMIT_THRESHOLD_CONTROL(dmaconf->TransmitThresholdControl)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_FORWARD_ERROR_FRAMES(dmaconf->ForwardErrorFrames)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_FORWARD_UNDERSIZED_GOOD_FRAMES(dmaconf->ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_THRESHOLD_CONTROL(dmaconf->ReceiveThresholdControl)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_SECOND_FRAME_OPERATE(dmaconf->SecondFrameOperate)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_ADDRESS_ALIGNED_BEATS(dmaconf->AddressAlignedBeats)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_FIXED_BURST(dmaconf->FixedBurst)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_RXDMA_BURST_LENGTH(dmaconf->RxDMABurstLength)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_TXDMA_BURST_LENGTH(dmaconf->TxDMABurstLength)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_ENHANCED_DESCRIPTOR_FORMAT(dmaconf->EnhancedDescriptorFormat)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_DMA_DESC_SKIP_LENGTH(dmaconf->DescriptorSkipLength)); - assert_param(IS_ETH_DMA_ARBITRATION_ROUNDROBIN_RXTX(dmaconf->DMAArbitration)); - - /*----------------------- ETHERNET DMAOMR Configuration --------------------*/ - /* Get the ETHERNET DMAOMR value */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR; - /* Clear xx bits */ - tmpreg1 &= ETH_DMAOMR_CLEAR_MASK; - - tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(dmaconf->DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame | - dmaconf->ReceiveStoreForward | - dmaconf->FlushReceivedFrame | - dmaconf->TransmitStoreForward | - dmaconf->TransmitThresholdControl | - dmaconf->ForwardErrorFrames | - dmaconf->ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames | - dmaconf->ReceiveThresholdControl | - dmaconf->SecondFrameOperate); - - /* Write to ETHERNET DMAOMR */ - (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = tmpreg1; - - /*----------------------- ETHERNET DMABMR Configuration --------------------*/ - (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = (uint32_t)(dmaconf->AddressAlignedBeats | - dmaconf->FixedBurst | - dmaconf->RxDMABurstLength | /* !! if 4xPBL is selected for Tx or Rx it is applied for the other */ - dmaconf->TxDMABurstLength | - dmaconf->EnhancedDescriptorFormat | - (dmaconf->DescriptorSkipLength << 2) | - dmaconf->DMAArbitration | - ETH_DMABMR_USP); /* Enable use of separate PBL for Rx and Tx */ - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMABMR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = tmpreg1; - - /* Set the ETH state to Ready */ - heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - (+) Get the ETH handle state: - HAL_ETH_GetState(); - - - @endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Return the ETH HAL state - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_ETH_StateTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetState(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - /* Return ETH state */ - return heth->State; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup ETH_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures Ethernet MAC and DMA with default parameters. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @param err: Ethernet Init error - * @retval HAL status - */ -static void ETH_MACDMAConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t err) -{ - ETH_MACInitTypeDef macinit; - ETH_DMAInitTypeDef dmainit; - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - - if (err != ETH_SUCCESS) /* Auto-negotiation failed */ - { - /* Set Ethernet duplex mode to Full-duplex */ - (heth->Init).DuplexMode = ETH_MODE_FULLDUPLEX; - - /* Set Ethernet speed to 100M */ - (heth->Init).Speed = ETH_SPEED_100M; - } - - /* Ethernet MAC default initialization **************************************/ - macinit.Watchdog = ETH_WATCHDOG_ENABLE; - macinit.Jabber = ETH_JABBER_ENABLE; - macinit.InterFrameGap = ETH_INTERFRAMEGAP_96BIT; - macinit.CarrierSense = ETH_CARRIERSENCE_ENABLE; - macinit.ReceiveOwn = ETH_RECEIVEOWN_ENABLE; - macinit.LoopbackMode = ETH_LOOPBACKMODE_DISABLE; - if(heth->Init.ChecksumMode == ETH_CHECKSUM_BY_HARDWARE) - { - macinit.ChecksumOffload = ETH_CHECKSUMOFFLAOD_ENABLE; - } - else - { - macinit.ChecksumOffload = ETH_CHECKSUMOFFLAOD_DISABLE; - } - macinit.RetryTransmission = ETH_RETRYTRANSMISSION_DISABLE; - macinit.AutomaticPadCRCStrip = ETH_AUTOMATICPADCRCSTRIP_DISABLE; - macinit.BackOffLimit = ETH_BACKOFFLIMIT_10; - macinit.DeferralCheck = ETH_DEFFERRALCHECK_DISABLE; - macinit.ReceiveAll = ETH_RECEIVEAll_DISABLE; - macinit.SourceAddrFilter = ETH_SOURCEADDRFILTER_DISABLE; - macinit.PassControlFrames = ETH_PASSCONTROLFRAMES_BLOCKALL; - macinit.BroadcastFramesReception = ETH_BROADCASTFRAMESRECEPTION_ENABLE; - macinit.DestinationAddrFilter = ETH_DESTINATIONADDRFILTER_NORMAL; - macinit.PromiscuousMode = ETH_PROMISCUOUS_MODE_DISABLE; - macinit.MulticastFramesFilter = ETH_MULTICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECT; - macinit.UnicastFramesFilter = ETH_UNICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECT; - macinit.HashTableHigh = 0x0; - macinit.HashTableLow = 0x0; - macinit.PauseTime = 0x0; - macinit.ZeroQuantaPause = ETH_ZEROQUANTAPAUSE_DISABLE; - macinit.PauseLowThreshold = ETH_PAUSELOWTHRESHOLD_MINUS4; - macinit.UnicastPauseFrameDetect = ETH_UNICASTPAUSEFRAMEDETECT_DISABLE; - macinit.ReceiveFlowControl = ETH_RECEIVEFLOWCONTROL_DISABLE; - macinit.TransmitFlowControl = ETH_TRANSMITFLOWCONTROL_DISABLE; - macinit.VLANTagComparison = ETH_VLANTAGCOMPARISON_16BIT; - macinit.VLANTagIdentifier = 0x0; - - /*------------------------ ETHERNET MACCR Configuration --------------------*/ - /* Get the ETHERNET MACCR value */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; - /* Clear WD, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ - tmpreg1 &= ETH_MACCR_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Set the WD bit according to ETH Watchdog value */ - /* Set the JD: bit according to ETH Jabber value */ - /* Set the IFG bit according to ETH InterFrameGap value */ - /* Set the DCRS bit according to ETH CarrierSense value */ - /* Set the FES bit according to ETH Speed value */ - /* Set the DO bit according to ETH ReceiveOwn value */ - /* Set the LM bit according to ETH LoopbackMode value */ - /* Set the DM bit according to ETH Mode value */ - /* Set the IPCO bit according to ETH ChecksumOffload value */ - /* Set the DR bit according to ETH RetryTransmission value */ - /* Set the ACS bit according to ETH AutomaticPadCRCStrip value */ - /* Set the BL bit according to ETH BackOffLimit value */ - /* Set the DC bit according to ETH DeferralCheck value */ - tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(macinit.Watchdog | - macinit.Jabber | - macinit.InterFrameGap | - macinit.CarrierSense | - (heth->Init).Speed | - macinit.ReceiveOwn | - macinit.LoopbackMode | - (heth->Init).DuplexMode | - macinit.ChecksumOffload | - macinit.RetryTransmission | - macinit.AutomaticPadCRCStrip | - macinit.BackOffLimit | - macinit.DeferralCheck); - - /* Write to ETHERNET MACCR */ - (heth->Instance)->MACCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1; - - /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFFR Configuration --------------------*/ - /* Set the RA bit according to ETH ReceiveAll value */ - /* Set the SAF and SAIF bits according to ETH SourceAddrFilter value */ - /* Set the PCF bit according to ETH PassControlFrames value */ - /* Set the DBF bit according to ETH BroadcastFramesReception value */ - /* Set the DAIF bit according to ETH DestinationAddrFilter value */ - /* Set the PR bit according to ETH PromiscuousMode value */ - /* Set the PM, HMC and HPF bits according to ETH MulticastFramesFilter value */ - /* Set the HUC and HPF bits according to ETH UnicastFramesFilter value */ - /* Write to ETHERNET MACFFR */ - (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = (uint32_t)(macinit.ReceiveAll | - macinit.SourceAddrFilter | - macinit.PassControlFrames | - macinit.BroadcastFramesReception | - macinit.DestinationAddrFilter | - macinit.PromiscuousMode | - macinit.MulticastFramesFilter | - macinit.UnicastFramesFilter); - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFFR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = tmpreg1; - - /*--------------- ETHERNET MACHTHR and MACHTLR Configuration --------------*/ - /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTHR */ - (heth->Instance)->MACHTHR = (uint32_t)macinit.HashTableHigh; - - /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTLR */ - (heth->Instance)->MACHTLR = (uint32_t)macinit.HashTableLow; - /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFCR Configuration -------------------*/ - - /* Get the ETHERNET MACFCR value */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR; - /* Clear xx bits */ - tmpreg1 &= ETH_MACFCR_CLEAR_MASK; - - /* Set the PT bit according to ETH PauseTime value */ - /* Set the DZPQ bit according to ETH ZeroQuantaPause value */ - /* Set the PLT bit according to ETH PauseLowThreshold value */ - /* Set the UP bit according to ETH UnicastPauseFrameDetect value */ - /* Set the RFE bit according to ETH ReceiveFlowControl value */ - /* Set the TFE bit according to ETH TransmitFlowControl value */ - tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)((macinit.PauseTime << 16) | - macinit.ZeroQuantaPause | - macinit.PauseLowThreshold | - macinit.UnicastPauseFrameDetect | - macinit.ReceiveFlowControl | - macinit.TransmitFlowControl); - - /* Write to ETHERNET MACFCR */ - (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = tmpreg1; - - /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACVLANTR Configuration ----------------*/ - /* Set the ETV bit according to ETH VLANTagComparison value */ - /* Set the VL bit according to ETH VLANTagIdentifier value */ - (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = (uint32_t)(macinit.VLANTagComparison | - macinit.VLANTagIdentifier); - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = tmpreg1; - - /* Ethernet DMA default initialization ************************************/ - dmainit.DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame = ETH_DROPTCPIPCHECKSUMERRORFRAME_ENABLE; - dmainit.ReceiveStoreForward = ETH_RECEIVESTOREFORWARD_ENABLE; - dmainit.FlushReceivedFrame = ETH_FLUSHRECEIVEDFRAME_ENABLE; - dmainit.TransmitStoreForward = ETH_TRANSMITSTOREFORWARD_ENABLE; - dmainit.TransmitThresholdControl = ETH_TRANSMITTHRESHOLDCONTROL_64BYTES; - dmainit.ForwardErrorFrames = ETH_FORWARDERRORFRAMES_DISABLE; - dmainit.ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames = ETH_FORWARDUNDERSIZEDGOODFRAMES_DISABLE; - dmainit.ReceiveThresholdControl = ETH_RECEIVEDTHRESHOLDCONTROL_64BYTES; - dmainit.SecondFrameOperate = ETH_SECONDFRAMEOPERARTE_ENABLE; - dmainit.AddressAlignedBeats = ETH_ADDRESSALIGNEDBEATS_ENABLE; - dmainit.FixedBurst = ETH_FIXEDBURST_ENABLE; - dmainit.RxDMABurstLength = ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_32BEAT; - dmainit.TxDMABurstLength = ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_32BEAT; - dmainit.EnhancedDescriptorFormat = ETH_DMAENHANCEDDESCRIPTOR_ENABLE; - dmainit.DescriptorSkipLength = 0x0; - dmainit.DMAArbitration = ETH_DMAARBITRATION_ROUNDROBIN_RXTX_1_1; - - /* Get the ETHERNET DMAOMR value */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR; - /* Clear xx bits */ - tmpreg1 &= ETH_DMAOMR_CLEAR_MASK; - - /* Set the DT bit according to ETH DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame value */ - /* Set the RSF bit according to ETH ReceiveStoreForward value */ - /* Set the DFF bit according to ETH FlushReceivedFrame value */ - /* Set the TSF bit according to ETH TransmitStoreForward value */ - /* Set the TTC bit according to ETH TransmitThresholdControl value */ - /* Set the FEF bit according to ETH ForwardErrorFrames value */ - /* Set the FUF bit according to ETH ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames value */ - /* Set the RTC bit according to ETH ReceiveThresholdControl value */ - /* Set the OSF bit according to ETH SecondFrameOperate value */ - tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(dmainit.DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame | - dmainit.ReceiveStoreForward | - dmainit.FlushReceivedFrame | - dmainit.TransmitStoreForward | - dmainit.TransmitThresholdControl | - dmainit.ForwardErrorFrames | - dmainit.ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames | - dmainit.ReceiveThresholdControl | - dmainit.SecondFrameOperate); - - /* Write to ETHERNET DMAOMR */ - (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = tmpreg1; - - /*----------------------- ETHERNET DMABMR Configuration ------------------*/ - /* Set the AAL bit according to ETH AddressAlignedBeats value */ - /* Set the FB bit according to ETH FixedBurst value */ - /* Set the RPBL and 4*PBL bits according to ETH RxDMABurstLength value */ - /* Set the PBL and 4*PBL bits according to ETH TxDMABurstLength value */ - /* Set the Enhanced DMA descriptors bit according to ETH EnhancedDescriptorFormat value*/ - /* Set the DSL bit according to ETH DesciptorSkipLength value */ - /* Set the PR and DA bits according to ETH DMAArbitration value */ - (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = (uint32_t)(dmainit.AddressAlignedBeats | - dmainit.FixedBurst | - dmainit.RxDMABurstLength | /* !! if 4xPBL is selected for Tx or Rx it is applied for the other */ - dmainit.TxDMABurstLength | - dmainit.EnhancedDescriptorFormat | - (dmainit.DescriptorSkipLength << 2) | - dmainit.DMAArbitration | - ETH_DMABMR_USP); /* Enable use of separate PBL for Rx and Tx */ - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMABMR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = tmpreg1; - - if((heth->Init).RxMode == ETH_RXINTERRUPT_MODE) - { - /* Enable the Ethernet Rx Interrupt */ - __HAL_ETH_DMA_ENABLE_IT((heth), ETH_DMA_IT_NIS | ETH_DMA_IT_R); - } - - /* Initialize MAC address in ethernet MAC */ - ETH_MACAddressConfig(heth, ETH_MAC_ADDRESS0, heth->Init.MACAddr); -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the selected MAC address. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @param MacAddr: The MAC address to configure - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ETH_MAC_Address0: MAC Address0 - * @arg ETH_MAC_Address1: MAC Address1 - * @arg ETH_MAC_Address2: MAC Address2 - * @arg ETH_MAC_Address3: MAC Address3 - * @param Addr: Pointer to MAC address buffer data (6 bytes) - * @retval HAL status - */ -static void ETH_MACAddressConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t MacAddr, uint8_t *Addr) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ETH_MAC_ADDRESS0123(MacAddr)); - - /* Calculate the selected MAC address high register */ - tmpreg1 = ((uint32_t)Addr[5] << 8) | (uint32_t)Addr[4]; - /* Load the selected MAC address high register */ - (*(__IO uint32_t *)((uint32_t)(ETH_MAC_ADDR_HBASE + MacAddr))) = tmpreg1; - /* Calculate the selected MAC address low register */ - tmpreg1 = ((uint32_t)Addr[3] << 24) | ((uint32_t)Addr[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)Addr[1] << 8) | Addr[0]; - - /* Load the selected MAC address low register */ - (*(__IO uint32_t *)((uint32_t)(ETH_MAC_ADDR_LBASE + MacAddr))) = tmpreg1; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the MAC transmission. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval None - */ -static void ETH_MACTransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - - /* Enable the MAC transmission */ - (heth->Instance)->MACCR |= ETH_MACCR_TE; - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the MAC transmission. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval None - */ -static void ETH_MACTransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - - /* Disable the MAC transmission */ - (heth->Instance)->MACCR &= ~ETH_MACCR_TE; - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the MAC reception. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval None - */ -static void ETH_MACReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - - /* Enable the MAC reception */ - (heth->Instance)->MACCR |= ETH_MACCR_RE; - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the MAC reception. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval None - */ -static void ETH_MACReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - - /* Disable the MAC reception */ - (heth->Instance)->MACCR &= ~ETH_MACCR_RE; - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the DMA transmission. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval None - */ -static void ETH_DMATransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - /* Enable the DMA transmission */ - (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR |= ETH_DMAOMR_ST; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the DMA transmission. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval None - */ -static void ETH_DMATransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - /* Disable the DMA transmission */ - (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR &= ~ETH_DMAOMR_ST; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the DMA reception. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval None - */ -static void ETH_DMAReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - /* Enable the DMA reception */ - (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR |= ETH_DMAOMR_SR; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the DMA reception. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval None - */ -static void ETH_DMAReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - /* Disable the DMA reception */ - (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR &= ~ETH_DMAOMR_SR; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the ETHERNET transmit FIFO. - * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for ETHERNET module - * @retval None - */ -static void ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - - /* Set the Flush Transmit FIFO bit */ - (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR |= ETH_DMAOMR_FTF; - - /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: - at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ - tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR; - HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); - (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = tmpreg1; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */ -#endif /* HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c deleted file mode 100644 index 24923df..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,761 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief FLASH HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the internal FLASH memory: - * + Program operations functions - * + Memory Control functions - * + Peripheral Errors functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### FLASH peripheral features ##### - ============================================================================== - - [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses - to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations - and the read and write protection mechanisms. - - [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction - prefetch and cache lines. - - [..] The FLASH main features are: - (+) Flash memory read operations - (+) Flash memory program/erase operations - (+) Read / write protections - (+) Prefetch on I-Code - (+) 64 cache lines of 128 bits on I-Code - (+) 8 cache lines of 128 bits on D-Code - - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH - memory of all STM32F4xx devices. - - (#) FLASH Memory IO Programming functions: - (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and - HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions - (++) Program functions: byte, half word, word and double word - (++) There Two modes of programming : - (+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function - (+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function - - (#) Interrupts and flags management functions : - (++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler() - (++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status - (++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_SetErrorCode() - - [..] - In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing - to handle the following operations: - (+) Set the latency - (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer - (+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache - (+) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache - (+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts - (+) Monitor the FLASH flags status - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH - * @brief FLASH HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define SECTOR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF07) -#define FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE ((uint32_t)50000)/* 50 s */ -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables - * @{ - */ -/* Variable used for Erase sectors under interruption */ -FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -/* Program operations */ -static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data); -static void FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); -static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); -static void FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); -static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void); - -HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions - * @brief Programming operation functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Programming operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH - program operations. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address - * @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address. - * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program - * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. - * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed - * - * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE) - { - /*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/ - FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data); - } - else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD) - { - /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ - FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data); - } - else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD) - { - /*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/ - FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data); - } - else - { - /*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/ - FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data); - } - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled. - * @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address. - * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program - * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. - * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed - * - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); - - /* Enable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */ - __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP); - - /* Enable Error source interrupt */ - __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR); - - /* Clear pending flags (if any) */ - __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR |\ - FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR| FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR); - - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM; - pFlash.Address = Address; - - if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE) - { - /*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/ - FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data); - } - else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD) - { - /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ - FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data); - } - else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD) - { - /*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/ - FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data); - } - else - { - /*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/ - FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data); - } - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void) -{ - uint32_t temp; - - /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); - - /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the SER Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_SER); - FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK; - - /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_MER_BIT); - - /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != RESET) - { - if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE) - { - /*Nb of sector to erased can be decreased*/ - pFlash.NbSectorsToErase--; - - /* Check if there are still sectors to erase*/ - if(pFlash.NbSectorsToErase != 0) - { - temp = pFlash.Sector; - /*Indicate user which sector has been erased*/ - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(temp); - - /* Clear pending flags (if any) */ - __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR |\ - FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR| FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR); - - /*Increment sector number*/ - pFlash.Sector++; - temp = pFlash.Sector; - FLASH_Erase_Sector(temp, pFlash.VoltageForErase); - } - else - { - /*No more sectors to Erase, user callback can be called.*/ - /*Reset Sector and stop Erase sectors procedure*/ - pFlash.Sector = temp = 0xFFFFFFFF; - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; - /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(temp); - /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ - __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); - } - } - else - { - if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE) - { - /*MassErase ended. Return the selected bank*/ - /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Bank); - } - else - { - /*Program ended. Return the selected address*/ - /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); - } - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; - /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ - __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); - } - - } - - /* Check FLASH operation error flags */ - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | \ - FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR | FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)) != RESET) - { - if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE) - { - /*return the faulty sector*/ - temp = pFlash.Sector; - pFlash.Sector = 0xFFFFFFFF; - } - else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE) - { - /*return the faulty bank*/ - temp = pFlash.Bank; - } - else - { - /*return the faulty address*/ - temp = pFlash.Address; - } - - /*Save the Error code*/ - FLASH_SetErrorCode(); - - /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */ - HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(temp); - /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */ - __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR |\ - FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR | FLASH_FLAG_RDERR); - - /*Stop the procedure ongoing*/ - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; - } - - if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE) - { - /* Disable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */ - __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP); - - /* Disable Error source interrupt */ - __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); - } - -} - -/** - * @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback - * @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure - * Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase - * Sectors Erase: Sector which has been erased - * (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected sectors have been erased) - * Program: Address which was selected for data program - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback - * @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure - * Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase - * Sectors Erase: Sector number which returned an error - * Program: Address which was selected for data program - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH - memory operations. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void) -{ - if((FLASH->CR & FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET) - { - /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */ - FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1; - FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Locks the FLASH control register access - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void) -{ - /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */ - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_LOCK; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access. - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) -{ - if((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK) != RESET) - { - /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */ - FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY1; - FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY2; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access. - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void) -{ - /* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */ - FLASH->OPTCR |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Launch the option byte loading. - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void) -{ - /* Set the OPTSTRT bit in OPTCR register */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTSTRT; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions - * @brief Peripheral Errors functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Errors functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag. - * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be a combination of: - * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP) - * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag - * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag - * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag - * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag - * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION: FLASH operation Error flag - */ -uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void) -{ - return pFlash.ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete. - * @param Timeout: maximum flash operationtimeout - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Clear Error Code */ - pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset. - Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error - flag will be set */ - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) != RESET) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | \ - FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR | FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)) != RESET) - { - /*Save the error code*/ - FLASH_SetErrorCode(); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* If there is an error flag set */ - return HAL_OK; - -} - -/** - * @brief Program a double word (64-bit) at a specified address. - * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from - * 2.7V to 3.6V and an External Vpp is present. - * - * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, - * the erase operation is performed before the program one. - * - * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. - * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. - * @retval None - */ -static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); - - /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; - - *(__IO uint64_t*)Address = Data; -} - - -/** - * @brief Program word (32-bit) at a specified address. - * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from - * 2.7V to 3.6V. - * - * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, - * the erase operation is performed before the program one. - * - * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. - * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. - * @retval None - */ -static void FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); - - /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; - - *(__IO uint32_t*)Address = Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address. - * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from - * 2.7V to 3.6V. - * - * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, - * the erase operation is performed before the program one. - * - * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. - * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. - * @retval None - */ -static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); - - /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; - - *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address. - * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from - * 2.7V to 3.6V. - * - * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, - * the erase operation is performed before the program one. - * - * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. - * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. - * @retval None - */ -static void FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); - - /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; - - *(__IO uint8_t*)Address = Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag. - * @retval None - */ -static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void) -{ - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) != RESET) - { - pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP; - } - - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR) != RESET) - { - pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA; - } - - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR) != RESET) - { - pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP; - } - - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR) != RESET) - { - pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS; - } - - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR) != RESET) - { - pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD; - } - - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR) != RESET) - { - pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0fadd8f..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1316 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief Extended FLASH HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the FLASH extension peripheral: - * + Extended programming operations functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Flash Extension features ##### - ============================================================================== - - [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the FLASH interface for STM32F427xx/437xx and - STM32F429xx/439xx devices contains the following additional features - - (+) Capacity up to 2 Mbyte with dual bank architecture supporting read-while-write - capability (RWW) - (+) Dual bank memory organization - (+) PCROP protection for all banks - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory - of all STM32F427xx/437xx andSTM32F429xx/439xx devices. It includes - (#) FLASH Memory Erase functions: - (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and - HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions - (++) Erase function: Erase sector, erase all sectors - (++) There are two modes of erase : - (+++) Polling Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase() - (+++) Interrupt Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT() - - (#) Option Bytes Programming functions: Use HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram() to : - (++) Set/Reset the write protection - (++) Set the Read protection Level - (++) Set the BOR level - (++) Program the user Option Bytes - (#) Advanced Option Bytes Programming functions: Use HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram() to : - (++) Extended space (bank 2) erase function - (++) Full FLASH space (2 Mo) erase (bank 1 and bank 2) - (++) Dual Boot activation - (++) Write protection configuration for bank 2 - (++) PCROP protection configuration and control for both banks - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASHEx FLASHEx - * @brief FLASH HAL Extension module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define SECTOR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF07) -#define FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE ((uint32_t)50000)/* 50 s */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Variables - * @{ - */ -extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -/* Option bytes control */ -static void FLASH_MassErase(uint8_t VoltageRange, uint32_t Banks); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector, uint32_t Banks); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector, uint32_t Banks); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t Level); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t Iwdg, uint8_t Stop, uint8_t Stdby); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BOR_LevelConfig(uint8_t Level); -static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); -static uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); -static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); -static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void); - -#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnablePCROP(uint32_t Sector); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisablePCROP(uint32_t Sector); -#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnablePCROP(uint32_t SectorBank1, uint32_t SectorBank2, uint32_t Banks); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisablePCROP(uint32_t SectorBank1, uint32_t SectorBank2, uint32_t Banks); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BootConfig(uint8_t BootConfig); -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx */ - -extern HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions FLASHEx Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended IO operation functions - * @brief Extended IO operation functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Extended programming operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the Extension FLASH - programming operations Operations. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory sectors - * @param[in] pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the erasing. - * - * @param[out] SectorError: pointer to variable that - * contains the configuration information on faulty sector in case of error - * (0xFFFFFFFF means that all the sectors have been correctly erased) - * - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *SectorError) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - uint32_t index = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - /*Initialization of SectorError variable*/ - *SectorError = 0xFFFFFFFF; - - if(pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE) - { - /*Mass erase to be done*/ - FLASH_MassErase((uint8_t) pEraseInit->VoltageRange, pEraseInit->Banks); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_MER_BIT); - } - else - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_NBSECTORS(pEraseInit->NbSectors + pEraseInit->Sector)); - - /* Erase by sector by sector to be done*/ - for(index = pEraseInit->Sector; index < (pEraseInit->NbSectors + pEraseInit->Sector); index++) - { - FLASH_Erase_Sector(index, (uint8_t) pEraseInit->VoltageRange); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the SER Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_SER); - FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK; - - if(status != HAL_OK) - { - /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty sector*/ - *SectorError = index; - break; - } - } - } - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory sectors with interrupt enabled - * @param pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the erasing. - * - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); - - /* Enable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */ - __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP); - - /* Enable Error source interrupt */ - __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR); - - /* Clear pending flags (if any) */ - __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR |\ - FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR| FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR); - - if(pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE) - { - /*Mass erase to be done*/ - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE; - pFlash.Bank = pEraseInit->Banks; - FLASH_MassErase((uint8_t) pEraseInit->VoltageRange, pEraseInit->Banks); - } - else - { - /* Erase by sector to be done*/ - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_NBSECTORS(pEraseInit->NbSectors + pEraseInit->Sector)); - - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE; - pFlash.NbSectorsToErase = pEraseInit->NbSectors; - pFlash.Sector = pEraseInit->Sector; - pFlash.VoltageForErase = (uint8_t)pEraseInit->VoltageRange; - - /*Erase 1st sector and wait for IT*/ - FLASH_Erase_Sector(pEraseInit->Sector, pEraseInit->VoltageRange); - } - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Program option bytes - * @param pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that - * contains the configuration information for the programming. - * - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType)); - - /*Write protection configuration*/ - if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) == OPTIONBYTE_WRP) - { - assert_param(IS_WRPSTATE(pOBInit->WRPState)); - if(pOBInit->WRPState == OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE) - { - /*Enable of Write protection on the selected Sector*/ - status = FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(pOBInit->WRPSector, pOBInit->Banks); - } - else - { - /*Disable of Write protection on the selected Sector*/ - status = FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(pOBInit->WRPSector, pOBInit->Banks); - } - } - - /*Read protection configuration*/ - if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) == OPTIONBYTE_RDP) - { - status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel); - } - - /*USER configuration*/ - if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) == OPTIONBYTE_USER) - { - status = FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERConfig&OB_IWDG_SW, - pOBInit->USERConfig&OB_STOP_NO_RST, - pOBInit->USERConfig&OB_STDBY_NO_RST); - } - - /*BOR Level configuration*/ - if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_BOR) == OPTIONBYTE_BOR) - { - status = FLASH_OB_BOR_LevelConfig(pOBInit->BORLevel); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Get the Option byte configuration - * @param pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that - * contains the configuration information for the programming. - * - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) -{ - pOBInit->OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER | OPTIONBYTE_BOR; - - /*Get WRP*/ - pOBInit->WRPSector = (uint32_t)FLASH_OB_GetWRP(); - - /*Get RDP Level*/ - pOBInit->RDPLevel = (uint32_t)FLASH_OB_GetRDP(); - - /*Get USER*/ - pOBInit->USERConfig = (uint8_t)FLASH_OB_GetUser(); - - /*Get BOR Level*/ - pOBInit->BORLevel = (uint32_t)FLASH_OB_GetBOR(); -} - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Program option bytes - * @param pAdvOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the programming. - * - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram (FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef *pAdvOBInit) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OBEX(pAdvOBInit->OptionType)); - - /*Program PCROP option byte*/ - if(((pAdvOBInit->OptionType) & OPTIONBYTE_PCROP) == OPTIONBYTE_PCROP) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PCROPSTATE(pAdvOBInit->PCROPState)); - if((pAdvOBInit->PCROPState) == OB_PCROP_STATE_ENABLE) - { - /*Enable of Write protection on the selected Sector*/ -#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) - status = FLASH_OB_EnablePCROP(pAdvOBInit->Sectors); -#else /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx */ - status = FLASH_OB_EnablePCROP(pAdvOBInit->SectorsBank1, pAdvOBInit->SectorsBank2, pAdvOBInit->Banks); -#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */ - } - else - { - /*Disable of Write protection on the selected Sector*/ -#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) - status = FLASH_OB_DisablePCROP(pAdvOBInit->Sectors); -#else /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx */ - status = FLASH_OB_DisablePCROP(pAdvOBInit->SectorsBank1, pAdvOBInit->SectorsBank2, pAdvOBInit->Banks); -#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */ - } - } - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) - /*Program BOOT config option byte*/ - if(((pAdvOBInit->OptionType) & OPTIONBYTE_BOOTCONFIG) == OPTIONBYTE_BOOTCONFIG) - { - status = FLASH_OB_BootConfig(pAdvOBInit->BootConfig); - } -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */ - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Get the OBEX byte configuration - * @param pAdvOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the programming. - * - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBGetConfig(FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef *pAdvOBInit) -{ -#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) - /*Get Sector*/ - pAdvOBInit->Sectors = (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS)); -#else /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx */ - /*Get Sector for Bank1*/ - pAdvOBInit->SectorsBank1 = (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS)); - - /*Get Sector for Bank2*/ - pAdvOBInit->SectorsBank2 = (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS)); - - /*Get Boot config OB*/ - pAdvOBInit->BootConfig = *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS; -#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */ -} - -/** - * @brief Select the Protection Mode - * - * @note After PCROP activated Option Byte modification NOT POSSIBLE! excepted - * Global Read Out Protection modification (from level1 to level0) - * @note Once SPRMOD bit is active unprotection of a protected sector is not possible - * @note Read a protected sector will set RDERR Flag and write a protected sector will set WRPERR Flag - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/STM32F43xxx/STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx/STM32F446xx devices. - * - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP(void) -{ - uint8_t optiontmp = 0xFF; - - /* Mask SPRMOD bit */ - optiontmp = (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x7F); - - /* Update Option Byte */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = (uint8_t)(OB_PCROP_SELECTED | optiontmp); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Deselect the Protection Mode - * - * @note After PCROP activated Option Byte modification NOT POSSIBLE! excepted - * Global Read Out Protection modification (from level1 to level0) - * @note Once SPRMOD bit is active unprotection of a protected sector is not possible - * @note Read a protected sector will set RDERR Flag and write a protected sector will set WRPERR Flag - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/STM32F43xxx/STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx/STM32F446xx devices. - * - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP(void) -{ - uint8_t optiontmp = 0xFF; - - /* Mask SPRMOD bit */ - optiontmp = (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x7F); - - /* Update Option Byte */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = (uint8_t)(OB_PCROP_DESELECTED | optiontmp); - - return HAL_OK; -} -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE */ - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) -/** - * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value for Bank 2 - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F427X and STM32F429X devices. - * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value - */ -uint16_t HAL_FLASHEx_OB_GetBank2WRP(void) -{ - /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ - return (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS)); -} -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) -/** - * @brief Full erase of FLASH memory sectors - * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, - * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, - * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, - * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, - * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) - * - * @param Banks: Banks to be erased - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_BANK_1: Bank1 to be erased - * @arg FLASH_BANK_2: Bank2 to be erased - * @arg FLASH_BANK_BOTH: Bank1 and Bank2 to be erased - * - * @retval HAL Status - */ -static void FLASH_MassErase(uint8_t VoltageRange, uint32_t Banks) -{ - uint32_t tmp_psize = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); - assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks)); - - /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all sectors */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; - if(Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH) - { - /* bank1 & bank2 will be erased*/ - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_MER_BIT; - } - else if(Banks == FLASH_BANK_1) - { - /*Only bank1 will be erased*/ - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER1; - } - else - { - /*Only bank2 will be erased*/ - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER2; - } - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; -} - -/** - * @brief Erase the specified FLASH memory sector - * @param Sector: FLASH sector to erase - * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series - * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, - * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, - * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, - * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, - * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) - * - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_Erase_Sector(uint32_t Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange) -{ - uint32_t tmp_psize = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_SECTOR(Sector)); - assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); - - if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; - } - else if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; - } - else if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; - } - else - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; - } - - /* Need to add offset of 4 when sector higher than FLASH_SECTOR_11 */ - if(Sector > FLASH_SECTOR_11) - { - Sector += 4; - } - /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the sector */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; - FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_SER | (Sector << POSITION_VAL(FLASH_CR_SNB)); - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the write protection of the desired bank1 or bank 2 sectors - * - * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), - * it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4 - * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 - * @note Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1). - * - * @param WRPSector: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg WRPSector: A value between OB_WRP_SECTOR_0 and OB_WRP_SECTOR_23 - * @arg OB_WRP_SECTOR_All - * @note BANK2 starts from OB_WRP_SECTOR_12 - * - * @param Banks: Enable write protection on all the sectors for the specific bank - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_BANK_1: WRP on all sectors of bank1 - * @arg FLASH_BANK_2: WRP on all sectors of bank2 - * @arg FLASH_BANK_BOTH: WRP on all sectors of bank1 & bank2 - * - * @retval HAL FLASH State - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector, uint32_t Banks) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(WRPSector)); - assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - if(((WRPSector == OB_WRP_SECTOR_All) && ((Banks == FLASH_BANK_1) || (Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH))) || - (WRPSector < OB_WRP_SECTOR_12)) - { - if(WRPSector == OB_WRP_SECTOR_All) - { - /*Write protection on all sector of BANK1*/ - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~(WRPSector>>12)); - } - else - { - /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK1*/ - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~WRPSector); - } - } - else - { - /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK2*/ - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~(WRPSector>>12)); - } - - /*Write protection on all sector of BANK2*/ - if((WRPSector == OB_WRP_SECTOR_All) && (Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH)) - { - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~(WRPSector>>12)); - } - } - - } - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the write protection of the desired bank1 or bank 2 sectors - * - * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), - * it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4 - * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 - * @note Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1). - * - * @param WRPSector: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg WRPSector: A value between OB_WRP_SECTOR_0 and OB_WRP_SECTOR_23 - * @arg OB_WRP_Sector_All - * @note BANK2 starts from OB_WRP_SECTOR_12 - * - * @param Banks: Disable write protection on all the sectors for the specific bank - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_BANK_1: Bank1 to be erased - * @arg FLASH_BANK_2: Bank2 to be erased - * @arg FLASH_BANK_BOTH: Bank1 and Bank2 to be erased - * - * @retval HAL Status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector, uint32_t Banks) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(WRPSector)); - assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - if(((WRPSector == OB_WRP_SECTOR_All) && ((Banks == FLASH_BANK_1) || (Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH))) || - (WRPSector < OB_WRP_SECTOR_12)) - { - if(WRPSector == OB_WRP_SECTOR_All) - { - /*Write protection on all sector of BANK1*/ - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)(WRPSector>>12); - } - else - { - /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK1*/ - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)WRPSector; - } - } - else - { - /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK2*/ - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)(WRPSector>>12); - } - - /*Write protection on all sector of BANK2*/ - if((WRPSector == OB_WRP_SECTOR_All) && (Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH)) - { - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)(WRPSector>>12); - } - } - - } - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the Dual Bank Boot. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @param BootConfig specifies the Dual Bank Boot Option byte. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_Dual_BootEnabled: Dual Bank Boot Enable - * @arg OB_Dual_BootDisabled: Dual Bank Boot Disabled - * @retval None - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BootConfig(uint8_t BootConfig) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT(BootConfig)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Set Dual Bank Boot */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS &= (~FLASH_OPTCR_BFB2); - *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= BootConfig; - } - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the read/write protection (PCROP) of the desired - * sectors of Bank 1 and/or Bank 2. - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * @param SectorBank1 Specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected for bank1. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_SECTOR_0 and OB_PCROP_SECTOR_11 - * @arg OB_PCROP_SECTOR__All - * @param SectorBank2 Specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected for bank2. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_SECTOR_12 and OB_PCROP_SECTOR_23 - * @arg OB_PCROP_SECTOR__All - * @param Banks Enable PCROP protection on all the sectors for the specific bank - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_BANK_1: WRP on all sectors of bank1 - * @arg FLASH_BANK_2: WRP on all sectors of bank2 - * @arg FLASH_BANK_BOTH: WRP on all sectors of bank1 & bank2 - * - * @retval HAL Status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnablePCROP(uint32_t SectorBank1, uint32_t SectorBank2, uint32_t Banks) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - if((Banks == FLASH_BANK_1) || (Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH)) - { - assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(SectorBank1)); - /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK1*/ - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)SectorBank1; - } - else - { - assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(SectorBank2)); - /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK2*/ - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)SectorBank2; - } - - /*Write protection on all sector of BANK2*/ - if(Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH) - { - assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(SectorBank2)); - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK2*/ - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)SectorBank2; - } - } - - } - - return status; -} - - -/** - * @brief Disable the read/write protection (PCROP) of the desired - * sectors of Bank 1 and/or Bank 2. - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * @param SectorBank1 specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected for bank1. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_SECTOR_0 and OB_PCROP_SECTOR_11 - * @arg OB_PCROP_SECTOR__All - * @param SectorBank2 Specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected for bank2. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_SECTOR_12 and OB_PCROP_SECTOR_23 - * @arg OB_PCROP_SECTOR__All - * @param Banks Disable PCROP protection on all the sectors for the specific bank - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_BANK_1: WRP on all sectors of bank1 - * @arg FLASH_BANK_2: WRP on all sectors of bank2 - * @arg FLASH_BANK_BOTH: WRP on all sectors of bank1 & bank2 - * - * @retval HAL Status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisablePCROP(uint32_t SectorBank1, uint32_t SectorBank2, uint32_t Banks) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - if((Banks == FLASH_BANK_1) || (Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH)) - { - assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(SectorBank1)); - /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK1*/ - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~SectorBank1); - } - else - { - /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK2*/ - assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(SectorBank2)); - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~SectorBank2); - } - - /*Write protection on all sector of BANK2*/ - if(Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH) - { - assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(SectorBank2)); - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK2*/ - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~SectorBank2); - } - } - - } - - return status; - -} - -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx)|| defined(STM32F417xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Mass erase of FLASH memory - * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, - * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, - * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, - * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, - * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) - * - * @param Banks: Banks to be erased - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_BANK_1: Bank1 to be erased - * - * @retval None - */ -static void FLASH_MassErase(uint8_t VoltageRange, uint32_t Banks) -{ - uint32_t tmp_psize = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); - assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks)); - - /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all sectors */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; -} - -/** - * @brief Erase the specified FLASH memory sector - * @param Sector: FLASH sector to erase - * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series - * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, - * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, - * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, - * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) - * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, - * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) - * - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_Erase_Sector(uint32_t Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange) -{ - uint32_t tmp_psize = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_SECTOR(Sector)); - assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); - - if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; - } - else if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; - } - else if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; - } - else - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; - } - - /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the sector */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; - FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_SER | (Sector << POSITION_VAL(FLASH_CR_SNB)); - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the write protection of the desired bank 1 sectors - * - * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), - * it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4 - * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 - * @note Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1). - * - * @param WRPSector: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected. - * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series - * - * @param Banks: Enable write protection on all the sectors for the specific bank - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_BANK_1: WRP on all sectors of bank1 - * - * @retval HAL Status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector, uint32_t Banks) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(WRPSector)); - assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~WRPSector); - } - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the write protection of the desired bank 1 sectors - * - * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), - * it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4 - * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 - * @note Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1). - * - * @param WRPSector: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected. - * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series - * - * @param Banks: Enable write protection on all the sectors for the specific bank - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_BANK_1: WRP on all sectors of bank1 - * - * @retval HAL Status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector, uint32_t Banks) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(WRPSector)); - assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)WRPSector; - } - - return status; -} -#endif /* STM32F40xxx || STM32F41xxx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Enable the read/write protection (PCROP) of the desired sectors. - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F401xx devices. - * @param Sector specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_Sector0 and OB_PCROP_Sector5 - * @arg OB_PCROP_Sector_All - * @retval HAL Status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnablePCROP(uint32_t Sector) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(Sector)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)Sector; - } - - return status; -} - - -/** - * @brief Disable the read/write protection (PCROP) of the desired sectors. - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F401xx devices. - * @param Sector specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_Sector0 and OB_PCROP_Sector5 - * @arg OB_PCROP_Sector_All - * @retval HAL Status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisablePCROP(uint32_t Sector) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(Sector)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~Sector); - } - - return status; - -} -#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @brief Set the read protection level. - * @param Level: specifies the read protection level. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection - * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory - * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection - * - * @note WARNING: When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 - * - * @retval HAL Status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t Level) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(Level)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - *(__IO uint8_t*)OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS = Level; - } - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Program the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY. - * @param Iwdg: Selects the IWDG mode - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_IWDG_SW: Software IWDG selected - * @arg OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware IWDG selected - * @param Stop: Reset event when entering STOP mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_STOP_NO_RST: No reset generated when entering in STOP - * @arg OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP - * @param Stdby: Reset event when entering Standby mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_STDBY_NO_RST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY - * @arg OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY - * @retval HAL Status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t Iwdg, uint8_t Stop, uint8_t Stdby) -{ - uint8_t optiontmp = 0xFF; - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(Iwdg)); - assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(Stop)); - assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(Stdby)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Mask OPTLOCK, OPTSTRT, BOR_LEV and BFB2 bits */ - optiontmp = (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x1F); - - /* Update User Option Byte */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS = Iwdg | (uint8_t)(Stdby | (uint8_t)(Stop | ((uint8_t)optiontmp))); - } - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Set the BOR Level. - * @param Level: specifies the Option Bytes BOR Reset Level. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V - * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V - * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V - * @arg OB_BOR_OFF: Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V - * @retval HAL Status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BOR_LevelConfig(uint8_t Level) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_BOR_LEVEL(Level)); - - /* Set the BOR Level */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS &= (~FLASH_OPTCR_BOR_LEV); - *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= Level; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the FLASH User Option Byte value. - * @retval uint8_t FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1) - * and RST_STDBY(Bit2). - */ -static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) -{ - /* Return the User Option Byte */ - return ((uint8_t)(FLASH->OPTCR & 0xE0)); -} - -/** - * @brief Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. - * @retval uint16_t FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value - */ -static uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) -{ - /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ - return (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS)); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the FLASH Read Protection level. - * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status: - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection - * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory - * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection - */ -static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) -{ - uint8_t readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0; - - if((*(__IO uint8_t*)(OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS) == (uint8_t)OB_RDP_LEVEL_2)) - { - readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_2; - } - else if((*(__IO uint8_t*)(OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS) == (uint8_t)OB_RDP_LEVEL_1)) - { - readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_1; - } - else - { - readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0; - } - - return readstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the FLASH BOR level. - * @retval uint8_t The FLASH BOR level: - * - OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V - * - OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V - * - OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V - * - OB_BOR_OFF : Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V - */ -static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void) -{ - /* Return the FLASH BOR level */ - return (uint8_t)(*(__IO uint8_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x0C); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6fb67d3..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,194 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief FLASH RAMFUNC module driver. - * This file provides a FLASH firmware functions which should be - * executed from internal SRAM - * + Stop/Start the flash interface while System Run - * + Enable/Disable the flash sleep while System Run - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### APIs executed from Internal RAM ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - *** ARM Compiler *** - -------------------- - [..] RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options. - Functions that are be executed in RAM should reside in a separate - source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change - the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM. - Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the - Options for Target' dialog. - - *** ICCARM Compiler *** - ----------------------- - [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc". - - *** GNU Compiler *** - -------------------- - [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute - "__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))". - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASHRAMFUNC FLASH RAMFUNC - * @brief FLASH functions executed from RAM - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup FLASHRAMFUNC_Exported_Functions FLASH RAMFUNC Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASHRAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral features functions executed from internal RAM - * @brief Peripheral Extended features functions - * -@verbatim - - =============================================================================== - ##### ramfunc functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions that should be executed from RAM - transfers. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Stop the flash interface while System Run - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F411xx devices. - * @note This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself. - * It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM. - * @retval None - */ -__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_StopFlashInterfaceClk(void) -{ - /* Enable Power ctrl clock */ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - /* Stop the flash interface while System Run */ - SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FISSR); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Start the flash interface while System Run - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F411xx devices. - * @note This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself. - * It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM. - * @retval None - */ -__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_StartFlashInterfaceClk(void) -{ - /* Enable Power ctrl clock */ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - /* Start the flash interface while System Run */ - CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FISSR); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the flash sleep while System Run - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F411xx devices. - * @note This mode could n't be set while executing with the flash itself. - * It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM. - * @retval None - */ -__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_EnableFlashSleepMode(void) -{ - /* Enable Power ctrl clock */ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - /* Enable the flash sleep while System Run */ - SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FMSSR); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the flash sleep while System Run - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F411xx devices. - * @note This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself. - * It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM. - * @retval None - */ -__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_DisableFlashSleepMode(void) -{ - /* Enable Power ctrl clock */ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - /* Disable the flash sleep while System Run */ - CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FMSSR); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */ -#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.c deleted file mode 100644 index 41dc90a..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4098 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief FMPI2C HAL module driver. - * - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (FMPI2C) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The FMPI2C HAL driver can be used as follows: - - (#) Declare a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: - FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef hfmpi2c; - - (#)Initialize the FMPI2C low level resources by implement the HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit ()API: - (##) Enable the FMPI2Cx interface clock - (##) FMPI2C pins configuration - (+++) Enable the clock for the FMPI2C GPIOs - (+++) Configure FMPI2C pins as alternate function open-drain - (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process - (+++) Configure the FMPI2Cx interrupt priority - (+++) Enable the NVIC FMPI2C IRQ Channel - (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process - (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive stream - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using - (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters - (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Stream - (+++) Associate the initilalized DMA handle to the hfmpi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx Stream - - (#) Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Own Address1, Master Adressing Mode, Dual Addressing mode, - Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call and Nostretch mode in the hfmpi2c Init structure. - - (#) Initialize the FMPI2C registers by calling the HAL_FMPI2C_Init() API: - (+++) These API's configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) - by calling the customed HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit(&hfmpi2c) API. - - (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function HAL_FMPI2C_IsDeviceReady() - - (#) For FMPI2C IO and IO MEM operations, three mode of operations are available within this driver : - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit() - (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive() - (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit() - (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive() - - *** Polling mode IO MEM operation *** - ===================================== - [..] - (+) Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write() - (+) Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read() - - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_IT() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback - (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_IT() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback - (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback - (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_IT() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback - - *** Interrupt mode IO MEM operation *** - ======================================= - [..] - (+) Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address using - HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_IT() - (+) At MEM end of write transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback - (+) Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address using - HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_IT() - (+) At MEM end of read transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback - - *** DMA mode IO operation *** - ============================== - [..] - (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using - HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback - (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using - HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_DMA() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback - (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using - HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback - (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using - HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback - - *** DMA mode IO MEM operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address using - HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_DMA() - (+) At MEM end of write transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback - (+) Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address using - HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_DMA() - (+) At MEM end of read transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback - - - *** FMPI2C HAL driver macros list *** - ================================== - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in FMPI2C HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE: Enable the FMPI2C peripheral - (+) __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE: Disable the FMPI2C peripheral - (+) __HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG : Checks whether the specified FMPI2C flag is set or not - (+) __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG : Clears the specified FMPI2C pending flag - (+) __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE_IT: Enables the specified FMPI2C interrupt - (+) __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE_IT: Disables the specified FMPI2C interrupt - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the FMPI2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C FMPI2C - * @brief FMPI2C HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup FMPI2C_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define TIMING_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xF0FFFFFF) /*<! FMPI2C TIMING clear register Mask */ -#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR ((uint32_t)10000) /* 10 s */ -#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ -#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_DIR ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ -#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ -#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ -#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TC ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ -#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TCR ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ -#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ -#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup FMPI2C_Private_Functions - * @brief FMPI2C private functions - * @{ - */ -static void FMPI2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void FMPI2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void FMPI2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void FMPI2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void FMPI2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void FMPI2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void FMPI2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); - -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_RequestMemoryWrite(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_RequestMemoryRead(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout); - -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_MasterTransmit_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_MasterReceive_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c); - -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_SlaveTransmit_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_SlaveReceive_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c); - -static void FMPI2C_TransferConfig(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Exported_Functions FMPI2C Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and - de-initialiaze the FMPI2Cx peripheral: - - (+) User must Implement HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit() function in which he configures - all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ). - - (+) Call the function HAL_FMPI2C_Init() to configure the selected device with - the selected configuration: - (++) Clock Timing - (++) Own Address 1 - (++) Addressing mode (Master, Slave) - (++) Dual Addressing mode - (++) Own Address 2 - (++) Own Address 2 Mask - (++) General call mode - (++) Nostretch mode - - (+) Call the function HAL_FMPI2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration - of the selected FMPI2Cx periperal. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMPI2C according to the specified parameters - * in the FMPI2C_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Init(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* Check the FMPI2C handle allocation */ - if(hfmpi2c == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress1)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(hfmpi2c->Init.AddressingMode)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(hfmpi2c->Init.DualAddressMode)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress2)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_GENERAL_CALL(hfmpi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_NO_STRETCH(hfmpi2c->Init.NoStretchMode)); - - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hfmpi2c->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ - HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit(hfmpi2c); - } - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c); - - /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx TIMINGR Configuration ------------------*/ - /* Configure FMPI2Cx: Frequency range */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->TIMINGR = hfmpi2c->Init.Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK; - - /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/ - /* Configure FMPI2Cx: Own Address1 and ack own address1 mode */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->OAR1 &= ~FMPI2C_OAR1_OA1EN; - if(hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress1 != 0) - { - if(hfmpi2c->Init.AddressingMode == FMPI2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) - { - hfmpi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (FMPI2C_OAR1_OA1EN | hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress1); - } - else /* FMPI2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT */ - { - hfmpi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (FMPI2C_OAR1_OA1EN | FMPI2C_OAR1_OA1MODE | hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress1); - } - } - - /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx CR2 Configuration ----------------------*/ - /* Configure FMPI2Cx: Addressing Master mode */ - if(hfmpi2c->Init.AddressingMode == FMPI2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) - { - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 = (FMPI2C_CR2_ADD10); - } - /* Enable the AUTOEND by default, and enable NACK (should be disable only during Slave process */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= (FMPI2C_CR2_AUTOEND | FMPI2C_CR2_NACK); - - /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx OAR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ - /* Configure FMPI2Cx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->OAR2 = (hfmpi2c->Init.DualAddressMode | hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress2 | (hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks << 8)); - - /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx CR1 Configuration ----------------------*/ - /* Configure FMPI2Cx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 = (hfmpi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode | hfmpi2c->Init.NoStretchMode); - - /* Enable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_DeInit(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* Check the FMPI2C handle allocation */ - if(hfmpi2c == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance)); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the FMPI2C Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ - HAL_FMPI2C_MspDeInit(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief FMPI2C MSP Init. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief FMPI2C MSP DeInit - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_FMPI2C_MspDeInit(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_FMPI2C_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 I/O operation functions - * @brief Data transfers functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FMPI2C data - transfers. - - (#) There is two mode of transfer: - (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. - The status of all data processing is returned by the same function - after finishing transfer. - (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts - or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup. - The end of the data processing will be indicated through the - dedicated FMPI2C IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when - using DMA mode. - - (#) Blocking mode functions are : - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_IsDeviceReady() - - (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_IT() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_IT() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_IT() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_IT() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_IT() - - (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are : - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_DMA() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_DMA() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_DMA() - - (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode: - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t sizetmp = 0; - - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Send Slave Address */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ - /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */ - if(Size > 255) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); - sizetmp = 255; - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); - sizetmp = Size; - } - - do - { - /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* Write data to TXDR */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*pData++); - sizetmp--; - Size--; - - if((sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0)) - { - /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - if(Size > 255) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - sizetmp = 255; - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - sizetmp = Size; - } - } - - }while(Size > 0); - - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t sizetmp = 0; - - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Send Slave Address */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ - /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */ - if(Size > 255) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ); - sizetmp = 255; - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ); - sizetmp = Size; - } - - do - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Write data to RXDR */ - (*pData++) =hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR; - sizetmp--; - Size--; - - if((sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0)) - { - /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - if(Size > 255) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - sizetmp = 255; - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - sizetmp = Size; - } - } - - }while(Size > 0); - - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR); - - /* If 10bit addressing mode is selected */ - if(hfmpi2c->Init.AddressingMode == FMPI2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) - { - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR); - } - - /* Wait until DIR flag is set Transmitter mode */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_DIR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - do - { - /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Read data from TXDR */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*pData++); - Size--; - }while(Size > 0); - - /* Wait until STOP flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Normal use case for Transmitter mode */ - /* A NACK is generated to confirm the end of transfer */ - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR); - - /* Wait until DIR flag is reset Receiver mode */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_DIR, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - while(Size > 0) - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - - /* Read data from RXDR */ - (*pData++) = hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR; - Size--; - } - - /* Wait until STOP flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_IT(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size; - if(Size > 255) - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size; - } - - /* Send Slave Address */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - /* Note : The FMPI2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process - to avoid the risk of FMPI2C interrupt handle execution before current - process unlock */ - - - /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ - /* possible to enable all of these */ - /* FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI ); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_IT(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size; - if(Size > 255) - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size; - } - - /* Send Slave Address */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ); - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - /* Note : The FMPI2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process - to avoid the risk of FMPI2C interrupt handle execution before current - process unlock */ - - /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ - /* possible to enable all of these */ - /* FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI | FMPI2C_IT_STOPI | FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI ); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size; - hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - /* Note : The FMPI2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process - to avoid the risk of FMPI2C interrupt handle execution before current - process unlock */ - - /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ - /* possible to enable all of these */ - /* FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI | FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI ); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_IT(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size; - hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - /* Note : The FMPI2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process - to avoid the risk of FMPI2C interrupt handle execution before current - process unlock */ - - /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ - /* possible to enable all of these */ - /* FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI | FMPI2C_IT_STOPI | FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size; - if(Size > 255) - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size; - } - - /* Set the FMPI2C DMA transfer complete callback */ - hfmpi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = FMPI2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hfmpi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = FMPI2C_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR, hfmpi2c->XferSize); - - /* Send Slave Address */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); - } - - /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_DMA(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size; - if(Size > 255) - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size; - } - - /* Set the FMPI2C DMA transfer complete callback */ - hfmpi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = FMPI2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hfmpi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = FMPI2C_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hfmpi2c->XferSize); - - /* Send Slave Address */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ); - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ); - } - - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size; - hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size; - - /* Set the FMPI2C DMA transfer complete callback */ - hfmpi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = FMPI2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hfmpi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = FMPI2C_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR, hfmpi2c->XferSize); - - /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR); - - /* If 10bits addressing mode is selected */ - if(hfmpi2c->Init.AddressingMode == FMPI2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) - { - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR); - } - - /* Wait until DIR flag is set Transmitter mode */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_DIR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size; - hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size; - - /* Set the FMPI2C DMA transfer complete callback */ - hfmpi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = FMPI2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hfmpi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = FMPI2C_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, Size); - - /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR); - - /* Wait until DIR flag is set Receiver mode */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_DIR, SET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_DIR) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} -/** - * @brief Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t Sizetmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); - - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ - if(FMPI2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hfmpi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ - /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */ - if(Size > 255) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - Sizetmp = 255; - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - Sizetmp = Size; - } - - do - { - /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Write data to DR */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*pData++); - Sizetmp--; - Size--; - - if((Sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0)) - { - /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - - if(Size > 255) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - Sizetmp = 255; - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - Sizetmp = Size; - } - } - - }while(Size > 0); - - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t Sizetmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); - - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ - if(FMPI2C_RequestMemoryRead(hfmpi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Send Slave Address */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ - /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */ - if(Size > 255) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ); - Sizetmp = 255; - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ); - Sizetmp = Size; - } - - do - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Read data from RXDR */ - (*pData++) = hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR; - - /* Decrement the Size counter */ - Sizetmp--; - Size--; - - if((Sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0)) - { - /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - if(Size > 255) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - Sizetmp = 255; - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - Sizetmp = Size; - } - } - - }while(Size > 0); - - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} -/** - * @brief Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_IT(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); - - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size; - if(Size > 255) - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size; - } - - /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ - if(FMPI2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hfmpi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ - /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - /* Note : The FMPI2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process - to avoid the risk of FMPI2C interrupt handle execution before current - process unlock */ - - /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ - /* possible to enable all of these */ - /* FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI ); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_IT(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); - - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX; - - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size; - if(Size > 255) - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size; - } - - /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ - if(FMPI2C_RequestMemoryRead(hfmpi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ - /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ); - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - /* Note : The FMPI2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process - to avoid the risk of FMPI2C interrupt handle execution before current - process unlock */ - - /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ - /* possible to enable all of these */ - /* FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE_IT(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI ); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} -/** - * @brief Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_DMA(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); - - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size; - if(Size > 255) - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size; - } - - /* Set the FMPI2C DMA transfer complete callback */ - hfmpi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = FMPI2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hfmpi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = FMPI2C_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR, hfmpi2c->XferSize); - - /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ - if(FMPI2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hfmpi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Send Slave Address */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - } - - /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Reads an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be read - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_DMA(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); - - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX; - - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size; - if(Size > 255) - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size; - } - - /* Set the FMPI2C DMA transfer complete callback */ - hfmpi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = FMPI2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hfmpi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = FMPI2C_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hfmpi2c->XferSize); - - /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ - if(FMPI2C_RequestMemoryRead(hfmpi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ); - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ); - } - - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks if target device is ready for communication. - * @note This function is used with Memory devices - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param Trials: Number of trials - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_IsDeviceReady(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - __IO uint32_t FMPI2C_Trials = 0; - - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY) - { - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY; - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - - do - { - /* Generate Start */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 = __HAL_FMPI2C_GENERATE_START(hfmpi2c->Init.AddressingMode,DevAddress); - - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is set or a NACK flag is set*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - while((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == RESET) && (hfmpi2c->State != HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_TIMEOUT)) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Device is ready */ - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Check if the NACKF flag has not been set */ - if (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == RESET) - { - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Device is ready */ - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear NACK Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF); - - /* Clear STOP Flag, auto generated with autoend*/ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - } - - /* Check if the maximum allowed number of trials has been reached */ - if (FMPI2C_Trials++ == Trials) - { - /* Generate Stop */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_STOP; - - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - } - }while(FMPI2C_Trials < Trials); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles FMPI2C event interrupt request. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_FMPI2C_EV_IRQHandler(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* FMPI2C in mode Transmitter ---------------------------------------------------*/ - if (((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET)) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hfmpi2c, (FMPI2C_IT_TCI | FMPI2C_IT_STOPI | FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI)) == SET)) - { - /* Slave mode selected */ - if (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) - { - FMPI2C_SlaveTransmit_ISR(hfmpi2c); - } - } - - if (((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hfmpi2c, (FMPI2C_IT_TCI | FMPI2C_IT_STOPI | FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI)) == SET)) - { - /* Master mode selected */ - if ((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX)) - { - FMPI2C_MasterTransmit_ISR(hfmpi2c); - } - } - - /* FMPI2C in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------------*/ - if (((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET)) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hfmpi2c, (FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI)) == SET)) - { - /* Slave mode selected */ - if (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX) - { - FMPI2C_SlaveReceive_ISR(hfmpi2c); - } - } - if (((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hfmpi2c, (FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI)) == SET)) - { - /* Master mode selected */ - if ((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX)) - { - FMPI2C_MasterReceive_ISR(hfmpi2c); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles FMPI2C error interrupt request. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_FMPI2C_ER_IRQHandler(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* FMPI2C Bus error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR) == SET) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_IT_ERRI) == SET)) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_BERR; - - /* Clear BERR flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR); - } - - /* FMPI2C Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR) == SET) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_IT_ERRI) == SET)) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_OVR; - - /* Clear OVR flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR); - } - - /* FMPI2C Arbitration Loss error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO) == SET) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_IT_ERRI) == SET)) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_ARLO; - - /* Clear ARLO flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO); - } - - /* Call the Error Callback in case of Error detected */ - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Master Tx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_FMPI2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Master Rx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_FMPI2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** @brief Slave Tx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_FMPI2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Slave Rx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_FMPI2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Memory Tx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_FMPI2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Memory Rx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_FMPI2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief FMPI2C error callbacks. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions - * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the FMPI2C state. - * @param hfmpi2c : FMPI2C handle - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_FMPI2C_StateTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_GetState(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - return hfmpi2c->State; -} - -/** -* @brief Return the FMPI2C error code -* @param hfmpi2c : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. -* @retval FMPI2C Error Code -*/ -uint32_t HAL_FMPI2C_GetError(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - return hfmpi2c->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief Handle Interrupt Flags Master Transmit Mode - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_MasterTransmit_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - uint16_t DevAddress; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET) - { - /* Write data to TXDR */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr++); - hfmpi2c->XferSize--; - hfmpi2c->XferCount--; - } - else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) - { - if((hfmpi2c->XferSize == 0)&&(hfmpi2c->XferCount!=0)) - { - DevAddress = (hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD); - - if(hfmpi2c->XferCount > 255) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255; - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferCount, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - hfmpi2c->XferSize = hfmpi2c->XferCount; - } - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_SIZE; - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - } - else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) - { - if(hfmpi2c->XferCount == 0) - { - /* Generate Stop */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_STOP; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_SIZE; - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - } - else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) - { - /* Disable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI ); - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX) - { - HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - } - else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) - { - /* Clear NACK Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handle Interrupt Flags Master Receive Mode - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_MasterReceive_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - uint16_t DevAddress; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) - { - /* Read data from RXDR */ - (*hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR; - hfmpi2c->XferSize--; - hfmpi2c->XferCount--; - } - else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) - { - if((hfmpi2c->XferSize == 0)&&(hfmpi2c->XferCount!=0)) - { - DevAddress = (hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD); - - if(hfmpi2c->XferCount > 255) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255; - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferCount, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - hfmpi2c->XferSize = hfmpi2c->XferCount; - } - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_SIZE; - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - } - else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) - { - if(hfmpi2c->XferCount == 0) - { - /* Generate Stop */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_STOP; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_SIZE; - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - } - else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) - { - /* Disable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI ); - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX) - { - HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - } - else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) - { - /* Clear NACK Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - -} - -/** - * @brief Handle Interrupt Flags Slave Transmit Mode - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_SlaveTransmit_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) - { - /* Check that FMPI2C transfer finished */ - /* if yes, normal usecase, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */ - /* Mean XferCount == 0*/ - /* So clear Flag NACKF only */ - if(hfmpi2c->XferCount == 0) - { - /* Clear NACK Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - /* if no, error usecase, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/ - /* Clear NACK Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF); - - /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - /* Call the Error callback to prevent upper layer */ - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - } - else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET) - { - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR); - } - /* Check first if STOPF is set */ - /* to prevent a Write Data in TX buffer */ - /* which is stuck in TXDR until next */ - /* communication with Master */ - else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) - { - /* Disable ERRI, TCI, STOPI, NACKI, ADDRI, RXI, TXI interrupt */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI ); - - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET) - { - /* Write data to TXDR only if XferCount not reach "0" */ - /* A TXIS flag can be set, during STOP treatment */ - if(hfmpi2c->XferCount > 0) - { - /* Write data to TXDR */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr++); - hfmpi2c->XferCount--; - } - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handle Interrupt Flags Slave Receive Mode - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_SlaveReceive_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) - { - /* Clear NACK Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET) - { - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR); - } - else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) - { - /* Read data from RXDR */ - (*hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR; - hfmpi2c->XferSize--; - hfmpi2c->XferCount--; - } - else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) - { - /* Disable ERRI, TCI, STOPI, NACKI, ADDRI, RXI, TXI interrupt */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI ); - - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for write request. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_RequestMemoryWrite(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,MemAddSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); - - /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ - if(MemAddSize == FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) - { - /* Send Memory Address */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = __HAL_FMPI2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); - } - /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ - else - { - /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = __HAL_FMPI2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); - - /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = __HAL_FMPI2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); - } - - /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - -return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for read request. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_RequestMemoryRead(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,MemAddSize, FMPI2C_SOFTEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); - - /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ - if(MemAddSize == FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) - { - /* Send Memory Address */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = __HAL_FMPI2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); - } - /* If Mememory address size is 16Bit */ - else - { - /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = __HAL_FMPI2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); - - /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = __HAL_FMPI2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); - } - - /* Wait until TC flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief DMA FMPI2C master transmit process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void FMPI2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - uint16_t DevAddress; - FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* hfmpi2c = (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr += hfmpi2c->XferSize; - hfmpi2c->XferCount -= hfmpi2c->XferSize; - if(hfmpi2c->XferCount > 255) - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = hfmpi2c->XferCount; - } - - DevAddress = (hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD); - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR, hfmpi2c->XferSize); - - /* Send Slave Address */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - } - - /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK) - { - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; - } - } - } - else - { - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; - - hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA FMPI2C slave transmit process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void FMPI2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* hfmpi2c = (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - /* Wait until STOP flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Normal Use case, a AF is generated by master */ - /* to inform slave the end of transfer */ - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY) != HAL_OK) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; - - hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA FMPI2C master receive process complete callback - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void FMPI2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* hfmpi2c = (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - uint16_t DevAddress; - - /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr += hfmpi2c->XferSize; - hfmpi2c->XferCount -= hfmpi2c->XferSize; - if(hfmpi2c->XferCount > 255) - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = hfmpi2c->XferCount; - } - - DevAddress = (hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD); - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr, hfmpi2c->XferSize); - - /* Send Slave Address */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - } - - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; - } - } - } - else - { - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; - - hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA FMPI2C slave receive process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void FMPI2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* hfmpi2c = (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOPF flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY) != HAL_OK) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; - - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA FMPI2C Memory Write process complete callback - * @param hdma : DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void FMPI2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - uint16_t DevAddress; - FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* hfmpi2c = ( FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr += hfmpi2c->XferSize; - hfmpi2c->XferCount -= hfmpi2c->XferSize; - if(hfmpi2c->XferCount > 255) - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = hfmpi2c->XferCount; - } - - DevAddress = (hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD); - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR, hfmpi2c->XferSize); - - /* Send Slave Address */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - } - - /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK) - { - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; - } - } - } - else - { - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; - - hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA FMPI2C Memory Read process complete callback - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void FMPI2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* hfmpi2c = ( FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - uint16_t DevAddress; - - /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr += hfmpi2c->XferSize; - hfmpi2c->XferCount -= hfmpi2c->XferSize; - if(hfmpi2c->XferCount > 255) - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->XferSize = hfmpi2c->XferCount; - } - - DevAddress = (hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD); - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr, hfmpi2c->XferSize); - - /* Send Slave Address */ - /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ - if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) ) - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - } - else - { - FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP); - } - - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; - } - } - } - else - { - /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - } - else - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; - - hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - else - { - HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA FMPI2C communication error callback. - * @param hdma : DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void FMPI2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* hfmpi2c = ( FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - - hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_DMA; - - HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c); -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles FMPI2C Communication Timeout. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param Flag: specifies the FMPI2C flag to check. - * @param Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET). - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until flag is set */ - if(Status == RESET) - { - while(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, Flag) == RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - else - { - while(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, Flag) != RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles FMPI2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of TXIS flag. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS) == RESET) - { - /* Check if a NACK is detected */ - if(FMPI2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles FMPI2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of STOP flag. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0x00; - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) - { - /* Check if a NACK is detected */ - if(FMPI2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles FMPI2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of RXNE flag. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0x00; - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET) - { - /* Check if a STOPF is detected */ - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) - { - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE; - hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles Acknowledge failed detection during an FMPI2C Communication. - * @param hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0x00; - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) - { - /* Generate stop if necessary only in case of FMPI2C peripheral in MASTER mode */ - if((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX) - || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX)) - { - /* No need to generate the STOP condition if AUTOEND mode is enabled */ - /* Generate the STOP condition only in case of SOFTEND mode is enabled */ - if((hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 & FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE) != FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE) - { - /* Generate Stop */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_STOP; - } - } - - /* Wait until STOP Flag is reset */ - /* AutoEnd should be initiate after AF */ - while(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Clear NACKF Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF); - - /* Clear STOP Flag */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF); - - /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF; - hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handles FMPI2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set). - * @param hfmpi2c: FMPI2C handle. - * @param DevAddress: specifies the slave address to be programmed. - * @param Size: specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. - * This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255. - * @param Mode: new state of the FMPI2C START condition generation. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE: Enable Reload mode . - * @arg FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE: Enable Automatic end mode. - * @arg FMPI2C_SOFTEND_MODE: Enable Software end mode. - * @param Request: new state of the FMPI2C START condition generation. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP: Don't Generate stop and start condition. - * @arg FMPI2C_GENERATE_STOP: Generate stop condition (Size should be set to 0). - * @arg FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ: Generate Restart for read request. - * @arg FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE: Generate Restart for write request. - * @retval None - */ -static void FMPI2C_TransferConfig(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_MODE(Mode)); - assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_REQUEST(Request)); - - /* Get the CR2 register value */ - tmpreg = hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2; - - /* clear tmpreg specific bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(FMPI2C_CR2_SADD | FMPI2C_CR2_NBYTES | FMPI2C_CR2_RELOAD | FMPI2C_CR2_AUTOEND | FMPI2C_CR2_RD_WRN | FMPI2C_CR2_START | FMPI2C_CR2_STOP)); - - /* update tmpreg */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)DevAddress & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD) | (((uint32_t)Size << 16 ) & FMPI2C_CR2_NBYTES) | \ - (uint32_t)Mode | (uint32_t)Request); - - /* update CR2 register */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#endif /* HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 705b115..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,326 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief Extended FMPI2C HAL module driver. - * - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (FMPI2C) peripheral: - * + Extended Control methods - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### FMPI2C peripheral extended features ##### - ============================================================================== - - [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the FMPI2C interface for STM32L4XX - devices contains the following additional features - - (+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter - (+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter - (+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2CEx FMPI2CEx - * @brief FMPI2C HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2CEx_Exported_Functions FMPI2C Extended Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - - -/** @defgroup FMPI2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control methods - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Extension features functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure Noise Filters - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures FMPI2C Analog noise filter. - * @param hfmpi2c : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2Cx peripheral. - * @param AnalogFilter : new state of the Analog filter. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_AnalogFilter_Config(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter)); - - if((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) - || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c); - - /* Reset FMPI2Cx ANOFF bit */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(FMPI2C_CR1_ANFOFF); - - /* Set analog filter bit*/ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter; - - __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures FMPI2C Digital noise filter. - * @param hfmpi2c : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2Cx peripheral. - * @param DigitalFilter : Coefficient of digital noise filter between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_DigitalFilter_Config(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter)); - - if((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) - || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1; - - /* Reset FMPI2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */ - tmpreg &= ~(FMPI2C_CR1_DFN); - - /* Set FMPI2Cx DNF coefficient */ - tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8; - - /* Store the new register value */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg; - - __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables FMPI2C wakeup from stop mode. - * @param hfmpi2c : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2Cx peripheral. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_EnableWakeUp (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance)); - - if((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) - || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c); - - /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_WUPEN; - - __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Disables FMPI2C wakeup from stop mode. - * @param hfmpi2c : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified FMPI2Cx peripheral. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_DisableWakeUp (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance)); - - if((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) - || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */ - __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c); - - /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */ - hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(FMPI2C_CR1_WUPEN); - - __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE(hfmpi2c); - - hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the FMPI2C1 fast mode plus driving capability. - * @param ConfigFastModePlus: selects the pin. - * This parameter can be one of the @ref FMPI2CEx_FastModePlus values - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_FMPI2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus) -{ - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus)); - - /* Enable SYSCFG clock */ - __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */ - SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus); -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the FMPI2C1 fast mode plus driving capability. - * @param ConfigFastModePlus: selects the pin. - * This parameter can be one of the @ref FMPI2CEx_FastModePlus values - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_FMPI2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus) -{ - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus)); - - /* Enable SYSCFG clock */ - __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */ - CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#endif /* HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c deleted file mode 100644 index d7d6899..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,545 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief GPIO HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### GPIO Peripheral features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each - port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software - in several modes: - (+) Input mode - (+) Analog mode - (+) Output mode - (+) Alternate function mode - (+) External interrupt/event lines - - [..] - During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt - lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode. - - [..] - All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be - activated or not. - - [..] - In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull - type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value. - - [..] - All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt - lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are - connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15. - - [..] - The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 23 edge detectors - (16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each - input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event) - and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can - also be masked independently. - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(). - - (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init(). - (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure - (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef - structure. - (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is - configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure. - (++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO - is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure. - (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel - or DAC output. - (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from - GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and - the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). - - (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority - mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using - HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(). - - (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(). - - (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use - HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(). - - (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin(). - - - (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not - active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG - pins). - - (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose - (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has - priority over the GPIO function. - - (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as - general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off. - The HSE has priority over the GPIO function. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO - * @brief GPIO HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants - * @{ - */ -#define GPIO_MODE ((uint32_t)0x00000003) -#define EXTI_MODE ((uint32_t)0x10000000) -#define GPIO_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define GPIO_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00100000) -#define FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00200000) -#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE ((uint32_t)0x00000010) - -#define GPIO_NUMBER ((uint32_t)16) -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs - to be ready for use. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices. - * @param GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init) -{ - uint32_t position; - uint32_t ioposition = 0x00; - uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00; - uint32_t temp = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull)); - - /* Configure the port pins */ - for(position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++) - { - /* Get the IO position */ - ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position; - /* Get the current IO position */ - iocurrent = (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Pin) & ioposition; - - if(iocurrent == ioposition) - { - /*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* In case of Alternate function mode selection */ - if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD)) - { - /* Check the Alternate function parameter */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate)); - /* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */ - temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3]; - temp &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ; - temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Alternate) << (((uint32_t)position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)); - GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3] = temp; - } - - /* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */ - temp = GPIOx->MODER; - temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2)); - temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2)); - GPIOx->MODER = temp; - - /* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */ - if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || - (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD)) - { - /* Check the Speed parameter */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); - /* Configure the IO Speed */ - temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR; - temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2)); - temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2)); - GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp; - - /* Configure the IO Output Type */ - temp = GPIOx->OTYPER; - temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ; - temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4) << position); - GPIOx->OTYPER = temp; - } - - /* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */ - temp = GPIOx->PUPDR; - temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2)); - temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2)); - GPIOx->PUPDR = temp; - - /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */ - if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE) - { - /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */ - __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); - - temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2]; - temp &= ~(((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03))); - temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03))); - SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] = temp; - - /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ - temp = EXTI->IMR; - temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); - if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT) - { - temp |= iocurrent; - } - EXTI->IMR = temp; - - temp = EXTI->EMR; - temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); - if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT) - { - temp |= iocurrent; - } - EXTI->EMR = temp; - - /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ - temp = EXTI->RTSR; - temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); - if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE) - { - temp |= iocurrent; - } - EXTI->RTSR = temp; - - temp = EXTI->FTSR; - temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); - if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE) - { - temp |= iocurrent; - } - EXTI->FTSR = temp; - } - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices. - * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. - * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - uint32_t position; - uint32_t ioposition = 0x00; - uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00; - uint32_t tmp = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); - - /* Configure the port pins */ - for(position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++) - { - /* Get the IO position */ - ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position; - /* Get the current IO position */ - iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & ioposition; - - if(iocurrent == ioposition) - { - /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/ - /* Configure IO Direction in Input Floating Mode */ - GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2)); - - /* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */ - GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ; - - /* Configure the default value for IO Speed */ - GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2)); - - /* Configure the default value IO Output Type */ - GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ; - - /* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */ - GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2)); - - /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/ - tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2]; - tmp &= (((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03))); - if(tmp == ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03)))) - { - /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */ - tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03)); - SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] &= ~tmp; - - /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ - EXTI->IMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); - EXTI->EMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); - - /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ - EXTI->RTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); - EXTI->FTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); - } - } - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief GPIO Read and Write - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Reads the specified input port pin. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices. - * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. - * This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). - * @retval The input port pin value. - */ -GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - GPIO_PinState bitstatus; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - if((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET) - { - bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit. - * - * @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify - * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between - * the read and the modify access. - * - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices. - * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. - * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). - * @param PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. - * This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values: - * @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin - * @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState)); - - if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET) - { - GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; - } - else - { - GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pins. - * @param GPIOx: Where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices. - * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin; -} - -/** - * @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers. - * @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR, - * GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH. - * @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified - * until the next reset. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F4 family - * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked. - * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). - * @retval None - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - /* Apply lock key write sequence */ - tmp |= GPIO_Pin; - /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ - GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; - /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */ - GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; - /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ - GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; - /* Read LCKK bit*/ - tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; - - if((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != RESET) - { - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles EXTI interrupt request. - * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - /* EXTI line interrupt detected */ - if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET) - { - __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin); - HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin); - } -} - -/** - * @brief EXTI line detection callbacks. - * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hash.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hash.c deleted file mode 100644 index fa1ca7b..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hash.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1862 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_hash.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief HASH HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the HASH peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + HASH/HMAC Processing functions by algorithm using polling mode - * + HASH/HMAC functions by algorithm using interrupt mode - * + HASH/HMAC functions by algorithm using DMA mode - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The HASH HAL driver can be used as follows: - (#)Initialize the HASH low level resources by implementing the HAL_HASH_MspInit(): - (##) Enable the HASH interface clock using __HAL_RCC_HASH_CLK_ENABLE() - (##) In case of using processing APIs based on interrupts (e.g. HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_IT()) - (+++) Configure the HASH interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() - (+++) Enable the HASH IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() - (+++) In HASH IRQ handler, call HAL_HASH_IRQHandler() - (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_DMA()) - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE() - (+++) Configure and enable one DMA stream one for managing data transfer from - memory to peripheral (input stream). Managing data transfer from - peripheral to memory can be performed only using CPU - (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the HASH DMA handle - using __HAL_LINKDMA() - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete - interrupt on the DMA Stream using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() - (#)Initialize the HASH HAL using HAL_HASH_Init(). This function configures mainly: - (##) The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit. - (##) For HMAC, the encryption key. - (##) For HMAC, the key size used for encryption. - (#)Three processing functions are available: - (##) Polling mode: processing APIs are blocking functions - i.e. they process the data and wait till the digest computation is finished - e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start() - (##) Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions - i.e. they process the data under interrupt - e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT() - (##) DMA mode: processing APIs are not blocking functions and the CPU is - not used for data transfer i.e. the data transfer is ensured by DMA - e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA() - (#)When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_HASH_Init() - the HASH peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input. - After that, the digest computation is started. - When processing multi-buffer use the accumulate function to write the - data in the peripheral without starting the digest computation. In last - buffer use the start function to input the last buffer ans start the digest - computation. - (##) e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accumulate() : write 1st data buffer in the peripheral without starting the digest computation - (##) write (n-1)th data buffer in the peripheral without starting the digest computation - (##) HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start() : write (n)th data buffer in the peripheral and start the digest computation - (#)In HMAC mode, there is no Accumulate API. Only Start API is available. - (#)In case of using DMA, call the DMA start processing e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA(). - After that, call the finish function in order to get the digest value - e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish() - (#)Call HAL_HASH_DeInit() to deinitialize the HASH peripheral. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH HASH - * @brief HASH HAL module driver. - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup HASH_Private_Functions HASH Private Functions - * @{ - */ -static void HASH_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void HASH_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void HASH_GetDigest(uint8_t *pMsgDigest, uint8_t Size); -static void HASH_WriteData(uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup HASH_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief DMA HASH Input Data complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void HASH_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - HASH_HandleTypeDef* hhash = ( HASH_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - uint32_t inputaddr = 0; - uint32_t buffersize = 0; - - if((HASH->CR & HASH_CR_MODE) != HASH_CR_MODE) - { - /* Disable the DMA transfer */ - HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE); - - /* Change HASH peripheral state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash); - } - else - { - /* Increment Interrupt counter */ - hhash->HashInCount++; - /* Disable the DMA transfer before starting the next transfer */ - HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE); - - if(hhash->HashInCount <= 2) - { - /* In case HashInCount = 1, set the DMA to transfer data to HASH DIN register */ - if(hhash->HashInCount == 1) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr; - buffersize = hhash->HashBuffSize; - } - /* In case HashInCount = 2, set the DMA to transfer key to HASH DIN register */ - else if(hhash->HashInCount == 2) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->Init.pKey; - buffersize = hhash->Init.KeySize; - } - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - MODIFY_REG(HASH->STR, HASH_STR_NBLW, 8 * (buffersize % 4)); - - /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete */ - hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASH_DMAXferCplt; - - /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (buffersize%4 ? (buffersize+3)/4:buffersize/4)); - - /* Enable DMA requests */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE); - } - else - { - /* Disable the DMA transfer */ - HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE); - - /* Reset the InCount */ - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - - /* Change HASH peripheral state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA HASH communication error callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void HASH_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - HASH_HandleTypeDef* hhash = ( HASH_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - hhash->State= HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback(hhash); -} - -/** - * @brief Writes the input buffer in data register. - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to input buffer - * @param Size: The size of input buffer - * @retval None - */ -static void HASH_WriteData(uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size) -{ - uint32_t buffercounter; - uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t) pInBuffer; - - for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < Size; buffercounter+=4) - { - HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr; - inputaddr+=4; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Provides the message digest result. - * @param pMsgDigest: Pointer to the message digest - * @param Size: The size of the message digest in bytes - * @retval None - */ -static void HASH_GetDigest(uint8_t *pMsgDigest, uint8_t Size) -{ - uint32_t msgdigest = (uint32_t)pMsgDigest; - - switch(Size) - { - case 16: - /* Read the message digest */ - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]); - break; - case 20: - /* Read the message digest */ - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]); - break; - case 28: - /* Read the message digest */ - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[5]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[6]); - break; - case 32: - /* Read the message digest */ - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[5]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[6]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[7]); - break; - default: - break; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup HASH_Exported_Functions - * @{ - */ - - -/** @addtogroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions. - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize the HASH according to the specified parameters - in the HASH_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. - (+) DeInitialize the HASH peripheral. - (+) Initialize the HASH MSP. - (+) DeInitialize HASH MSP. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH according to the specified parameters in the - HASH_HandleTypeDef and creates the associated handle. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_Init(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash) -{ - /* Check the hash handle allocation */ - if(hhash == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_HASH_DATATYPE(hhash->Init.DataType)); - - if(hhash->State == HAL_HASH_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hhash->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_HASH_MspInit(hhash); - } - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Reset HashInCount, HashBuffSize and HashITCounter */ - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - hhash->HashBuffSize = 0; - hhash->HashITCounter = 0; - - /* Set the data type */ - HASH->CR |= (uint32_t) (hhash->Init.DataType); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Set the default HASH phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the HASH peripheral. - * @note This API must be called before starting a new processing. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_DeInit(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash) -{ - /* Check the HASH handle allocation */ - if(hhash == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set the default HASH phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY; - - /* Reset HashInCount, HashBuffSize and HashITCounter */ - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - hhash->HashBuffSize = 0; - hhash->HashITCounter = 0; - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_HASH_MspDeInit(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH MSP. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_HASH_MspInit(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_HASH_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes HASH MSP. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_HASH_MspDeInit(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_HASH_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Input data transfer complete callback. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Data transfer Error callback. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Digest computation complete callback. It is used only with interrupt. - * @note This callback is not relevant with DMA. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 HASH processing functions using polling mode - * @brief processing functions using polling mode - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### HASH processing using polling mode functions##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode - the hash value using one of the following algorithms: - (+) MD5 - (+) SHA1 - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then processes pInBuffer. - The digest is available in pOutBuffer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is multiple of 64 bytes, appending the input buffer is possible. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware - * and appending the input buffer is no more possible. - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 16 bytes. - * @param Timeout: Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the MD5 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Read the message digest */ - HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 16); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then writes the pInBuffer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is multiple of 64 bytes, appending the input buffer is possible. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware - * and appending the input buffer is no more possible. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the MD5 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then processes pInBuffer. - The digest is available in pOutBuffer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes. - * @param Timeout: Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the SHA1 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Read the message digest */ - HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 20); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then processes pInBuffer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @note Input buffer size in bytes must be a multiple of 4 otherwise the digest computation is corrupted. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size) -{ - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_HASH_SHA1_BUFFER_SIZE(Size)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the SHA1 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 HASH processing functions using interrupt mode - * @brief processing functions using interrupt mode. - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### HASH processing using interrupt mode functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in interrupt mode - the hash value using one of the following algorithms: - (+) MD5 - (+) SHA1 - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then processes pInBuffer. - * The digest is available in pOutBuffer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 16 bytes. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - uint32_t buffercounter; - uint32_t inputcounter; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - if(hhash->State == HAL_HASH_STATE_READY) - { - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - hhash->HashInCount = Size; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer; - hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr = pOutBuffer; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the SHA1 mode */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5; - /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; - } - /* Reset interrupt counter */ - hhash->HashITCounter = 0; - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - HASH->IMR = (HASH_IT_DINI | HASH_IT_DCI); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DCIS)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]); - - if(hhash->HashInCount == 0) - { - /* Disable Interrupts */ - HASH->IMR = 0; - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - /* Call digest computation complete callback */ - HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback(hhash); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - } - if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DINIS)) - { - if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */ - for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < 64; buffercounter+=4) - { - HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr; - inputaddr+=4; - } - if(hhash->HashITCounter == 0) - { - HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr; - - if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68) - { - /* Decrement buffer counter */ - hhash->HashInCount -= 68; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 68; - } - else - { - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= hhash->HashInCount; - } - /* Set Interrupt counter */ - hhash->HashITCounter = 1; - } - else - { - /* Decrement buffer counter */ - hhash->HashInCount -= 64; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 64; - } - } - else - { - /* Get the buffer address */ - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr; - /* Get the buffer counter */ - inputcounter = hhash->HashInCount; - /* Disable Interrupts */ - HASH->IMR &= ~(HASH_IT_DINI); - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(inputcounter); - - if((inputcounter > 4) && (inputcounter%4)) - { - inputcounter = (inputcounter+4-inputcounter%4); - } - else if ((inputcounter < 4) && (inputcounter != 0)) - { - inputcounter = 4; - } - /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */ - for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < inputcounter/4; buffercounter++) - { - HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr; - inputaddr+=4; - } - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - /* Reset buffer counter */ - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - - /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash); - } - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then processes pInBuffer. - * The digest is available in pOutBuffer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t outputaddr; - uint32_t buffercounter; - uint32_t inputcounter; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - if(hhash->State == HAL_HASH_STATE_READY) - { - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - hhash->HashInCount = Size; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer; - hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr = pOutBuffer; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the SHA1 mode */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1; - /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Reset interrupt counter */ - hhash->HashITCounter = 0; - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - HASH->IMR = (HASH_IT_DINI | HASH_IT_DCI); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DCIS)) - { - outputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr; - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]); - if(hhash->HashInCount == 0) - { - /* Disable Interrupts */ - HASH->IMR = 0; - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - /* Call digest computation complete callback */ - HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback(hhash); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - } - if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DINIS)) - { - if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */ - for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < 64; buffercounter+=4) - { - HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr; - inputaddr+=4; - } - if(hhash->HashITCounter == 0) - { - HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr; - if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68) - { - /* Decrement buffer counter */ - hhash->HashInCount -= 68; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 68; - } - else - { - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= hhash->HashInCount; - } - /* Set Interrupt counter */ - hhash->HashITCounter = 1; - } - else - { - /* Decrement buffer counter */ - hhash->HashInCount -= 64; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 64; - } - } - else - { - /* Get the buffer address */ - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr; - /* Get the buffer counter */ - inputcounter = hhash->HashInCount; - /* Disable Interrupts */ - HASH->IMR &= ~(HASH_IT_DINI); - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(inputcounter); - - if((inputcounter > 4) && (inputcounter%4)) - { - inputcounter = (inputcounter+4-inputcounter%4); - } - else if ((inputcounter < 4) && (inputcounter != 0)) - { - inputcounter = 4; - } - /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */ - for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < inputcounter/4; buffercounter++) - { - HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr; - inputaddr+=4; - } - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - /* Reset buffer counter */ - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - - /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash); - } - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles HASH interrupt request. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_HASH_IRQHandler(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash) -{ - switch(HASH->CR & HASH_CR_ALGO) - { - case HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5: - HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT(hhash, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1: - HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT(hhash, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - default: - break; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group4 HASH processing functions using DMA mode - * @brief processing functions using DMA mode. - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### HASH processing using DMA mode functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode - the hash value using one of the following algorithms: - (+) MD5 - (+) SHA1 - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then enables DMA to - control data transfer. Use HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish() to get the digest. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)pInBuffer; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the MD5 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASH_DMAXferCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASH_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (Size%4 ? (Size+3)/4:Size/4)); - - /* Enable DMA requests */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the computed digest in MD5 mode - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 16 bytes. - * @param Timeout: Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change HASH peripheral state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_DCIS)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Read the message digest */ - HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 16); - - /* Change HASH peripheral state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then enables DMA to - control data transfer. Use HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish() to get the digest. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)pInBuffer; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the SHA1 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1; - HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASH_DMAXferCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASH_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (Size%4 ? (Size+3)/4:Size/4)); - - /* Enable DMA requests */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the computed digest in SHA1 mode. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes. - * @param Timeout: Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change HASH peripheral state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_DCIS)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Read the message digest */ - HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 20); - - /* Change HASH peripheral state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process UnLock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group5 HASH-MAC (HMAC) processing functions using polling mode - * @brief HMAC processing functions using polling mode . - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### HMAC processing using polling mode functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode - the HMAC value using one of the following algorithms: - (+) MD5 - (+) SHA1 - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC MD5 mode - * then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes. - * @param Timeout: Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */ - if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64) - { - /* Select the HMAC MD5 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT); - } - else - { - /* Select the HMAC MD5 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT); - } - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /************************** STEP 1 ******************************************/ - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASH_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /************************** STEP 2 ******************************************/ - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /************************** STEP 3 ******************************************/ - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASH_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Read the message digest */ - HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 16); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA1 mode - * then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes. - * @param Timeout: Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */ - if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64) - { - /* Select the HMAC SHA1 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT); - } - else - { - /* Select the HMAC SHA1 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT); - } - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /************************** STEP 1 ******************************************/ - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASH_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /************************** STEP 2 ******************************************/ - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /************************** STEP 3 ******************************************/ - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASH_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /* Read the message digest */ - HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 20); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group6 HASH-MAC (HMAC) processing functions using DMA mode - * @brief HMAC processing functions using DMA mode . - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### HMAC processing using DMA mode functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode - the HMAC value using one of the following algorithms: - (+) MD5 - (+) SHA1 - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC MD5 mode - * then enables DMA to control data transfer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Save buffer pointer and size in handle */ - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer; - hhash->HashBuffSize = Size; - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */ - if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64) - { - /* Select the HMAC MD5 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT); - } - else - { - /* Select the HMAC MD5 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT); - } - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Get the key address */ - inputaddr = (uint32_t)(hhash->Init.pKey); - - /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASH_DMAXferCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASH_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (hhash->Init.KeySize%4 ? (hhash->Init.KeySize+3)/4:hhash->Init.KeySize/4)); - /* Enable DMA requests */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA1 mode - * then enables DMA to control data transfer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Save buffer pointer and size in handle */ - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer; - hhash->HashBuffSize = Size; - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */ - if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64) - { - /* Select the HMAC SHA1 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT); - } - else - { - /* Select the HMAC SHA1 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT); - } - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Get the key address */ - inputaddr = (uint32_t)(hhash->Init.pKey); - - /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASH_DMAXferCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASH_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (hhash->Init.KeySize%4 ? (hhash->Init.KeySize+3)/4:hhash->Init.KeySize/4)); - /* Enable DMA requests */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group7 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions. - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief return the HASH state - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_HASH_STATETypeDef HAL_HASH_GetState(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash) -{ - return hhash->State; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F415xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F439xx */ -#endif /* HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hash_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hash_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index e05c88a..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hash_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1642 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_hash_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief HASH HAL Extension module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of HASH peripheral: - * + Extended HASH processing functions based on SHA224 Algorithm - * + Extended HASH processing functions based on SHA256 Algorithm - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The HASH HAL driver can be used as follows: - (#)Initialize the HASH low level resources by implementing the HAL_HASH_MspInit(): - (##) Enable the HASH interface clock using __HAL_RCC_HASH_CLK_ENABLE() - (##) In case of using processing APIs based on interrupts (e.g. HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start()) - (+++) Configure the HASH interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() - (+++) Enable the HASH IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() - (+++) In HASH IRQ handler, call HAL_HASH_IRQHandler() - (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_HMACEx_SH224_Start_DMA()) - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE() - (+++) Configure and enable one DMA stream one for managing data transfer from - memory to peripheral (input stream). Managing data transfer from - peripheral to memory can be performed only using CPU - (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the HASH DMA handle - using __HAL_LINKDMA() - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete - interrupt on the DMA Stream: HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() - (#)Initialize the HASH HAL using HAL_HASH_Init(). This function configures mainly: - (##) The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit. - (##) For HMAC, the encryption key. - (##) For HMAC, the key size used for encryption. - (#)Three processing functions are available: - (##) Polling mode: processing APIs are blocking functions - i.e. they process the data and wait till the digest computation is finished - e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start() - (##) Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions - i.e. they process the data under interrupt - e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT() - (##) DMA mode: processing APIs are not blocking functions and the CPU is - not used for data transfer i.e. the data transfer is ensured by DMA - e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA() - (#)When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_HASH_Init() - the HASH peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input. - After that, the digest computation is started. - When processing multi-buffer use the accumulate function to write the - data in the peripheral without starting the digest computation. In last - buffer use the start function to input the last buffer ans start the digest - computation. - (##) e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate() : write 1st data buffer in the peripheral without starting the digest computation - (##) write (n-1)th data buffer in the peripheral without starting the digest computation - (##) HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start() : write (n)th data buffer in the peripheral and start the digest computation - (#)In HMAC mode, there is no Accumulate API. Only Start API is available. - (#)In case of using DMA, call the DMA start processing e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA(). - After that, call the finish function in order to get the digest value - e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish() - (#)Call HAL_HASH_DeInit() to deinitialize the HASH peripheral. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HASHEx HASHEx - * @brief HASH Extension HAL module driver. - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup HASHEx_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -static void HASHEx_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void HASHEx_WriteData(uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size); -static void HASHEx_GetDigest(uint8_t *pMsgDigest, uint8_t Size); -static void HASHEx_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @addtogroup HASHEx_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Writes the input buffer in data register. - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to input buffer - * @param Size: The size of input buffer - * @retval None - */ -static void HASHEx_WriteData(uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size) -{ - uint32_t buffercounter; - uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t) pInBuffer; - - for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < Size; buffercounter+=4) - { - HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr; - inputaddr+=4; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Provides the message digest result. - * @param pMsgDigest: Pointer to the message digest - * @param Size: The size of the message digest in bytes - * @retval None - */ -static void HASHEx_GetDigest(uint8_t *pMsgDigest, uint8_t Size) -{ - uint32_t msgdigest = (uint32_t)pMsgDigest; - - switch(Size) - { - case 16: - /* Read the message digest */ - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]); - break; - case 20: - /* Read the message digest */ - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]); - break; - case 28: - /* Read the message digest */ - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[5]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[6]); - break; - case 32: - /* Read the message digest */ - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[5]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[6]); - msgdigest+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[7]); - break; - default: - break; - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA HASH Input Data complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void HASHEx_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - HASH_HandleTypeDef* hhash = ( HASH_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - uint32_t inputaddr = 0; - uint32_t buffersize = 0; - - if((HASH->CR & HASH_CR_MODE) != HASH_CR_MODE) - { - /* Disable the DMA transfer */ - HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE); - - /* Change HASH peripheral state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash); - } - else - { - /* Increment Interrupt counter */ - hhash->HashInCount++; - /* Disable the DMA transfer before starting the next transfer */ - HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE); - - if(hhash->HashInCount <= 2) - { - /* In case HashInCount = 1, set the DMA to transfer data to HASH DIN register */ - if(hhash->HashInCount == 1) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr; - buffersize = hhash->HashBuffSize; - } - /* In case HashInCount = 2, set the DMA to transfer key to HASH DIN register */ - else if(hhash->HashInCount == 2) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->Init.pKey; - buffersize = hhash->Init.KeySize; - } - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - MODIFY_REG(HASH->STR, HASH_STR_NBLW, 8 * (buffersize % 4)); - - /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete */ - hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASHEx_DMAXferCplt; - - /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (buffersize%4 ? (buffersize+3)/4:buffersize/4)); - - /* Enable DMA requests */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE); - } - else - { - /* Disable the DMA transfer */ - HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE); - - /* Reset the InCount */ - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - - /* Change HASH peripheral state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA HASH communication error callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void HASHEx_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - HASH_HandleTypeDef* hhash = ( HASH_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - hhash->State= HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback(hhash); -} - - /** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup HASHEx_Exported_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HASHEx_Group1 HASH processing functions - * @brief processing functions using polling mode - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### HASH processing using polling mode functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode - the hash value using one of the following algorithms: - (+) SHA224 - (+) SHA256 - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode - * then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 28 bytes. - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the SHA224 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Read the message digest */ - HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 28); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes pInBuffer. - The digest is available in pOutBuffer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 32 bytes. - * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the SHA256 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Read the message digest */ - HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 32); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode - * then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the SHA224 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes pInBuffer. - The digest is available in pOutBuffer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the SHA256 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASHEx_Group2 HMAC processing functions using polling mode - * @brief HMAC processing functions using polling mode . - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### HMAC processing using polling mode functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode - the HMAC value using one of the following algorithms: - (+) SHA224 - (+) SHA256 - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode - * then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes. - * @param Timeout: Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */ - if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64) - { - /* Select the HMAC SHA224 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT); - } - else - { - /* Select the HMAC SHA224 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT); - } - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /************************** STEP 1 ******************************************/ - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASHEx_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /************************** STEP 2 ******************************************/ - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /************************** STEP 3 ******************************************/ - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASHEx_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /* Read the message digest */ - HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 28); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA256 mode - * then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes. - * @param Timeout: Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */ - if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64) - { - /* Select the HMAC SHA256 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY); - } - else - { - /* Select the HMAC SHA256 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC); - } - /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /************************** STEP 1 ******************************************/ - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASHEx_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /************************** STEP 2 ******************************************/ - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /************************** STEP 3 ******************************************/ - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Write input buffer in data register */ - HASHEx_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /* Read the message digest */ - HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 32); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASHEx_Group3 HASH processing functions using interrupt mode - * @brief processing functions using interrupt mode. - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### HASH processing using interrupt functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in interrupt mode - the hash value using one of the following algorithms: - (+) SHA224 - (+) SHA256 - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then processes pInBuffer. - * The digest is available in pOutBuffer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t buffercounter; - uint32_t inputcounter; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - if(hhash->State == HAL_HASH_STATE_READY) - { - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - hhash->HashInCount = Size; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer; - hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr = pOutBuffer; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the SHA224 mode */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224; - /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Reset interrupt counter */ - hhash->HashITCounter = 0; - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - HASH->IMR = (HASH_IT_DINI | HASH_IT_DCI); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DCIS)) - { - /* Read the message digest */ - HASHEx_GetDigest(hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr, 28); - if(hhash->HashInCount == 0) - { - /* Disable Interrupts */ - HASH->IMR = 0; - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - /* Call digest computation complete callback */ - HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback(hhash); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - } - if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DINIS)) - { - if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */ - for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < 64; buffercounter+=4) - { - HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr; - inputaddr+=4; - } - if(hhash->HashITCounter == 0) - { - HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr; - - if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68) - { - /* Decrement buffer counter */ - hhash->HashInCount -= 68; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 68; - } - else - { - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= hhash->HashInCount; - } - /* Set Interrupt counter */ - hhash->HashITCounter = 1; - } - else - { - /* Decrement buffer counter */ - hhash->HashInCount -= 64; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 64; - } - } - else - { - /* Get the buffer address */ - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr; - /* Get the buffer counter */ - inputcounter = hhash->HashInCount; - /* Disable Interrupts */ - HASH->IMR &= ~(HASH_IT_DINI); - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(inputcounter); - - if((inputcounter > 4) && (inputcounter%4)) - { - inputcounter = (inputcounter+4-inputcounter%4); - } - else if ((inputcounter < 4) && (inputcounter != 0)) - { - inputcounter = 4; - } - /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */ - for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < inputcounter/4; buffercounter++) - { - HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr; - inputaddr+=4; - } - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - /* Reset buffer counter */ - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - - /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash); - } - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes pInBuffer. - * The digest is available in pOutBuffer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - uint32_t buffercounter; - uint32_t inputcounter; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - if(hhash->State == HAL_HASH_STATE_READY) - { - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - hhash->HashInCount = Size; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer; - hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr = pOutBuffer; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the SHA256 mode */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256; - /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Reset interrupt counter */ - hhash->HashITCounter = 0; - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Enable Interrupts */ - HASH->IMR = (HASH_IT_DINI | HASH_IT_DCI); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DCIS)) - { - /* Read the message digest */ - HASHEx_GetDigest(hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr, 32); - if(hhash->HashInCount == 0) - { - /* Disable Interrupts */ - HASH->IMR = 0; - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - /* Call digest computation complete callback */ - HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback(hhash); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - } - if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DINIS)) - { - if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68) - { - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr; - /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */ - for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < 64; buffercounter+=4) - { - HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr; - inputaddr+=4; - } - if(hhash->HashITCounter == 0) - { - HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr; - - if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68) - { - /* Decrement buffer counter */ - hhash->HashInCount -= 68; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 68; - } - else - { - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= hhash->HashInCount; - } - /* Set Interrupt counter */ - hhash->HashITCounter = 1; - } - else - { - /* Decrement buffer counter */ - hhash->HashInCount -= 64; - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 64; - } - } - else - { - /* Get the buffer address */ - inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr; - /* Get the buffer counter */ - inputcounter = hhash->HashInCount; - /* Disable Interrupts */ - HASH->IMR &= ~(HASH_IT_DINI); - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(inputcounter); - - if((inputcounter > 4) && (inputcounter%4)) - { - inputcounter = (inputcounter+4-inputcounter%4); - } - else if ((inputcounter < 4) && (inputcounter != 0)) - { - inputcounter = 4; - } - /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */ - for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < inputcounter/4; buffercounter++) - { - HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr; - inputaddr+=4; - } - /* Start the digest calculation */ - __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST(); - /* Reset buffer counter */ - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - - /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */ - HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash); - } - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles HASH interrupt request. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_HASHEx_IRQHandler(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash) -{ - switch(HASH->CR & HASH_CR_ALGO) - { - - case HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224: - HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT(hhash, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - case HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256: - HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT(hhash, NULL, 0, NULL); - break; - - default: - break; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASHEx_Group4 HASH processing functions using DMA mode - * @brief processing functions using DMA mode. - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### HASH processing using DMA functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode - the hash value using one of the following algorithms: - (+) SHA224 - (+) SHA256 - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then enables DMA to - control data transfer. Use HAL_HASH_SHA224_Finish() to get the digest. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)pInBuffer; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the SHA224 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASHEx_DMAXferCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASHEx_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (Size%4 ? (Size+3)/4:Size/4)); - - /* Enable DMA requests */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the computed digest in SHA224 - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 28 bytes. - * @param Timeout: Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change HASH peripheral state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_DCIS)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Read the message digest */ - HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 28); - - /* Change HASH peripheral state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then enables DMA to - control data transfer. Use HAL_HASH_SHA256_Finish() to get the digest. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)pInBuffer; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Select the SHA256 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size); - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASHEx_DMAXferCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASHEx_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (Size%4 ? (Size+3)/4:Size/4)); - - /* Enable DMA requests */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE); - - /* Process UnLock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the computed digest in SHA256. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 32 bytes. - * @param Timeout: Timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change HASH peripheral state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_DCIS)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Change state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Read the message digest */ - HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 32); - - /* Change HASH peripheral state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @} - */ -/** @defgroup HASHEx_Group5 HMAC processing functions using DMA mode - * @brief HMAC processing functions using DMA mode . - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### HMAC processing using DMA functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode - the HMAC value using one of the following algorithms: - (+) SHA224 - (+) SHA256 - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode - * then enables DMA to control data transfer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Save buffer pointer and size in handle */ - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer; - hhash->HashBuffSize = Size; - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */ - if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64) - { - /* Select the HMAC SHA224 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT); - } - else - { - /* Select the HMAC SHA224 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT); - } - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Get the key address */ - inputaddr = (uint32_t)(hhash->Init.pKey); - - /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASHEx_DMAXferCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASHEx_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (hhash->Init.KeySize%4 ? (hhash->Init.KeySize+3)/4:hhash->Init.KeySize/4)); - /* Enable DMA requests */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA256 mode - * then enables DMA to control data transfer. - * @param hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for HASH module - * @param pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed). - * @param Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. - * If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size) -{ - uint32_t inputaddr; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hhash); - - /* Change the HASH state */ - hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Save buffer pointer and size in handle */ - hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer; - hhash->HashBuffSize = Size; - hhash->HashInCount = 0; - - /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */ - if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY) - { - /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */ - if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64) - { - /* Select the HMAC SHA256 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY); - } - else - { - /* Select the HMAC SHA256 mode */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC); - } - /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; - } - - /* Set the phase */ - hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS; - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize); - - /* Get the key address */ - inputaddr = (uint32_t)(hhash->Init.pKey); - - /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASHEx_DMAXferCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASHEx_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (hhash->Init.KeySize%4 ? (hhash->Init.KeySize+3)/4:hhash->Init.KeySize/4)); - /* Enable DMA requests */ - HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F437xx || STM32F439xx */ - -#endif /* HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.c deleted file mode 100644 index c441ec2..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1215 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief HCD HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#)Declare a HCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: - HCD_HandleTypeDef hhcd; - - (#)Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle - - (#)Call HAL_HCD_Init() API to initialize the HCD peripheral (Core, Host core, ...) - - (#)Initialize the HCD low level resources through the HAL_HCD_MspInit() API: - (##) Enable the HCD/USB Low Level interface clock using the following macros - (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_ENABLE(); - (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_CLK_ENABLE(); (For High Speed Mode) - (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_CLK_ENABLE(); (For High Speed Mode) - - (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks - (##) Configure HCD pin-out - (##) Configure HCD NVIC interrupt - - (#)Associate the Upper USB Host stack to the HAL HCD Driver: - (##) hhcd.pData = phost; - - (#)Enable HCD transmission and reception: - (##) HAL_HCD_Start(); - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HCD HCD - * @brief HCD HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup HCD_Private_Functions HCD Private Functions - * @{ - */ -static void HCD_HC_IN_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum); -static void HCD_HC_OUT_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum); -static void HCD_RXQLVL_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd); -static void HCD_Port_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup HCD_Exported_Functions HCD Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initialize the host driver. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Init(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - /* Check the HCD handle allocation */ - if(hhcd == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_HCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hhcd->Instance)); - - hhcd->State = HAL_HCD_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ - HAL_HCD_MspInit(hhcd); - - /* Disable the Interrupts */ - __HAL_HCD_DISABLE(hhcd); - - /* Init the Core (common init.) */ - USB_CoreInit(hhcd->Instance, hhcd->Init); - - /* Force Host Mode*/ - USB_SetCurrentMode(hhcd->Instance , USB_OTG_HOST_MODE); - - /* Init Host */ - USB_HostInit(hhcd->Instance, hhcd->Init); - - hhcd->State= HAL_HCD_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initialize a host channel. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @param ch_num: Channel number. - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @param epnum: Endpoint number. - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @param dev_address : Current device address - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255 - * @param speed: Current device speed. - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * HCD_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode, - * HCD_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode, - * HCD_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode - * @param ep_type: Endpoint Type. - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type, - * EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type, - * EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type, - * EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type - * @param mps: Max Packet Size. - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to32K - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_Init(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, - uint8_t ch_num, - uint8_t epnum, - uint8_t dev_address, - uint8_t speed, - uint8_t ep_type, - uint16_t mps) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - __HAL_LOCK(hhcd); - - hhcd->hc[ch_num].dev_addr = dev_address; - hhcd->hc[ch_num].max_packet = mps; - hhcd->hc[ch_num].ch_num = ch_num; - hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_type = ep_type; - hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_num = epnum & 0x7F; - hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_is_in = ((epnum & 0x80) == 0x80); - hhcd->hc[ch_num].speed = speed; - - status = USB_HC_Init(hhcd->Instance, - ch_num, - epnum, - dev_address, - speed, - ep_type, - mps); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Halt a host channel. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @param ch_num: Channel number. - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_Halt(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t ch_num) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - __HAL_LOCK(hhcd); - USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, ch_num); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitialize the host driver. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_DeInit(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - /* Check the HCD handle allocation */ - if(hhcd == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - hhcd->State = HAL_HCD_STATE_BUSY; - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_HCD_MspDeInit(hhcd); - - __HAL_HCD_DISABLE(hhcd); - - hhcd->State = HAL_HCD_STATE_RESET; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initialize the HCD MSP. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_HCD_MspInit(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitialize the HCD MSP. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_HCD_MspDeInit(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions - * @brief HCD IO operation functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USB Host Data - Transfer - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Submit a new URB for processing. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @param ch_num: Channel number. - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @param direction: Channel number. - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * 0 : Output / 1 : Input - * @param ep_type: Endpoint Type. - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type/ - * EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type/ - * EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type/ - * EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type/ - * @param token: Endpoint Type. - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * 0: HC_PID_SETUP / 1: HC_PID_DATA1 - * @param pbuff: pointer to URB data - * @param length: Length of URB data - * @param do_ping: activate do ping protocol (for high speed only). - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * 0 : do ping inactive / 1 : do ping active - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_SubmitRequest(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, - uint8_t ch_num, - uint8_t direction, - uint8_t ep_type, - uint8_t token, - uint8_t* pbuff, - uint16_t length, - uint8_t do_ping) -{ - hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_is_in = direction; - hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_type = ep_type; - - if(token == 0) - { - hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_SETUP; - } - else - { - hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1; - } - - /* Manage Data Toggle */ - switch(ep_type) - { - case EP_TYPE_CTRL: - if((token == 1) && (direction == 0)) /*send data */ - { - if ( length == 0 ) - { /* For Status OUT stage, Length==0, Status Out PID = 1 */ - hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out = 1; - } - - /* Set the Data Toggle bit as per the Flag */ - if ( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out == 0) - { /* Put the PID 0 */ - hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0; - } - else - { /* Put the PID 1 */ - hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1; - } - if(hhcd->hc[ch_num].urb_state != URB_NOTREADY) - { - hhcd->hc[ch_num].do_ping = do_ping; - } - } - break; - - case EP_TYPE_BULK: - if(direction == 0) - { - /* Set the Data Toggle bit as per the Flag */ - if ( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out == 0) - { /* Put the PID 0 */ - hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0; - } - else - { /* Put the PID 1 */ - hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1; - } - if(hhcd->hc[ch_num].urb_state != URB_NOTREADY) - { - hhcd->hc[ch_num].do_ping = do_ping; - } - } - else - { - if( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_in == 0) - { - hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0; - } - else - { - hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1; - } - } - - break; - case EP_TYPE_INTR: - if(direction == 0) - { - /* Set the Data Toggle bit as per the Flag */ - if ( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out == 0) - { /* Put the PID 0 */ - hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0; - } - else - { /* Put the PID 1 */ - hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1; - } - } - else - { - if( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_in == 0) - { - hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0; - } - else - { - hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1; - } - } - break; - - case EP_TYPE_ISOC: - hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0; - break; - } - - hhcd->hc[ch_num].xfer_buff = pbuff; - hhcd->hc[ch_num].xfer_len = length; - hhcd->hc[ch_num].urb_state = URB_IDLE; - hhcd->hc[ch_num].xfer_count = 0; - hhcd->hc[ch_num].ch_num = ch_num; - hhcd->hc[ch_num].state = HC_IDLE; - - return USB_HC_StartXfer(hhcd->Instance, &(hhcd->hc[ch_num]), hhcd->Init.dma_enable); -} - -/** - * @brief Handle HCD interrupt request. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_HCD_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance; - uint32_t i = 0 , interrupt = 0; - - /* Ensure that we are in device mode */ - if (USB_GetMode(hhcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_MODE_HOST) - { - /* Avoid spurious interrupt */ - if(__HAL_HCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT(hhcd)) - { - return; - } - - if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT)) - { - /* Incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */ - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT); - } - - if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR)) - { - /* Incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */ - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR); - } - - if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PTXFE)) - { - /* Incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */ - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PTXFE); - } - - if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS)) - { - /* Incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */ - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS); - } - - /* Handle Host Disconnect Interrupts */ - if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT)) - { - - /* Cleanup HPRT */ - USBx_HPRT0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ - USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); - - /* Handle Host Port Interrupts */ - HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback(hhcd); - USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(hhcd->Instance ,HCFG_48_MHZ ); - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT); - } - - /* Handle Host Port Interrupts */ - if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_HPRTINT)) - { - HCD_Port_IRQHandler (hhcd); - } - - /* Handle Host SOF Interrupts */ - if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF)) - { - HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback(hhcd); - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF); - } - - /* Handle Host channel Interrupts */ - if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_HCINT)) - { - interrupt = USB_HC_ReadInterrupt(hhcd->Instance); - for (i = 0; i < hhcd->Init.Host_channels; i++) - { - if (interrupt & (1 << i)) - { - if ((USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR) - { - HCD_HC_IN_IRQHandler(hhcd, i); - } - else - { - HCD_HC_OUT_IRQHandler (hhcd, i); - } - } - } - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_HCINT); - } - - /* Handle Rx Queue Level Interrupts */ - if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL)) - { - USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL); - - HCD_RXQLVL_IRQHandler (hhcd); - - USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief SOF callback. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Connection Event callback. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Disconnection Event callback. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Notify URB state change callback. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @param chnum: Channel number. - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @param urb_state: - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * URB_IDLE/ - * URB_DONE/ - * URB_NOTREADY/ - * URB_NYET/ - * URB_ERROR/ - * URB_STALL/ - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum, HCD_URBStateTypeDef urb_state) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the HCD data - transfers. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Start the host driver. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Start(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(hhcd); - __HAL_HCD_ENABLE(hhcd); - USB_DriveVbus(hhcd->Instance, 1); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd); - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stop the host driver. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ - -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Stop(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(hhcd); - USB_StopHost(hhcd->Instance); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd); - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Reset the host port. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_ResetPort(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - return (USB_ResetPort(hhcd->Instance)); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Return the HCD handle state. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval HAL state - */ -HCD_StateTypeDef HAL_HCD_GetState(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - return hhcd->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return URB state for a channel. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @param chnum: Channel number. - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @retval URB state. - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * URB_IDLE/ - * URB_DONE/ - * URB_NOTREADY/ - * URB_NYET/ - * URB_ERROR/ - * URB_STALL - */ -HCD_URBStateTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_GetURBState(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum) -{ - return hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state; -} - - -/** - * @brief Return the last host transfer size. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @param chnum: Channel number. - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @retval last transfer size in byte - */ -uint32_t HAL_HCD_HC_GetXferCount(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum) -{ - return hhcd->hc[chnum].xfer_count; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the Host Channel state. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @param chnum: Channel number. - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @retval Host channel state - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * HC_IDLE/ - * HC_XFRC/ - * HC_HALTED/ - * HC_NYET/ - * HC_NAK/ - * HC_STALL/ - * HC_XACTERR/ - * HC_BBLERR/ - * HC_DATATGLERR - */ -HCD_HCStateTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_GetState(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum) -{ - return hhcd->hc[chnum].state; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the current Host frame number. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval Current Host frame number - */ -uint32_t HAL_HCD_GetCurrentFrame(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - return (USB_GetCurrentFrame(hhcd->Instance)); -} - -/** - * @brief Return the Host enumeration speed. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval Enumeration speed - */ -uint32_t HAL_HCD_GetCurrentSpeed(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - return (USB_GetHostSpeed(hhcd->Instance)); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup HCD_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Handle Host Channel IN interrupt requests. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @param chnum: Channel number. - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @retval None - */ -static void HCD_HC_IN_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum) -{ - USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance; - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR) - { - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR); - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - } - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK) - { - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK); - } - - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL) - { - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_STALL; - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK); - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL); - USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); - } - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR) - { - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK); - hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_DATATGLERR; - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR); - } - - if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR) - { - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR); - } - - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC) - { - - if (hhcd->Init.dma_enable) - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].xfer_count = hhcd->hc[chnum].xfer_len - \ - (USBx_HC(chnum)->HCTSIZ & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_XFRSIZ); - } - - hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XFRC; - hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0; - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC); - - - if ((hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_CTRL)|| - (hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK)) - { - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK); - - } - else if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR) - { - USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM; - hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_DONE; - HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(hhcd, chnum, hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state); - } - hhcd->hc[chnum].toggle_in ^= 1; - - } - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH) - { - __HAL_HCD_MASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - - if(hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XFRC) - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_DONE; - } - - else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_STALL) - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_STALL; - } - - else if((hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XACTERR) || - (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_DATATGLERR)) - { - if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt++ > 3) - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0; - hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_ERROR; - } - else - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_NOTREADY; - } - - /* re-activate the channel */ - tmpreg = USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR; - tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; - } - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH); - HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(hhcd, chnum, hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state); - } - - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR) - { - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt++; - hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XACTERR; - USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR); - } - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK) - { - if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR) - { - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); - } - else if ((hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_CTRL)|| - (hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK)) - { - /* re-activate the channel */ - tmpreg = USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR; - tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; - } - hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NAK; - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Handle Host Channel OUT interrupt requests. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @param chnum: Channel number. - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @retval None - */ -static void HCD_HC_OUT_IRQHandler (HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum) -{ - USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance; - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR) - { - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR); - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - } - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK) - { - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK); - - if( hhcd->hc[chnum].do_ping == 1) - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NYET; - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); - hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_NOTREADY; - } - } - - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_NYET) - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NYET; - hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt= 0; - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NYET); - - } - - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR) - { - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR); - } - - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC) - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0; - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC); - hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XFRC; - - } - - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL) - { - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL); - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); - hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_STALL; - } - - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK) - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0; - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); - hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NAK; - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK); - } - - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR) - { - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); - hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XACTERR; - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR); - } - - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR) - { - __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK); - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR); - hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_DATATGLERR; - } - - - else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH) - { - __HAL_HCD_MASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); - - if(hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XFRC) - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_DONE; - if (hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK) - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].toggle_out ^= 1; - } - } - else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_NAK) - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_NOTREADY; - } - - else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_NYET) - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_NOTREADY; - hhcd->hc[chnum].do_ping = 0; - } - - else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_STALL) - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_STALL; - } - - else if((hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XACTERR) || - (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_DATATGLERR)) - { - if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt++ > 3) - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0; - hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_ERROR; - } - else - { - hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_NOTREADY; - } - - /* re-activate the channel */ - tmpreg = USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR; - tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; - } - - __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH); - HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(hhcd, chnum, hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Handle Rx Queue Level interrupt requests. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval None - */ -static void HCD_RXQLVL_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance; - uint8_t channelnum = 0; - uint32_t pktsts; - uint32_t pktcnt; - uint32_t temp = 0; - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - temp = hhcd->Instance->GRXSTSP; - channelnum = temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_EPNUM; - pktsts = (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17; - pktcnt = (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4; - - switch (pktsts) - { - case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_IN: - /* Read the data into the host buffer. */ - if ((pktcnt > 0) && (hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_buff != (void *)0)) - { - - USB_ReadPacket(hhcd->Instance, hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_buff, pktcnt); - - /*manage multiple Xfer */ - hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_buff += pktcnt; - hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_count += pktcnt; - - if((USBx_HC(channelnum)->HCTSIZ & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) > 0) - { - /* re-activate the channel when more packets are expected */ - tmpreg = USBx_HC(channelnum)->HCCHAR; - tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(channelnum)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; - hhcd->hc[channelnum].toggle_in ^= 1; - } - } - break; - - case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_DATA_TOGGLE_ERR: - break; - case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_IN_XFER_COMP: - case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_CH_HALTED: - default: - break; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Handle Host Port interrupt requests. - * @param hhcd: HCD handle - * @retval None - */ -static void HCD_Port_IRQHandler (HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) -{ - USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance; - __IO uint32_t hprt0, hprt0_dup; - - /* Handle Host Port Interrupts */ - hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; - hprt0_dup = USBx_HPRT0; - - hprt0_dup &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ - USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); - - /* Check whether Port Connect Detected */ - if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET) - { - if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PCSTS) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PCSTS) - { - USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT); - HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback(hhcd); - } - hprt0_dup |= USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET; - - } - - /* Check whether Port Enable Changed */ - if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG) - { - hprt0_dup |= USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG; - - if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA) - { - if(hhcd->Init.phy_itface == USB_OTG_EMBEDDED_PHY) - { - if ((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PSPD) == (HPRT0_PRTSPD_LOW_SPEED << 17)) - { - USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(hhcd->Instance ,HCFG_6_MHZ ); - } - else - { - USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(hhcd->Instance ,HCFG_48_MHZ ); - } - } - else - { - if(hhcd->Init.speed == HCD_SPEED_FULL) - { - USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)60000; - } - } - HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback(hhcd); - - if(hhcd->Init.speed == HCD_SPEED_HIGH) - { - USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT); - } - } - else - { - /* Cleanup HPRT */ - USBx_HPRT0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ - USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); - - USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT); - } - } - - /* Check for an overcurrent */ - if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG) == USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG) - { - hprt0_dup |= USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG; - } - - /* Clear Port Interrupts */ - USBx_HPRT0 = hprt0_dup; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c deleted file mode 100644 index f7ab5ed..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3649 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief I2C HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (I2C) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows: - - (#) Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: - I2C_HandleTypeDef hi2c; - - (#)Initialize the I2C low level resources by implement the HAL_I2C_MspInit() API: - (##) Enable the I2Cx interface clock - (##) I2C pins configuration - (+++) Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs - (+++) Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain - (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process - (+++) Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority - (+++) Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel - (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process - (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive stream - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using - (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters - (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Stream - (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on - the DMA Tx or Rx Stream - - (#) Configure the Communication Speed, Duty cycle, Addressing mode, Own Address1, - Dual Addressing mode, Own Address2, General call and Nostretch mode in the hi2c Init structure. - - (#) Initialize the I2C registers by calling the HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level Hardware - (GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customized HAL_I2C_MspInit(&hi2c) API. - - (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady() - - (#) For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this driver : - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit() - (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive() - (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit() - (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive() - - *** Polling mode IO MEM operation *** - ===================================== - [..] - (+) Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Write() - (+) Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Read() - - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback - (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback - (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback - (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback - - *** Interrupt mode IO MEM operation *** - ======================================= - [..] - (+) Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address using - HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT() - (+) At MEM end of write transfer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback - (+) Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address using - HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT() - (+) At MEM end of read transfer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback - - *** DMA mode IO operation *** - ============================== - [..] - (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using - HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback - (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using - HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback - (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using - HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback - (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using - HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback - - *** DMA mode IO MEM operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address using - HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA() - (+) At MEM end of write transfer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback - (+) Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address using - HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA() - (+) At MEM end of read transfer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback - - - *** I2C HAL driver macros list *** - ================================== - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral - (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral - (+) __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG : Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not - (+) __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified I2C pending flag - (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt - (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C I2C - * @brief I2C HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG ((uint32_t)35) /* 35 ms */ -#define I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR_SLAVE ((uint32_t)10000) /* 10 s */ -#define I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG ((uint32_t)10000) /* 10 s */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void I2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void I2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); - -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t Timeout); - -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); - -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ADDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_STOPF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_AF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and - de-initialize the I2Cx peripheral: - - (+) User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures - all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC). - - (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with - the selected configuration: - (++) Communication Speed - (++) Duty cycle - (++) Addressing mode - (++) Own Address 1 - (++) Dual Addressing mode - (++) Own Address 2 - (++) General call mode - (++) Nostretch mode - - (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration - of the selected I2Cx peripheral. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters - * in the I2C_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - uint32_t freqrange = 0; - uint32_t pclk1 = 0; - - /* Check the I2C handle allocation */ - if(hi2c == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(hi2c->Init.ClockSpeed)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(hi2c->Init.DutyCycle)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_GENERAL_CALL(hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_NO_STRETCH(hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode)); - - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hi2c->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ - HAL_I2C_MspInit(hi2c); - } - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ - __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); - - /* Get PCLK1 frequency */ - pclk1 = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); - - /* Calculate frequency range */ - freqrange = I2C_FREQRANGE(pclk1); - - /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ----------------------*/ - /* Configure I2Cx: Frequency range */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 = freqrange; - - /*---------------------------- I2Cx TRISE Configuration --------------------*/ - /* Configure I2Cx: Rise Time */ - hi2c->Instance->TRISE = I2C_RISE_TIME(freqrange, hi2c->Init.ClockSpeed); - - /*---------------------------- I2Cx CCR Configuration ----------------------*/ - /* Configure I2Cx: Speed */ - hi2c->Instance->CCR = I2C_SPEED(pclk1, hi2c->Init.ClockSpeed, hi2c->Init.DutyCycle); - - /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ----------------------*/ - /* Configure I2Cx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 = (hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode | hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode); - - /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/ - /* Configure I2Cx: Own Address1 and addressing mode */ - hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1); - - /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ - /* Configure I2Cx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */ - hi2c->Instance->OAR2 = (hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2); - - /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ - __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); - - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the I2C peripheral. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - /* Check the I2C handle allocation */ - if(hi2c == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the I2C Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ - HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(hi2c); - - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief I2C MSP Init. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_I2C_MspInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2C_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief I2C MSP DeInit - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2C_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief Data transfers functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data - transfers. - - (#) There are two modes of transfer: - (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. - The status of all data processing is returned by the same function - after finishing transfer. - (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts - or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup. - The end of the data processing will be indicated through the - dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when - using DMA mode. - - (#) Blocking mode functions are : - (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit() - (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive() - (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit() - (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive() - (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write() - (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read() - (++) HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady() - - (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : - (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT() - (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT() - (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() - (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT() - (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT() - (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT() - - (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are : - (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() - (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA() - (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() - (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() - (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA() - (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA() - - (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: - (++) HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Send Slave Address */ - if(I2C_MasterRequestWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - while(Size > 0) - { - /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Write data to DR */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = (*pData++); - Size--; - - if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (Size != 0)) - { - /* Write data to DR */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = (*pData++); - Size--; - } - } - - /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Send Slave Address */ - if(I2C_MasterRequestRead(hi2c, DevAddress, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - if(Size == 1) - { - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - } - else if(Size == 2) - { - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Enable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_POS; - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - } - else - { - /* Enable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - } - - while(Size > 0) - { - if(Size <= 3) - { - /* One byte */ - if(Size == 1) - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - } - /* Two bytes */ - else if(Size == 2) - { - /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - } - /* 3 Last bytes */ - else - { - /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - - /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - } - } - else - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - - if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) - { - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - } - } - } - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - /* If 10bit addressing mode is selected */ - if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) - { - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - } - - while(Size > 0) - { - /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Write data to DR */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = (*pData++); - Size--; - - if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (Size != 0)) - { - /* Write data to DR */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = (*pData++); - Size--; - } - } - - /* Wait until AF flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear AF flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); - - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - while(Size > 0) - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - - if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (Size != 0)) - { - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - } - } - - /* Wait until STOP flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear STOP flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_STOPFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hi2c->XferSize = Size; - hi2c->XferCount = Size; - - /* Send Slave Address */ - if(I2C_MasterRequestWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process - to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current - process unlock */ - - /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hi2c->XferSize = Size; - hi2c->XferCount = Size; - - /* Send Slave Address */ - if(I2C_MasterRequestRead(hi2c, DevAddress, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - if(hi2c->XferCount == 1) - { - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - } - else if(hi2c->XferCount == 2) - { - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Enable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_POS; - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - } - else - { - /* Enable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process - to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current - process unlock */ - - /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hi2c->XferSize = Size; - hi2c->XferCount = Size; - - /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process - to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current - process unlock */ - - /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hi2c->XferSize = Size; - hi2c->XferCount = Size; - - /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process - to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current - process unlock */ - - /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hi2c->XferSize = Size; - hi2c->XferCount = Size; - - /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ - hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, Size); - - /* Send Slave Address */ - if(I2C_MasterRequestWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hi2c->XferSize = Size; - hi2c->XferCount = Size; - - /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ - hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Size); - - /* Send Slave Address */ - if(I2C_MasterRequestRead(hi2c, DevAddress, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - if(Size == 1) - { - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - } - else - { - /* Enable Last DMA bit */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_LAST; - } - - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hi2c->XferSize = Size; - hi2c->XferCount = Size; - - /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ - hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, Size); - - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; - - /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR_SLAVE) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* If 7bit addressing mode is selected */ - if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) - { - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - } - else - { - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR_SLAVE) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hi2c->XferSize = Size; - hi2c->XferCount = Size; - - /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ - hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Size); - - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; - - /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR_SLAVE) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} -/** - * @brief Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); - - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ - if(I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - while(Size > 0) - { - /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Write data to DR */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = (*pData++); - Size--; - - if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (Size != 0)) - { - /* Write data to DR */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = (*pData++); - Size--; - } - } - - /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); - - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ - if(I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - if(Size == 1) - { - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - } - else if(Size == 2) - { - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Enable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_POS; - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - } - else - { - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - } - - while(Size > 0) - { - if(Size <= 3) - { - /* One byte */ - if(Size== 1) - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - } - /* Two bytes */ - else if(Size == 2) - { - /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - } - /* 3 Last bytes */ - else - { - /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - - /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - } - } - else - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - - if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) - { - /* Read data from DR */ - (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - Size--; - } - } - } - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} -/** - * @brief Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); - - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hi2c->XferSize = Size; - hi2c->XferCount = Size; - - /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ - if(I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process - to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current - process unlock */ - - /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); - - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hi2c->XferSize = Size; - hi2c->XferCount = Size; - - /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ - if(I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - if(hi2c->XferCount == 1) - { - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - } - else if(hi2c->XferCount == 2) - { - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Enable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_POS; - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - } - else - { - /* Enable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process - to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current - process unlock */ - - /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} -/** - * @brief Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); - - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hi2c->XferSize = Size; - hi2c->XferCount = Size; - - /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ - hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, Size); - - /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ - if(I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Reads an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be read - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); - - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; - hi2c->XferSize = Size; - hi2c->XferCount = Size; - - /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ - hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Size); - - /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ - if(I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - if(Size == 1) - { - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - } - else - { - /* Enable Last DMA bit */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_LAST; - } - - /* Enable DMA Request */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks if target device is ready for communication. - * @note This function is used with Memory devices - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param Trials: Number of trials - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0, tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0, tmp3 = 0, I2C_Trials = 1; - - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) - { - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); - - /* Disable Pos */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; - - do - { - /* Generate Start */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; - - /* Wait until SB flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Send slave address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress); - - /* Wait until ADDR or AF flag are set */ - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); - tmp3 = hi2c->State; - while((tmp1 == RESET) && (tmp2 == RESET) && (tmp3 != HAL_I2C_STATE_TIMEOUT)) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_TIMEOUT; - } - tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); - tmp3 = hi2c->State; - } - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Check if the ADDR flag has been set */ - if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET) - { - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - - /* Clear ADDR Flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - - /* Clear AF Flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - } - }while(I2C_Trials++ < Trials); - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles I2C event interrupt request. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL status - */ -void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0, tmp3 = 0, tmp4 = 0; - /* Master mode selected */ - if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_MSL) == SET) - { - /* I2C in mode Transmitter -----------------------------------------------*/ - if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TRA) == SET) - { - tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); - tmp3 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF); - tmp4 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT); - /* TXE set and BTF reset -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET) && (tmp3 == RESET)) - { - I2C_MasterTransmit_TXE(hi2c); - } - /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/ - else if((tmp3 == SET) && (tmp4 == SET)) - { - I2C_MasterTransmit_BTF(hi2c); - } - } - /* I2C in mode Receiver --------------------------------------------------*/ - else - { - tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); - tmp3 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF); - tmp4 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT); - /* RXNE set and BTF reset -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET) && (tmp3 == RESET)) - { - I2C_MasterReceive_RXNE(hi2c); - } - /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/ - else if((tmp3 == SET) && (tmp4 == SET)) - { - I2C_MasterReceive_BTF(hi2c); - } - } - } - /* Slave mode selected */ - else - { - tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, (I2C_IT_EVT)); - tmp3 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); - tmp4 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TRA); - /* ADDR set --------------------------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET)) - { - I2C_Slave_ADDR(hi2c); - } - /* STOPF set --------------------------------------------------------------*/ - else if((tmp3 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET)) - { - I2C_Slave_STOPF(hi2c); - } - /* I2C in mode Transmitter -----------------------------------------------*/ - else if(tmp4 == SET) - { - tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); - tmp3 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF); - tmp4 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT); - /* TXE set and BTF reset -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET) && (tmp3 == RESET)) - { - I2C_SlaveTransmit_TXE(hi2c); - } - /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/ - else if((tmp3 == SET) && (tmp4 == SET)) - { - I2C_SlaveTransmit_BTF(hi2c); - } - } - /* I2C in mode Receiver --------------------------------------------------*/ - else - { - tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); - tmp3 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF); - tmp4 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT); - /* RXNE set and BTF reset ----------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET) && (tmp3 == RESET)) - { - I2C_SlaveReceive_RXNE(hi2c); - } - /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/ - else if((tmp3 == SET) && (tmp4 == SET)) - { - I2C_SlaveReceive_BTF(hi2c); - } - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles I2C error interrupt request. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL status - */ -void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0, tmp3 = 0; - - tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERR); - /* I2C Bus error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET)) - { - hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR; - - /* Clear BERR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERR); - /* I2C Arbitration Loss error interrupt occurred ---------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET)) - { - hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO; - - /* Clear ARLO flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERR); - /* I2C Acknowledge failure error interrupt occurred ------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET)) - { - tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_MSL); - tmp2 = hi2c->XferCount; - tmp3 = hi2c->State; - if((tmp1 == RESET) && (tmp2 == 0) && (tmp3 == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX)) - { - I2C_Slave_AF(hi2c); - } - else - { - hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; - /* Clear AF flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); - } - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERR); - /* I2C Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET)) - { - hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR; - /* Clear OVR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR); - } - - if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Disable Pos bit in I2C CR1 when error occurred in Master/Mem Receive IT Process */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; - - HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Master Tx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Master Rx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** @brief Slave Tx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Slave Rx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Memory Tx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Memory Rx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief I2C error callbacks. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions - * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the I2C state. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - return hi2c->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the I2C error code - * @param hi2c : pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified I2C. -* @retval I2C Error Code -*/ -uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - return hi2c->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief Handle TXE flag for Master - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - /* Write data to DR */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); - hi2c->XferCount--; - - if(hi2c->XferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable BUF interrupt */ - __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handle BTF flag for Master transmitter - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - if(hi2c->XferCount != 0) - { - /* Write data to DR */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); - hi2c->XferCount--; - } - else - { - /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); - - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX) - { - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); - } - else - { - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handle RXNE flag for Master - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - tmp = hi2c->XferCount; - if(tmp > 3) - { - /* Read data from DR */ - (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - hi2c->XferCount--; - } - else if((tmp == 2) || (tmp == 3)) - { - /* Disable BUF interrupt */ - __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); - } - else - { - /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - hi2c->XferCount--; - - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX) - { - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); - } - else - { - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handle BTF flag for Master receiver - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - if(hi2c->XferCount == 3) - { - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - hi2c->XferCount--; - } - else if(hi2c->XferCount == 2) - { - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - hi2c->XferCount--; - - /* Read data from DR */ - (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - hi2c->XferCount--; - - /* Disable EVT and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); - - if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX) - { - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); - } - else - { - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); - } - } - else - { - /* Read data from DR */ - (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - hi2c->XferCount--; - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handle TXE flag for Slave - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - if(hi2c->XferCount != 0) - { - /* Write data to DR */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); - hi2c->XferCount--; - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handle BTF flag for Slave transmitter - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - if(hi2c->XferCount != 0) - { - /* Write data to DR */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); - hi2c->XferCount--; - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handle RXNE flag for Slave - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - if(hi2c->XferCount != 0) - { - /* Read data from DR */ - (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - hi2c->XferCount--; - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handle BTF flag for Slave receiver - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - if(hi2c->XferCount != 0) - { - /* Read data from DR */ - (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; - hi2c->XferCount--; - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handle ADD flag for Slave - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ADDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handle STOPF flag for Slave - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_STOPF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); - - /* Clear STOPF flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_STOPFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_AF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) -{ - /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); - - /* Clear AF flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); - - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Generate Start */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; - - /* Wait until SB flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) - { - /* Send slave address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress); - } - else - { - /* Send header of slave address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_WRITE(DevAddress); - - /* Wait until ADD10 flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADD10, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Send slave address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_ADDRESS(DevAddress); - } - - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Master sends target device address for read request. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Enable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Generate Start */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; - - /* Wait until SB flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) - { - /* Send slave address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_READ(DevAddress); - } - else - { - /* Send header of slave address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_WRITE(DevAddress); - - /* Wait until ADD10 flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADD10, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Send slave address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_ADDRESS(DevAddress); - - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Generate Restart */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; - - /* Wait until SB flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Send header of slave address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_READ(DevAddress); - } - - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for write request. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Generate Start */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; - - /* Wait until SB flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Send slave address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress); - - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ - if(MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) - { - /* Send Memory Address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); - } - /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ - else - { - /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); - - /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for read request. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param DevAddress: Target device address - * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address - * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Enable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Generate Start */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; - - /* Wait until SB flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Send slave address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress); - - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear ADDR flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ - if(MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) - { - /* Send Memory Address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); - } - /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ - else - { - /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); - - /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); - } - - /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Generate Restart */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; - - /* Wait until SB flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Send slave address */ - hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_READ(DevAddress); - - /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ - if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DMA I2C master transmit process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - /* Wait until BTF flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN; - - hi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); - } - else - { - HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA I2C slave transmit process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - /* Wait until AF flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear AF flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); - - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN; - - hi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); - } - else - { - HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA I2C master receive process complete callback - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - - /* Disable Last DMA */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_LAST; - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN; - - hi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); - } - else - { - HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA I2C slave receive process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear STOPF flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_STOPFLAG(hi2c); - - /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN; - - hi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); - } - else - { - HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA I2C Memory Write process complete callback - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void I2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - /* Wait until BTF flag is reset */ - if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) - { - hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN; - - hi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); - } - else - { - HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA I2C Memory Read process complete callback - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void I2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - - /* Disable Last DMA */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_LAST; - - /* Disable DMA Request */ - hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN; - - hi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) - { - HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); - } - else - { - HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA I2C communication error callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - /* Disable Acknowledge */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; - - hi2c->XferCount = 0; - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; - - HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param Flag: specifies the I2C flag to check. - * @param Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET). - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until flag is set */ - if(Status == RESET) - { - while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - else - { - while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) != RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for Master addressing phase. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2C module - * @param Flag: specifies the I2C flag to check. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == RESET) - { - if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) - { - /* Generate Stop */ - hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - - /* Clear AF Flag */ - __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); - - hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; - hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index f0427b4..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,204 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief I2C Extension HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of I2C extension peripheral: - * + Extension features functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### I2C peripheral extension features ##### - ============================================================================== - - [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32F427xx/437xx/ - 429xx/439xx devices contains the following additional features : - - (+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter - (+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter - (#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2C_AnalogFilter_Config() - (#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2C_DigitalFilter_Config() - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx - * @brief I2C HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - - -/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extension features functions - * @brief Extension features functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Extension features functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure Noise Filters - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures I2C Analog noise filter. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. - * @param AnalogFilter: new state of the Analog filter. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter)); - - tmp = hi2c->State; - if((tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY) || (tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ - __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); - - /* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */ - hi2c->Instance->FLTR &= ~(I2C_FLTR_ANOFF); - - /* Disable the analog filter */ - hi2c->Instance->FLTR |= AnalogFilter; - - __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures I2C Digital noise filter. - * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. - * @param DigitalFilter: Coefficient of digital noise filter between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter) -{ - uint16_t tmpreg = 0; - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter)); - - tmp = hi2c->State; - if((tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY) || (tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ - __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->FLTR; - - /* Reset I2Cx DNF bit [3:0] */ - tmpreg &= ~(I2C_FLTR_DNF); - - /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */ - tmpreg |= DigitalFilter; - - /* Store the new register value */ - hi2c->Instance->FLTR = tmpreg; - - __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); - - hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F446xx */ - -#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.c deleted file mode 100644 index 63e4288..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1408 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief I2S HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Integrated Interchip Sound (I2S) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral State and Errors functions - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - The I2S HAL driver can be used as follow: - - (#) Declare a I2S_HandleTypeDef handle structure. - (#) Initialize the I2S low level resources by implement the HAL_I2S_MspInit() API: - (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock. - (##) I2S pins configuration: - (+++) Enable the clock for the I2S GPIOs. - (+++) Configure these I2S pins as alternate function pull-up. - (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT() - and HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() APIs). - (+++) Configure the I2Sx interrupt priority. - (+++) Enable the NVIC I2S IRQ handle. - (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA() - and HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() APIs: - (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream. - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. - (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. - (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream. - (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the I2S DMA Tx/Rx handle. - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the - DMA Tx/Rx Stream. - - (#) Program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity - using HAL_I2S_Init() function. - - -@- The specific I2S interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, - RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros - __I2S_ENABLE_IT() and __I2S_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process. - -@- Make sure that either: - (+@) I2S PLL is configured or - (+@) External clock source is configured after setting correctly - the define constant EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE in the stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h file. - - (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver : - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit() - (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive() - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT() - (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback - (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() - (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback - - *** DMA mode IO operation *** - ============================== - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA() - (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback - (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() - (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback - (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause() - (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume() - (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop() - - *** I2S HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in USART HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_I2S_ENABLE: Enable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) - (+) __HAL_I2S_DISABLE: Disable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) - (+) __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified I2S interrupts - (+) __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified I2S interrupts - (+) __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2S flag is set or not - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the I2S HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup I2S I2S - * @brief I2S HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup I2S_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions I2S Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and - de-initialize the I2Sx peripheral in simplex mode: - - (+) User must Implement HAL_I2S_MspInit() function in which he configures - all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ). - - (+) Call the function HAL_I2S_Init() to configure the selected device with - the selected configuration: - (++) Mode - (++) Standard - (++) Data Format - (++) MCLK Output - (++) Audio frequency - (++) Polarity - - (+) Call the function HAL_I2S_DeInit() to restore the default configuration - of the selected I2Sx peripheral. -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the I2S according to the specified parameters - * in the I2S_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval HAL status - */ -__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Init(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1; - uint32_t tmp = 0, i2sclk = 0; - - /* Check the I2S handle allocation */ - if(hi2s == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the I2S parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2s->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(hi2s->Init.Mode)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(hi2s->Init.Standard)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(hi2s->Init.DataFormat)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(hi2s->Init.CPOL)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_CLOCKSOURCE(hi2s->Init.ClockSource)); - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hi2s->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ - HAL_I2S_MspInit(hi2s); - } - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY; - - /*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration ---------------*/ - /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ - hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &= ~(SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | \ - SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | \ - SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); - hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = 0x0002; - - /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ - tmpreg = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR; - - /* If the default frequency value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd */ - /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */ - if(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq != I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT) - { - /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) *******************/ - if(hi2s->Init.DataFormat != I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B) - { - /* Packet length is 32 bits */ - packetlength = 2; - } - - /* Get I2S source Clock frequency ****************************************/ - /* If an external I2S clock has to be used, the specific define should be set - in the project configuration or in the stm32f4xx_conf.h file */ - i2sclk = I2S_GetInputClock(hi2s); - - /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state, with a floating point */ - if(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_ENABLE) - { - /* MCLK output is enabled */ - tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / 256) * 10) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5); - } - else - { - /* MCLK output is disabled */ - tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5); - } - - /* Remove the flatting point */ - tmp = tmp / 10; - - /* Check the parity of the divider */ - i2sodd = (uint32_t)(tmp & (uint32_t)1); - - /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */ - i2sdiv = (uint32_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2); - - /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */ - i2sodd = (uint32_t) (i2sodd << 8); - } - - /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */ - if((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF)) - { - /* Set the default values */ - i2sdiv = 2; - i2sodd = 0; - } - - /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */ - hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)i2sdiv | (uint32_t)(i2sodd | (uint32_t)hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput)); - - /* Configure the I2S with the I2S_InitStruct values */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | hi2s->Init.Mode | hi2s->Init.Standard | hi2s->Init.DataFormat | hi2s->Init.CPOL); - -#if defined(SPI_I2SCFGR_ASTRTEN) - if (hi2s->Init.Standard == I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT) - { - /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ - hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR = tmpreg | SPI_I2SCFGR_ASTRTEN; - } - else - { - /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ - hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; - } -#else - /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ - hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; -#endif - - hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; - hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the I2S peripheral - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DeInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - /* Check the I2S handle allocation */ - if(hi2s == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY; - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ - HAL_I2S_MspDeInit(hi2s); - - hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief I2S MSP Init - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_I2S_MspInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2S_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief I2S MSP DeInit - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_I2S_MspDeInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2S_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief Data transfers functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data - transfers. - - (#) There are two modes of transfer: - (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. - The status of all data processing is returned by the same function - after finishing transfer. - (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts - or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup. - The end of the data processing will be indicated through the - dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when - using DMA mode. - - (#) Blocking mode functions are : - (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit() - (++) HAL_I2S_Receive() - - (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : - (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT() - (++) HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() - - (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are : - (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA() - (++) HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() - - (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: - (++) HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer. - * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: - * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S - * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length - * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected - * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization - * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) - { - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)|| \ - (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) - { - hi2s->TxXferSize = Size*2; - hi2s->TxXferCount = Size*2; - } - else - { - hi2s->TxXferSize = Size; - hi2s->TxXferCount = Size; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX; - - /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) - { - /* Enable I2S peripheral */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); - } - - while(hi2s->TxXferCount > 0) - { - hi2s->Instance->DR = (*pData++); - hi2s->TxXferCount--; - /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ - if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* Check if Slave mode is selected */ - if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX) || ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX)) - { - /* Wait until Busy flag is reset */ - if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_BSY, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer. - * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: - * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S - * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length - * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected - * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization - * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). - * @note In I2S Master Receiver mode, just after enabling the peripheral the clock will be generate - * in continuous way and as the I2S is not disabled at the end of the I2S transaction. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) - { - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)|| \ - (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) - { - hi2s->RxXferSize = Size*2; - hi2s->RxXferCount = Size*2; - } - else - { - hi2s->RxXferSize = Size; - hi2s->RxXferCount = Size; - } - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX; - - /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) - { - /* Enable I2S peripheral */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); - } - - /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) - { - /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation on the SPI_DR register followed by a read - access to the SPI_SR register. */ - __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s); - } - - /* Receive data */ - while(hi2s->RxXferCount > 0) - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - (*pData++) = hi2s->Instance->DR; - hi2s->RxXferCount--; - } - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer. - * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: - * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S - * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length - * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected - * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. - * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization - * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)|| \ - (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) - { - hi2s->TxXferSize = Size*2; - hi2s->TxXferCount = Size*2; - } - else - { - hi2s->TxXferSize = Size; - hi2s->TxXferCount = Size; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX; - hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR)); - - /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) - { - /* Enable I2S peripheral */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer. - * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: - * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S - * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length - * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected - * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. - * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization - * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). - * @note It is recommended to use DMA for the I2S receiver to avoid de-synchronisation - * between Master and Slave otherwise the I2S interrupt should be optimized. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\ - (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) - { - hi2s->RxXferSize = Size*2; - hi2s->RxXferCount = Size*2; - } - else - { - hi2s->RxXferSize = Size; - hi2s->RxXferCount = Size; - } - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX; - hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR)); - - /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) - { - /* Enable I2S peripheral */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; - } - - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer. - * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: - * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S - * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length - * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected - * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. - * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization - * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) - { - hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)|| \ - (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) - { - hi2s->TxXferSize = Size*2; - hi2s->TxXferCount = Size*2; - } - else - { - hi2s->TxXferSize = Size; - hi2s->TxXferCount = Size; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX; - hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Set the I2S Tx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - hi2s->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the I2S Tx DMA transfer complete callback */ - hi2s->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hi2s->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError; - - /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, hi2s->TxXferSize); - - /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) - { - /* Enable I2S peripheral */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); - } - - /* Check if the I2S Tx request is already enabled */ - if((hi2s->Instance->CR2 & SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN) != SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN) - { - /* Enable Tx DMA Request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer. - * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: - * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S - * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length - * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected - * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. - * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization - * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) - { - hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)|| \ - (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) - { - hi2s->RxXferSize = Size*2; - hi2s->RxXferCount = Size*2; - } - else - { - hi2s->RxXferSize = Size; - hi2s->RxXferCount = Size; - } - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX; - hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Set the I2S Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - hi2s->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the I2S Rx DMA transfer complete callback */ - hi2s->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hi2s->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError; - - /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) - { - /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation to the SPI_DR register followed by a read - access to the SPI_SR register. */ - __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s); - } - - /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, hi2s->RxXferSize); - - /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) - { - /* Enable I2S peripheral */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); - } - - /* Check if the I2S Rx request is already enabled */ - if((hi2s->Instance->CR2 &SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN) != SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN) - { - /* Enable Rx DMA Request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Pauses the audio stream playing from the Media. - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval HAL status - */ -__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAPause(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - /* Disable the I2S DMA Tx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); - } - else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Disable the I2S DMA Rx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); - } - else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - if((hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)||(hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX)) - { - /* Disable the I2S DMA Tx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); - } - else - { - /* Disable the I2S DMA Rx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); - } - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media. - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval HAL status - */ -__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAResume(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - /* Enable the I2S DMA Tx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; - } - else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Enable the I2S DMA Rx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; - } - else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - if((hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)||(hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX)) - { - /* Enable the I2S DMA Tx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; - } - else - { - /* Enable the I2S DMA Rx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; - } - } - - /* If the I2S peripheral is still not enabled, enable it */ - if ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) == 0) - { - /* Enable I2S peripheral */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media. - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval HAL status - */ -__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAStop(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - /* Disable the I2S Tx/Rx DMA requests */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= ~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; - hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= ~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; - - /* Abort the I2S DMA Stream tx */ - if(hi2s->hdmatx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmatx); - } - /* Abort the I2S DMA Stream rx */ - if(hi2s->hdmarx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmarx); - } - - /* Disable I2S peripheral */ - __HAL_I2S_DISABLE(hi2s); - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles I2S interrupt request. - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_I2S_IRQHandler(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE); - /* I2S in mode Receiver ------------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - I2S_Receive_IT(hi2s); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_OVR); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR); - /* I2S Overrun error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s); - hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR; - } - } - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_TXE); - /* I2S in mode Transmitter -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - I2S_Transmit_IT(hi2s); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_UDR); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR); - /* I2S Underrun error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_UDRFLAG(hi2s); - hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR; - } - } - - /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */ - if(hi2s->ErrorCode != HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* Set the I2S state ready to be able to start again the process */ - hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Transfer Half completed callbacks - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer half completed callbacks - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief I2S error callbacks - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Return the I2S state - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef HAL_I2S_GetState(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - return hi2s->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the I2S error code - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval I2S Error Code - */ -uint32_t HAL_I2S_GetError(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - return hi2s->ErrorCode; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief DMA I2S transmit process half complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ - void I2S_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA I2S receive process half complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -void I2S_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA I2S communication error callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -void I2S_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - hi2s->TxXferCount = 0; - hi2s->RxXferCount = 0; - - hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - - hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA; - HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - /* Transmit data */ - hi2s->Instance->DR = (*hi2s->pTxBuffPtr++); - - hi2s->TxXferCount--; - - if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR)); - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s); - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - } - - return HAL_OK; - } - - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - /* Receive data */ - (*hi2s->pRxBuffPtr++) = hi2s->Instance->DR; - - hi2s->RxXferCount--; - - /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) - { - /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation on the SPI_DR register followed by a read - access to the SPI_SR register. */ - __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s); - } - - if(hi2s->RxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR); - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s); - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - } - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles I2S Communication Timeout. - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @param Flag: Flag checked - * @param Status: Value of the flag expected - * @param Timeout: Duration of the timeout - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t Status, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until flag is set */ - if(Status == RESET) - { - while(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, Flag) == RESET) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Set the I2S State ready */ - hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - else - { - while(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, Flag) != RESET) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Set the I2S State ready */ - hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3296c13..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1479 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_i2s_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief I2S HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of I2S extension peripheral: - * + Extension features Functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### I2S Extension features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) In I2S full duplex mode, each SPI peripheral is able to manage sending and receiving - data simultaneously using two data lines. Each SPI peripheral has an extended block - called I2Sxext (i.e I2S2ext for SPI2 and I2S3ext for SPI3). - (#) The extension block is not a full SPI IP, it is used only as I2S slave to - implement full duplex mode. The extension block uses the same clock sources - as its master. - - (#) Both I2Sx and I2Sx_ext can be configured as transmitters or receivers. - - [..] - (@) Only I2Sx can deliver SCK and WS to I2Sx_ext in full duplex mode, where - I2Sx can be I2S2 or I2S3. - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - Three operation modes are available within this driver : - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Send and receive in the same time an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive() - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) Send and receive in the same time an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_IT() - (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback - (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback - - *** DMA mode IO operation *** - ============================== - [..] - (+) Send and receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_DMA() - (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback - (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback - (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause() - (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume() - (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop() - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup I2SEx I2SEx - * @brief I2S HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup I2SEx_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup I2SEx_Exported_Functions I2S Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup I2SEx_Group1 Extension features functions - * @brief Extension features functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Extension features Functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data - transfers. - - (#) There are two modes of transfer: - (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. - The status of all data processing is returned by the same function - after finishing transfer. - (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts - or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup. - The end of the data processing will be indicated through the - dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when - using DMA mode. - - (#) Blocking mode functions are : - (++) HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive() - - (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : - (++) HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_IT() - - (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are : - (++) HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_DMA() - - (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: - (++) HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the I2S according to the specified parameters - * in the I2S_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Init(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1; - uint32_t tmp = 0, i2sclk = 0; - - /* Check the I2S handle allocation */ - if(hi2s == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the I2S parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(hi2s->Init.Mode)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(hi2s->Init.Standard)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(hi2s->Init.DataFormat)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(hi2s->Init.CPOL)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_CLOCKSOURCE(hi2s->Init.ClockSource)); - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hi2s->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */ - HAL_I2S_MspInit(hi2s); - } - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY; - - /*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration ---------------*/ - /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ - hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &= ~(SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | \ - SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | \ - SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); - hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = 0x0002; - - /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ - tmpreg = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR; - - /* If the default frequency value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd */ - /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */ - if(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq != I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT) - { - /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) *******************/ - if(hi2s->Init.DataFormat != I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B) - { - /* Packet length is 32 bits */ - packetlength = 2; - } - - /* Get I2S source Clock frequency ****************************************/ - i2sclk = I2S_GetInputClock(hi2s); - - /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state, with a floating point */ - if(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_ENABLE) - { - /* MCLK output is enabled */ - tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / 256) * 10) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5); - } - else - { - /* MCLK output is disabled */ - tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5); - } - - /* Remove the flatting point */ - tmp = tmp / 10; - - /* Check the parity of the divider */ - i2sodd = (uint32_t)(tmp & (uint32_t)1); - - /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */ - i2sdiv = (uint32_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2); - - /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */ - i2sodd = (uint32_t) (i2sodd << 8); - } - - /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */ - if((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF)) - { - /* Set the default values */ - i2sdiv = 2; - i2sodd = 0; - } - - /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */ - hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)i2sdiv | (uint32_t)(i2sodd | (uint32_t)hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput)); - - /* Configure the I2S with the I2S_InitStruct values */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | hi2s->Init.Mode | hi2s->Init.Standard | hi2s->Init.DataFormat | hi2s->Init.CPOL); - -#if defined(SPI_I2SCFGR_ASTRTEN) - if (hi2s->Init.Standard == I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT) - { - /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ - hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR = tmpreg | SPI_I2SCFGR_ASTRTEN; - } - else - { - /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ - hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; - } -#else - /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ - hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; -#endif - - /* Configure the I2S extended if the full duplex mode is enabled */ - assert_param(IS_I2S_FULLDUPLEX_MODE(hi2s->Init.FullDuplexMode)); - if(hi2s->Init.FullDuplexMode == I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_ENABLE) - { - /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR &= ~(SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | \ - SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | \ - SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SPR = 2; - - /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ - tmpreg = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR; - - /* Get the mode to be configured for the extended I2S */ - if((hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)) - { - tmp = I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX; - } - else - { - if((hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) || (hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX)) - { - tmp = I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX; - } - } - - /* Configure the I2S Slave with the I2S Master parameter values */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | tmp | hi2s->Init.Standard | hi2s->Init.DataFormat | hi2s->Init.CPOL); - - /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; - } - - hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; - hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in blocking mode. - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @param pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer. - * @param pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer. - * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: - * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S - * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length - * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected - * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization - * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pTxData, uint16_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - - if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the I2S State */ - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) - { - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - /* Check the Data format: When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended - is selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number - of 16-bit data length in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data - frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. */ - if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)|| \ - (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) - { - hi2s->TxXferSize = Size*2; - hi2s->TxXferCount = Size*2; - hi2s->RxXferSize = Size*2; - hi2s->RxXferCount = Size*2; - } - else - { - hi2s->TxXferSize = Size; - hi2s->TxXferCount = Size; - hi2s->RxXferSize = Size; - hi2s->RxXferCount = Size; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - /* Set the I2S State busy TX/RX */ - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - /* Check if the I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX Mode is selected */ - if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)) - { - /* Check if the I2S is already enabled: The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction - to avoid the clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave. */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) - { - /* Enable I2Sext(receiver) before enabling I2Sx peripheral */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE; - - /* Enable I2Sx peripheral */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); - } - - while(hi2s->TxXferCount > 0) - { - /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ - if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - hi2s->Instance->DR = (*pTxData++); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - while((I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_RXNE) != SPI_SR_RXNE) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - (*pRxData++) = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR; - - hi2s->TxXferCount--; - hi2s->RxXferCount--; - } - } - /* The I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX Mode is selected */ - else - { - /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) - { - /* Enable I2S peripheral before the I2Sext*/ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); - - /* Enable I2Sext(transmitter) after enabling I2Sx peripheral */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE; - } - else - { - /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) - { - /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation on the SPI_DR register followed by a read - access to the SPI_SR register. */ - __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s); - } - } - while(hi2s->TxXferCount > 0) - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ - while((I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_TXE) != SPI_SR_TXE) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR = (*pTxData++); - - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - (*pRxData++) = hi2s->Instance->DR; - - hi2s->TxXferCount--; - hi2s->RxXferCount--; - } - } - - /* Set the I2S State ready */ - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in non-blocking mode using Interrupt - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @param pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer. - * @param pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer. - * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: - * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S - * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length - * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected - * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. - * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization - * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pTxData, uint16_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) - { - if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; - hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; - - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - /* Check the Data format: When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended - is selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number - of 16-bit data length in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data - frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. */ - if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\ - (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) - { - hi2s->TxXferSize = Size*2; - hi2s->TxXferCount = Size*2; - hi2s->RxXferSize = Size*2; - hi2s->RxXferCount = Size*2; - } - else - { - hi2s->TxXferSize = Size; - hi2s->TxXferCount = Size; - hi2s->RxXferSize = Size; - hi2s->RxXferCount = Size; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; - - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - /* Check if the I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX Mode is selected */ - if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)) - { - /* Enable I2Sext RXNE and ERR interrupts */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 |= (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR); - - /* Enable I2Sx TXE and ERR interrupts */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR)); - - /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) - { - /* Enable I2Sext(receiver) before enabling I2Sx peripheral */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE; - - /* Enable I2Sx peripheral */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); - } - } - /* The I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX Mode is selected */ - else - { - /* Enable I2Sext TXE and ERR interrupts */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 |= (I2S_IT_TXE |I2S_IT_ERR); - - /* Enable I2Sext RXNE and ERR interrupts */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR)); - - /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) - { - /* Check if the I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX is selected */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) - { - /* Prepare the First Data before enabling the I2S */ - if(hi2s->TxXferCount != 0) - { - /* Transmit First data */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR = (*hi2s->pTxBuffPtr++); - hi2s->TxXferCount--; - - if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable I2Sext TXE interrupt */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= ~I2S_IT_TXE; - } - } - } - /* Enable I2S peripheral */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); - - /* Enable I2Sext(transmitter) after enabling I2Sx peripheral */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE; - } - } - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in non-blocking mode using DMA - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @param pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer. - * @param pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer. - * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: - * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S - * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length - * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected - * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. - * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization - * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pTxData, uint16_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - - if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) - { - hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; - hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; - - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); - /* Check the Data format: When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended - is selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number - of 16-bit data length in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data - frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. */ - if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\ - (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) - { - hi2s->TxXferSize = Size*2; - hi2s->TxXferCount = Size*2; - hi2s->RxXferSize = Size*2; - hi2s->RxXferCount = Size*2; - } - else - { - hi2s->TxXferSize = Size; - hi2s->TxXferCount = Size; - hi2s->RxXferSize = Size; - hi2s->RxXferCount = Size; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Set the I2S Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - hi2s->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the I2S Rx DMA transfer complete callback */ - hi2s->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxCplt; - - /* Set the I2S Rx DMA error callback */ - hi2s->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError; - - /* Set the I2S Tx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - hi2s->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the I2S Tx DMA transfer complete callback */ - hi2s->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxCplt; - - /* Set the I2S Tx DMA error callback */ - hi2s->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError; - - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - /* Check if the I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX Mode is selected */ - if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)) - { - /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pRxData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, hi2s->RxXferSize); - - /* Enable Rx DMA Request */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; - - /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pTxData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, hi2s->TxXferSize); - - /* Enable Tx DMA Request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; - - /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) - { - /* Enable I2Sext(receiver) before enabling I2Sx peripheral */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE; - - /* Enable I2S peripheral after the I2Sext */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); - } - } - else - { - /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pTxData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR, hi2s->TxXferSize); - - /* Enable Tx DMA Request */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; - - /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pRxData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, hi2s->RxXferSize); - - /* Enable Rx DMA Request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; - - /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) - { - /* Enable I2S peripheral before the I2Sext */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); - - /* Enable I2Sext(transmitter) after enabling I2Sx peripheral */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE; - } - else - { - /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */ - if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) - { - /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation on the SPI_DR register followed by a read - access to the SPI_SR register. */ - __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s); - } - } - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Pauses the audio stream playing from the Media. - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAPause(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - /* Disable the I2S DMA Tx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); - } - else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Disable the I2S DMA Rx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); - } - else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - if((hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)||(hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX)) - { - /* Disable the I2S DMA Tx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); - /* Disable the I2SEx Rx DMA Request */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); - } - else - { - /* Disable the I2S DMA Rx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); - /* Disable the I2SEx Tx DMA Request */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); - } - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media. - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAResume(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - /* Enable the I2S DMA Tx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; - } - else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Enable the I2S DMA Rx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; - } - else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - if((hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)||(hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX)) - { - /* Enable the I2S DMA Tx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; - /* Disable the I2SEx Rx DMA Request */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; - } - else - { - /* Enable the I2S DMA Rx request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; - /* Enable the I2SEx Tx DMA Request */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; - } - } - - /* If the I2S peripheral is still not enabled, enable it */ - if ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) == 0) - { - /* Enable I2S peripheral */ - __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media. - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAStop(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - /* Disable the I2S Tx/Rx DMA requests */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= ~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; - hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= ~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; - - if(hi2s->Init.FullDuplexMode == I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_ENABLE) - { - /* Disable the I2S extended Tx/Rx DMA requests */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); - } - - /* Abort the I2S DMA Stream tx */ - if(hi2s->hdmatx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmatx); - } - /* Abort the I2S DMA Stream rx */ - if(hi2s->hdmarx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmarx); - } - - /* Disable I2S peripheral */ - __HAL_I2S_DISABLE(hi2s); - - if(hi2s->Init.FullDuplexMode == I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_ENABLE) - { - /* Disable the I2Sext peripheral */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR &= ~SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE; - } - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles I2S interrupt request. - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_I2S_IRQHandler(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - if(hi2s->Init.FullDuplexMode != I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_ENABLE) - { - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE); - /* I2S in mode Receiver ------------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - I2S_Receive_IT(hi2s); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_OVR); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR); - /* I2S Overrun error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s); - hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR; - } - } - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_TXE); - /* I2S in mode Tramitter -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - I2S_Transmit_IT(hi2s); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_UDR); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR); - /* I2S Underrun error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_UDRFLAG(hi2s); - hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR; - } - } - } - else - { - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - /* Check if the I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX Mode is selected */ - if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)) - { - tmp1 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_RXNE; - tmp2 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 & I2S_IT_RXNE; - /* I2Sext in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 == SPI_SR_RXNE) && (tmp2 == I2S_IT_RXNE)) - { - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - /* When the I2S mode is configured as I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX, - the I2Sext RXNE interrupt will be generated to manage the full-duplex receive phase. */ - if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)) - { - I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT(hi2s); - } - } - - tmp1 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_OVR; - tmp2 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 & I2S_IT_ERR; - /* I2Sext Overrun error interrupt occurred ------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 == SPI_SR_OVR) && (tmp2 == I2S_IT_ERR)) - { - /* Clear I2Sext OVR Flag */ - tmpreg1 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR; - tmpreg1 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR; - hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2SEX_ERROR_OVR; - UNUSED(tmpreg1); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_TXE); - /* I2S in mode Tramitter -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - /* When the I2S mode is configured as I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX, - the I2S TXE interrupt will be generated to manage the full-duplex transmit phase. */ - if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)) - { - I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT(hi2s); - } - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_UDR); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR); - /* I2S Underrun error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_UDRFLAG(hi2s); - hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR; - } - } - /* The I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX Mode is selected */ - else - { - tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE); - /* I2S in mode Receiver ------------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - /* When the I2S mode is configured as I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX, - the I2S RXNE interrupt will be generated to manage the full-duplex receive phase. */ - if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX)) - { - I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT(hi2s); - } - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_OVR); - tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR); - /* I2S Overrun error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s); - hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR; - } - - tmp1 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_TXE; - tmp2 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 & I2S_IT_TXE; - /* I2Sext in mode Tramitter --------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 == SPI_SR_TXE) && (tmp2 == I2S_IT_TXE)) - { - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - /* When the I2S mode is configured as I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX, - the I2Sext TXE interrupt will be generated to manage the full-duplex transmit phase. */ - if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX)) - { - I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT(hi2s); - } - } - - tmp1 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_UDR; - tmp2 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 & I2S_IT_ERR; - /* I2Sext Underrun error interrupt occurred -----------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 == SPI_SR_UDR) && (tmp2 == I2S_IT_ERR)) - { - /* Clear I2Sext UDR Flag */ - tmpreg1 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR; - hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2SEX_ERROR_UDR; - UNUSED(tmpreg1); - } - } - } - - /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */ - if(hi2s->ErrorCode != HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* Set the I2S state ready to be able to start again the process */ - hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** - * @brief Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in non-blocking mode using Interrupt - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); - - tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG; - /* Check if the I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX Mode is selected */ - if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)) - { - if(hi2s->TxXferCount != 0) - { - if(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) - { - /* Transmit data */ - hi2s->Instance->DR = (*hi2s->pTxBuffPtr++); - hi2s->TxXferCount--; - - if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable TXE interrupt */ - __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, I2S_IT_TXE); - } - } - } - - if(hi2s->RxXferCount != 0) - { - if((I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_RXNE) == SPI_SR_RXNE) - { - /* Receive data */ - (*hi2s->pRxBuffPtr++) = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR; - hi2s->RxXferCount--; - - if(hi2s->RxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable I2Sext RXNE interrupt */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= ~I2S_IT_RXNE; - } - } - } - } - /* The I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX Mode is selected */ - else - { - if(hi2s->TxXferCount != 0) - { - if((I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_TXE) == SPI_SR_TXE) - { - /* Transmit data */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR = (*hi2s->pTxBuffPtr++); - hi2s->TxXferCount--; - - if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable I2Sext TXE interrupt */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= ~I2S_IT_TXE; - - HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s); - } - } - } - if(hi2s->RxXferCount != 0) - { - if(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) - { - /* Receive data */ - (*hi2s->pRxBuffPtr++) = hi2s->Instance->DR; - hi2s->RxXferCount--; - - if(hi2s->RxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable RXNE interrupt */ - __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE); - - HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s); - } - } - } - } - - tmp1 = hi2s->RxXferCount; - tmp2 = hi2s->TxXferCount; - if((tmp1 == 0) && (tmp2 == 0)) - { - /* Disable I2Sx ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR); - /* Disable I2Sext ERR interrupt */ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= ~I2S_IT_ERR; - - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} -#endif /* STM32F40xxx/ STM32F41xxx/ STM32F42xxx/ STM32F43xxx/ STM32F401xx/ STM32F411xx */ -/** - * @brief DMA I2S transmit process complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -void I2S_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - hi2s->TxXferCount = 0; - - /* Disable Tx DMA Request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) - if(hi2s->Init.FullDuplexMode == I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_ENABLE) - { - /* Disable Rx DMA Request for the slave*/ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); - } -#endif /* STM32F40xxx/ STM32F41xxx/ STM32F42xxx/ STM32F43xxx/ STM32F401xx/ STM32F411xx */ - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - if(hi2s->RxXferCount == 0) - { - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - } - } - else - { - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - } - } - HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA I2S receive process complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -void I2S_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - /* Disable Rx DMA Request */ - hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) - if(hi2s->Init.FullDuplexMode == I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_ENABLE) - { - /* Disable Tx DMA Request for the slave*/ - I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); - } -#endif /* STM32F40xxx/ STM32F41xxx/ STM32F42xxx/ STM32F43xxx/ STM32F401xx/ STM32F411xx */ - hi2s->RxXferCount = 0; - if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0) - { - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - } - } - else - { - hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; - } - } - HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s); -} - -/** - * @brief Get I2S clock Input based on Source clock selection in RCC - * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for I2S module - * @retval I2S Clock Input - */ -uint32_t I2S_GetInputClock(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) -{ - /* This variable used to store the VCO Input (value in Hz) */ - uint32_t vcoinput = 0; - /* This variable used to store the VCO Output (value in Hz) */ - uint32_t vcooutput = 0; - /* This variable used to store the I2S_CK_x (value in Hz) */ - uint32_t i2ssourceclock = 0; - - /* Configure SAI Clock based on SAI source clock selection */ -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - switch(hi2s->Init.ClockSource) - { - case I2S_CLOCK_EXTERNAL : - { - /* Set the I2S clock to the external clock value */ - i2ssourceclock = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE; - break; - } - case I2S_CLOCK_PLL : - { - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLI2SM */ - if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) - { - /* Get the I2S source clock value */ - vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM)); - } - else - { - /* Get the I2S source clock value */ - vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM)); - } - - /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */ - vcooutput = (uint32_t)(vcoinput * (((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6) & (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN >> 6))); - /* I2S_CLK = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SR */ - i2ssourceclock = (uint32_t)(vcooutput /(((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> 28) & (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR >> 28))); - break; - } - case I2S_CLOCK_PLLR : - { - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */ - /* PLL_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */ - if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) - { - /* Get the I2S source clock value */ - vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)); - } - else - { - /* Get the I2S source clock value */ - vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)); - } - - /* PLL_VCO Output = PLL_VCO Input * PLLN */ - vcooutput = (uint32_t)(vcoinput * (((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6) & (RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN >> 6))); - /* I2S_CLK = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SR */ - i2ssourceclock = (uint32_t)(vcooutput /(((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> 28) & (RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR >> 28))); - break; - } - case I2S_CLOCK_PLLSRC : - { - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */ - /* PLL_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */ - if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) - { - /* Get the I2S source clock value */ - i2ssourceclock = (uint32_t)(HSE_VALUE); - } - else - { - /* Get the I2S source clock value */ - i2ssourceclock = (uint32_t)(HSI_VALUE); - } - break; - } - default : - { - break; - } - } -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) - - /* If an external I2S clock has to be used, the specific define should be set - in the project configuration or in the stm32f4xx_conf.h file */ - if(hi2s->Init.ClockSource == I2S_CLOCK_EXTERNAL) - { - /* Enable the External Clock selection */ - __HAL_RCC_I2S_CONFIG(RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_EXT); - - /* Set the I2S clock to the external clock value */ - i2ssourceclock = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE; - } - else - { - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */ - if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) - { - /* Get the I2S source clock value */ - vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)); - } - else - { - /* Get the I2S source clock value */ - vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)); - } - - /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */ - vcooutput = (uint32_t)(vcoinput * (((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6) & (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN >> 6))); - /* I2S_CLK = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SR */ - i2ssourceclock = (uint32_t)(vcooutput /(((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> 28) & (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR >> 28))); - } -#endif /* STM32F40xxx || STM32F41xxx || STM32F42xxx || STM32F43xxx */ - -#if defined(STM32F411xE) - - /* If an external I2S clock has to be used, the specific define should be set - in the project configuration or in the stm32f4xx_conf.h file */ - if(hi2s->Init.ClockSource == I2S_CLOCK_EXTERNAL) - { - /* Enable the External Clock selection */ - __HAL_RCC_I2S_CONFIG(RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_EXT); - - /* Set the I2S clock to the external clock value */ - i2ssourceclock = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE; - } - else - { - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLI2SM */ - if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) - { - /* Get the I2S source clock value */ - vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM)); - } - else - { - /* Get the I2S source clock value */ - vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM)); - } - - /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */ - vcooutput = (uint32_t)(vcoinput * (((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6) & (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN >> 6))); - /* I2S_CLK = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SR */ - i2ssourceclock = (uint32_t)(vcooutput /(((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> 28) & (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR >> 28))); - } -#endif /* STM32F411xE */ - - /* the return result is the value of SAI clock */ - return i2ssourceclock; - -} -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_irda.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_irda.c deleted file mode 100644 index c061ec8..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_irda.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1504 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_irda.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief IRDA HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the IrDA SIR ENDEC block (IrDA): - * + Initialization and de-initialization methods - * + IO operation methods - * + Peripheral Control methods - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The IRDA HAL driver can be used as follows: - - (#) Declare a IRDA_HandleTypeDef handle structure. - (#) Initialize the IRDA low level resources by implementing the HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API: - (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock. - (##) IRDA pins configuration: - (+++) Enable the clock for the IRDA GPIOs. - (+++) Configure these IRDA pins as alternate function pull-up. - (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT() - and HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() APIs): - (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. - (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. - (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA() - and HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA() APIs): - (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream. - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. - (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. - (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream. - (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the IRDA DMA Tx/Rx handle. - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Stream. - - (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Parity, IrDA Mode, Prescaler - and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the hirda Init structure. - - (#) Initialize the IRDA registers by calling the HAL_IRDA_Init() API: - (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) - by calling the customized HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API. - -@@- The specific IRDA interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, - RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros - __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process. - - (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver : - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit() - (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive() - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback - (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback - - *** DMA mode IO operation *** - ============================= - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback - (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback - - *** IRDA HAL driver macros list *** - =================================== - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in IRDA HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE: Enable the IRDA peripheral - (+) __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE: Disable the IRDA peripheral - (+) __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG : Checks whether the specified IRDA flag is set or not - (+) __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG : Clears the specified IRDA pending flag - (+) __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT: Enables the specified IRDA interrupt - (+) __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT: Disables the specified IRDA interrupt - - (@) You can refer to the IRDA HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup IRDA IRDA - * @brief HAL IRDA module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup IRDA_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define IRDA_TIMEOUT_VALUE 22000 -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup IRDA_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -static void IRDA_SetConfig (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); -static void IRDA_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void IRDA_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout); -/** - * @} - */ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions IrDA Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group1 IrDA Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - -=============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy - in IrDA mode. - (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: - (++) BaudRate - (++) WordLength - (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written - in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. - Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), - please refer to Reference manual for possible IRDA frame formats. - (++) Prescaler: A pulse of width less than two and greater than one PSC period(s) may or may - not be rejected. The receiver set up time should be managed by software. The IrDA physical layer - specification specifies a minimum of 10 ms delay between transmission and - reception (IrDA is a half duplex protocol). - (++) Mode: Receiver/transmitter modes - (++) IrDAMode: the IrDA can operate in the Normal mode or in the Low power mode. - [..] - The HAL_IRDA_Init() API follows IRDA configuration procedures (details for the procedures - are available in reference manual). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the IRDA mode according to the specified - * parameters in the IRDA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Init(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - /* Check the IRDA handle allocation */ - if(hirda == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the IRDA instance parameters */ - assert_param(IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance)); - /* Check the IRDA mode parameter in the IRDA handle */ - assert_param(IS_IRDA_POWERMODE(hirda->Init.IrDAMode)); - - if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hirda->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ - HAL_IRDA_MspInit(hirda); - } - - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the IRDA peripheral */ - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE(hirda); - - /* Set the IRDA communication parameters */ - IRDA_SetConfig(hirda); - - /* In IrDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: - - LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, - - SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ - hirda->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_STOP | USART_CR2_CLKEN); - hirda->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL); - - /* Enable the IRDA peripheral */ - __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE(hirda); - - /* Set the prescaler */ - MODIFY_REG(hirda->Instance->GTPR, USART_GTPR_PSC, hirda->Init.Prescaler); - - /* Configure the IrDA mode */ - MODIFY_REG(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_IRLP, hirda->Init.IrDAMode); - - /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ - hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_IREN; - - /* Initialize the IRDA state*/ - hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; - hirda->State= HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the IRDA peripheral - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DeInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - /* Check the IRDA handle allocation */ - if(hirda == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance)); - - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE(hirda); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit(hirda); - - hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; - - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief IRDA MSP Init. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_IRDA_MspInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_IRDA_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief IRDA MSP DeInit. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief IRDA Transmit/Receive functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the IRDA data transfers. - [..] - IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, any data - on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder and if the Receiver - is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will not be encoded by IrDA. - While receiving data, transmission should be avoided as the data to be transmitted - could be corrupted. - - (#) There are two modes of transfer: - (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. - The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function - after finishing transfer. - (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts - or DMA, These APIs return the HAL status. - The end of the data processing will be indicated through the - dedicated IRDA IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when - using DMA mode. - The HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks - will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process - The HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected - - (#) Blocking mode API's are : - (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit() - (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive() - - (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are : - (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT() - (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() - (++) HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler() - - (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are : - (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA() - (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA() - - (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: - (++) HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Sends an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Specify timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hirda->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hirda); - - hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; - if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - hirda->TxXferSize = Size; - hirda->TxXferCount = Size; - while(hirda->TxXferCount > 0) - { - hirda->TxXferCount--; - if(hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - tmp = (uint16_t*) pData; - hirda->Instance->DR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE) - { - pData +=2; - } - else - { - pData +=1; - } - } - else - { - if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - hirda->Instance->DR = (*pData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF); - } - } - - if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - else - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @param Timeout: Specify timeout value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hirda->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hirda); - - hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; - if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - hirda->RxXferSize = Size; - hirda->RxXferCount = Size; - /* Check the remain data to be received */ - while(hirda->RxXferCount > 0) - { - hirda->RxXferCount--; - if(hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - tmp = (uint16_t*) pData ; - if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE) - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - pData +=2; - } - else - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); - pData +=1; - } - } - else - { - if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE) - { - *pData++ = (uint8_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - } - else - { - *pData++ = (uint8_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); - } - } - } - if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - else - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Send an amount of data in non blocking mode. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hirda->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hirda); - - hirda->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - hirda->TxXferSize = Size; - hirda->TxXferCount = Size; - hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; - if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); - - /* Enable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR); - - /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hirda->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hirda); - - hirda->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - hirda->RxXferSize = Size; - hirda->RxXferCount = Size; - hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; - if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); - - /* Enable the IRDA Data Register not empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE); - - /* Enable the IRDA Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE); - - /* Enable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hirda->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hirda); - - hirda->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - hirda->TxXferSize = Size; - hirda->TxXferCount = Size; - hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; - - if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - /* Set the IRDA DMA transfer complete callback */ - hirda->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = IRDA_DMATransmitCplt; - - /* Set the IRDA DMA half transfer complete callback */ - hirda->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hirda->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = IRDA_DMAError; - - /* Enable the IRDA transmit DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hirda->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hirda->Instance->DR, Size); - - /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */ - __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TC); - - /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit - in the USART CR3 register */ - hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @note When the IRDA parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hirda->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hirda); - - hirda->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - hirda->RxXferSize = Size; - hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; - if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - - /* Set the IRDA DMA transfer complete callback */ - hirda->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt; - - /* Set the IRDA DMA half transfer complete callback */ - hirda->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hirda->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = IRDA_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hirda->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hirda->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size); - - /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit - in the USART CR3 register */ - hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAPause(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hirda); - - if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */ - hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT); - } - else if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */ - hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR); - } - else if (hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - /* Disable the UART DMA Tx & Rx requests */ - hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT); - hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR); - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAResume(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hirda); - - if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */ - hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT; - } - else if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer */ - __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_OREFLAG(hirda); - /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */ - hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR; - } - else if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer */ - __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_OREFLAG(hirda); - /* Enable the UART DMA Tx & Rx request */ - hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT; - hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR; - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAStop(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application - to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(): - when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated - and the correspond call back is executed HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() - */ - - /* Disable the UART Tx/Rx DMA requests */ - hirda->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAT; - hirda->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAR; - - /* Abort the UART DMA tx Stream */ - if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmatx); - } - /* Abort the UART DMA rx Stream */ - if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmarx); - } - - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles IRDA interrupt request. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 =0; - - tmp1 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_PE); - tmp2 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE); - /* IRDA parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_PEFLAG(hirda); - hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_PE; - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_FE); - tmp2 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR); - /* IRDA frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FEFLAG(hirda); - hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_FE; - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_NE); - tmp2 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR); - /* IRDA noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_NEFLAG(hirda); - hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NE; - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_ORE); - tmp2 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR); - /* IRDA Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_OREFLAG(hirda); - hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_ORE; - } - - /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */ - if(hirda->ErrorCode != HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* Set the IRDA state ready to be able to start again the process */ - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; - HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_RXNE); - tmp2 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE); - /* IRDA in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - IRDA_Receive_IT(hirda); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TXE); - tmp2 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE); - /* IRDA in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) &&(tmp2 != RESET)) - { - IRDA_Transmit_IT(hirda); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TC); - tmp2 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_TC); - /* IRDA in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(hirda); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Transfer complete callbacks. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer complete callbacks. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Half Transfer complete callbacks. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief IRDA error callbacks. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions - * @brief IRDA State and Errors functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of IrDA - communication process and also return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication process - (+) HAL_IRDA_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the IrDA peripheral. - (+) HAL_IRDA_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during communication. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the IRDA state. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef HAL_IRDA_GetState(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - return hirda->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the IARDA error code - * @param hirda : pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA. - * @retval IRDA Error Code - */ -uint32_t HAL_IRDA_GetError(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - return hirda->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief DMA IRDA transmit process complete callback. - * @param hdma : DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void IRDA_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - /* DMA Normal mode */ - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - hirda->TxXferCount = 0; - - /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit - in the IRDA CR3 register */ - hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_DMAT); - - /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TC); - } - /* DMA Circular mode */ - else - { - HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(hirda); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA IRDA receive process half complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback(hirda); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA IRDA receive process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - /* DMA Normal mode */ - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - hirda->RxXferCount = 0; - - /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit - in the IRDA CR3 register */ - hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_DMAR); - - if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - else - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; - } - } - - HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(hirda); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA IRDA receive process half complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback(hirda); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA IRDA communication error callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void IRDA_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - hirda->RxXferCount = 0; - hirda->TxXferCount = 0; - hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA; - hirda->State= HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; - - HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda); -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles IRDA Communication Timeout. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @param Flag: specifies the IRDA flag to check. - * @param Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET). - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until flag is set */ - if(Status == RESET) - { - while(__HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, Flag) == RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE); - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE); - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE); - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR); - - hirda->State= HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - else - { - while(__HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, Flag) != RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE); - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE); - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE); - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR); - - hirda->State= HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - - /** - * @brief Send an amount of data in non blocking mode. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hirda->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)) - { - if(hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - tmp = (uint16_t*) hirda->pTxBuffPtr; - hirda->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE) - { - hirda->pTxBuffPtr += 2; - } - else - { - hirda->pTxBuffPtr += 1; - } - } - else - { - hirda->Instance->DR = (uint8_t)(*hirda->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - } - - if(--hirda->TxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable the IRDA Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE); - - /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TC); - } - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - /* Disable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TC); - - /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - else - { - /* Disable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR); - - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; - } - - HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(hirda); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hirda->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)) - { - if(hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - tmp = (uint16_t*) hirda->pRxBuffPtr; - if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE) - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - hirda->pRxBuffPtr += 2; - } - else - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); - hirda->pRxBuffPtr += 1; - } - } - else - { - if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE) - { - *hirda->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - } - else - { - *hirda->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); - } - } - - if(--hirda->RxXferCount == 0) - { - - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE); - - if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - else - { - /* Disable the IRDA Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE); - - /* Disable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR); - - hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; - } - HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(hirda); - - return HAL_OK; - } - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the IRDA peripheral. - * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void IRDA_SetConfig(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_IRDA_BAUDRATE(hirda->Init.BaudRate)); - assert_param(IS_IRDA_WORD_LENGTH(hirda->Init.WordLength)); - assert_param(IS_IRDA_PARITY(hirda->Init.Parity)); - assert_param(IS_IRDA_MODE(hirda->Init.Mode)); - - /*-------------------------- IRDA CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */ - hirda->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP); - - /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = hirda->Instance->CR1; - - /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \ - USART_CR1_RE)); - - /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode: - Set the M bits according to hirda->Init.WordLength value - Set PCE and PS bits according to hirda->Init.Parity value - Set TE and RE bits according to hirda->Init.Mode value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)hirda->Init.WordLength | hirda->Init.Parity | hirda->Init.Mode; - - /* Write to USART CR1 */ - hirda->Instance->CR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - - /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ - /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ - hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE)); - - /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ - if((hirda->Instance == USART1) || (hirda->Instance == USART6)) - { - hirda->Instance->BRR = IRDA_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), hirda->Init.BaudRate); - } - else - { - hirda->Instance->BRR = IRDA_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), hirda->Init.BaudRate); - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7e157f9..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,361 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief IWDG HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral: - * + Initialization and Configuration functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### IWDG Specific features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable - through option byte). - - (+) The IWDG is clocked by its own dedicated Low-Speed clock (LSI) and - thus stays active even if the main clock fails. - Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and cannot be disabled - (LSI cannot be disabled too), and the counter starts counting down from - the reset value of 0xFFF. When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) - a system reset is generated. - - (+) The IWDG counter should be refreshed at regular intervals, otherwise the - watchdog generates an MCU reset when the counter reaches 0. - - (+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional - in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY). - IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG - reset occurs. - - (+) Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s - The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F4xx - devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock - connected internally to TIM5 CH4 input capture). The measured value - can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy. - - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - If Window option is disabled - (+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to : - (++) Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR. - (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler, counter reload value. - This reload value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter - is reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value. - [..] - (+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Start() function to: - (++) Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the IWDG_RLR register. - (++) Start the IWDG, when the IWDG is used in software mode (no need - to enable the LSI, it will be enabled by hardware). - (+) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular - intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using - HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function. - [..] - if Window option is enabled: - - (+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Start() function to enable IWDG downcounter - (+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to : - (++) Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers. - (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler, reload value and window value. - (+) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular - intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using - HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function. - - *** IWDG HAL driver macros list *** - ==================================== - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral - (+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register - (+) __HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected IWDG's flag status - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup IWDG IWDG - * @brief IWDG HAL module driver. - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - /** @addtogroup IWDG_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define IWDG_TIMEOUT_FLAG ((uint32_t)1000) /* 1 s */ -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions IWDG Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions. - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters - in the IWDG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle - (+) Initialize the IWDG MSP - (+) DeInitialize IWDG MSP - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the IWDG according to the specified - * parameters in the IWDG_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. - * @param hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IWDG module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg) -{ - /* Check the IWDG handle allocation */ - if(hiwdg == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler)); - assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload)); - - if(hiwdg->State == HAL_IWDG_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hiwdg->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_IWDG_MspInit(hiwdg); - } - - /* Change IWDG peripheral state */ - hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers */ - IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg); - - /* Write to IWDG registers the IWDG_Prescaler & IWDG_Reload values to work with */ - MODIFY_REG(hiwdg->Instance->PR, IWDG_PR_PR, hiwdg->Init.Prescaler); - MODIFY_REG(hiwdg->Instance->RLR, IWDG_RLR_RL, hiwdg->Init.Reload); - - /* Change IWDG peripheral state */ - hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the IWDG MSP. - * @param hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IWDG module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_IWDG_MspInit(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_IWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief IO operation functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Start the IWDG. - (+) Refresh the IWDG. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Starts the IWDG. - * @param hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IWDG module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Start(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hiwdg); - - /* Change IWDG peripheral state */ - hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Start the IWDG peripheral */ - __HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg); - - /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the RLR register */ - __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg); - - /* Change IWDG peripheral state */ - hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hiwdg); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Refreshes the IWDG. - * @param hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IWDG module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hiwdg); - - /* Change IWDG peripheral state */ - hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_BUSY; - - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until RVU flag is RESET */ - while(__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG(hiwdg, IWDG_FLAG_RVU) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > IWDG_TIMEOUT_FLAG) - { - /* Set IWDG state */ - hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hiwdg); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */ - __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg); - - /* Change IWDG peripheral state */ - hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hiwdg); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions. - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the IWDG state. - * @param hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified IWDG module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_IWDG_StateTypeDef HAL_IWDG_GetState(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg) -{ - return hiwdg->State; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.c deleted file mode 100644 index eb69b1c..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1191 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief LTDC HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the LTDC peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State and Errors functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Program the required configuration through the following parameters: - the LTDC timing, the horizontal and vertical polarity, - the pixel clock polarity, Data Enable polarity and the LTDC background color value - using HAL_LTDC_Init() function - - (#) Program the required configuration through the following parameters: - the pixel format, the blending factors, input alpha value, the window size - and the image size using HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer() function for foreground - or/and background layer. - - (#) Optionally, configure and enable the CLUT using HAL_LTDC_ConfigCLUT() and - HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT functions. - - (#) Optionally, enable the Dither using HAL_LTDC_EnableDither(). - - (#) Optionally, configure and enable the Color keying using HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying() - and HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying functions. - - (#) Optionally, configure LineInterrupt using HAL_LTDC_ProgramLineEvent() - function - - (#) If needed, reconfigure and change the pixel format value, the alpha value - value, the window size, the window position and the layer start address - for foreground or/and background layer using respectively the following - functions: HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat(), HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha(), HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize(), - HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition(), HAL_LTDC_SetAddress. - - (#) To control LTDC state you can use the following function: HAL_LTDC_GetState() - - *** LTDC HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in LTDC HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE: Enable the LTDC. - (+) __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE: Disable the LTDC. - (+) __HAL_LTDC_LAYER_ENABLE: Enable the LTDC Layer. - (+) __HAL_LTDC_LAYER_DISABLE: Disable the LTDC Layer. - (+) __HAL_LTDC_RELOAD_CONFIG: Reload Layer Configuration. - (+) __HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG: Get the LTDC pending flags. - (+) __HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the LTDC pending flags. - (+) __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified LTDC interrupts. - (+) __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified LTDC interrupts. - (+) __HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified LTDC interrupt has occurred or not. - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the LTDC HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ -/** @defgroup LTDC LTDC - * @brief LTDC HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -static void LTDC_SetConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx); -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Functions LTDC Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the LTDC - (+) De-initialize the LTDC - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the LTDC according to the specified - * parameters in the LTDC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_Init(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0, tmp1 = 0; - - /* Check the LTDC peripheral state */ - if(hltdc == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check function parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_ALL_INSTANCE(hltdc->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_HSYNC(hltdc->Init.HorizontalSync)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_VSYNC(hltdc->Init.VerticalSync)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_AHBP(hltdc->Init.AccumulatedHBP)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_AVBP(hltdc->Init.AccumulatedVBP)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_AAH(hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveH)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_AAW(hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveW)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_TOTALH(hltdc->Init.TotalHeigh)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_TOTALW(hltdc->Init.TotalWidth)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_HSPOL(hltdc->Init.HSPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_VSPOL(hltdc->Init.VSPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_DEPOL(hltdc->Init.DEPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_PCPOL(hltdc->Init.PCPolarity)); - - if(hltdc->State == HAL_LTDC_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hltdc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_LTDC_MspInit(hltdc); - } - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Configures the HS, VS, DE and PC polarity */ - hltdc->Instance->GCR &= ~(LTDC_GCR_HSPOL | LTDC_GCR_VSPOL | LTDC_GCR_DEPOL | LTDC_GCR_PCPOL); - hltdc->Instance->GCR |= (uint32_t)(hltdc->Init.HSPolarity | hltdc->Init.VSPolarity | \ - hltdc->Init.DEPolarity | hltdc->Init.PCPolarity); - - /* Sets Synchronization size */ - hltdc->Instance->SSCR &= ~(LTDC_SSCR_VSH | LTDC_SSCR_HSW); - tmp = (hltdc->Init.HorizontalSync << 16); - hltdc->Instance->SSCR |= (tmp | hltdc->Init.VerticalSync); - - /* Sets Accumulated Back porch */ - hltdc->Instance->BPCR &= ~(LTDC_BPCR_AVBP | LTDC_BPCR_AHBP); - tmp = (hltdc->Init.AccumulatedHBP << 16); - hltdc->Instance->BPCR |= (tmp | hltdc->Init.AccumulatedVBP); - - /* Sets Accumulated Active Width */ - hltdc->Instance->AWCR &= ~(LTDC_AWCR_AAH | LTDC_AWCR_AAW); - tmp = (hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveW << 16); - hltdc->Instance->AWCR |= (tmp | hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveH); - - /* Sets Total Width */ - hltdc->Instance->TWCR &= ~(LTDC_TWCR_TOTALH | LTDC_TWCR_TOTALW); - tmp = (hltdc->Init.TotalWidth << 16); - hltdc->Instance->TWCR |= (tmp | hltdc->Init.TotalHeigh); - - /* Sets the background color value */ - tmp = ((uint32_t)(hltdc->Init.Backcolor.Green) << 8); - tmp1 = ((uint32_t)(hltdc->Init.Backcolor.Red) << 16); - hltdc->Instance->BCCR &= ~(LTDC_BCCR_BCBLUE | LTDC_BCCR_BCGREEN | LTDC_BCCR_BCRED); - hltdc->Instance->BCCR |= (tmp1 | tmp | hltdc->Init.Backcolor.Blue); - - /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */ - __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_TE); - - /* Enable the FIFO underrun interrupt */ - __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_FU); - - /* Enable LTDC by setting LTDCEN bit */ - __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE(hltdc); - - /* Initialize the error code */ - hltdc->ErrorCode = HAL_LTDC_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the LTDC peripheral registers to their default reset - * values. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @retval None - */ - -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DeInit(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc) -{ - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit(hltdc); - - /* Initialize the error code */ - hltdc->ErrorCode = HAL_LTDC_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the LTDC MSP. - * @param hltdc : pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_LTDC_MspInit(LTDC_HandleTypeDef* hltdc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_LTDC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the LTDC MSP. - * @param hltdc : pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit(LTDC_HandleTypeDef* hltdc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief IO operation functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides function allowing to: - (+) Handle LTDC interrupt request - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Handles LTDC interrupt request. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -void HAL_LTDC_IRQHandler(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc) -{ - /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/ - if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_TE) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hltdc, LTDC_IT_TE) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the transfer Error interrupt */ - __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_TE); - - /* Clear the transfer error flag */ - __HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_TE); - - /* Update error code */ - hltdc->ErrorCode |= HAL_LTDC_ERROR_TE; - - /* Change LTDC state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - /* Transfer error Callback */ - HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback(hltdc); - } - } - /* FIFO underrun Interrupt management ***************************************/ - if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_FU) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hltdc, LTDC_IT_FU) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the FIFO underrun interrupt */ - __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_FU); - - /* Clear the FIFO underrun flag */ - __HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_FU); - - /* Update error code */ - hltdc->ErrorCode |= HAL_LTDC_ERROR_FU; - - /* Change LTDC state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - /* Transfer error Callback */ - HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback(hltdc); - } - } - /* Line Interrupt management ************************************************/ - if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_LI) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hltdc, LTDC_IT_LI) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Line interrupt */ - __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_LI); - - /* Clear the Line interrupt flag */ - __HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_LI); - - /* Change LTDC state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - /* Line interrupt Callback */ - HAL_LTDC_LineEvenCallback(hltdc); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Error LTDC callback. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Line Event callback. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_LTDC_LineEvenCallback(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_LTDC_LineEvenCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure the LTDC foreground or/and background parameters. - (+) Set the active layer. - (+) Configure the color keying. - (+) Configure the C-LUT. - (+) Enable / Disable the color keying. - (+) Enable / Disable the C-LUT. - (+) Update the layer position. - (+) Update the layer size. - (+) Update pixel format on the fly. - (+) Update transparency on the fly. - (+) Update address on the fly. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configure the LTDC Layer according to the specified - * parameters in the LTDC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @param pLayerCfg: pointer to a LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the Layer. - * @param LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0 or 1 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hltdc); - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT(pLayerCfg->PixelFormat)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR1(pLayerCfg->BlendingFactor1)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR2(pLayerCfg->BlendingFactor2)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowX0)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowX1)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowY0)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowY1)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_ALPHA(pLayerCfg->Alpha0)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLL(pLayerCfg->ImageWidth)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLNBR(pLayerCfg->ImageHeight)); - - /* Copy new layer configuration into handle structure */ - hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx] = *pLayerCfg; - - /* Configure the LTDC Layer */ - LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx); - - /* Sets the Reload type */ - hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR; - - /* Initialize the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the color keying. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @param RGBValue: the color key value - * @param LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0 or 1 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t RGBValue, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hltdc); - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - - /* Configures the default color values */ - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CKCR &= ~(LTDC_LxCKCR_CKBLUE | LTDC_LxCKCR_CKGREEN | LTDC_LxCKCR_CKRED); - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CKCR = RGBValue; - - /* Sets the Reload type */ - hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR; - - /* Change the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Load the color lookup table. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @param pCLUT: pointer to the color lookup table address. - * @param CLUTSize: the color lookup table size. - * @param LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0 or 1 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigCLUT(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t *pCLUT, uint32_t CLUTSize, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - uint32_t counter = 0; - uint32_t pcounter = 0; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hltdc); - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - - for(counter = 0; (counter < CLUTSize); counter++) - { - if(hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx].PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_AL44) - { - tmp = (((counter + 16*counter) << 24) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF00) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF0000)); - } - else - { - tmp = ((counter << 24) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF00) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF0000)); - } - pcounter = (uint32_t)pCLUT + sizeof(*pCLUT); - pCLUT = (uint32_t *)pcounter; - - /* Specifies the C-LUT address and RGB value */ - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CLUTWR = tmp; - } - - /* Change the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the color keying. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @param LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0 or 1 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hltdc); - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - - /* Enable LTDC color keying by setting COLKEN bit */ - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_COLKEN; - - /* Sets the Reload type */ - hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR; - - /* Change the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the color keying. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @param LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0 or 1 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableColorKeying(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hltdc); - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - - /* Disable LTDC color keying by setting COLKEN bit */ - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_COLKEN; - - /* Sets the Reload type */ - hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR; - - /* Change the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the color lookup table. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @param LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0 or 1 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hltdc); - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - - /* Disable LTDC color lookup table by setting CLUTEN bit */ - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_CLUTEN; - - /* Sets the Reload type */ - hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR; - - /* Change the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the color lookup table. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @param LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0 or 1 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableCLUT(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hltdc); - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - - /* Disable LTDC color lookup table by setting CLUTEN bit */ - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_CLUTEN; - - /* Sets the Reload type */ - hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR; - - /* Change the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables Dither. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @retval HAL status - */ - -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableDither(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hltdc); - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable Dither by setting DTEN bit */ - LTDC->GCR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_GCR_DTEN; - - /* Change the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables Dither. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @retval HAL status - */ - -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableDither(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hltdc); - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable Dither by setting DTEN bit */ - LTDC->GCR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_GCR_DTEN; - - /* Change the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Set the LTDC window size. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @param XSize: LTDC Pixel per line - * @param YSize: LTDC Line number - * @param LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0 or 1 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t XSize, uint32_t YSize, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hltdc); - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Get layer configuration from handle structure */ - pLayerCfg = &hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx]; - - /* Check the parameters (Layers parameters)*/ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowX0)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowX1)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowY0)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowY1)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLL(XSize)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLNBR(YSize)); - - /* update horizontal start/stop */ - pLayerCfg->WindowX0 = 0; - pLayerCfg->WindowX1 = XSize + pLayerCfg->WindowX0; - - /* update vertical start/stop */ - pLayerCfg->WindowY0 = 0; - pLayerCfg->WindowY1 = YSize + pLayerCfg->WindowY0; - - /* Reconfigures the color frame buffer pitch in byte */ - pLayerCfg->ImageWidth = XSize; - - /* Reconfigures the frame buffer line number */ - pLayerCfg->ImageHeight = YSize; - - /* Set LTDC parameters */ - LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx); - - /* Sets the Reload type */ - hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR; - - /* Change the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Set the LTDC window position. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @param X0: LTDC window X offset - * @param Y0: LTDC window Y offset - * @param LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0 or 1 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t X0, uint32_t Y0, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hltdc); - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Get layer configuration from handle structure */ - pLayerCfg = &hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx]; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowX0)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowX1)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowY0)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowY1)); - - /* update horizontal start/stop */ - pLayerCfg->WindowX0 = X0; - pLayerCfg->WindowX1 = X0 + pLayerCfg->ImageWidth; - - /* update vertical start/stop */ - pLayerCfg->WindowY0 = Y0; - pLayerCfg->WindowY1 = Y0 + pLayerCfg->ImageHeight; - - /* Set LTDC parameters */ - LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx); - - /* Sets the Reload type */ - hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR; - - /* Change the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Reconfigure the pixel format. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @param Pixelformat: new pixel format value. - * @param LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0 or 1. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t Pixelformat, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hltdc); - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT(Pixelformat)); - - /* Get layer configuration from handle structure */ - pLayerCfg = &hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx]; - - /* Reconfigure the pixel format */ - pLayerCfg->PixelFormat = Pixelformat; - - /* Set LTDC parameters */ - LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx); - - /* Sets the Reload type */ - hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR; - - /* Change the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Reconfigure the layer alpha value. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @param Alpha: new alpha value. - * @param LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0 or 1 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t Alpha, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hltdc); - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_ALPHA(Alpha)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - - /* Get layer configuration from handle structure */ - pLayerCfg = &hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx]; - - /* Reconfigure the Alpha value */ - pLayerCfg->Alpha = Alpha; - - /* Set LTDC parameters */ - LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx); - - /* Sets the Reload type */ - hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR; - - /* Change the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @brief Reconfigure the frame buffer Address. - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @param Address: new address value. - * @param LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * 0 or 1. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetAddress(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t Address, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hltdc); - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx)); - - /* Get layer configuration from handle structure */ - pLayerCfg = &hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx]; - - /* Reconfigure the Address */ - pLayerCfg->FBStartAdress = Address; - - /* Set LTDC parameters */ - LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx); - - /* Sets the Reload type */ - hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR; - - /* Change the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Define the position of the line interrupt . - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @param Line: Line Interrupt Position. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ProgramLineEvent(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t Line) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hltdc); - - /* Change LTDC peripheral state */ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_LIPOS(Line)); - - /* Enable the Line interrupt */ - __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_LI); - - /* Sets the Line Interrupt position */ - LTDC->LIPCR = (uint32_t)Line; - - /* Change the LTDC state*/ - hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions - * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides functions allowing to - (+) Check the LTDC state. - (+) Get error code. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Return the LTDC state - * @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_LTDC_StateTypeDef HAL_LTDC_GetState(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc) -{ - return hltdc->State; -} - -/** -* @brief Return the LTDC error code -* @param hltdc : pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. -* @retval LTDC Error Code -*/ -uint32_t HAL_LTDC_GetError(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc) -{ - return hltdc->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the LTDC peripheral - * @param hltdc : Pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the LTDC. - * @param pLayerCfg: Pointer LTDC Layer Configuration structure - * @param LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: 0 or 1 - * @retval None - */ -static void LTDC_SetConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - uint32_t tmp2 = 0; - - /* Configures the horizontal start and stop position */ - tmp = ((pLayerCfg->WindowX1 + ((hltdc->Instance->BPCR & LTDC_BPCR_AHBP) >> 16)) << 16); - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->WHPCR &= ~(LTDC_LxWHPCR_WHSTPOS | LTDC_LxWHPCR_WHSPPOS); - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->WHPCR = ((pLayerCfg->WindowX0 + ((hltdc->Instance->BPCR & LTDC_BPCR_AHBP) >> 16) + 1) | tmp); - - /* Configures the vertical start and stop position */ - tmp = ((pLayerCfg->WindowY1 + (hltdc->Instance->BPCR & LTDC_BPCR_AVBP)) << 16); - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->WVPCR &= ~(LTDC_LxWVPCR_WVSTPOS | LTDC_LxWVPCR_WVSPPOS); - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->WVPCR = ((pLayerCfg->WindowY0 + (hltdc->Instance->BPCR & LTDC_BPCR_AVBP) + 1) | tmp); - - /* Specifies the pixel format */ - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->PFCR &= ~(LTDC_LxPFCR_PF); - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->PFCR = (pLayerCfg->PixelFormat); - - /* Configures the default color values */ - tmp = ((uint32_t)(pLayerCfg->Backcolor.Green) << 8); - tmp1 = ((uint32_t)(pLayerCfg->Backcolor.Red) << 16); - tmp2 = (pLayerCfg->Alpha0 << 24); - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->DCCR &= ~(LTDC_LxDCCR_DCBLUE | LTDC_LxDCCR_DCGREEN | LTDC_LxDCCR_DCRED | LTDC_LxDCCR_DCALPHA); - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->DCCR = (pLayerCfg->Backcolor.Blue | tmp | tmp1 | tmp2); - - /* Specifies the constant alpha value */ - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CACR &= ~(LTDC_LxCACR_CONSTA); - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CACR = (pLayerCfg->Alpha); - - /* Specifies the blending factors */ - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->BFCR &= ~(LTDC_LxBFCR_BF2 | LTDC_LxBFCR_BF1); - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->BFCR = (pLayerCfg->BlendingFactor1 | pLayerCfg->BlendingFactor2); - - /* Configures the color frame buffer start address */ - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBAR &= ~(LTDC_LxCFBAR_CFBADD); - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBAR = (pLayerCfg->FBStartAdress); - - if(pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_ARGB8888) - { - tmp = 4; - } - else if (pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB888) - { - tmp = 3; - } - else if((pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_ARGB4444) || \ - (pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB565) || \ - (pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_ARGB1555) || \ - (pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_AL88)) - { - tmp = 2; - } - else - { - tmp = 1; - } - - /* Configures the color frame buffer pitch in byte */ - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBLR &= ~(LTDC_LxCFBLR_CFBLL | LTDC_LxCFBLR_CFBP); - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBLR = (((pLayerCfg->ImageWidth * tmp) << 16) | (((pLayerCfg->WindowX1 - pLayerCfg->WindowX0) * tmp) + 3)); - - /* Configures the frame buffer line number */ - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBLNR &= ~(LTDC_LxCFBLNR_CFBLNBR); - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBLNR = (pLayerCfg->ImageHeight); - - /* Enable LTDC_Layer by setting LEN bit */ - LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_LEN; -} - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */ -#endif /* HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp_template.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp_template.c deleted file mode 100644 index 62e8973..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp_template.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,119 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_msp_template.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief This file contains the HAL System and Peripheral (PPP) MSP initialization - * and de-initialization functions. - * It should be copied to the application folder and renamed into 'stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c'. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HAL_MSP HAL MSP - * @brief HAL MSP module. - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup HAL_MSP_Private_Functions HAL MSP Private Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the Global MSP. - * @note This function is called from HAL_Init() function to perform system - * level initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt). - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_MspInit(void) -{ - -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the Global MSP. - * @note This functiona is called from HAL_DeInit() function to perform system - * level de-initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt). - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_MspDeInit(void) -{ - -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the PPP MSP. - * @note This functiona is called from HAL_PPP_Init() function to perform - * peripheral(PPP) system level initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt) - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PPP_MspInit(void) -{ - -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the PPP MSP. - * @note This functiona is called from HAL_PPP_DeInit() function to perform - * peripheral(PPP) system level de-initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt) - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(void) -{ - -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_nand.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_nand.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4b0a4dc..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_nand.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1125 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_nand.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief NAND HAL module driver. - * This file provides a generic firmware to drive NAND memories mounted - * as external device. - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to - control NAND flash memories. It uses the FMC/FSMC layer functions to interface - with NAND devices. This driver is used as follows: - - (+) NAND flash memory configuration sequence using the function HAL_NAND_Init() - with control and timing parameters for both common and attribute spaces. - - (+) Read NAND flash memory maker and device IDs using the function - HAL_NAND_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the NAND_ID_TypeDef - structure declared by the function caller. - - (+) Access NAND flash memory by read/write operations using the functions - HAL_NAND_Read_Page()/HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea(), HAL_NAND_Write_Page()/HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea() - to read/write page(s)/spare area(s). These functions use specific device - information (Block, page size..) predefined by the user in the HAL_NAND_Info_TypeDef - structure. The read/write address information is contained by the Nand_Address_Typedef - structure passed as parameter. - - (+) Perform NAND flash Reset chip operation using the function HAL_NAND_Reset(). - - (+) Perform NAND flash erase block operation using the function HAL_NAND_Erase_Block(). - The erase block address information is contained in the Nand_Address_Typedef - structure passed as parameter. - - (+) Read the NAND flash status operation using the function HAL_NAND_Read_Status(). - - (+) You can also control the NAND device by calling the control APIs HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable()/ - HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the ECC code correction - feature or the function HAL_NAND_GetECC() to get the ECC correction code. - - (+) You can monitor the NAND device HAL state by calling the function - HAL_NAND_GetState() - - [..] - (@) This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard NAND flash operations. - If a NAND flash device contains different operations and/or implementations, - it should be implemented separately. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - - -#ifdef HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F446xx) - -/** @defgroup NAND NAND - * @brief NAND HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup NAND_Private_Constants NAND Private Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup NAND_Private_Macros NAND Private Macros - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions NAND Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### NAND Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize - the NAND memory - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Perform NAND memory Initialization sequence - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @param ComSpace_Timing: pointer to Common space timing structure - * @param AttSpace_Timing: pointer to Attribute space timing structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Init(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *ComSpace_Timing, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *AttSpace_Timing) -{ - /* Check the NAND handle state */ - if(hnand == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hnand->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ - HAL_NAND_MspInit(hnand); - } - - /* Initialize NAND control Interface */ - FMC_NAND_Init(hnand->Instance, &(hnand->Init)); - - /* Initialize NAND common space timing Interface */ - FMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(hnand->Instance, ComSpace_Timing, hnand->Init.NandBank); - - /* Initialize NAND attribute space timing Interface */ - FMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(hnand->Instance, AttSpace_Timing, hnand->Init.NandBank); - - /* Enable the NAND device */ - __FMC_NAND_ENABLE(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank); - - /* Update the NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Perform NAND memory De-Initialization sequence - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_DeInit(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) -{ - /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ - HAL_NAND_MspDeInit(hnand); - - /* Configure the NAND registers with their reset values */ - FMC_NAND_DeInit(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank); - - /* Reset the NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief NAND MSP Init - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_NAND_MspInit(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_NAND_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief NAND MSP DeInit - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_NAND_MspDeInit(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_NAND_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - - -/** - * @brief This function handles NAND device interrupt request. - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @retval HAL status -*/ -void HAL_NAND_IRQHandler(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) -{ - /* Check NAND interrupt Rising edge flag */ - if(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE)) - { - /* NAND interrupt callback*/ - HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand); - - /* Clear NAND interrupt Rising edge pending bit */ - __FMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE); - } - - /* Check NAND interrupt Level flag */ - if(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_LEVEL)) - { - /* NAND interrupt callback*/ - HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand); - - /* Clear NAND interrupt Level pending bit */ - __FMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_LEVEL); - } - - /* Check NAND interrupt Falling edge flag */ - if(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE)) - { - /* NAND interrupt callback*/ - HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand); - - /* Clear NAND interrupt Falling edge pending bit */ - __FMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE); - } - - /* Check NAND interrupt FIFO empty flag */ - if(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT)) - { - /* NAND interrupt callback*/ - HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand); - - /* Clear NAND interrupt FIFO empty pending bit */ - __FMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT); - } - -} - -/** - * @brief NAND interrupt feature callback - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_NAND_ITCallback(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_NAND_ITCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions - * @brief Input Output and memory control functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### NAND Input and Output functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to use and control the NAND - memory - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Read the NAND memory electronic signature - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @param pNAND_ID: NAND ID structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_ID(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_IDTypeDef *pNAND_ID) -{ - __IO uint32_t data = 0; - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnand); - - /* Check the NAND controller state */ - if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Identify the device address */ - if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; - } - else - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; - } - - /* Update the NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Send Read ID command sequence */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_READID; - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; - - /* Read the electronic signature from NAND flash */ - data = *(__IO uint32_t *)deviceaddress; - - /* Return the data read */ - pNAND_ID->Maker_Id = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(data); - pNAND_ID->Device_Id = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(data); - pNAND_ID->Third_Id = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(data); - pNAND_ID->Fourth_Id = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(data); - - /* Update the NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief NAND memory reset - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Reset(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) -{ - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnand); - - /* Check the NAND controller state */ - if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Identify the device address */ - if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; - } - else - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; - } - - /* Update the NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Send NAND reset command */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = 0xFF; - - - /* Update the NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); - - return HAL_OK; - -} - -/** - * @brief Read Page(s) from NAND memory block - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @param pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure - * @param pBuffer : pointer to destination read buffer - * @param NumPageToRead : number of pages to read from block - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_Page(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToRead) -{ - __IO uint32_t index = 0; - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0, size = 0, numpagesread = 0, addressstatus = NAND_VALID_ADDRESS; - NAND_AddressTypeDef nandaddress; - uint32_t addressoffset = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnand); - - /* Check the NAND controller state */ - if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Identify the device address */ - if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; - } - else - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; - } - - /* Update the NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Save the content of pAddress as it will be modified */ - nandaddress.Block = pAddress->Block; - nandaddress.Page = pAddress->Page; - nandaddress.Zone = pAddress->Zone; - - /* Page(s) read loop */ - while((NumPageToRead != 0) && (addressstatus == NAND_VALID_ADDRESS)) - { - /* update the buffer size */ - size = hnand->Info.PageSize + ((hnand->Info.PageSize) * numpagesread); - - /* Get the address offset */ - addressoffset = ARRAY_ADDRESS(&nandaddress, hnand); - - /* Send read page command sequence */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_A; - - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(addressoffset); - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(addressoffset); - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(addressoffset); - - /* for 512 and 1 GB devices, 4th cycle is required */ - if(hnand->Info.BlockNbr >= 1024) - { - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(addressoffset); - } - - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_TRUE1; - - /* Get Data into Buffer */ - for(index = size; index != 0; index--) - { - *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint8_t *)deviceaddress; - } - - /* Increment read pages number */ - numpagesread++; - - /* Decrement pages to read */ - NumPageToRead--; - - /* Increment the NAND address */ - addressstatus = HAL_NAND_Address_Inc(hnand, &nandaddress); - } - - /* Update the NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); - - return HAL_OK; - -} - -/** - * @brief Write Page(s) to NAND memory block - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @param pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure - * @param pBuffer : pointer to source buffer to write - * @param NumPageToWrite : number of pages to write to block - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_Page(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToWrite) -{ - __IO uint32_t index = 0; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0 , size = 0, numpageswritten = 0, addressstatus = NAND_VALID_ADDRESS; - NAND_AddressTypeDef nandaddress; - uint32_t addressoffset = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnand); - - /* Check the NAND controller state */ - if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Identify the device address */ - if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; - } - else - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; - } - - /* Update the NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Save the content of pAddress as it will be modified */ - nandaddress.Block = pAddress->Block; - nandaddress.Page = pAddress->Page; - nandaddress.Zone = pAddress->Zone; - - /* Page(s) write loop */ - while((NumPageToWrite != 0) && (addressstatus == NAND_VALID_ADDRESS)) - { - /* update the buffer size */ - size = hnand->Info.PageSize + ((hnand->Info.PageSize) * numpageswritten); - - /* Get the address offset */ - addressoffset = ARRAY_ADDRESS(&nandaddress, hnand); - - /* Send write page command sequence */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_A; - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE0; - - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(addressoffset); - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(addressoffset); - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(addressoffset); - - /* for 512 and 1 GB devices, 4th cycle is required */ - if(hnand->Info.BlockNbr >= 1024) - { - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(addressoffset); - } - - /* Write data to memory */ - for(index = size; index != 0; index--) - { - *(__IO uint8_t *)deviceaddress = *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++; - } - - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE_TRUE1; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Read status until NAND is ready */ - while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Increment written pages number */ - numpageswritten++; - - /* Decrement pages to write */ - NumPageToWrite--; - - /* Increment the NAND address */ - addressstatus = HAL_NAND_Address_Inc(hnand, &nandaddress); - } - - /* Update the NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Read Spare area(s) from NAND memory - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @param pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure - * @param pBuffer: pointer to source buffer to write - * @param NumSpareAreaToRead: Number of spare area to read - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaToRead) -{ - __IO uint32_t index = 0; - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0, size = 0, num_spare_area_read = 0, addressstatus = NAND_VALID_ADDRESS; - NAND_AddressTypeDef nandaddress; - uint32_t addressoffset = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnand); - - /* Check the NAND controller state */ - if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Identify the device address */ - if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; - } - else - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; - } - - /* Update the NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Save the content of pAddress as it will be modified */ - nandaddress.Block = pAddress->Block; - nandaddress.Page = pAddress->Page; - nandaddress.Zone = pAddress->Zone; - - /* Spare area(s) read loop */ - while((NumSpareAreaToRead != 0) && (addressstatus == NAND_VALID_ADDRESS)) - { - /* update the buffer size */ - size = (hnand->Info.SpareAreaSize) + ((hnand->Info.SpareAreaSize) * num_spare_area_read); - - /* Get the address offset */ - addressoffset = ARRAY_ADDRESS(&nandaddress, hnand); - - /* Send read spare area command sequence */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_C; - - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(addressoffset); - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(addressoffset); - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(addressoffset); - - /* for 512 and 1 GB devices, 4th cycle is required */ - if(hnand->Info.BlockNbr >= 1024) - { - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(addressoffset); - } - - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_TRUE1; - - /* Get Data into Buffer */ - for (index = size ;index != 0; index--) - { - *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint8_t *)deviceaddress; - } - - /* Increment read spare areas number */ - num_spare_area_read++; - - /* Decrement spare areas to read */ - NumSpareAreaToRead--; - - /* Increment the NAND address */ - addressstatus = HAL_NAND_Address_Inc(hnand, &nandaddress); - } - - /* Update the NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Write Spare area(s) to NAND memory - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @param pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure - * @param pBuffer : pointer to source buffer to write - * @param NumSpareAreaTowrite : number of spare areas to write to block - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaTowrite) -{ - __IO uint32_t index = 0; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0, size = 0, num_spare_area_written = 0, addressstatus = NAND_VALID_ADDRESS; - NAND_AddressTypeDef nandaddress; - uint32_t addressoffset = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnand); - - /* Check the NAND controller state */ - if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Identify the device address */ - if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; - } - else - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; - } - - /* Update the FMC_NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Save the content of pAddress as it will be modified */ - nandaddress.Block = pAddress->Block; - nandaddress.Page = pAddress->Page; - nandaddress.Zone = pAddress->Zone; - - /* Spare area(s) write loop */ - while((NumSpareAreaTowrite != 0) && (addressstatus == NAND_VALID_ADDRESS)) - { - /* update the buffer size */ - size = (hnand->Info.SpareAreaSize) + ((hnand->Info.SpareAreaSize) * num_spare_area_written); - - /* Get the address offset */ - addressoffset = ARRAY_ADDRESS(&nandaddress, hnand); - - /* Send write Spare area command sequence */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_C; - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE0; - - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(addressoffset); - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(addressoffset); - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(addressoffset); - - /* for 512 and 1 GB devices, 4th cycle is required */ - if(hnand->Info.BlockNbr >= 1024) - { - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(addressoffset); - } - - /* Write data to memory */ - for(; index < size; index++) - { - *(__IO uint8_t *)deviceaddress = *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++; - } - - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE_TRUE1; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Read status until NAND is ready */ - while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Increment written spare areas number */ - num_spare_area_written++; - - /* Decrement spare areas to write */ - NumSpareAreaTowrite--; - - /* Increment the NAND address */ - addressstatus = HAL_NAND_Address_Inc(hnand, &nandaddress); - } - - /* Update the NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief NAND memory Block erase - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @param pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Erase_Block(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress) -{ - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnand); - - /* Check the NAND controller state */ - if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Identify the device address */ - if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; - } - else - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; - } - - /* Update the NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Send Erase block command sequence */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_ERASE0; - - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand)); - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand)); - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand)); - - /* for 512 and 1 GB devices, 4th cycle is required */ - if(hnand->Info.BlockNbr >= 1024) - { - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand)); - } - - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_ERASE1; - - /* Update the NAND controller state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Read status until NAND is ready */ - while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT) - { - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief NAND memory read status - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @retval NAND status - */ -uint32_t HAL_NAND_Read_Status(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) -{ - uint32_t data = 0; - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0; - - /* Identify the device address */ - if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; - } - else - { - deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; - } - - /* Send Read status operation command */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_STATUS; - - /* Read status register data */ - data = *(__IO uint8_t *)deviceaddress; - - /* Return the status */ - if((data & NAND_ERROR) == NAND_ERROR) - { - return NAND_ERROR; - } - else if((data & NAND_READY) == NAND_READY) - { - return NAND_READY; - } - - return NAND_BUSY; -} - -/** - * @brief Increment the NAND memory address - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @param pAddress: pointer to NAND address structure - * @retval The new status of the increment address operation. It can be: - * - NAND_VALID_ADDRESS: When the new address is valid address - * - NAND_INVALID_ADDRESS: When the new address is invalid address - */ -uint32_t HAL_NAND_Address_Inc(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress) -{ - uint32_t status = NAND_VALID_ADDRESS; - - /* Increment page address */ - pAddress->Page++; - - /* Check NAND address is valid */ - if(pAddress->Page == hnand->Info.BlockSize) - { - pAddress->Page = 0; - pAddress->Block++; - - if(pAddress->Block == hnand->Info.ZoneSize) - { - pAddress->Block = 0; - pAddress->Zone++; - - if(pAddress->Zone == (hnand->Info.ZoneSize/ hnand->Info.BlockNbr)) - { - status = NAND_INVALID_ADDRESS; - } - } - } - - return (status); -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### NAND Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically - the NAND interface. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * @brief Enables dynamically NAND ECC feature. - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) -{ - /* Check the NAND controller state */ - if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Update the NAND state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable ECC feature */ - FMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank); - - /* Update the NAND state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature. - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) -{ - /* Check the NAND controller state */ - if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Update the NAND state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable ECC feature */ - FMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank); - - /* Update the NAND state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables dynamically NAND ECC feature. - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @param ECCval: pointer to ECC value - * @param Timeout: maximum timeout to wait - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_GetECC(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Check the NAND controller state */ - if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Update the NAND state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Get NAND ECC value */ - status = FMC_NAND_GetECC(hnand->Instance, ECCval, hnand->Init.NandBank, Timeout); - - /* Update the NAND state */ - hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; - - return status; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### NAND State functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the NAND controller - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief return the NAND state - * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NAND module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_NAND_StateTypeDef HAL_NAND_GetState(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) -{ - return hnand->State; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx ||\ - STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx ||\ - STM32F446xx */ - -#endif /* HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_nor.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_nor.c deleted file mode 100644 index 13800c3..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_nor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1007 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_nor.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief NOR HAL module driver. - * This file provides a generic firmware to drive NOR memories mounted - * as external device. - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to - control NOR flash memories. It uses the FMC/FSMC layer functions to interface - with NOR devices. This driver is used as follows: - - (+) NOR flash memory configuration sequence using the function HAL_NOR_Init() - with control and timing parameters for both normal and extended mode. - - (+) Read NOR flash memory manufacturer code and device IDs using the function - HAL_NOR_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the NOR_ID_TypeDef - structure declared by the function caller. - - (+) Access NOR flash memory by read/write data unit operations using the functions - HAL_NOR_Read(), HAL_NOR_Program(). - - (+) Perform NOR flash erase block/chip operations using the functions - HAL_NOR_Erase_Block() and HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip(). - - (+) Read the NOR flash CFI (common flash interface) IDs using the function - HAL_NOR_Read_CFI(). The read information is stored in the NOR_CFI_TypeDef - structure declared by the function caller. - - (+) You can also control the NOR device by calling the control APIs HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable()/ - HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the NOR write operation - - (+) You can monitor the NOR device HAL state by calling the function - HAL_NOR_GetState() - [..] - (@) This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard NOR flash operations. - If a NOR flash device contains different operations and/or implementations, - it should be implemented separately. - - *** NOR HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in NOR HAL driver. - - (+) NOR_WRITE : NOR memory write data to specified address - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup NOR NOR - * @brief NOR driver modules - * @{ - */ -#ifdef HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED -#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup NOR_Private_Defines NOR Private Defines - * @{ - */ - -/* Constants to define address to set to write a command */ -#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST (uint16_t)0x0555 -#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST_CFI (uint16_t)0x0055 -#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND (uint16_t)0x02AA -#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD (uint16_t)0x0555 -#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FOURTH (uint16_t)0x0555 -#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIFTH (uint16_t)0x02AA -#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SIXTH (uint16_t)0x0555 - -/* Constants to define data to program a command */ -#define NOR_CMD_DATA_READ_RESET (uint16_t)0x00F0 -#define NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST (uint16_t)0x00AA -#define NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND (uint16_t)0x0055 -#define NOR_CMD_DATA_AUTO_SELECT (uint16_t)0x0090 -#define NOR_CMD_DATA_PROGRAM (uint16_t)0x00A0 -#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_THIRD (uint16_t)0x0080 -#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FOURTH (uint16_t)0x00AA -#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FIFTH (uint16_t)0x0055 -#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_ERASE (uint16_t)0x0010 -#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CFI (uint16_t)0x0098 - -#define NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG (uint8_t)0x25 -#define NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG_CONFIRM (uint8_t)0x29 -#define NOR_CMD_DATA_BLOCK_ERASE (uint8_t)0x30 - -/* Mask on NOR STATUS REGISTER */ -#define NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5 (uint16_t)0x0020 -#define NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6 (uint16_t)0x0040 - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions NOR Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### NOR Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize - the NOR memory - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Perform the NOR memory Initialization sequence - * @param hnor: pointer to the NOR handle - * @param Timing: pointer to NOR control timing structure - * @param ExtTiming: pointer to NOR extended mode timing structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Init(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *ExtTiming) -{ - /* Check the NOR handle parameter */ - if(hnor == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hnor->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ - HAL_NOR_MspInit(hnor); - } - - /* Initialize NOR control Interface */ - FMC_NORSRAM_Init(hnor->Instance, &(hnor->Init)); - - /* Initialize NOR timing Interface */ - FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(hnor->Instance, Timing, hnor->Init.NSBank); - - /* Initialize NOR extended mode timing Interface */ - FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(hnor->Extended, ExtTiming, hnor->Init.NSBank, hnor->Init.ExtendedMode); - - /* Enable the NORSRAM device */ - __FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE(hnor->Instance, hnor->Init.NSBank); - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Perform NOR memory De-Initialization sequence - * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NOR module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_DeInit(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor) -{ - /* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ - HAL_NOR_MspDeInit(hnor); - - /* Configure the NOR registers with their reset values */ - FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(hnor->Instance, hnor->Extended, hnor->Init.NSBank); - - /* Update the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief NOR MSP Init - * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NOR module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_NOR_MspInit(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_NOR_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief NOR MSP DeInit - * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NOR module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_NOR_MspDeInit(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_NOR_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief NOR BSP Wait for Ready/Busy signal - * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for NOR module. - * @param Timeout: Maximum timeout value - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_NOR_MspWait(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_NOR_BspWait could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions - * @brief Input Output and memory control functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### NOR Input and Output functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to use and control the NOR memory - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Read NOR flash IDs - * @param hnor: pointer to the NOR handle - * @param pNOR_ID : pointer to NOR ID structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read_ID(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, NOR_IDTypeDef *pNOR_ID) -{ - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnor); - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Select the NOR device address */ - if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; - } - else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; - } - - /* Update the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Send read ID command */ - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_AUTO_SELECT); - - /* Read the NOR IDs */ - pNOR_ID->Manufacturer_Code = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, MC_ADDRESS); - pNOR_ID->Device_Code1 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, DEVICE_CODE1_ADDR); - pNOR_ID->Device_Code2 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, DEVICE_CODE2_ADDR); - pNOR_ID->Device_Code3 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, DEVICE_CODE3_ADDR); - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the NOR memory to Read mode. - * @param hnor: pointer to the NOR handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ReturnToReadMode(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor) -{ - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnor); - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Select the NOR device address */ - if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; - } - else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; - } - - NOR_WRITE(deviceaddress, NOR_CMD_DATA_READ_RESET); - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Read data from NOR memory - * @param hnor: pointer to the NOR handle - * @param pAddress: pointer to Device address - * @param pData : pointer to read data - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pData) -{ - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnor); - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Select the NOR device address */ - if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; - } - else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; - } - - /* Update the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Send read data command */ - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND); - NOR_WRITE((uint32_t)pAddress, NOR_CMD_DATA_READ_RESET); - - /* Read the data */ - *pData = *(__IO uint32_t *)(uint32_t)pAddress; - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Program data to NOR memory - * @param hnor: pointer to the NOR handle - * @param pAddress: Device address - * @param pData : pointer to the data to write - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Program(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pData) -{ - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnor); - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Select the NOR device address */ - if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; - } - else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; - } - - /* Update the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Send program data command */ - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_PROGRAM); - - /* Write the data */ - NOR_WRITE(pAddress, *pData); - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Reads a half-word buffer from the NOR memory. - * @param hnor: pointer to the NOR handle - * @param uwAddress: NOR memory internal address to read from. - * @param pData: pointer to the buffer that receives the data read from the - * NOR memory. - * @param uwBufferSize : number of Half word to read. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ReadBuffer(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t uwAddress, uint16_t *pData, uint32_t uwBufferSize) -{ - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnor); - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Select the NOR device address */ - if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; - } - else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; - } - - /* Update the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Send read data command */ - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND); - NOR_WRITE(uwAddress, 0x00F0); - - /* Read buffer */ - while( uwBufferSize > 0) - { - *pData++ = *(__IO uint16_t *)uwAddress; - uwAddress += 2; - uwBufferSize--; - } - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Writes a half-word buffer to the NOR memory. This function must be used - only with S29GL128P NOR memory. - * @param hnor: pointer to the NOR handle - * @param uwAddress: NOR memory internal start write address - * @param pData: pointer to source data buffer. - * @param uwBufferSize: Size of the buffer to write - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ProgramBuffer(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t uwAddress, uint16_t *pData, uint32_t uwBufferSize) -{ - uint16_t * p_currentaddress = (uint16_t *)NULL; - uint16_t * p_endaddress = (uint16_t *)NULL; - uint32_t lastloadedaddress = 0, deviceaddress = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnor); - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Select the NOR device address */ - if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; - } - else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; - } - - /* Update the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Initialize variables */ - p_currentaddress = (uint16_t*)((uint32_t)(uwAddress)); - p_endaddress = p_currentaddress + (uwBufferSize-1); - lastloadedaddress = (uint32_t)(uwAddress); - - /* Issue unlock command sequence */ - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND); - - /* Write Buffer Load Command */ - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, uwAddress), NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, uwAddress), (uwBufferSize - 1)); - - /* Load Data into NOR Buffer */ - while(p_currentaddress <= p_endaddress) - { - /* Store last loaded address & data value (for polling) */ - lastloadedaddress = (uint32_t)p_currentaddress; - - NOR_WRITE(p_currentaddress, *pData++); - - p_currentaddress ++; - } - - NOR_WRITE((uint32_t)(lastloadedaddress), NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG_CONFIRM); - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); - - return HAL_OK; - -} - -/** - * @brief Erase the specified block of the NOR memory - * @param hnor: pointer to the NOR handle - * @param BlockAddress : Block to erase address - * @param Address: Device address - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Erase_Block(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t BlockAddress, uint32_t Address) -{ - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnor); - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Select the NOR device address */ - if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; - } - else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; - } - - /* Update the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Send block erase command sequence */ - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_THIRD); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FOURTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FOURTH); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIFTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FIFTH); - NOR_WRITE((uint32_t)(BlockAddress + Address), NOR_CMD_DATA_BLOCK_ERASE); - - /* Check the NOR memory status and update the controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); - - return HAL_OK; - -} - -/** - * @brief Erase the entire NOR chip. - * @param hnor: pointer to the NOR handle - * @param Address : Device address - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t Address) -{ - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnor); - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Select the NOR device address */ - if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; - } - else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; - } - - /* Update the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Send NOR chip erase command sequence */ - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_THIRD); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FOURTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FOURTH); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIFTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FIFTH); - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SIXTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_ERASE); - - /* Check the NOR memory status and update the controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Read NOR flash CFI IDs - * @param hnor: pointer to the NOR handle - * @param pNOR_CFI : pointer to NOR CFI IDs structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read_CFI(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, NOR_CFITypeDef *pNOR_CFI) -{ - uint32_t deviceaddress = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnor); - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Select the NOR device address */ - if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; - } - else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; - } - else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ - { - deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; - } - - /* Update the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Send read CFI query command */ - NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST_CFI), NOR_CMD_DATA_CFI); - - /* read the NOR CFI information */ - pNOR_CFI->CFI_1 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, CFI1_ADDRESS); - pNOR_CFI->CFI_2 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, CFI2_ADDRESS); - pNOR_CFI->CFI_3 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, CFI3_ADDRESS); - pNOR_CFI->CFI_4 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, CFI4_ADDRESS); - - /* Check the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### NOR Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically - the NOR interface. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables dynamically NOR write operation. - * @param hnor: pointer to the NOR handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnor); - - /* Enable write operation */ - FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(hnor->Instance, hnor->Init.NSBank); - - /* Update the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables dynamically NOR write operation. - * @param hnor: pointer to the NOR handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hnor); - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable write operation */ - FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(hnor->Instance, hnor->Init.NSBank); - - /* Update the NOR controller state */ - hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_PROTECTED; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group4 State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### NOR State functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the NOR controller - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief return the NOR controller state - * @param hnor: pointer to the NOR handle - * @retval NOR controller state - */ -HAL_NOR_StateTypeDef HAL_NOR_GetState(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor) -{ - return hnor->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the NOR operation status. - * @param hnor: pointer to the NOR handle - * @param Address: Device address - * @param Timeout: NOR programming Timeout - * @retval NOR_Status: The returned value can be: HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS, HAL_NOR_STATUS_ERROR - * or HAL_NOR_STATUS_TIMEOUT - */ -HAL_NOR_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_GetStatus(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - HAL_NOR_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_NOR_STATUS_ONGOING; - uint16_t tmpSR1 = 0, tmpSR2 = 0; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Poll on NOR memory Ready/Busy signal ------------------------------------*/ - HAL_NOR_MspWait(hnor, Timeout); - - /* Get the NOR memory operation status -------------------------------------*/ - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - while((status != HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS ) && (status != HAL_NOR_STATUS_TIMEOUT)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - status = HAL_NOR_STATUS_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Read NOR status register (DQ6 and DQ5) */ - tmpSR1 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address; - tmpSR2 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address; - - /* If DQ6 did not toggle between the two reads then return HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS */ - if((tmpSR1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6) == (tmpSR2 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6)) - { - return HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS ; - } - - if((tmpSR1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5) == NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5) - { - status = HAL_NOR_STATUS_ONGOING; - } - - tmpSR1 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address; - tmpSR2 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address; - - /* If DQ6 did not toggle between the two reads then return HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS */ - if((tmpSR1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6) == (tmpSR2 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6)) - { - return HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS; - } - if((tmpSR1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5) == NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5) - { - return HAL_NOR_STATUS_ERROR; - } - } - - /* Return the operation status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx ||\ - STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */ -#endif /* HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.c deleted file mode 100644 index 290e6fc..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,742 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief PCCARD HAL module driver. - * This file provides a generic firmware to drive PCCARD memories mounted - * as external device. - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to - control PCCARD/compact flash memories. It uses the FMC/FSMC layer functions - to interface with PCCARD devices. This driver is used for: - - (+) PCCARD/Compact Flash memory configuration sequence using the function - HAL_PCCARD_Init()/HAL_CF_Init() with control and timing parameters for - both common and attribute spaces. - - (+) Read PCCARD/Compact Flash memory maker and device IDs using the function - HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID()/HAL_CF_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in - the CompactFlash_ID structure declared by the function caller. - - (+) Access PCCARD/Compact Flash memory by read/write operations using the functions - HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector()/ HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector() - - HAL_CF_Read_Sector()/HAL_CF_Write_Sector(), to read/write sector. - - (+) Perform PCCARD/Compact Flash Reset chip operation using the function - HAL_PCCARD_Reset()/HAL_CF_Reset. - - (+) Perform PCCARD/Compact Flash erase sector operation using the function - HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector()/HAL_CF_Erase_Sector. - - (+) Read the PCCARD/Compact Flash status operation using the function - HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus()/HAL_CF_ReadStatus(). - - (+) You can monitor the PCCARD/Compact Flash device HAL state by calling - the function HAL_PCCARD_GetState()/HAL_CF_GetState() - - [..] - (@) This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard PCCARD/compact flash - operations. If a PCCARD/Compact Flash device contains different operations - and/or implementations, it should be implemented separately. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED -#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) -/** @defgroup PCCARD PCCARD - * @brief PCCARD HAL module driver - * @{ - */ -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup PCCARD_Private_Defines PCCARD Private Defines - * @{ - */ -#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_ID (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF -#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF -#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERASE_SECTOR (uint32_t)0x00000400 -#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_STATUS (uint32_t)0x01000000 - -#define PCCARD_STATUS_OK (uint8_t)0x58 -#define PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK (uint8_t)0x50 -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function ----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions PCCARD Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### PCCARD Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize - the PCCARD memory - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Perform the PCCARD memory Initialization sequence - * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for PCCARD module. - * @param ComSpaceTiming: Common space timing structure - * @param AttSpaceTiming: Attribute space timing structure - * @param IOSpaceTiming: IO space timing structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Init(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *ComSpaceTiming, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *AttSpaceTiming, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *IOSpaceTiming) -{ - /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ - if(hpccard == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hpccard->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ - HAL_PCCARD_MspInit(hpccard); - } - - /* Initialize the PCCARD state */ - hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Initialize PCCARD control Interface */ - FMC_PCCARD_Init(hpccard->Instance, &(hpccard->Init)); - - /* Init PCCARD common space timing Interface */ - FMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, ComSpaceTiming); - - /* Init PCCARD attribute space timing Interface */ - FMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, AttSpaceTiming); - - /* Init PCCARD IO space timing Interface */ - FMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, IOSpaceTiming); - - /* Enable the PCCARD device */ - __FMC_PCCARD_ENABLE(hpccard->Instance); - - /* Update the PCCARD state */ - hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; - -} - -/** - * @brief Perform the PCCARD memory De-initialization sequence - * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for PCCARD module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_DeInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) -{ - /* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ - HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit(hpccard); - - /* Configure the PCCARD registers with their reset values */ - FMC_PCCARD_DeInit(hpccard->Instance); - - /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ - hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief PCCARD MSP Init - * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for PCCARD module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_PCCARD_MspInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCCARD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief PCCARD MSP DeInit - * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for PCCARD module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions - * @brief Input Output and memory control functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### PCCARD Input and Output functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to use and control the PCCARD memory - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Read Compact Flash's ID. - * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for PCCARD module. - * @param CompactFlash_ID: Compact flash ID structure. - * @param pStatus: pointer to compact flash status - * @retval HAL status - * - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint8_t CompactFlash_ID[], uint8_t *pStatus) -{ - uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_ID, index = 0; - uint8_t status = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hpccard); - - /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ - if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ - hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Initialize the PCCARD status */ - *pStatus = PCCARD_READY; - - /* Send the Identify Command */ - *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = 0xECEC; - - /* Read PCCARD IDs and timeout treatment */ - do - { - /* Read the PCCARD status */ - status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); - - timeout--; - }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout); - - if(timeout == 0) - { - *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Read PCCARD ID bytes */ - for(index = 0; index < 16; index++) - { - CompactFlash_ID[index] = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_DATA); - } - } - - /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ - hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Read sector from PCCARD memory - * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for PCCARD module. - * @param pBuffer: pointer to destination read buffer - * @param SectorAddress: Sector address to read - * @param pStatus: pointer to PCCARD status - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus) -{ - uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR, index = 0; - uint8_t status = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hpccard); - - /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ - if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ - hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Initialize PCCARD status */ - *pStatus = PCCARD_READY; - - /* Set the parameters to write a sector */ - *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = (uint16_t)0x00; - *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT) = ((uint16_t)0x0100 ) | ((uint16_t)SectorAddress); - *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = (uint16_t)0xE4A0; - - do - { - /* wait till the Status = 0x80 */ - status = *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); - timeout--; - }while((status == 0x80) && timeout); - - if(timeout == 0) - { - *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; - } - - timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR; - - do - { - /* wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_OK */ - status = *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); - timeout--; - }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout); - - if(timeout == 0) - { - *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; - } - - /* Read bytes */ - for(; index < PCCARD_SECTOR_SIZE; index++) - { - *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR); - } - - /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ - hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard); - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Write sector to PCCARD memory - * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for PCCARD module. - * @param pBuffer: pointer to source write buffer - * @param SectorAddress: Sector address to write - * @param pStatus: pointer to PCCARD status - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus) -{ - uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR, index = 0; - uint8_t status = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hpccard); - - /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ - if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ - hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Initialize PCCARD status */ - *pStatus = PCCARD_READY; - - /* Set the parameters to write a sector */ - *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = (uint16_t)0x00; - *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT) = ((uint16_t)0x0100 ) | ((uint16_t)SectorAddress); - *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = (uint16_t)0x30A0; - - do - { - /* Wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_OK */ - status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); - timeout--; - }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout); - - if(timeout == 0) - { - *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; - } - - /* Write bytes */ - for(; index < PCCARD_SECTOR_SIZE; index++) - { - *(uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR) = *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++; - } - - do - { - /* Wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK */ - status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); - timeout--; - }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK) && timeout); - - if(timeout == 0) - { - *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; - } - - /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ - hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard); - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Erase sector from PCCARD memory - * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for PCCARD module. - * @param SectorAddress: Sector address to erase - * @param pStatus: pointer to PCCARD status - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus) -{ - uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERASE_SECTOR; - uint8_t status = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hpccard); - - /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ - if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ - hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Initialize PCCARD status */ - *pStatus = PCCARD_READY; - - /* Set the parameters to write a sector */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_LOW) = 0x00; - *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = 0x00; - *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_NUMBER) = SectorAddress; - *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT) = 0x01; - *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CARD_HEAD) = 0xA0; - *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = ATA_ERASE_SECTOR_CMD; - - /* wait till the PCCARD is ready */ - status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); - - while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK) && timeout) - { - status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); - timeout--; - } - - if(timeout == 0) - { - *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ - hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Reset the PCCARD memory - * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for PCCARD module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Reset(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hpccard); - - /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ - if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Provide a SW reset and Read and verify the: - - PCCard Configuration Option Register at address 0x98000200 --> 0x80 - - Card Configuration and Status Register at address 0x98000202 --> 0x00 - - Pin Replacement Register at address 0x98000204 --> 0x0C - - Socket and Copy Register at address 0x98000206 --> 0x00 - */ - - /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ - hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY; - - *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_ATTRIBUTE_SPACE_ADDRESS | ATA_CARD_CONFIGURATION ) = 0x01; - - /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ - hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles PCCARD device interrupt request. - * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for PCCARD module. - * @retval HAL status -*/ -void HAL_PCCARD_IRQHandler(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) -{ - /* Check PCCARD interrupt Rising edge flag */ - if(__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE)) - { - /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/ - HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard); - - /* Clear PCCARD interrupt Rising edge pending bit */ - __FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE); - } - - /* Check PCCARD interrupt Level flag */ - if(__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_LEVEL)) - { - /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/ - HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard); - - /* Clear PCCARD interrupt Level pending bit */ - __FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_LEVEL); - } - - /* Check PCCARD interrupt Falling edge flag */ - if(__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE)) - { - /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/ - HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard); - - /* Clear PCCARD interrupt Falling edge pending bit */ - __FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE); - } - - /* Check PCCARD interrupt FIFO empty flag */ - if(__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT)) - { - /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/ - HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard); - - /* Clear PCCARD interrupt FIFO empty pending bit */ - __FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT); - } -} - -/** - * @brief PCCARD interrupt feature callback - * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for PCCARD module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group3 State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### PCCARD State functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the PCCARD controller - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief return the PCCARD controller state - * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for PCCARD module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_PCCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetState(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) -{ - return hpccard->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Get the compact flash memory status - * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for PCCARD module. - * @retval New status of the PCCARD operation. This parameter can be: - * - CompactFlash_TIMEOUT_ERROR: when the previous operation generate - * a Timeout error - * - CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the next operation - */ -HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetStatus(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) -{ - uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_STATUS, status_pccard = 0; - - /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ - if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_PCCARD_STATUS_ONGOING; - } - - status_pccard = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); - - while((status_pccard == PCCARD_BUSY) && timeout) - { - status_pccard = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); - timeout--; - } - - if(timeout == 0) - { - status_pccard = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; - } - - /* Return the operation status */ - return (HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef) status_pccard; -} - -/** - * @brief Reads the Compact Flash memory status using the Read status command - * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for PCCARD module. - * @retval The status of the Compact Flash memory. This parameter can be: - * - CompactFlash_BUSY: when memory is busy - * - CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the next operation - * - CompactFlash_ERROR: when the previous operation generates error - */ -HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) -{ - uint8_t data = 0, status_pccard = PCCARD_BUSY; - - /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ - if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_PCCARD_STATUS_ONGOING; - } - - /* Read status operation */ - data = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); - - if((data & PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR) == PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR) - { - status_pccard = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; - } - else if((data & PCCARD_READY) == PCCARD_READY) - { - status_pccard = PCCARD_READY; - } - - return (HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef) status_pccard; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx ||\ - STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */ -#endif /* HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c deleted file mode 100644 index 21c5033..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1208 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief PCD HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The PCD HAL driver can be used as follows: - - (#) Declare a PCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: - PCD_HandleTypeDef hpcd; - - (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle - - (#) Call HAL_PCD_Init() API to initialize the PCD peripheral (Core, Device core, ...) - - (#) Initialize the PCD low level resources through the HAL_PCD_MspInit() API: - (##) Enable the PCD/USB Low Level interface clock using - (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_ENABLE(); - (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_CLK_ENABLE(); (For High Speed Mode) - - (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks - (##) Configure PCD pin-out - (##) Configure PCD NVIC interrupt - - (#)Associate the Upper USB device stack to the HAL PCD Driver: - (##) hpcd.pData = pdev; - - (#)Enable PCD transmission and reception: - (##) HAL_PCD_Start(); - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PCD PCD - * @brief PCD HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Macros PCD Private Macros - * @{ - */ -#define PCD_MIN(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) -#define PCD_MAX(a, b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Functions PCD Private Functions - * @{ - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions PCD Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the PCD according to the specified - * parameters in the PCD_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Init(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - uint32_t i = 0; - - /* Check the PCD handle allocation */ - if(hpcd == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hpcd->Instance)); - - hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ - HAL_PCD_MspInit(hpcd); - - /* Disable the Interrupts */ - __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd); - - /*Init the Core (common init.) */ - USB_CoreInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init); - - /* Force Device Mode*/ - USB_SetCurrentMode(hpcd->Instance , USB_OTG_DEVICE_MODE); - - /* Init endpoints structures */ - for (i = 0; i < 15 ; i++) - { - /* Init ep structure */ - hpcd->IN_ep[i].is_in = 1; - hpcd->IN_ep[i].num = i; - hpcd->IN_ep[i].tx_fifo_num = i; - /* Control until ep is activated */ - hpcd->IN_ep[i].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL; - hpcd->IN_ep[i].maxpacket = 0; - hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0; - hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_len = 0; - } - - for (i = 0; i < 15 ; i++) - { - hpcd->OUT_ep[i].is_in = 0; - hpcd->OUT_ep[i].num = i; - hpcd->IN_ep[i].tx_fifo_num = i; - /* Control until ep is activated */ - hpcd->OUT_ep[i].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL; - hpcd->OUT_ep[i].maxpacket = 0; - hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0; - hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_len = 0; - - hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] = 0; - } - - /* Init Device */ - USB_DevInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init); - - hpcd->State= HAL_PCD_STATE_READY; - -#ifdef USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN - /* Activate LPM */ - if (hpcd->Init.lpm_enable == 1) - { - HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(hpcd); - } -#endif /* USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN */ - - USB_DevDisconnect (hpcd->Instance); - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the PCD peripheral. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* Check the PCD handle allocation */ - if(hpcd == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Stop Device */ - HAL_PCD_Stop(hpcd); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(hpcd); - - hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the PCD MSP. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_PCD_MspInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes PCD MSP. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions - * @brief Data transfers functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the PCD data - transfers. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Start The USB OTG Device. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Start(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - USB_DevConnect (hpcd->Instance); - __HAL_PCD_ENABLE(hpcd); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stop The USB OTG Device. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Stop(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd); - USB_StopDevice(hpcd->Instance); - USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handles PCD interrupt request. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; - uint32_t i = 0, ep_intr = 0, epint = 0, epnum = 0; - uint32_t fifoemptymsk = 0, temp = 0; - USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; - - /* ensure that we are in device mode */ - if (USB_GetMode(hpcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_MODE_DEVICE) - { - /* avoid spurious interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT(hpcd)) - { - return; - } - - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS)) - { - /* incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */ - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS); - } - - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OEPINT)) - { - epnum = 0; - - /* Read in the device interrupt bits */ - ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance); - - while ( ep_intr ) - { - if (ep_intr & 0x1) - { - epint = USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, epnum); - - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC) - { - CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC); - - if(hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1) - { - hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].xfer_count = hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].maxpacket- (USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ & USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); - hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].xfer_buff += hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].maxpacket; - } - - HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, epnum); - if(hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1) - { - if((epnum == 0) && (hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].xfer_len == 0)) - { - /* this is ZLP, so prepare EP0 for next setup */ - USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, 1, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup); - } - } - } - - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP) - { - /* Inform the upper layer that a setup packet is available */ - HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd); - CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP); - } - - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS) - { - CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS); - } - } - epnum++; - ep_intr >>= 1; - } - } - - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IEPINT)) - { - /* Read in the device interrupt bits */ - ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance); - - epnum = 0; - - while ( ep_intr ) - { - if (ep_intr & 0x1) /* In ITR */ - { - epint = USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, epnum); - - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC) - { - fifoemptymsk = 0x1 << epnum; - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk; - - CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC); - - if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1) - { - hpcd->IN_ep[epnum].xfer_buff += hpcd->IN_ep[epnum].maxpacket; - } - - HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, epnum); - - if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1) - { - /* this is ZLP, so prepare EP0 for next setup */ - if((epnum == 0) && (hpcd->IN_ep[epnum].xfer_len == 0)) - { - /* prepare to rx more setup packets */ - USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, 1, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup); - } - } - } - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC) - { - CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC); - } - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE) - { - CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE); - } - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE) - { - CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE); - } - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD) - { - CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD); - } - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE) - { - PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(hpcd , epnum); - } - } - epnum++; - ep_intr >>= 1; - } - } - - /* Handle Resume Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT)) - { - /* Clear the Remote Wake-up Signaling */ - USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG; - -#ifdef USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN - if(hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L1) - { - hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0; - HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L0_ACTIVE); - } - else -#endif /* USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN */ - { - HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd); - } - - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT); - } - - /* Handle Suspend Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP)) - { - if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) - { - - HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd); - } - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP); - } - -#ifdef USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN - /* Handle LPM Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_LPMINT)) - { - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_LPMINT); - if( hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L0) - { - hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L1; - hpcd->BESL = (hpcd->Instance->GLPMCFG & USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_BESL) >>2 ; - HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L1_ACTIVE); - } - else - { - HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd); - } - } -#endif /* USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN */ - - /* Handle Reset Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST)) - { - USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG; - USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance , 0 ); - - for (i = 0; i < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints ; i++) - { - USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT = 0xFF; - USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT = 0xFF; - } - USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= 0x10001; - - if(hpcd->Init.use_dedicated_ep1) - { - USBx_DEVICE->DOUTEP1MSK |= (USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_STUPM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_EPDM); - USBx_DEVICE->DINEP1MSK |= (USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TOM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_EPDM); - } - else - { - USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK |= (USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_STUPM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_EPDM); - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK |= (USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TOM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_EPDM); - } - - /* Set Default Address to 0 */ - USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD; - - /* setup EP0 to receive SETUP packets */ - USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init.dma_enable, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup); - - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST); - } - - /* Handle Enumeration done Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE)) - { - USB_ActivateSetup(hpcd->Instance); - hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT; - - if ( USB_GetDevSpeed(hpcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH) - { - hpcd->Init.speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH; - hpcd->Init.ep0_mps = USB_OTG_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE ; - hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG |= (uint32_t)((USBD_HS_TRDT_VALUE << 10) & USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT); - } - else - { - hpcd->Init.speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL; - hpcd->Init.ep0_mps = USB_OTG_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE ; - hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG |= (uint32_t)((USBD_FS_TRDT_VALUE << 10) & USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT); - } - - HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd); - - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE); - } - - /* Handle RxQLevel Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL)) - { - USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL); - - temp = USBx->GRXSTSP; - - ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_EPNUM]; - - if(((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) == STS_DATA_UPDT) - { - if((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) != 0) - { - USB_ReadPacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4); - ep->xfer_buff += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4; - ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4; - } - } - else if (((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) == STS_SETUP_UPDT) - { - USB_ReadPacket(USBx, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup, 8); - ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4; - } - USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL); - } - - /* Handle SOF Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF)) - { - HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd); - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF); - } - - /* Handle Incomplete ISO IN Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR)) - { - HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(hpcd, epnum); - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR); - } - - /* Handle Incomplete ISO OUT Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT)) - { - HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(hpcd, epnum); - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT); - } - - /* Handle Connection event Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT)) - { - HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(hpcd); - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT); - } - - /* Handle Disconnection event Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OTGINT)) - { - temp = hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT; - - if((temp & USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET) == USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET) - { - HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(hpcd); - } - hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT |= temp; - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Data OUT stage callback. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param epnum: endpoint number - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Data IN stage callback. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param epnum: endpoint number - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} -/** - * @brief Setup stage callback. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief USB Start Of Frame callback. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_SOFCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief USB Reset callback. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_ResetCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Suspend event callback. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Resume event callback. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Incomplete ISO OUT callback. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param epnum: endpoint number - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Incomplete ISO IN callback. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param epnum: endpoint number - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Connection event callback. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Disconnection event callback. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data - transfers. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Connect the USB device. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevConnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - USB_DevConnect(hpcd->Instance); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disconnect the USB device. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Set the USB Device address. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param address: new device address - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetAddress(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t address) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - USB_SetDevAddress(hpcd->Instance, address); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @brief Open and configure an endpoint. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @param ep_mps: endpoint max packet size - * @param ep_type: endpoint type - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Open(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint16_t ep_mps, uint8_t ep_type) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; - USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; - - if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80) - { - ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - } - else - { - ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - } - ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; - - ep->is_in = (0x80 & ep_addr) != 0; - ep->maxpacket = ep_mps; - ep->type = ep_type; - if (ep->is_in) - { - /* Assign a Tx FIFO */ - ep->tx_fifo_num = ep->num; - } - /* Set initial data PID. */ - if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK ) - { - ep->data_pid_start = 0; - } - - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - USB_ActivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance , ep); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - return ret; -} - - -/** - * @brief Deactivate an endpoint. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Close(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) -{ - USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; - - if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80) - { - ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - } - else - { - ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - } - ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; - - ep->is_in = (0x80 & ep_addr) != 0; - - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - USB_DeactivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance , ep); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @param pBuf: pointer to the reception buffer - * @param len: amount of data to be received - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len) -{ - USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; - - ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - - /*setup and start the Xfer */ - ep->xfer_buff = pBuf; - ep->xfer_len = len; - ep->xfer_count = 0; - ep->is_in = 0; - ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; - - if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1) - { - ep->dma_addr = (uint32_t)pBuf; - } - - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - - if ((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0 ) - { - USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable); - } - else - { - USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable); - } - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Get Received Data Size. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @retval Data Size - */ -uint16_t HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) -{ - return hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F].xfer_count; -} -/** - * @brief Send an amount of data. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @param pBuf: pointer to the transmission buffer - * @param len: amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len) -{ - USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; - - ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - - /*setup and start the Xfer */ - ep->xfer_buff = pBuf; - ep->xfer_len = len; - ep->xfer_count = 0; - ep->is_in = 1; - ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; - - if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1) - { - ep->dma_addr = (uint32_t)pBuf; - } - - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - - if ((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0 ) - { - USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable); - } - else - { - USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable); - } - - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Set a STALL condition over an endpoint. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) -{ - USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; - - if ((0x80 & ep_addr) == 0x80) - { - ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - } - else - { - ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; - } - - ep->is_stall = 1; - ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; - ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80); - - - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - USB_EPSetStall(hpcd->Instance , ep); - if((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0) - { - USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init.dma_enable, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup); - } - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Clear a STALL condition over in an endpoint. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) -{ - USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; - - if ((0x80 & ep_addr) == 0x80) - { - ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - } - else - { - ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; - } - - ep->is_stall = 0; - ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; - ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80); - - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - USB_EPClearStall(hpcd->Instance , ep); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Flush an endpoint. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Flush(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - - if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80) - { - USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance, ep_addr & 0x7F); - } - else - { - USB_FlushRxFifo(hpcd->Instance); - } - - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Activate remote wakeup signalling. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; - - if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) - { - /* Activate Remote wakeup signaling */ - USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG; - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief De-activate remote wakeup signalling. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; - - /* De-activate Remote wakeup signaling */ - USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG); - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Return the PCD handle state. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL state - */ -PCD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCD_GetState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - return hpcd->State; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup PCD_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Check FIFO for the next packet to be loaded. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param epnum : endpoint number - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum) -{ - USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; - USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; - int32_t len = 0; - uint32_t len32b; - uint32_t fifoemptymsk = 0; - - ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[epnum]; - len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count; - - if (len > ep->maxpacket) - { - len = ep->maxpacket; - } - - - len32b = (len + 3) / 4; - - while ( (USBx_INEP(epnum)->DTXFSTS & USB_OTG_DTXFSTS_INEPTFSAV) > len32b && - ep->xfer_count < ep->xfer_len && - ep->xfer_len != 0) - { - /* Write the FIFO */ - len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count; - - if (len > ep->maxpacket) - { - len = ep->maxpacket; - } - len32b = (len + 3) / 4; - - USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, epnum, len, hpcd->Init.dma_enable); - - ep->xfer_buff += len; - ep->xfer_count += len; - } - - if(len <= 0) - { - fifoemptymsk = 0x1 << epnum; - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk; - - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 46f0ad3..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief PCD HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: - * + Extended features functions - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx - * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver - * @{ - */ -#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCD Extended Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief PCDEx control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Extended features functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Update FIFO configuration - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Set Tx FIFO - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param fifo: The number of Tx fifo - * @param size: Fifo size - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size) -{ - uint8_t i = 0; - uint32_t Tx_Offset = 0; - - /* TXn min size = 16 words. (n : Transmit FIFO index) - When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows: - case 1 : n > m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes) - --> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn. - case2 : n < m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes) - --> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words - The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top - of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones. - When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */ - - Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ; - - if(fifo == 0) - { - hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset); - } - else - { - Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16; - for (i = 0; i < (fifo - 1); i++) - { - Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] >> 16); - } - - /* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */ - hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1] = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset); - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Set Rx FIFO - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param size: Size of Rx fifo - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size) -{ - hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Activate LPM feature - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; - - hpcd->lpm_active = ENABLE; - hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0; - USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM; - USBx->GLPMCFG |= (USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Deactivate LPM feature. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; - - hpcd->lpm_active = DISABLE; - USBx->GINTMSK &= ~USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM; - USBx->GLPMCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Send LPM message to user layer callback. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param msg: LPM message - * @retval HAL status - */ -__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg) -{ -} -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c deleted file mode 100644 index faa35da..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,574 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief PWR HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR PWR - * @brief PWR HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup PWR_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask - * @{ - */ -#define PVD_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define PVD_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define PVD_RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data - registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted - write accesses. - To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: - (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro. - (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void) -{ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET(); - __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET(); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC - * backup data registers and backup SRAM). - * @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the - * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC - * backup data registers and backup SRAM). - * @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the - * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions - * -@verbatim - - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - *** PVD configuration *** - ========================= - [..] - (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a - threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR). - (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower - than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI - line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro. - (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode. - - *** Wake-up pin configuration *** - ================================ - [..] - (+) Wake-up pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is - forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges. - (+) There is one Wake-up pin: Wake-up Pin 1 on PA.00. - Only for STM32F446xx there are two Wake-Up pins: Pin1 on PA.00 and Pin 2 on PC.13 - - *** Low Power modes configuration *** - ===================================== - [..] - The devices feature 3 low-power modes: - (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running. - (+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator - in low power mode - (+) Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off. - - *** Sleep mode *** - ================== - [..] - (+) Entry: - The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) - functions with - (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction - (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction - - -@@- The Regulator parameter is not used for the STM32F4 family - and is kept as parameter just to maintain compatibility with the - lower power families (STM32L). - (+) Exit: - Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt - controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode. - - *** Stop mode *** - ================= - [..] - In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.2V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI, - and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents - are preserved. - The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode. - To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, FLASH can be powered off before - entering the Stop mode using the HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function. - It can be switched on again by software after exiting the Stop mode using - the HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown() function. - - (+) Entry: - The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON) - function with: - (++) Main regulator ON. - (++) Low Power regulator ON. - (+) Exit: - Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode. - - *** Standby mode *** - ==================== - [..] - (+) - The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based - on the Cortex-M4 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. - The 1.2V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and - the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost - except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby - circuitry. - - The voltage regulator is OFF. - - (++) Entry: - (+++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function. - (++) Exit: - (+++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wake-up, - tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset. - - *** Auto-wake-up (AWU) from low-power mode *** - ============================================= - [..] - - (+) The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC - Wake-up event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on - an external interrupt (Auto-wake-up mode). - - (+) RTC auto-wake-up (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes - - (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to - configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function. - - (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it - is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the - HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions. - - (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Wake-up event, it is necessary to - configure the RTC to generate the RTC Wake-up event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). - * @param sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration - * information for the PVD. - * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for - * more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each - * detection level. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel)); - assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode)); - - /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */ - MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel); - - /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */ - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT(); - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(); - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE(); - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); - - /* Configure interrupt mode */ - if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT) - { - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); - } - - /* Configure event mode */ - if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT) - { - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT(); - } - - /* Configure the edge */ - if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE) - { - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); - } - - if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE) - { - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the Wake-up PINx functionality. - * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 - * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 only available in case of STM32F446xx devices - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx) -{ - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx)); - - /* Enable the wake up pin */ - SET_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx); -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the Wake-up PINx functionality. - * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 - * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 only available in case of STM32F446xx devices - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx) -{ - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx)); - - /* Disable the wake up pin */ - CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx); -} - -/** - * @brief Enters Sleep mode. - * - * @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. - * - * @note In Sleep mode, the systick is stopped to avoid exit from this mode with - * systick interrupt when used as time base for Timeout - * - * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator ON - * @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with low power regulator ON - * @note This parameter is not used for the STM32F4 family and is kept as parameter - * just to maintain compatibility with the lower power families. - * @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction - * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator)); - assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry)); - - /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); - - /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/ - if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) - { - /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ - __WFI(); - } - else - { - /* Request Wait For Event */ - __SEV(); - __WFE(); - __WFE(); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enters Stop mode. - * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. - * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wake-up event, - * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. - * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional - * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. - * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption - * is higher although the startup time is reduced. - * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON - * @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON - * @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction - * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator)); - assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry)); - - /* Select the regulator state in Stop mode: Set PDDS and LPDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */ - MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, (PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPDS), Regulator); - - /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); - - /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ - if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI) - { - /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ - __WFI(); - } - else - { - /* Request Wait For Event */ - __SEV(); - __WFE(); - __WFE(); - } - /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); -} - -/** - * @brief Enters Standby mode. - * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for: - * - Reset pad (still available) - * - RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC - * Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out. - * - RTC_AF2 pin (PI8) if configured for tamper or time-stamp. - * - WKUP pin 1 (PA0) if enabled. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) -{ - /* Select Standby mode */ - SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS); - - /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); - - /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ -#if defined ( __CC_ARM) - __force_stores(); -#endif - /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ - __WFI(); -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request. - * @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler(). - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void) -{ - /* Check PWR Exti flag */ - if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET) - { - /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */ - HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(); - - /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */ - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); - } -} - -/** - * @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. - * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor - * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. - * Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on - * interruptions handling. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void) -{ - /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); -} - -/** - * @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. - * @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor - * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void) -{ - /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit. - * @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes - * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void) -{ - /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); -} - -/** - * @brief Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit. - * @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes - * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void) -{ - /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index b0faab1..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,624 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief Extended PWR HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of PWR extension peripheral: - * + Peripheral Extended features functions - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx - * @brief PWR HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup PWREx_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000 -#define PWR_UDERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000 -#define PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000 -#define PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000 -/** - * @} - */ - - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWREx Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Extended features functions - * @brief Peripheral Extended features functions - * -@verbatim - - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral extended features functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - *** Main and Backup Regulators configuration *** - ================================================ - [..] - (+) The backup domain includes 4 Kbytes of backup SRAM accessible only from - the CPU, and address in 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit mode. Its content is - retained even in Standby or VBAT mode when the low power backup regulator - is enabled. It can be considered as an internal EEPROM when VBAT is - always present. You can use the HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg() function to - enable the low power backup regulator. - - (+) When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD) - the backup SRAM is powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to - save battery life. - - (+) The backup SRAM is not mass erased by a tamper event. It is read - protected to prevent confidential data, such as cryptographic private - key, from being accessed. The backup SRAM can be erased only through - the Flash interface when a protection level change from level 1 to - level 0 is requested. - -@- Refer to the description of Read protection (RDP) in the Flash - programming manual. - - (+) The main internal regulator can be configured to have a tradeoff between - performance and power consumption when the device does not operate at - the maximum frequency. This is done through __HAL_PWR_MAINREGULATORMODE_CONFIG() - macro which configure VOS bit in PWR_CR register - - Refer to the product datasheets for more details. - - *** FLASH Power Down configuration **** - ======================================= - [..] - (+) By setting the FPDS bit in the PWR_CR register by using the - HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function, the Flash memory also enters power - down mode when the device enters Stop mode. When the Flash memory - is in power down mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when - waking up from Stop mode. - - (+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx Devices, the scale can be modified only when the PLL - is OFF and the HSI or HSE clock source is selected as system clock. - The new value programmed is active only when the PLL is ON. - When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected. - Refer to the datasheets for more details. - - *** Over-Drive and Under-Drive configuration **** - ================================================= - [..] - (+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx Devices, in Run mode: the main regulator has - 2 operating modes available: - (++) Normal mode: The CPU and core logic operate at maximum frequency at a given - voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3) - (++) Over-drive mode: This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a - higher frequency than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, - scale 2 or scale 3). This mode is enabled through HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive() function and - disabled by HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive() function, to enter or exit from Over-drive mode please follow - the sequence described in Reference manual. - - (+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx Devices, in Stop mode: the main regulator or low power regulator - supplies a low power voltage to the 1.2V domain, thus preserving the content of registers - and internal SRAM. 2 operating modes are available: - (++) Normal mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in nominal leakage mode. This mode is only - available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is used in Scale 3 or - low voltage mode. - (++) Under-drive mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This mode is only - available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is in low voltage mode. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables the Backup Regulator. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg(void) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_BRE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */ - while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the Backup Regulator. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg(void) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_BRE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */ - while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FPDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FPDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Return Voltage Scaling Range. - * @retval The configured scale for the regulator voltage(VOS bit field). - * The returned value can be one of the following: - * - @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode - * - @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode - * - @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output Scale 3 mode - */ -uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void) -{ - return (PWR->CR & PWR_CR_VOS); -} - -#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) -/** - * @brief Configures the main internal regulator output voltage. - * @param VoltageScaling: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve - * a tradeoff between performance and power consumption. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output range 1 mode, - * the maximum value of fHCLK = 168 MHz. - * @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode, - * the maximum value of fHCLK = 144 MHz. - * @note When moving from Range 1 to Range 2, the system frequency must be decreased to - * a value below 144 MHz before calling HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API. - * When moving from Range 2 to Range 1, the system frequency can be increased to - * a value up to 168 MHz after calling HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API. - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - assert_param(IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VoltageScaling)); - - /* Enable PWR RCC Clock Peripheral */ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Set Range */ - __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(VoltageScaling); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - while((__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY) == RESET)) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -#elif defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || \ - defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Configures the main internal regulator output voltage. - * @param VoltageScaling: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve - * a tradeoff between performance and power consumption. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output range 1 mode, - * the maximum value of fHCLK is 168 MHz. It can be extended to - * 180 MHz by activating the over-drive mode. - * @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode, - * the maximum value of fHCLK is 144 MHz. It can be extended to, - * 168 MHz by activating the over-drive mode. - * @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output range 3 mode, - * the maximum value of fHCLK is 120 MHz. - * @note To update the system clock frequency(SYSCLK): - * - Set the HSI or HSE as system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). - * - Call the HAL_RCC_OscConfig() to configure the PLL. - * - Call HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API to adjust the voltage scale. - * - Set the new system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). - * @note The scale can be modified only when the HSI or HSE clock source is selected - * as system clock source, otherwise the API returns HAL_ERROR. - * @note When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected and the VOS bits - * value in the PWR_CR1 register are not taken in account. - * @note This API forces the PLL state ON to allow the possibility to configure the voltage scale 1 or 2. - * @note The new voltage scale is active only when the PLL is ON. - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - assert_param(IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VoltageScaling)); - - /* Enable PWR RCC Clock Peripheral */ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */ - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) - { - /* Disable the main PLL */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - /* Wait till PLL is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Set Range */ - __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(VoltageScaling); - - /* Enable the main PLL */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - /* Wait till PLL is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - while((__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY) == RESET)) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} -#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) -/** - * @brief Enables Main Regulator low voltage mode. - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx devices. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWREx_EnableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables Main Regulator low voltage mode. - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx devices. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWREx_DisableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode. - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx devices. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode. - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx devices. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWREx_DisableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; -} - -#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE */ - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Activates the Over-Drive mode. - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM32F43xx devices. - * This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency - * than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3). - * @note It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running - * critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE. - * During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled. - * The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive(void) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Enable the Over-drive to extend the clock frequency to 180 Mhz */ - __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_ENABLE(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY)) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Enable the Over-drive switch */ - __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_ENABLE(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY)) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Deactivates the Over-Drive mode. - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM32F43xx devices. - * This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency - * than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3). - * @note It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running - * critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE. - * During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled. - * The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive(void) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Disable the Over-drive switch */ - __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_DISABLE(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY)) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Disable the Over-drive */ - __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_DISABLE(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY)) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enters in Under-Drive STOP mode. - * - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F42xxx/STM324F3xxx devices. - * - * @note This mode can be selected only when the Under-Drive is already active - * - * @note This mode is enabled only with STOP low power mode. - * In this mode, the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This - * mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator - * is in low voltage mode - * - * @note If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after - * exiting Stop mode. - * When the voltage regulator operates in Under-drive mode, an additional - * startup delay is induced when waking up from Stop mode. - * - * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. - * - * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wake-up event, - * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. - * - * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional - * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. - * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption - * is higher although the startup time is reduced. - * - * @param Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Main Regulator in under-drive mode - * and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode - * @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Low Power Regulator in under-drive mode - * and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode - * @param STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction - * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction - * @retval None - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE(Regulator)); - assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry)); - - /* Enable Power ctrl clock */ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - /* Enable the Under-drive Mode ---------------------------------------------*/ - /* Clear Under-drive flag */ - __HAL_PWR_CLEAR_ODRUDR_FLAG(); - - /* Enable the Under-drive */ - __HAL_PWR_UNDERDRIVE_ENABLE(); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait for UnderDrive mode is ready */ - while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_UDRDY)) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_UDERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/ - tmpreg1 = PWR->CR; - /* Clear PDDS, LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits */ - tmpreg1 &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPDS | PWR_CR_LPUDS | PWR_CR_MRUDS); - - /* Set LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */ - tmpreg1 |= Regulator; - - /* Store the new value */ - PWR->CR = tmpreg1; - - /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; - - /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ - if(STOPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) - { - /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ - __WFI(); - } - else - { - /* Request Wait For Event */ - __WFE(); - } - /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.c deleted file mode 100644 index d681534..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1942 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief QSPI HAL module driver. - * - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the QuadSPI interface (QSPI). - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + Indirect functional mode management - * + Memory-mapped functional mode management - * + Auto-polling functional mode management - * + Interrupts and flags management - * + DMA channel configuration for indirect functional mode - * + Errors management and abort functionality - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - *** Initialization *** - ====================== - [..] - (#) As prerequisite, fill in the HAL_QSPI_MspInit() : - (+) Enable QuadSPI clock interface with __HAL_RCC_QSPI_CLK_ENABLE(). - (+) Reset QuadSPI IP with __HAL_RCC_QSPI_FORCE_RESET() and __HAL_RCC_QSPI_RELEASE_RESET(). - (+) Enable the clocks for the QuadSPI GPIOS with __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(). - (+) Configure these QuadSPI pins in alternate mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(). - (+) If interrupt mode is used, enable and configure QuadSPI global - interrupt with HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(). - (+) If DMA mode is used, enable the clocks for the QuadSPI DMA channel - with __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE(), configure DMA with HAL_DMA_Init(), - link it with QuadSPI handle using __HAL_LINKDMA(), enable and configure - DMA channel global interrupt with HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(). - (#) Configure the flash size, the clock prescaler, the fifo threshold, the - clock mode, the sample shifting and the CS high time using the HAL_QSPI_Init() function. - - *** Indirect functional mode *** - ================================ - [..] - (#) Configure the command sequence using the HAL_QSPI_Command() or HAL_QSPI_Command_IT() - functions : - (+) Instruction phase : the mode used and if present the instruction opcode. - (+) Address phase : the mode used and if present the size and the address value. - (+) Alternate-bytes phase : the mode used and if present the size and the alternate - bytes values. - (+) Dummy-cycles phase : the number of dummy cycles (mode used is same as data phase). - (+) Data phase : the mode used and if present the number of bytes. - (+) Double Data Rate (DDR) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode and the delay - if activated. - (+) Sending Instruction Only Once (SIOO) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode. - (#) If no data is required for the command, it is sent directly to the memory : - (+) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the transfer is complete. - (+) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete. - (#) For the indirect write mode, use HAL_QSPI_Transmit(), HAL_QSPI_Transmit_DMA() or - HAL_QSPI_Transmit_IT() after the command configuration : - (+) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the transfer is complete. - (+) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback() will be called when the fifo threshold - is reached and HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete. - (+) In DMA mode, HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback() will be called at the half transfer and - HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete. - (#) For the indirect read mode, use HAL_QSPI_Receive(), HAL_QSPI_Receive_DMA() or - HAL_QSPI_Receive_IT() after the command configuration : - (+) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the transfer is complete. - (+) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback() will be called when the fifo threshold - is reached and HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete. - (+) In DMA mode, HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback() will be called at the half transfer and - HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete. - - *** Auto-polling functional mode *** - ==================================== - [..] - (#) Configure the command sequence and the auto-polling functional mode using the - HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling() or HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling_IT() functions : - (+) Instruction phase : the mode used and if present the instruction opcode. - (+) Address phase : the mode used and if present the size and the address value. - (+) Alternate-bytes phase : the mode used and if present the size and the alternate - bytes values. - (+) Dummy-cycles phase : the number of dummy cycles (mode used is same as data phase). - (+) Data phase : the mode used. - (+) Double Data Rate (DDR) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode and the delay - if activated. - (+) Sending Instruction Only Once (SIOO) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode. - (+) The size of the status bytes, the match value, the mask used, the match mode (OR/AND), - the polling interval and the automatic stop activation. - (#) After the configuration : - (+) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the status match is reached. The - automatic stop is activated to avoid an infinite loop. - (+) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback() will be called each time the status match is reached. - - *** Memory-mapped functional mode *** - ===================================== - [..] - (#) Configure the command sequence and the memory-mapped functional mode using the - HAL_QSPI_MemoryMapped() functions : - (+) Instruction phase : the mode used and if present the instruction opcode. - (+) Address phase : the mode used and the size. - (+) Alternate-bytes phase : the mode used and if present the size and the alternate - bytes values. - (+) Dummy-cycles phase : the number of dummy cycles (mode used is same as data phase). - (+) Data phase : the mode used. - (+) Double Data Rate (DDR) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode and the delay - if activated. - (+) Sending Instruction Only Once (SIOO) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode. - (+) The timeout activation and the timeout period. - (#) After the configuration, the QuadSPI will be used as soon as an access on the AHB is done on - the address range. HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback() will be called when the timeout expires. - - *** Errors management and abort functionality *** - ================================================== - [..] - (#) HAL_QSPI_GetError() function gives the error rised during the last operation. - (#) HAL_QSPI_Abort() function aborts any on-going operation and flushes the fifo. - (#) HAL_QSPI_GetState() function gives the current state of the HAL QuadSPI driver. - - *** Workarounds linked to Silicon Limitation *** - ==================================================== - [..] - (#) Workarounds Implemented inside HAL Driver - (+) Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI QSPI - * @brief HAL QSPI module driver - * @{ - */ -#ifdef HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup QSPI_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!<Indirect write mode*/ -#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE_0) /*!<Indirect read mode*/ -#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE_1) /*!<Automatic polling mode*/ -#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE) /*!<Memory-mapped mode*/ -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup QSPI_Private_Macros QSPI Private Macros - * @{ - */ -#define IS_QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE) || \ - ((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ) || \ - ((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING) || \ - ((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup QSPI_Private_Functions QSPI Private Functions - * @{ - */ -static void QSPI_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void QSPI_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void QSPI_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void QSPI_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void QSPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus State, uint32_t Timeout); -static void QSPI_Config(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, uint32_t FunctionalMode); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions QSPI Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim -=============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to : - (+) Initialize the QuadSPI. - (+) De-initialize the QuadSPI. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the QSPI mode according to the specified parameters - * in the QSPI_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. - * @param hqspi: qspi handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Init(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - - /* Check the QSPI handle allocation */ - if(hqspi == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hqspi->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_CLOCK_PRESCALER(hqspi->Init.ClockPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_FIFO_THRESHOLD(hqspi->Init.FifoThreshold)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_SSHIFT(hqspi->Init.SampleShifting)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_FLASH_SIZE(hqspi->Init.FlashSize)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_CS_HIGH_TIME(hqspi->Init.ChipSelectHighTime)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_CLOCK_MODE(hqspi->Init.ClockMode)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUAL_FLASH_MODE(hqspi->Init.DualFlash)); - - if (hqspi->Init.DualFlash != QSPI_DUALFLASH_ENABLE ) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_FLASH_ID(hqspi->Init.FlashID)); - } - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hqspi); - - if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hqspi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ - HAL_QSPI_MspInit(hqspi); - - /* Configure the default timeout for the QSPI memory access */ - HAL_QSPI_SetTimeout(hqspi, HAL_QPSI_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT_VALUE); - } - - /* Configure QSPI FIFO Threshold */ - MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_FTHRES, ((hqspi->Init.FifoThreshold - 1) << 8)); - - /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */ - status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, hqspi->Timeout); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - - /* Configure QSPI Clock Prescaler and Sample Shift */ - MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR,(QUADSPI_CR_PRESCALER | QUADSPI_CR_SSHIFT | QUADSPI_CR_FSEL | QUADSPI_CR_DFM), ((hqspi->Init.ClockPrescaler << 24)| hqspi->Init.SampleShifting | hqspi->Init.FlashID| hqspi->Init.DualFlash )); - - /* Configure QSPI Flash Size, CS High Time and Clock Mode */ - MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->DCR, (QUADSPI_DCR_FSIZE | QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT | QUADSPI_DCR_CKMODE), - ((hqspi->Init.FlashSize << 16) | hqspi->Init.ChipSelectHighTime | hqspi->Init.ClockMode)); - - /* Enable the QSPI peripheral */ - __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE(hqspi); - - /* Set QSPI error code to none */ - hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the QSPI state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY; - } - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi); - - /* Return function status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the QSPI peripheral - * @param hqspi: qspi handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_DeInit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - /* Check the QSPI handle allocation */ - if(hqspi == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hqspi); - - /* Disable the QSPI Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE(hqspi); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ - HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit(hqspi); - - /* Set QSPI error code to none */ - hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the QSPI state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief QSPI MSP Init - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_QSPI_MspInit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_QSPI_MspInit can be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief QSPI MSP DeInit - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief QSPI Transmit/Receive functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### I/O operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to : - (+) Handle the interrupts. - (+) Handle the command sequence. - (+) Transmit data in blocking, interrupt or DMA mode. - (+) Receive data in blocking, interrupt or DMA mode. - (+) Manage the auto-polling functional mode. - (+) Manage the memory-mapped functional mode. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief This function handles QSPI interrupt request. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @retval None. - */ -void HAL_QSPI_IRQHandler(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - __IO uint32_t *data_reg; - uint32_t flag = 0, itsource = 0; - - /* QSPI FIFO Threshold interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/ - flag = __HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_FT); - itsource = __HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hqspi, QSPI_IT_FT); - - if((flag != RESET) && (itsource != RESET)) - { - data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR; - - if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX) - { - /* Transmission process */ - while(__HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_FT) != 0) - { - if (hqspi->TxXferCount > 0) - { - /* Fill the FIFO until it is full */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)data_reg = *hqspi->pTxBuffPtr++; - hqspi->TxXferCount--; - } - else - { - /* No more data available for the transfer */ - break; - } - } - } - else if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX) - { - /* Receiving Process */ - while(__HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_FT) != 0) - { - if (hqspi->RxXferCount > 0) - { - /* Read the FIFO until it is empty */ - *hqspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = *(__IO uint8_t *)data_reg; - hqspi->RxXferCount--; - } - else - { - /* All data have been received for the transfer */ - break; - } - } - } - - /* FIFO Threshold callback */ - HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback(hqspi); - } - - /* QSPI Transfer Complete interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/ - flag = __HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC); - itsource = __HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TC); - - if((flag != RESET) && (itsource != RESET)) - { - /* Clear interrupt */ - __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC); - - /* Disable the QSPI FIFO Threshold, Transfer Error and Transfer complete Interrupts */ - __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TC | QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT); - - /* Transfer complete callback */ - if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX) - { - /* Clear Busy bit */ - HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi); - - /* TX Complete callback */ - HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback(hqspi); - } - else if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX) - { - data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR; - while(READ_BIT(hqspi->Instance->SR, QUADSPI_SR_FLEVEL) != 0) - { - if (hqspi->RxXferCount > 0) - { - /* Read the last data received in the FIFO until it is empty */ - *hqspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = *(__IO uint8_t *)data_reg; - hqspi->RxXferCount--; - } - else - { - /* All data have been received for the transfer */ - break; - } - } - - /* Workaround - Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer */ - HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi); - - /* RX Complete callback */ - HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback(hqspi); - } - else if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY) - { - /* Command Complete callback */ - HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback(hqspi); - } - - /* Change state of QSPI */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY; - } - - /* QSPI Status Match interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ - flag = __HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_SM); - itsource = __HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hqspi, QSPI_IT_SM); - - if((flag != RESET) && (itsource != RESET)) - { - /* Clear interrupt */ - __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_SM); - - /* Check if the automatic poll mode stop is activated */ - if(READ_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_APMS) != 0) - { - /* Disable the QSPI FIFO Threshold, Transfer Error and Status Match Interrupts */ - __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_SM | QSPI_IT_FT | QSPI_IT_TE); - - /* Change state of QSPI */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY; - } - - /* Status match callback */ - HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback(hqspi); - } - - /* QSPI Transfer Error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/ - flag = __HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TE); - itsource = __HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE); - - if((flag != RESET) && (itsource != RESET)) - { - /* Clear interrupt */ - __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TE); - - /* Disable all the QSPI Interrupts */ - __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_SM | QSPI_IT_TC | QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT); - - /* Set error code */ - hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_TRANSFER; - - /* Change state of QSPI */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Error callback */ - HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi); - } - - /* QSPI Time out interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/ - flag = __HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TO); - itsource = __HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TO); - - if((flag != RESET) && (itsource != RESET)) - { - /* Clear interrupt */ - __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TO); - - /* Time out callback */ - HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback(hqspi); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the command configuration. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @param cmd : structure that contains the command configuration information - * @param Timeout : Time out duration - * @note This function is used only in Indirect Read or Write Modes - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Command(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode)); - if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction)); - } - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode)); - if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize)); - } - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode)); - if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize)); - } - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode)); - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hqspi); - - if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY) - { - hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Update QSPI state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */ - status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, Timeout); - - if (status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Call the configuration function */ - QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE); - - if (cmd->DataMode == QSPI_DATA_NONE) - { - /* When there is no data phase, the transfer start as soon as the configuration is done - so wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */ - if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - status = HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - else - { - __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC); - - /* Update QSPI state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY; - } - - } - else - { - /* Update QSPI state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY; - } - } - } - else - { - status = HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi); - - /* Return function status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the command configuration in interrupt mode. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @param cmd : structure that contains the command configuration information - * @note This function is used only in Indirect Read or Write Modes - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Command_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode)); - if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction)); - } - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode)); - if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize)); - } - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode)); - if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize)); - } - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode)); - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hqspi); - - if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY) - { - hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Update QSPI state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */ - status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, hqspi->Timeout); - - if (status == HAL_OK) - { - if (cmd->DataMode == QSPI_DATA_NONE) - { - /* When there is no data phase, the transfer start as soon as the configuration is done - so activate TC and TE interrupts */ - /* Enable the QSPI Transfer Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_TC); - } - - /* Call the configuration function */ - QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE); - - if (cmd->DataMode != QSPI_DATA_NONE) - { - /* Update QSPI state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY; - } - } - } - else - { - status = HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi); - - /* Return function status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @param Timeout : Time out duration - * @note This function is used only in Indirect Write Mode - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Transmit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - __IO uint32_t *data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hqspi); - - if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY) - { - if(pData != NULL ) - { - hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Update state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX; - - /* Configure counters and size of the handle */ - hqspi->TxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1; - hqspi->TxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1; - hqspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - - /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect write */ - MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE); - - while(hqspi->TxXferCount > 0) - { - /* Wait until FT flag is set to send data */ - if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_FT, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - status = HAL_TIMEOUT; - break; - } - - *(__IO uint8_t *)data_reg = *hqspi->pTxBuffPtr++; - hqspi->TxXferCount--; - } - - if (status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */ - if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - status = HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - else - { - /* Clear Transfer Complete bit */ - __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC); - - /* Clear Busy bit */ - status = HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi); - } - } - - /* Update QSPI state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY; - } - else - { - status = HAL_ERROR; - } - } - else - { - status = HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi); - - return status; -} - - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @param Timeout : Time out duration - * @note This function is used only in Indirect Read Mode - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Receive(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - uint32_t addr_reg = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR); - __IO uint32_t *data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hqspi); - - if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY) - { - if(pData != NULL ) - { - hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Update state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX; - - /* Configure counters and size of the handle */ - hqspi->RxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1; - hqspi->RxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1; - hqspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - - /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect read */ - MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ); - - /* Start the transfer by re-writing the address in AR register */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, addr_reg); - - while(hqspi->RxXferCount > 0) - { - /* Wait until FT or TC flag is set to read received data */ - if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, (QSPI_FLAG_FT | QSPI_FLAG_TC), SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - status = HAL_TIMEOUT; - break; - } - - *hqspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = *(__IO uint8_t *)data_reg; - hqspi->RxXferCount--; - } - - if (status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */ - if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - status = HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - else - { - /* Clear Transfer Complete bit */ - __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC); - - /* Workaround - Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer */ - status = HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi); - } - } - - /* Update QSPI state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY; - } - else - { - status = HAL_ERROR; - } - } - else - { - status = HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @note This function is used only in Indirect Write Mode - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Transmit_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hqspi); - - if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY) - { - if(pData != NULL ) - { - hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Update state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX; - - /* Configure counters and size of the handle */ - hqspi->TxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1; - hqspi->TxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1; - hqspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - - /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect write */ - MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE); - - /* Enable the QSPI transfer error, FIFO threshold and transfert complete Interrupts */ - __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT | QSPI_IT_TC); - - } - else - { - status = HAL_ERROR; - } - } - else - { - status = HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @note This function is used only in Indirect Read Mode - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Receive_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - uint32_t addr_reg = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hqspi); - - if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY) - { - if(pData != NULL ) - { - hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Update state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX; - - /* Configure counters and size of the handle */ - hqspi->RxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1; - hqspi->RxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1; - hqspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - - /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect read */ - MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ); - - /* Start the transfer by re-writing the address in AR register */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, addr_reg); - - /* Enable the QSPI transfer error, FIFO threshold and transfert complete Interrupts */ - __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT | QSPI_IT_TC); - } - else - { - status = HAL_ERROR; - } - } - else - { - status = HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode with DMA. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @note This function is used only in Indirect Write Mode - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Transmit_DMA(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - uint32_t *tmp; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hqspi); - - if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY) - { - if(pData != NULL ) - { - hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Update state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX; - - /* Configure counters and size of the handle */ - hqspi->TxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1; - hqspi->TxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1; - hqspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - - /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional mode as indirect write */ - MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE); - - /* Set the QSPI DMA transfer complete callback */ - hqspi->hdma->XferCpltCallback = QSPI_DMATxCplt; - - /* Set the QSPI DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - hqspi->hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = QSPI_DMATxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hqspi->hdma->XferErrorCallback = QSPI_DMAError; - - /* Configure the direction of the DMA */ - hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction = DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH; - MODIFY_REG(hqspi->hdma->Instance->CR, DMA_SxCR_DIR, hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction); - - /* Enable the QSPI transmit DMA Channel */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hqspi->hdma, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hqspi->Instance->DR, hqspi->TxXferSize); - - /* Enable the DMA transfer by setting the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */ - SET_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN); - } - else - { - status = HAL_OK; - } - } - else - { - status = HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode with DMA. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer. - * @note This function is used only in Indirect Read Mode - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Receive_DMA(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - uint32_t *tmp; - uint32_t addr_reg = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hqspi); - - if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY) - { - if(pData != NULL ) - { - hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Update state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX; - - /* Configure counters and size of the handle */ - hqspi->RxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1; - hqspi->RxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1; - hqspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - - /* Set the QSPI DMA transfer complete callback */ - hqspi->hdma->XferCpltCallback = QSPI_DMARxCplt; - - /* Set the QSPI DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - hqspi->hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = QSPI_DMARxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hqspi->hdma->XferErrorCallback = QSPI_DMAError; - - /* Configure the direction of the DMA */ - hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction = DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY; - MODIFY_REG(hqspi->hdma->Instance->CR, DMA_SxCR_DIR, hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction); - - /* Enable the DMA Channel */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hqspi->hdma, (uint32_t)&hqspi->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, hqspi->RxXferSize); - - /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect read */ - MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ); - - /* Start the transfer by re-writing the address in AR register */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, addr_reg); - - /* Enable the DMA transfer by setting the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */ - SET_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN); - } - else - { - status = HAL_ERROR; - } - } - else - { - status = HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the QSPI Automatic Polling Mode in blocking mode. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @param cmd: structure that contains the command configuration information. - * @param cfg: structure that contains the polling configuration information. - * @param Timeout : Time out duration - * @note This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef *cfg, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode)); - if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction)); - } - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode)); - if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize)); - } - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode)); - if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize)); - } - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode)); - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode)); - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_INTERVAL(cfg->Interval)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_STATUS_BYTES_SIZE(cfg->StatusBytesSize)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_MATCH_MODE(cfg->MatchMode)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hqspi); - - if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY) - { - - hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Update state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_AUTO_POLLING; - - /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */ - status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, Timeout); - - if (status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Configure QSPI: PSMAR register with the status match value */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMAR, cfg->Match); - - /* Configure QSPI: PSMKR register with the status mask value */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMKR, cfg->Mask); - - /* Configure QSPI: PIR register with the interval value */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PIR, cfg->Interval); - - /* Configure QSPI: CR register with Match mode and Automatic stop enabled - (otherwise there will be an infinite loop in blocking mode) */ - MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, (QUADSPI_CR_PMM | QUADSPI_CR_APMS), - (cfg->MatchMode | QSPI_AUTOMATIC_STOP_ENABLE)); - - /* Call the configuration function */ - cmd->NbData = cfg->StatusBytesSize; - QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING); - - /* Wait until SM flag is set to go back in idle state */ - if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_SM, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - status = HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - else - { - __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_SM); - - /* Update state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY; - } - } - } - else - { - status = HAL_BUSY; - } - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi); - - /* Return function status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the QSPI Automatic Polling Mode in non-blocking mode. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @param cmd: structure that contains the command configuration information. - * @param cfg: structure that contains the polling configuration information. - * @note This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef *cfg) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode)); - if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction)); - } - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode)); - if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize)); - } - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode)); - if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize)); - } - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode)); - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode)); - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_INTERVAL(cfg->Interval)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_STATUS_BYTES_SIZE(cfg->StatusBytesSize)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_MATCH_MODE(cfg->MatchMode)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_AUTOMATIC_STOP(cfg->AutomaticStop)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hqspi); - -if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY) - { - hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Update state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_AUTO_POLLING; - - /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */ - status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, hqspi->Timeout); - - if (status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Configure QSPI: PSMAR register with the status match value */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMAR, cfg->Match); - - /* Configure QSPI: PSMKR register with the status mask value */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMKR, cfg->Mask); - - /* Configure QSPI: PIR register with the interval value */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PIR, cfg->Interval); - - /* Configure QSPI: CR register with Match mode and Automatic stop mode */ - MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, (QUADSPI_CR_PMM | QUADSPI_CR_APMS), - (cfg->MatchMode | cfg->AutomaticStop)); - - /* Call the configuration function */ - cmd->NbData = cfg->StatusBytesSize; - QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING); - - /* Enable the QSPI Transfer Error, FIFO threshold and status match Interrupt */ - __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, (QSPI_IT_FT | QSPI_IT_SM | QSPI_IT_TE)); - } - } - else - { - status = HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi); - - /* Return function status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the Memory Mapped mode. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @param cmd: structure that contains the command configuration information. - * @param cfg: structure that contains the memory mapped configuration information. - * @note This function is used only in Memory mapped Mode - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_MemoryMapped(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, QSPI_MemoryMappedTypeDef *cfg) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode)); - if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction)); - } - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode)); - if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize)); - } - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode)); - if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize)); - } - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode)); - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode)); - - assert_param(IS_QSPI_TIMEOUT_ACTIVATION(cfg->TimeOutActivation)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hqspi); - - if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY) - { - hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Update state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_MEM_MAPPED; - - /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */ - status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, hqspi->Timeout); - - if (status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Configure QSPI: CR register with time out counter enable */ - MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_TCEN, cfg->TimeOutActivation); - - if (cfg->TimeOutActivation == QSPI_TIMEOUT_COUNTER_ENABLE) - { - assert_param(IS_QSPI_TIMEOUT_PERIOD(cfg->TimeOutPeriod)); - - /* Configure QSPI: LPTR register with the low-power time out value */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->LPTR, cfg->TimeOutPeriod); - - /* Enable the QSPI TimeOut Interrupt */ - __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TO); - } - - /* Call the configuration function */ - QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED); - - } - } - else - { - status = HAL_BUSY; - - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi); - - /* Return function status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Transfer Error callbacks - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Command completed callbacks. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief FIFO Threshold callbacks - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_QSPI_FIFOThresholdCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Status Match callbacks - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Timeout callbacks - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control and State functions - * @brief QSPI control and State functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control and State functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to : - (+) Check in run-time the state of the driver. - (+) Check the error code set during last operation. - (+) Abort any operation. -..... -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Return the QSPI state. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_QSPI_StateTypeDef HAL_QSPI_GetState(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - return hqspi->State; -} - -/** -* @brief Return the QSPI error code -* @param hqspi: QSPI handle -* @retval QSPI Error Code -*/ -uint32_t HAL_QSPI_GetError(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - return hqspi->ErrorCode; -} - -/** -* @brief Abort the current transmission -* @param hqspi: QSPI handle -* @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Abort(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - - /* Configure QSPI: CR register with Abort request */ - SET_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_ABORT); - - /* Wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */ - if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, hqspi->Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - status = HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - else - { - __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC); - - /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ - status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, hqspi->Timeout); - - /* Update state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY; - } - - return status; -} - -/** @brief Set QSPI timeout - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle. - * @param Timeout: Timeout for the QSPI memory access. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_QSPI_SetTimeout(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - hqspi->Timeout = Timeout; -} - -/** -* @} -*/ - -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief DMA QSPI receive process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void QSPI_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = ( QSPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - hqspi->RxXferCount = 0; - - /* Wait for QSPI TC Flag */ - if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, hqspi->Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Time out Occurred */ - HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi); - } - else - { - /* Disable the DMA transfer by clearing the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */ - CLEAR_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN); - - /* Disable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Abort(hdma); - - /* Clear Transfer Complete bit */ - __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC); - - /* Workaround - Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer */ - HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi); - - /* Update state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY; - - HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback(hqspi); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA QSPI transmit process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void QSPI_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = ( QSPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - hqspi->TxXferCount = 0; - - /* Wait for QSPI TC Flag */ - if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, hqspi->Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Time out Occurred */ - HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi); - } - else - { - /* Disable the DMA transfer by clearing the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */ - CLEAR_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN); - - /* Disable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Abort(hdma); - - /* Clear Transfer Complete bit */ - __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC); - - /* Clear Busy bit */ - HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi); - - /* Update state */ - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY; - - HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback(hqspi); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA QSPI receive process half complete callback - * @param hdma : DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void QSPI_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = (QSPI_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hqspi); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA QSPI transmit process half complete callback - * @param hdma : DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void QSPI_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = (QSPI_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hqspi); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA QSPI communication error callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void QSPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = ( QSPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - hqspi->RxXferCount = 0; - hqspi->TxXferCount = 0; - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_ERROR; - hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_DMA; - - HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi); -} - -/** - * @brief This function wait a flag state until time out. - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @param Flag: Flag checked - * @param State: Value of the flag expected - * @param Timeout: Duration of the time out - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint32_t Flag, - FlagStatus State, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until flag is in expected state */ - while((FlagStatus)(__HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, Flag)) != State) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) - { - hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_ERROR; - hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function configures the communication registers - * @param hqspi: QSPI handle - * @param cmd: structure that contains the command configuration information - * @param FunctionalMode: functional mode to configured - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE: Indirect write mode - * @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ: Indirect read mode - * @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING: Automatic polling mode - * @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED: Memory-mapped mode - * @retval None - */ -static void QSPI_Config(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, uint32_t FunctionalMode) -{ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE(FunctionalMode)); - - if ((cmd->DataMode != QSPI_DATA_NONE) && (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED)) - { - /* Configure QSPI: DLR register with the number of data to read or write */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR, (cmd->NbData - 1)); - } - - if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE) - { - if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE) - { - /* Configure QSPI: ABR register with alternate bytes value */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->ABR, cmd->AlternateBytes); - - if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE) - { - /*---- Command with instruction, address and alternate bytes ----*/ - /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode | - cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateBytesSize | - cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressSize | cmd->AddressMode | - cmd->InstructionMode | cmd->Instruction | FunctionalMode)); - - if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED) - { - /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address); - } - } - else - { - /*---- Command with instruction and alternate bytes ----*/ - /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode | - cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateBytesSize | - cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode | - cmd->Instruction | FunctionalMode)); - } - } - else - { - if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE) - { - /*---- Command with instruction and address ----*/ - /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode | - cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateByteMode | - cmd->AddressSize | cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode | - cmd->Instruction | FunctionalMode)); - - if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED) - { - /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address); - } - } - else - { - /*---- Command with only instruction ----*/ - /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode | - cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateByteMode | - cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode | cmd->Instruction | - FunctionalMode)); - } - } - } - else - { - if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE) - { - /* Configure QSPI: ABR register with alternate bytes value */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->ABR, cmd->AlternateBytes); - - if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE) - { - /*---- Command with address and alternate bytes ----*/ - /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode | - cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateBytesSize | - cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressSize | cmd->AddressMode | - cmd->InstructionMode | FunctionalMode)); - - if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED) - { - /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address); - } - } - else - { - /*---- Command with only alternate bytes ----*/ - /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode | - cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateBytesSize | - cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode | - FunctionalMode)); - } - } - else - { - if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE) - { - /*---- Command with only address ----*/ - /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode | - cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateByteMode | - cmd->AddressSize | cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode | - FunctionalMode)); - - if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED) - { - /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address); - } - } - else - { - /*---- Command with only data phase ----*/ - if (cmd->DataMode != QSPI_DATA_NONE) - { - /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */ - WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode | - cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateByteMode | - cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode | FunctionalMode)); - } - } - } - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#endif /* HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 30ce2f9..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1234 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief RCC HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Reset and Clock Control (RCC) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### RCC specific features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - After reset the device is running from Internal High Speed oscillator - (HSI 16MHz) with Flash 0 wait state, Flash prefetch buffer, D-Cache - and I-Cache are disabled, and all peripherals are off except internal - SRAM, Flash and JTAG. - (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) busses; - all peripherals mapped on these busses are running at HSI speed. - (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH. - (+) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which - are assigned to be used for debug purpose. - - [..] - Once the device started from reset, the user application has to: - (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock - (if the application needs higher frequency/performance) - (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings - (+) Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers - (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used - (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals which clocks are not - derived from the System clock (I2S, RTC, ADC, USB OTG FS/SDIO/RNG) - - ##### RCC Limitations ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - A delay between an RCC peripheral clock enable and the effective peripheral - enabling should be taken into account in order to manage the peripheral read/write - from/to registers. - (+) This delay depends on the peripheral mapping. - (+) If peripheral is mapped on AHB: the delay is 2 AHB clock cycle - after the clock enable bit is set on the hardware register - (+) If peripheral is mapped on APB: the delay is 2 APB clock cycle - after the clock enable bit is set on the hardware register - - [..] - Possible Workarounds: - (#) Enable the peripheral clock sometimes before the peripheral read/write - register is required. - (#) For AHB peripheral, insert two dummy read to the peripheral register. - (#) For APB peripheral, insert a dummy read to the peripheral register. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC RCC - * @brief RCC HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup RCC_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE ((uint32_t)5000) /* 5 s */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define __MCO1_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE() -#define MCO1_GPIO_PORT GPIOA -#define MCO1_PIN GPIO_PIN_8 - -#define __MCO2_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_ENABLE() -#define MCO2_GPIO_PORT GPIOC -#define MCO2_PIN GPIO_PIN_9 -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Variables RCC Private Variables - * @{ - */ -const uint8_t APBAHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9}; -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions RCC Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal/external oscillators - (HSE, HSI, LSE, LSI, PLL, CSS and MCO) and the System busses clocks (SYSCLK, AHB, APB1 - and APB2). - - [..] Internal/external clock and PLL configuration - (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through - the PLL as System clock source. - - (#) LSI (low-speed internal), 32 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC - clock source. - - (#) HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 26 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or - through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source. - - (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source. - - (#) PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), featuring two different output clocks: - (++) The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 168 MHz) - (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz), - the random analog generator (<=48 MHz) and the SDIO (<= 48 MHz). - - (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enable using the macro __HAL_RCC_CSS_ENABLE() - and if a HSE clock failure occurs(HSE used directly or through PLL as System - clock source), the System clocks automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt - is generated if enabled. The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M4 NMI - (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. - - (#) MCO1 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSI, LSE, HSE or PLL - clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PA8 pin. - - (#) MCO2 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSE, PLL, SYSCLK or PLLI2S - clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PC9 pin. - - [..] System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration - (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI, - HSE and PLL. - The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable - prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped - on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived - from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock - the peripherals mapped on these busses. You can use - "HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks. - - -@- All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except: - (+@) I2S: the I2S clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLI2S) or - from an external clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin. - You have to use __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG() macro to configure this clock. - (+@) SAI: the SAI clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLI2S) or (PLLSAI) or - from an external clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin. - You have to use __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG() macro to configure this clock. - (+@) RTC: the RTC clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock - divided by 2 to 31. You have to use __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG() and __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE() - macros to configure this clock. - (+@) USB OTG FS, SDIO and RTC: USB OTG FS require a frequency equal to 48 MHz - to work correctly, while the SDIO require a frequency equal or lower than - to 48. This clock is derived of the main PLL through PLLQ divider. - (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock. - - (#) For the STM32F405xx/07xx and STM32F415xx/17xx devices, the maximum - frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 168 MHz, PCLK2 84 MHz and PCLK1 42 MHz. - Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency should - be adapted accordingly (refer to the product datasheets for more details). - - (#) For the STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx devices, the maximum frequency - of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 180 MHz, PCLK2 90 MHz and PCLK1 45 MHz. - Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency should - be adapted accordingly (refer to the product datasheets for more details). - - (#) For the STM32F401xx, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 84 MHz, - PCLK2 84 MHz and PCLK1 42 MHz. - Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency should - be adapted accordingly (refer to the product datasheets for more details). -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. - * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: - * - HSI ON and used as system clock source - * - HSE, PLL and PLLI2S OFF - * - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1. - * - CSS, MCO1 and MCO2 OFF - * - All interrupts disabled - * @note This function doesn't modify the configuration of the - * - Peripheral clocks - * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCC_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Set HSION bit */ - SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSION | RCC_CR_HSITRIM_4); - - /* Reset CFGR register */ - CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR); - - /* Reset HSEON, CSSON, PLLON, PLLI2S */ - CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_PLLON| RCC_CR_PLLI2SON); - - /* Reset PLLCFGR register */ - CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR); - SET_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_4 | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_6 | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_7 | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_2); - - /* Reset PLLI2SCFGR register */ - CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR); - SET_BIT(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR, RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN_6 | RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN_7 | RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR_1); - - /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP); - - /* Disable all interrupts */ - CLEAR_REG(RCC->CIR); -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the - * RCC_OscInitTypeDef. - * @param RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the RCC Oscillators. - * @note The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock. - * @retval HAL status - */ -__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE(RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType)); - /*------------------------------- HSE Configuration ------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState)); - /* When the HSE is used as system clock or clock source for PLL in these cases HSE will not disabled */ - if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSE) ||\ - ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE))) - { - if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState == RCC_HSE_OFF)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - else - { - /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE --------------*/ - __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_HSE_OFF); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till HSE is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Set the new HSE configuration ---------------------------------------*/ - __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState); - - /* Check the HSE State */ - if((RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState) != RCC_HSE_OFF) - { - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till HSE is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till HSE is bypassed or disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - } - /*----------------------------- HSI Configuration --------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue)); - - /* Check if HSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */ - if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI) ||\ - ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSI))) - { - /* When HSI is used as system clock it will not disabled */ - if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_ON)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Otherwise, just the calibration is allowed */ - else - { - /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ - __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); - } - } - else - { - /* Check the HSI State */ - if((RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState)!= RCC_HSI_OFF) - { - /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ - __HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till HSI is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ - __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); - } - else - { - /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ - __HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till HSI is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - } - /*------------------------------ LSI Configuration -------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_LSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState)); - - /* Check the LSI State */ - if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState)!= RCC_LSI_OFF) - { - /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ - __HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSI is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ - __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSI is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - /*------------------------------ LSE Configuration -------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState)); - - /* Enable Power Clock*/ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ - PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_DBP; - - /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((PWR->CR & PWR_CR_DBP) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ----------------*/ - __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_LSE_OFF); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSE is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Set the new LSE configuration -----------------------------------------*/ - __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState); - /* Check the LSE State */ - if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState) != RCC_LSE_OFF) - { - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSE is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSE is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - /*-------------------------------- PLL Configuration -----------------------*/ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState)); - if ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) != RCC_PLL_NONE) - { - /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */ - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) - { - if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) == RCC_PLL_ON) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ)); - - /* Disable the main PLL. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLL is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Configure the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors. */ - WRITE_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, (RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource | \ - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM | \ - (RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN << POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN)) | \ - (((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP >> 1) -1) << POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP)) | \ - (RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ << POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ)))); - /* Enable the main PLL. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLL is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the main PLL. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLL is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks according to the specified - * parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct. - * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the RCC peripheral. - * @param FLatency: FLASH Latency, this parameter depend on device selected - * - * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency - * and updated by HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function - * - * @note The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after - * startup from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case - * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock - * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled). - * - * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target - * clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or PLL locked). - * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will - * occur when the clock source will be ready. - * - * @note Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly - * HPRE[3:0] bits to ensure that HCLK not exceed the maximum allowed frequency - * (for more details refer to section above "Initialization/de-initialization functions") - * @retval None - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_CLOCKTYPE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType)); - assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLatency)); - - /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY) - must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock - (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device. */ - - /* Increasing the CPU frequency */ - if(FLatency > (FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)) - { - /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ - __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); - - /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash - memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ - if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) - { - assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider)); - MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider); - } - - /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration ---------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) - { - assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource)); - - /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */ - if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) - { - /* Check the HSE ready flag */ - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */ - else if((RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) || - (RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLRCLK)) - { - /* Check the PLL ready flag */ - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */ - else - { - /* Check the HSI ready flag */ - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - - __HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource); - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) - { - while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) - { - while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLRCLK) - { - while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLRCLK) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - } - /* Decreasing the CPU frequency */ - else - { - /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) - { - assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider)); - MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider); - } - - /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration -------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) - { - assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource)); - - /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */ - if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) - { - /* Check the HSE ready flag */ - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */ - else if((RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) || - (RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLRCLK)) - { - /* Check the PLL ready flag */ - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */ - else - { - /* Check the HSI ready flag */ - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - __HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource); - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) - { - while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) - { - while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLRCLK) - { - while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLRCLK) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - - /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ - __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); - - /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash - memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ - if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - - /*-------------------------- PCLK1 Configuration ---------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) - { - assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider)); - MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1, RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider); - } - - /*-------------------------- PCLK2 Configuration ---------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) - { - assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider)); - MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2, ((RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider) << 3)); - } - - /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/ - HAL_InitTick (TICK_INT_PRIORITY); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief RCC clocks control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks - frequencies. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8) or on MCO2 pin(PC9). - * @note PA8/PC9 should be configured in alternate function mode. - * @param RCC_MCOx: specifies the output direction for the clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_MCO1: Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8). - * @arg RCC_MCO2: Clock source to output on MCO2 pin(PC9). - * @param RCC_MCOSource: specifies the clock source to output. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI: HSI clock selected as MCO1 source - * @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE: LSE clock selected as MCO1 source - * @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE: HSE clock selected as MCO1 source - * @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK: main PLL clock selected as MCO1 source - * @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_SYSCLK: System clock (SYSCLK) selected as MCO2 source - * @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLI2SCLK: PLLI2S clock selected as MCO2 source - * @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_HSE: HSE clock selected as MCO2 source - * @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLCLK: main PLL clock selected as MCO2 source - * @param RCC_MCODiv: specifies the MCOx prescaler. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_MCODIV_1: no division applied to MCOx clock - * @arg RCC_MCODIV_2: division by 2 applied to MCOx clock - * @arg RCC_MCODIV_3: division by 3 applied to MCOx clock - * @arg RCC_MCODIV_4: division by 4 applied to MCOx clock - * @arg RCC_MCODIV_5: division by 5 applied to MCOx clock - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig(uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv) -{ - GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO(RCC_MCOx)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_MCODIV(RCC_MCODiv)); - /* RCC_MCO1 */ - if(RCC_MCOx == RCC_MCO1) - { - assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource)); - - /* MCO1 Clock Enable */ - __MCO1_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Configure the MCO1 pin in alternate function mode */ - GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = MCO1_PIN; - GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; - GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_HIGH; - GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF0_MCO; - HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO1_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStruct); - - /* Mask MCO1 and MCO1PRE[2:0] bits then Select MCO1 clock source and prescaler */ - MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, (RCC_CFGR_MCO1 | RCC_CFGR_MCO1PRE), (RCC_MCOSource | RCC_MCODiv)); - } - else - { - assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO2SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource)); - - /* MCO2 Clock Enable */ - __MCO2_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Configure the MCO2 pin in alternate function mode */ - GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = MCO2_PIN; - GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; - GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_HIGH; - GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF0_MCO; - HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO2_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStruct); - - /* Mask MCO2 and MCO2PRE[2:0] bits then Select MCO2 clock source and prescaler */ - MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, (RCC_CFGR_MCO2 | RCC_CFGR_MCO2PRE), (RCC_MCOSource | (RCC_MCODiv << 3))); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the Clock Security System. - * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator - * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the - * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI), - * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to - * the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *) RCC_CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the Clock Security System. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCC_DisableCSS(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *) RCC_CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the SYSCLK frequency - * - * @note The system frequency computed by this function is not the real - * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined - * constant and the selected clock source: - * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*) - * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**) - * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**) - * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors. - * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h file (default value - * 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations - * in voltage and temperature. - * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h file (default value - * 25 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real - * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may - * have wrong result. - * - * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional - * value for HSE crystal. - * - * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the - * baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. - * - * @note Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the - * right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. - * - * - * @retval SYSCLK frequency - */ -__weak uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(void) -{ - uint32_t pllm = 0, pllvco = 0, pllp = 0; - uint32_t sysclockfreq = 0; - - /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ - switch (RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS) - { - case RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI: /* HSI used as system clock source */ - { - sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE; - break; - } - case RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSE: /* HSE used as system clock source */ - { - sysclockfreq = HSE_VALUE; - break; - } - case RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL: /* PLL used as system clock source */ - { - /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLLM) * PLLN - SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLP */ - pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM; - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI) - { - /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = ((HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN))); - } - else - { - /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = ((HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN))); - } - pllp = ((((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP)) + 1 ) *2); - - sysclockfreq = pllvco/pllp; - break; - } - default: - { - sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE; - break; - } - } - return sysclockfreq; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the HCLK frequency - * @note Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to update the - * right HCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. - * - * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency - * and updated within this function - * @retval HCLK frequency - */ -uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(void) -{ - SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> APBAHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE)>> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_HPRE)]; - return SystemCoreClock; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the PCLK1 frequency - * @note Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to update the - * right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. - * @retval PCLK1 frequency - */ -uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(void) -{ - /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK1 frequency ---------------------------*/ - return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() >> APBAHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1)>> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PPRE1)]); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the PCLK2 frequency - * @note Each time PCLK2 changes, this function must be called to update the - * right PCLK2 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. - * @retval PCLK2 frequency - */ -uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(void) -{ - /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK2 frequency ---------------------------*/ - return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()>> APBAHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2)>> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PPRE2)]); -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal - * RCC configuration registers. - * @param RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that - * will be configured. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) -{ - /* Set all possible values for the Oscillator type parameter ---------------*/ - RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI; - - /* Get the HSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEBYP) == RCC_CR_HSEBYP) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS; - } - else if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEON) == RCC_CR_HSEON) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_OFF; - } - - /* Get the HSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSION) == RCC_CR_HSION) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; - } - - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue = (uint32_t)((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSITRIM) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CR_HSITRIM)); - - /* Get the LSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) == RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS; - } - else if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEON) == RCC_BDCR_LSEON) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_OFF; - } - - /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->CSR &RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_OFF; - } - - /* Get the PLL configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_PLLON) == RCC_CR_PLLON) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_OFF; - } - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC); - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM); - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN)); - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP = (uint32_t)((((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) + RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP_0) << 1) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP)); - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ)); -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal - * RCC configuration registers. - * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef structure that - * will be configured. - * @param pFLatency: Pointer on the Flash Latency. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t *pFLatency) -{ - /* Set all possible values for the Clock type parameter --------------------*/ - RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2; - - /* Get the SYSCLK configuration --------------------------------------------*/ - RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SW); - - /* Get the HCLK configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ - RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE); - - /* Get the APB1 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ - RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1); - - /* Get the APB2 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ - RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider = (uint32_t)((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> 3); - - /* Get the Flash Wait State (Latency) configuration ------------------------*/ - *pFLatency = (uint32_t)(FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY); -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles the RCC CSS interrupt request. - * @note This API should be called under the NMI_Handler(). - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler(void) -{ - /* Check RCC CSSF flag */ - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_CSS)) - { - /* RCC Clock Security System interrupt user callback */ - HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(); - - /* Clear RCC CSS pending bit */ - __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_CSS); - } -} - -/** - * @brief RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(void) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_RCC_CSSCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 37df30e..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1676 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief Extension RCC HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities RCC extension peripheral: - * + Extended Peripheral Control functions - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx - * @brief RCCEx HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup RCCEx_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks - frequencies. - [..] - (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to - select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in - order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including - the backup registers) and RCC_BDCR register are set to their reset values. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified - * parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef. - * @param PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals - * clocks(I2S, SAI, LTDC RTC and TIM). - * - * @note Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select - * the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in - * order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including - * the backup registers) and RCC_BDCR register are set to their reset values. - * - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - uint32_t plli2sp = 0; - uint32_t plli2sq = 0; - uint32_t plli2sr = 0; - uint32_t pllsaip = 0; - uint32_t pllsaiq = 0; - uint32_t plli2sused = 0; - uint32_t pllsaiused = 0; - - /* Check the peripheral clock selection parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection)); - - /*----------------------------------- I2S APB1 configuration ----------------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB1) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB1)) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_I2SAPB1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2sApb1ClockSelection)); - - /* Configure I2S Clock source */ - __HAL_RCC_I2S_APB1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2sApb1ClockSelection); - /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for I2S */ - if(PeriphClkInit->I2sApb1ClockSelection == RCC_I2SAPB1CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S) - { - plli2sused = 1; - } - } - - /*----------------------------------- I2S APB2 configuration -----------------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB2) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB2)) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_I2SAPB2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2sApb2ClockSelection)); - - /* Configure I2S Clock source */ - __HAL_RCC_I2S_APB2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2sApb2ClockSelection); - /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for I2S */ - if(PeriphClkInit->I2sApb2ClockSelection == RCC_I2SAPB2CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S) - { - plli2sused = 1; - } - } - - /*------------------------------------ SAI1 configuration --------------------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1)) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection)); - - /* Configure SAI1 Clock source */ - __HAL_RCC_SAI1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection); - /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for SAI */ - if(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S) - { - plli2sused = 1; - } - /* Enable the PLLSAI when it's used as clock source for SAI */ - if(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI) - { - pllsaiused = 1; - } - } - - /*------------------------------------ SAI2 configuration --------------------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2)) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection)); - - /* Configure SAI2 Clock source */ - __HAL_RCC_SAI2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection); - - /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for SAI */ - if(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S) - { - plli2sused = 1; - } - /* Enable the PLLSAI when it's used as clock source for SAI */ - if(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI) - { - pllsaiused = 1; - } - } - - /*------------------------------------ RTC configuration --------------------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC)) - { - /* Enable Power Clock*/ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ - PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_DBP; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((PWR->CR & PWR_CR_DBP) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selction is modified */ - if((RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)) - { - /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */ - tmpreg1 = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)); - /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */ - __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE(); - __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE(); - /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */ - RCC->BDCR = tmpreg1; - - /* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */ - if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(tmpreg1, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)) - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSE is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection); - } - } - - /*------------------------------------ TIM configuration --------------------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM)) - { - /* Configure Timer Prescaler */ - __HAL_RCC_TIMCLKPRESCALER(PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection); - } - - /*------------------------------------- FMPI2C1 Configuration ----------------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_FMPI2C1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_FMPI2C1) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Fmpi2c1ClockSelection)); - - /* Configure the FMPI2C1 clock source */ - __HAL_RCC_FMPI2C1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Fmpi2c1ClockSelection); - } - - /*--------------------------------------- CEC Configuration -----------------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_CECCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection)); - - /* Configure the CEC clock source */ - __HAL_RCC_CEC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection); - } - - /*-------------------------------------- CK48 Configuration -----------------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_CK48) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_CK48) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_CK48CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection)); - - /* Configure the SDIO clock source */ - __HAL_RCC_CLK48_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection); - - /* Enable the PLLSAI when it's used as clock source for CK48 */ - if(PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection == RCC_CK48CLKSOURCE_PLLSAIP) - { - pllsaiused = 1; - } - } - - /*------------------------------------- SDIO Configuration ------------------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDIO) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDIO) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_SDIOCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->SdioClockSelection)); - - /* Configure the SDIO clock source */ - __HAL_RCC_SDIO_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->SdioClockSelection); - } - - /*------------------------------------- SPDIFRX Configuration --------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->SpdifClockSelection)); - - /* Configure the SPDIFRX clock source */ - __HAL_RCC_SPDIFRX_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->SpdifClockSelection); - /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for SPDIFRX */ - if(PeriphClkInit->SpdifClockSelection == RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSOURCE_PLLI2SP) - { - plli2sused = 1; - } - } - - /*-------------------------------------- PLLI2S Configuration --------------*/ - /* PLLI2S is configured when a peripheral will use it as source clock : SAI1, SAI2, I2S on APB1, - I2S on APB2 or SPDIFRX */ - if((plli2sused == 1) || (PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection == RCC_PERIPHCLK_PLLI2S)) - { - /* Disable the PLLI2S */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE(); - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - /* Wait till PLLI2S is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* return in case of Timeout detected */ - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* check for common PLLI2S Parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SM_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN)); - - /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for I2S -------------------*/ - if(((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB1) && (PeriphClkInit->I2sApb1ClockSelection == RCC_I2SAPB1CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)) || - ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB2) && (PeriphClkInit->I2sApb2ClockSelection == RCC_I2SAPB2CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S))) - { - /* check for Parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR)); - - /* Read PLLI2SP/PLLI2SQ value from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not needed for I2S configuration) */ - plli2sp = ((((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP)) + 1) << 1); - plli2sq = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ)); - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) × (PLLI2SN/PLLI2SM) */ - /* I2SCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SR */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , plli2sp, plli2sq, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR); - } - - /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for SAI -------------------*/ - if(((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)) || - ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S))) - { - /* Check for PLLI2S Parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ)); - /* Check for PLLI2S/DIVQ parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_DIVQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ)); - - /* Read PLLI2SP/PLLI2SR value from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not needed for SAI configuration) */ - plli2sp = ((((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP)) + 1) << 1); - plli2sr = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR)); - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLI2SM */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */ - /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SQ */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , plli2sp, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ, plli2sr); - - /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLI2SDIVQ */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_PLLSAICLKDIVQ_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ); - } - - /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for SPDIFRX -------------------*/ - if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX) && (PeriphClkInit->SpdifClockSelection == RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSOURCE_PLLI2SP)) - { - /* check for Parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SP_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP)); - /* Read PLLI2SR value from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not need for SAI configuration) */ - plli2sq = ((((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP)) + 1) << 1); - plli2sr = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR)); - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) × (PLLI2SN/PLLI2SM) */ - /* SPDIFRXCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SP */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP, plli2sq, plli2sr); - } - - /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is just selected -----------------*/ - if((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection & RCC_PERIPHCLK_PLLI2S) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_PLLI2S) - { - /* Check for Parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SP_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ)); - - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) × (PLLI2SN/PLLI2SM) */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR); - } - - /* Enable the PLLI2S */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE(); - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* return in case of Timeout detected */ - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /*-------------------------------------- PLLSAI Configuration ---------------------------------*/ - /* PLLSAI is configured when a peripheral will use it as source clock : SAI1, SAI2, CK48 or SDIO */ - if(pllsaiused == 1) - { - /* Disable PLLSAI Clock */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_DISABLE(); - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - /* Wait till PLLSAI is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_GET_FLAG() != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLSAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* return in case of Timeout detected */ - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Check the PLLSAI division factors */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIM_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIM)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN)); - - /*----------------- In Case of PLLSAI is selected as source clock for SAI -------------------*/ - if(((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI)) || - ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI))) - { - /* check for PLLSAIQ Parameter */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ)); - /* check for PLLSAI/DIVQ Parameter */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ)); - - /* Read PLLSAIP value from PLLSAICFGR register (this value is not needed for SAI configuration) */ - pllsaip = ((((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP)) + 1) << 1); - /* PLLSAI_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */ - /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */ - /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIQ */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIM, PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN , pllsaip, PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ, 0); - - /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVQ */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_PLLSAICLKDIVQ_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ); - } - - /*----------------- In Case of PLLSAI is selected as source clock for CK48 -------------------*/ - /* In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for CK48 */ - if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_CK48) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_CK48) && (PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection == RCC_CK48CLKSOURCE_PLLSAIP)) - { - /* check for Parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIP_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIP)); - /* Read PLLSAIQ value from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not need for SAI configuration) */ - pllsaiq = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ)); - /* Configure the PLLSAI division factors */ - /* PLLSAI_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLSAI clock input) × (PLLI2SN/PLLSAIM) */ - /* 48CLK = f(PLLSAI clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLSAIP */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIM, PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN , PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIP, pllsaiq, 0); - } - - /* Enable PLLSAI Clock */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_ENABLE(); - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - /* Wait till PLLSAI is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_GET_FLAG() == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLSAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* return in case of Timeout detected */ - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Get the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef according to the internal - * RCC configuration registers. - * @param PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that - * will be configured. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) -{ - uint32_t tempreg; - - /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB2 |\ - RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 |\ - RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC |\ - RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_FMPI2C1 |\ - RCC_PERIPHCLK_CK48 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDIO |\ - RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX; - - /* Get the PLLI2S Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM)); - PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN)); - PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP = (uint32_t)((((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP)) + 1) << 1); - PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ)); - PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR)); - /* Get the PLLSAI Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIM = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIM) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIM)); - PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN)); - PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIP = (uint32_t)((((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP)) + 1) << 1); - PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ)); - /* Get the PLLSAI/PLLI2S division factors -------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVQ)); - PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVQ)); - - /* Get the SAI1 clock configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI1_SOURCE(); - - /* Get the SAI2 clock configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI2_SOURCE(); - - /* Get the I2S APB1 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->I2sApb1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S_APB1_SOURCE(); - - /* Get the I2S APB2 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->I2sApb2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S_APB2_SOURCE(); - - /* Get the RTC Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - tempreg = (RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_RTCPRE); - PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = (uint32_t)((tempreg) | (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)); - - /* Get the CEC clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_CEC_SOURCE(); - - /* Get the FMPI2C1 clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->Fmpi2c1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_FMPI2C1_SOURCE(); - - /* Get the CK48 clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_CLK48_SOURCE(); - - /* Get the SDIO clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->SdioClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SDIO_SOURCE(); - - /* Get the SPDIFRX clock configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->SpdifClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SPDIFRX_SOURCE(); - - /* Get the TIM Prescaler configuration --------------------------------------------*/ - if ((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_TIMPRE) == RESET) - { - PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection = RCC_TIMPRES_DESACTIVATED; - } - else - { - PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection = RCC_TIMPRES_ACTIVATED; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Return the peripheral clock frequency for a given peripheral(SAI..) - * @note Return 0 if peripheral clock identifier not managed by this API - * @param PeriphClk: Peripheral clock identifier - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1: SAI1 peripheral clock - * @arg RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2: SAI2 peripheral clock - * @retval Frequency in KHz - */ -uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - /* This variable used to store the SAI clock frequency (value in Hz) */ - uint32_t frequency = 0; - /* This variable used to store the VCO Input (value in Hz) */ - uint32_t vcoinput = 0; - /* This variable used to store the SAI clock source */ - uint32_t saiclocksource = 0; - if ((PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) || (PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2)) - { - saiclocksource = RCC->DCKCFGR; - saiclocksource &= (RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC | RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI2SRC); - switch (saiclocksource) - { - case 0: /* PLLSAI is the clock source for SAI*/ - { - /* Configure the PLLSAI division factor */ - /* PLLSAI_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLSAIM */ - if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI) - { - /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */ - vcoinput = (HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIM)); - } - else - { - /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */ - vcoinput = ((HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIM))); - } - /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */ - /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIQ */ - tmpreg1 = (RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> 24; - frequency = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN) >> 6))/(tmpreg1); - - /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVQ */ - tmpreg1 = (((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVQ) >> 8) + 1); - frequency = frequency/(tmpreg1); - break; - } - case RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC_0: /* PLLI2S is the clock source for SAI*/ - case RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI2SRC_0: /* PLLI2S is the clock source for SAI*/ - { - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLI2SM */ - if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI) - { - /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */ - vcoinput = (HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM)); - } - else - { - /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */ - vcoinput = ((HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM))); - } - - /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */ - /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SQ */ - tmpreg1 = (RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> 24; - frequency = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6))/(tmpreg1); - - /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLI2SDIVQ */ - tmpreg1 = ((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVQ) + 1); - frequency = frequency/(tmpreg1); - break; - } - case RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC_1: /* PLLR is the clock source for SAI*/ - case RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI2SRC_1: /* PLLR is the clock source for SAI*/ - { - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */ - /* PLL_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */ - if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI) - { - /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */ - vcoinput = (HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)); - } - else - { - /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */ - vcoinput = ((HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM))); - } - - /* PLL_VCO Output = PLL_VCO Input * PLLN */ - /* SAI_CLK_x = PLL_VCO Output/PLLR */ - tmpreg1 = (RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> 28; - frequency = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6))/(tmpreg1); - break; - } - case RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC: /* External clock is the clock source for SAI*/ - { - frequency = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE; - break; - } - case RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI2SRC: /* PLLSRC(HSE or HSI) is the clock source for SAI*/ - { - if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI) - { - /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */ - frequency = (uint32_t)(HSI_VALUE); - } - else - { - /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */ - frequency = (uint32_t)(HSE_VALUE); - } - break; - } - default : - { - break; - } - } - } - return frequency; -} - -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) -/** - * @brief Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified - * parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef. - * @param PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals - * clocks(I2S, SAI, LTDC RTC and TIM). - * - * @note Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select - * the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in - * order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including - * the backup registers) and RCC_BDCR register are set to their reset values. - * - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection)); - - /*----------------------- SAI/I2S Configuration (PLLI2S) -------------------------*/ - - /*----------------------- Common configuration SAI/I2S ---------------------------*/ - /* In Case of SAI or I2S Clock Configuration through PLLI2S, PLLI2SN division - factor is common parameters for both peripherals */ - if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S) || - (((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLI2S) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLI2S)) - { - /* check for Parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN)); - - /* Disable the PLLI2S */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE(); - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - /* Wait till PLLI2S is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* return in case of Timeout detected */ - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /*---------------------------- I2S configuration -------------------------------*/ - /* In Case of I2S Clock Configuration through PLLI2S, PLLI2SR must be added - only for I2S configuration */ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S)) - { - /* check for Parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR)); - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) × (PLLI2SN/PLLM) */ - /* I2SCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SR */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR); - } - - /*---------------------------- SAI configuration -------------------------------*/ - /* In Case of SAI Clock Configuration through PLLI2S, PLLI2SQ and PLLI2S_DIVQ must - be added only for SAI configuration */ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLI2S) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLI2S)) - { - /* Check the PLLI2S division factors */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_DIVQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ)); - - /* Read PLLI2SR value from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not need for SAI configuration) */ - tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR)); - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */ - /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SQ */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_SAICLK_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ , tmpreg1); - /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLI2SDIVQ */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_PLLSAICLKDIVQ_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ); - } - - /* Enable the PLLI2S */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE(); - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* return in case of Timeout detected */ - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /*----------------------- SAI/LTDC Configuration (PLLSAI) ------------------*/ - - /*----------------------- Common configuration SAI/LTDC --------------------*/ - /* In Case of SAI or LTDC Clock Configuration through PLLSAI, PLLSAIN division - factor is common parameters for both peripherals */ - if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLSAI) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLSAI) || - (((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC)) - { - /* Check the PLLSAI division factors */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN)); - - /* Disable PLLSAI Clock */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_DISABLE(); - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - /* Wait till PLLSAI is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_GET_FLAG() != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLSAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* return in case of Timeout detected */ - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /*---------------------------- SAI configuration -------------------------*/ - /* In Case of SAI Clock Configuration through PLLSAI, PLLSAIQ and PLLSAI_DIVQ must - be added only for SAI configuration */ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLSAI) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLSAI)) - { - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ)); - - /* Read PLLSAIR value from PLLSAICFGR register (this value is not need for SAI configuration) */ - tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR)); - /* PLLSAI_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */ - /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */ - /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIQ */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN , PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ, tmpreg1); - /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVQ */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_PLLSAICLKDIVQ_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ); - } - - /*---------------------------- LTDC configuration ------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC)) - { - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIR)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivR)); - - /* Read PLLSAIR value from PLLSAICFGR register (this value is not need for SAI configuration) */ - tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ)); - /* PLLSAI_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */ - /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */ - /* LTDC_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIR */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN , tmpreg1, PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIR); - /* LTDC_CLK = LTDC_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVR */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_PLLSAICLKDIVR_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivR); - } - /* Enable PLLSAI Clock */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_ENABLE(); - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - /* Wait till PLLSAI is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_GET_FLAG() == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLSAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* return in case of Timeout detected */ - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - - /*---------------------------- RTC configuration ---------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC)) - { - /* Enable Power Clock*/ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ - PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_DBP; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((PWR->CR & PWR_CR_DBP) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified */ - if((RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)) - { - /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */ - tmpreg1 = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)); - /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */ - __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE(); - __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE(); - /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */ - RCC->BDCR = tmpreg1; - /* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */ - if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(tmpreg1, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)) - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSE is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection); - } - } - - /*---------------------------- TIM configuration ---------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM)) - { - __HAL_RCC_TIMCLKPRESCALER(PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection); - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal - * RCC configuration registers. - * @param PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that - * will be configured. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) -{ - uint32_t tempreg; - - /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLSAI | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLI2S | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC; - - /* Get the PLLI2S Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN)); - PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR)); - PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ)); - /* Get the PLLSAI Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN)); - PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIR = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR)); - PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ)); - /* Get the PLLSAI/PLLI2S division factors -----------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVQ)); - PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVQ)); - PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivR = (uint32_t)(RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVR); - /* Get the RTC Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - tempreg = (RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_RTCPRE); - PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = (uint32_t)((tempreg) | (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)); - - if ((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_TIMPRE) == RESET) - { - PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection = RCC_TIMPRES_DESACTIVATED; - } - else - { - PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection = RCC_TIMPRES_ACTIVATED; - } -} - -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx)|| defined(STM32F417xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) -/** - * @brief Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified parameters in the - * RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef. - * @param PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(I2S and RTC clocks). - * - * @note A caution to be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select RTC clock selection, in this case - * the Reset of Backup domain will be applied in order to modify the RTC Clock source as consequence all backup - * domain (RTC and RCC_BDCR register expect BKPSRAM) will be reset - * - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection)); - - /*---------------------------- I2S configuration ---------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S)) - { - /* check for Parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN)); -#if defined(STM32F411xE) - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SM_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM)); -#endif /* STM32F411xE */ - /* Disable the PLLI2S */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE(); - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - /* Wait till PLLI2S is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* return in case of Timeout detected */ - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - -#if defined(STM32F411xE) - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) × (PLLI2SN/PLLI2SM) */ - /* I2SCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SR */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_I2SCLK_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR); -#else - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) × (PLLI2SN/PLLM) */ - /* I2SCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SR */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR); -#endif /* STM32F411xE */ - - /* Enable the PLLI2S */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE(); - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* return in case of Timeout detected */ - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /*---------------------------- RTC configuration ---------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC)) - { - /* Enable Power Clock*/ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ - PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_DBP; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((PWR->CR & PWR_CR_DBP) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified */ - if((RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)) - { - /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */ - tmpreg1 = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)); - /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */ - __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE(); - __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE(); - /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */ - RCC->BDCR = tmpreg1; - /* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */ - if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(tmpreg1, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)) - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSE is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection); - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal - * RCC configuration registers. - * @param PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that - * will be configured. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) -{ - uint32_t tempreg; - - /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC; - - /* Get the PLLI2S Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN)); - PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR)); -#if defined(STM32F411xE) - PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM); -#endif /* STM32F411xE */ - /* Get the RTC Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - tempreg = (RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_RTCPRE); - PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = (uint32_t)((tempreg) | (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)); - -} -#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE */ - -#if defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Select LSE mode - * - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F411xx devices. - * - * @param Mode: specifies the LSE mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_LSE_LOWPOWER_MODE: LSE oscillator in low power mode selection - * @arg RCC_LSE_HIGHDRIVE_MODE: LSE oscillator in High Drive mode selection - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCCEx_SelectLSEMode(uint8_t Mode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE_MODE(Mode)); - if(Mode == RCC_LSE_HIGHDRIVE_MODE) - { - SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEMOD); - } - else - { - CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEMOD); - } -} - -#endif /* STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the - * RCC_OscInitTypeDef. - * @param RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the RCC Oscillators. - * @note The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock. - * @note This function add the PLL/PLLR factor management during PLL configuration this feature is only available in STM32F446xx devices - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE(RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType)); - /*------------------------------- HSE Configuration ------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState)); - /* When the HSE is used as system clock or clock source for PLL in these cases HSE will not disabled */ - if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSE) ||\ - ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE)) ||\ - ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLLR) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE))) - { - if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState == RCC_HSE_OFF)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - else - { - /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE --------------*/ - __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_HSE_OFF); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till HSE is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Set the new HSE configuration ---------------------------------------*/ - __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState); - - /* Check the HSE State */ - if((RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState) != RCC_HSE_OFF) - { - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till HSE is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till HSE is bypassed or disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - } - /*----------------------------- HSI Configuration --------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue)); - - /* Check if HSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */ - if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI) ||\ - ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSI)) ||\ - ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLLR) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSI))) - { - /* When HSI is used as system clock it will not disabled */ - if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_ON)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Otherwise, just the calibration is allowed */ - else - { - /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ - __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); - } - } - else - { - /* Check the HSI State */ - if((RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState)!= RCC_HSI_OFF) - { - /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ - __HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till HSI is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ - __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); - } - else - { - /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ - __HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till HSI is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - } - /*------------------------------ LSI Configuration -------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_LSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState)); - - /* Check the LSI State */ - if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState)!= RCC_LSI_OFF) - { - /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ - __HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSI is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ - __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSI is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - /*------------------------------ LSE Configuration -------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState)); - - /* Enable Power Clock*/ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ - PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_DBP; - - /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((PWR->CR & PWR_CR_DBP) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ----------------*/ - __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_LSE_OFF); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSE is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Set the new LSE configuration -----------------------------------------*/ - __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState); - /* Check the LSE State */ - if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState) != RCC_LSE_OFF) - { - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSE is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSE is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - /*-------------------------------- PLL Configuration -----------------------*/ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState)); - if ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) != RCC_PLL_NONE) - { - /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */ - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) - { - if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) == RCC_PLL_ON) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLR_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR)); - - /* Disable the main PLL. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLL is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Configure the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource, - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM, - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN, - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP, - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ, - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR); - - /* Enable the main PLL. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLL is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the main PLL. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLL is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal - * RCC configuration registers. - * @param RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that will be configured. - * - * @note This function is only available in case of STM32F446xx devices. - * @note This function add the PLL/PLLR factor management - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) -{ - /* Set all possible values for the Oscillator type parameter ---------------*/ - RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI; - - /* Get the HSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEBYP) == RCC_CR_HSEBYP) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS; - } - else if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEON) == RCC_CR_HSEON) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_OFF; - } - - /* Get the HSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSION) == RCC_CR_HSION) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; - } - - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue = (uint32_t)((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSITRIM) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CR_HSITRIM)); - - /* Get the LSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) == RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS; - } - else if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEON) == RCC_BDCR_LSEON) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_OFF; - } - - /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->CSR &RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_OFF; - } - - /* Get the PLL configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_PLLON) == RCC_CR_PLLON) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_OFF; - } - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC); - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM); - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN)); - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP = (uint32_t)((((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) + RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP_0) << 1) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP)); - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ)); - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR)); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the SYSCLK frequency - * - * @note This function is only available in case of STM32F446xx devices. - * @note This function add the PLL/PLLR System clock source - * - * @note The system frequency computed by this function is not the real - * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined - * constant and the selected clock source: - * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*) - * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**) - * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**) - * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors. - * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h file (default value - * 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations - * in voltage and temperature. - * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h file (default value - * 25 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real - * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may - * have wrong result. - * - * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional - * value for HSE crystal. - * - * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the - * baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. - * - * @note Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the - * right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. - * - * - * @retval SYSCLK frequency - */ -uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(void) -{ - uint32_t pllm = 0; - uint32_t pllvco = 0; - uint32_t pllp = 0; - uint32_t pllr = 0; - uint32_t sysclockfreq = 0; - - /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ - switch (RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS) - { - case RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI: /* HSI used as system clock source */ - { - sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE; - break; - } - case RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSE: /* HSE used as system clock source */ - { - sysclockfreq = HSE_VALUE; - break; - } - case RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL: /* PLL/PLLP used as system clock source */ - { - /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLLM) * PLLN - SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLP */ - pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM; - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI) - { - /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = ((HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN))); - } - else - { - /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = ((HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN))); - } - pllp = ((((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP)) + 1 ) *2); - - sysclockfreq = pllvco/pllp; - break; - } - case RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLLR: /* PLL/PLLR used as system clock source */ - { - /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLLM) * PLLN - SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLR */ - pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM; - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI) - { - /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = ((HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN))); - } - else - { - /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = ((HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN))); - } - pllr = ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR)); - - sysclockfreq = pllvco/pllr; - break; - } - default: - { - sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE; - break; - } - } - return sysclockfreq; -} -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rng.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rng.c deleted file mode 100644 index a9873b6..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rng.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,515 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_rng.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief RNG HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral: - * + Initialization/de-initialization functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The RNG HAL driver can be used as follows: - - (#) Enable the RNG controller clock using __HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_ENABLE() macro - in HAL_RNG_MspInit(). - (#) Activate the RNG peripheral using HAL_RNG_Init() function. - (#) Wait until the 32 bit Random Number Generator contains a valid - random data using (polling/interrupt) mode. - (#) Get the 32 bit random number using HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() function. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup RNG - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) - - -/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup RNG_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2 -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group1 - * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize the RNG according to the specified parameters - in the RNG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle - (+) DeInitialize the RNG peripheral - (+) Initialize the RNG MSP - (+) DeInitialize RNG MSP - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the RNG peripheral and creates the associated handle. - * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RNG. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_Init(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) -{ - /* Check the RNG handle allocation */ - if(hrng == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - __HAL_LOCK(hrng); - - if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hrng->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_RNG_MspInit(hrng); - } - - /* Change RNG peripheral state */ - hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable the RNG Peripheral */ - __HAL_RNG_ENABLE(hrng); - - /* Initialize the RNG state */ - hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the RNG peripheral. - * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RNG. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_DeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) -{ - /* Check the RNG handle allocation */ - if(hrng == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Disable the RNG Peripheral */ - CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_IE | RNG_CR_RNGEN); - - /* Clear RNG interrupt status flags */ - CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->SR, RNG_SR_CEIS | RNG_SR_SEIS); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(hrng); - - /* Update the RNG state */ - hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng); - - /* Return the function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the RNG MSP. - * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RNG. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_RNG_MspInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) -{ - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, - function HAL_RNG_MspInit must be implemented in the user file. - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the RNG MSP. - * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RNG. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) -{ - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, - function HAL_RNG_MspDeInit must be implemented in the user file. - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group2 - * @brief Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Get the 32 bit Random number - (+) Get the 32 bit Random number with interrupt enabled - (+) Handle RNG interrupt request - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Generates a 32-bit random number. - * @note Each time the random number data is read the RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag - * is automatically cleared. - * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RNG. - * @param random32bit: pointer to generated random number variable if successful. - * @retval HAL status - */ - -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t *random32bit) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrng); - - /* Check RNG peripheral state */ - if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY) - { - /* Change RNG peripheral state */ - hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Check if data register contains valid random data */ - while(__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_DRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Get a 32bit Random number */ - hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR; - *random32bit = hrng->RandomNumber; - - hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY; - } - else - { - status = HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Generates a 32-bit random number in interrupt mode. - * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RNG. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrng); - - /* Check RNG peripheral state */ - if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY) - { - /* Change RNG peripheral state */ - hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng); - - /* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */ - __HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng); - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng); - - status = HAL_ERROR; - } - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Handles RNG interrupt request. - * @note In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to generate - * random numbers because the PLL48CLK clock is not correct. User has - * to check that the clock controller is correctly configured to provide - * the RNG clock and clear the CEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(). - * The clock error has no impact on the previously generated - * random numbers, and the RNG_DR register contents can be used. - * @note In the case of a seed error, the generation of random numbers is - * interrupted as long as the SECS bit is '1'. If a number is - * available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be used because it may - * not have enough entropy. In this case, it is recommended to clear the - * SEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(), then disable and enable - * the RNG peripheral to reinitialize and restart the RNG. - * @note User-written HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback() API is called once whether SEIS - * or CEIS are set. - * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RNG. - * @retval None - - */ -void HAL_RNG_IRQHandler(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) -{ - /* RNG clock error interrupt occurred */ - if((__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI) != RESET) || (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_SEI) != RESET)) - { - /* Change RNG peripheral state */ - hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR; - - HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(hrng); - - /* Clear the clock error flag */ - __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI|RNG_IT_SEI); - - } - - /* Check RNG data ready interrupt occurred */ - if(__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_DRDY) != RESET) - { - /* Generate random number once, so disable the IT */ - __HAL_RNG_DISABLE_IT(hrng); - - /* Get the 32bit Random number (DRDY flag automatically cleared) */ - hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR; - - if(hrng->State != HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR) - { - /* Change RNG peripheral state */ - hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY; - - /* Data Ready callback */ - HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(hrng, hrng->RandomNumber); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Returns generated random number in polling mode (Obsolete) - * Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() API instead. - * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RNG. - * @retval Random value - */ -uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) -{ - if(HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(hrng, &(hrng->RandomNumber)) == HAL_OK) - { - return hrng->RandomNumber; - } - else - { - return 0; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Returns a 32-bit random number with interrupt enabled (Obsolete), - * Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT() API instead. - * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RNG. - * @retval 32-bit random number - */ -uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) -{ - uint32_t random32bit = 0; - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrng); - - /* Change RNG peripheral state */ - hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Get a 32bit Random number */ - random32bit = hrng->Instance->DR; - - /* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */ - __HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng); - - /* Return the 32 bit random number */ - return random32bit; -} - -/** - * @brief Read latest generated random number. - * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RNG. - * @retval random value - */ -uint32_t HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) -{ - return(hrng->RandomNumber); -} - -/** - * @brief Data Ready callback in non-blocking mode. - * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RNG. - * @param random32bit: generated random number. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t random32bit) -{ - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, - function HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback must be implemented in the user file. - */ -} - -/** - * @brief RNG error callbacks. - * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RNG. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) -{ - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, - function HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback must be implemented in the user file. - */ -} -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group3 - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the RNG state. - * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RNG. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef HAL_RNG_GetState(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) -{ - return hrng->State; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */ - -#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4114d87..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1545 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief RTC HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + RTC Time and Date functions - * + RTC Alarm functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Backup Domain Operating Condition ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] The real-time clock (RTC), the RTC backup registers, and the backup - SRAM (BKP SRAM) can be powered from the VBAT voltage when the main - VDD supply is powered off. - To retain the content of the RTC backup registers, backup SRAM, and supply - the RTC when VDD is turned off, VBAT pin can be connected to an optional - standby voltage supplied by a battery or by another source. - - [..] To allow the RTC operating even when the main digital supply (VDD) is turned - off, the VBAT pin powers the following blocks: - (#) The RTC - (#) The LSE oscillator - (#) The backup SRAM when the low power backup regulator is enabled - (#) PC13 to PC15 I/Os, plus PI8 I/O (when available) - - [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD), - the following pins are available: - (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as either GPIO or LSE pins - (#) PC13 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF1 pin - (#) PI8 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF2 pin - - [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VBAT (analog switch connected to VBAT - because VDD is not present), the following pins are available: - (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as LSE pins only - (#) PC13 can be used as the RTC_AF1 pin - (#) PI8 can be used as the RTC_AF2 pin - - ##### Backup Domain Reset ##### - ================================================================== - [..] The backup domain reset sets all RTC registers and the RCC_BDCR register - to their reset values. The BKPSRAM is not affected by this reset. The only - way to reset the BKPSRAM is through the Flash interface by requesting - a protection level change from 1 to 0. - [..] A backup domain reset is generated when one of the following events occurs: - (#) Software reset, triggered by setting the BDRST bit in the - RCC Backup domain control register (RCC_BDCR). - (#) VDD or VBAT power on, if both supplies have previously been powered off. - - ##### Backup Domain Access ##### - ================================================================== - [..] After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data - registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted write - accesses. - [..] To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: - (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() function. - (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function. - (+) Select the RTC clock source using the __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG() function. - (+) Enable RTC Clock using the __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE() function. - - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ================================================================== - [..] - (+) Enable the RTC domain access (see description in the section above). - (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour - format using the HAL_RTC_Init() function. - - *** Time and Date configuration *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the HAL_RTC_SetTime() - and HAL_RTC_SetDate() functions. - (+) To read the RTC Calendar, use the HAL_RTC_GetTime() and HAL_RTC_GetDate() functions. - - *** Alarm configuration *** - =========================== - [..] - (+) To configure the RTC Alarm use the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm() function. - You can also configure the RTC Alarm with interrupt mode using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function. - (+) To read the RTC Alarm, use the HAL_RTC_GetAlarm() function. - - ##### RTC and low power modes ##### - ================================================================== - [..] The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate - function. - [..] The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B), - RTC wake-up, RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection. - These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop and - Standby low power modes. - [..] The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending - on an external interrupt (Auto-wake-up mode), by using the RTC alarm - or the RTC wake-up events. - [..] The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the - Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals. - Wake-up from STOP and STANDBY modes is possible only when the RTC clock source - is LSE or LSI. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC RTC - * @brief RTC HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions RTC Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to initialize and configure the - RTC Prescaler (Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable - RTC registers Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode, - RTC registers synchronization check and reference clock detection enable. - (#) The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base. - It is split into 2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption. - (++) A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and a 13-bit synchronous prescaler. - (++) When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the - asynchronous prescaler to a high value to minimize power consumption. - (#) All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers - is enabled by writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR. - (#) To configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter - initialization mode. In this mode, the calendar counter is stopped - and its value can be updated. When the initialization sequence is - complete, the calendar restarts counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. - (#) To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar - initialization, calendar update or after wake-up from low power modes - the software must first clear the RSF flag. The software must then - wait until it is set again before reading the calendar, which means - that the calendar registers have been correctly copied into the - RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.The HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro() function - implements the above software sequence (RSF clear and RSF check). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the RTC peripheral - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_Init(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) -{ - /* Check the RTC peripheral state */ - if(hrtc == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(hrtc->Init.HourFormat)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(hrtc->Init.AsynchPrediv)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(hrtc->Init.SynchPrediv)); - assert_param (IS_RTC_OUTPUT(hrtc->Init.OutPut)); - assert_param (IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(hrtc->Init.OutPutPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(hrtc->Init.OutPutType)); - - if(hrtc->State == HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hrtc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Initialize RTC MSP */ - HAL_RTC_MspInit(hrtc); - } - - /* Set RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set Initialization mode */ - if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Clear RTC_CR FMT, OSEL and POL Bits */ - hrtc->Instance->CR &= ((uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_FMT | RTC_CR_OSEL | RTC_CR_POL)); - /* Set RTC_CR register */ - hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.HourFormat | hrtc->Init.OutPut | hrtc->Init.OutPutPolarity); - - /* Configure the RTC PRER */ - hrtc->Instance->PRER = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.SynchPrediv); - hrtc->Instance->PRER |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.AsynchPrediv << 16); - - /* Exit Initialization mode */ - hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; - - hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_ALARMOUTTYPE; - hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.OutPutType); - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; - } -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the RTC peripheral - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Backup Data registers. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Set RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set Initialization mode */ - if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */ - hrtc->Instance->TR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - hrtc->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)0x00002101; - /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */ - hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000007; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ - while(((hrtc->Instance->ISR) & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == (uint32_t)RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Reset all RTC CR register bits */ - hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000000; - hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF; - hrtc->Instance->PRER = (uint32_t)0x007F00FF; - hrtc->Instance->CALIBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - hrtc->Instance->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - hrtc->Instance->CALR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - - /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */ - hrtc->Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - - /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */ - hrtc->Instance->TAFCR = 0x00000000; - - /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ - if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) - { - if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* De-Initialize RTC MSP */ - HAL_RTC_MspDeInit(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the RTC MSP. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_RTC_MspInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_RTC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the RTC MSP. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_RTC_MspDeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_RTC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group2 RTC Time and Date functions - * @brief RTC Time and Date functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### RTC Time and Date functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Time and Date features - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Sets RTC current time. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param sTime: Pointer to Time structure - * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format - * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(sTime->DayLightSaving)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(sTime->StoreOperation)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) - { - if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sTime->Hours)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sTime->TimeFormat)); - } - else - { - sTime->TimeFormat = 0x00; - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sTime->Hours)); - } - assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sTime->Minutes)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sTime->Seconds)); - - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Hours) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Minutes) << 8) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Seconds)) | \ - (((uint32_t)sTime->TimeFormat) << 16)); - } - else - { - if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours); - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sTime->TimeFormat)); - } - else - { - sTime->TimeFormat = 0x00; - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours))); - } - assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Minutes))); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Seconds))); - tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sTime->Hours) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)(sTime->Minutes) << 8) | \ - ((uint32_t)sTime->Seconds) | \ - ((uint32_t)(sTime->TimeFormat) << 16)); - } - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set Initialization mode */ - if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Set the RTC_TR register */ - hrtc->Instance->TR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); - - /* Clear the bits to be configured */ - hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_BCK; - - /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ - hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(sTime->DayLightSaving | sTime->StoreOperation); - - /* Exit Initialization mode */ - hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; - - /* If CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ - if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) - { - if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Gets RTC current time. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param sTime: Pointer to Time structure - * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format - * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format - * @note You can use SubSeconds and SecondFraction (sTime structure fields returned) to convert SubSeconds - * value in second fraction ratio with time unit following generic formula: - * Second fraction ratio * time_unit= [(SecondFraction-SubSeconds)/(SecondFraction+1)] * time_unit - * This conversion can be performed only if no shift operation is pending (ie. SHFP=0) when PREDIV_S >= SS - * @note You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values - * in the higher-order calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the time and date values. - * Reading RTC current time locks the values in calendar shadow registers until current date is read. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); - - /* Get subseconds structure field from the corresponding register */ - sTime->SubSeconds = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->SSR); - - /* Get SecondFraction structure field from the corresponding register field */ - sTime->SecondFraction = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->PRER & RTC_PRER_PREDIV_S); - - /* Get the TR register */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); - - /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ - sTime->Hours = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); - sTime->Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >>8); - sTime->Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); - sTime->TimeFormat = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); - - /* Check the input parameters format */ - if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) - { - /* Convert the time structure parameters to Binary format */ - sTime->Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours); - sTime->Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Minutes); - sTime->Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Seconds); - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets RTC current date. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param sDate: Pointer to date structure - * @param Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format - * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format) -{ - uint32_t datetmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - if((Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) && ((sDate->Month & 0x10) == 0x10)) - { - sDate->Month = (uint8_t)((sDate->Month & (uint8_t)~(0x10)) + (uint8_t)0x0A); - } - - assert_param(IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(sDate->WeekDay)); - - if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) - { - assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(sDate->Year)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(sDate->Month)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(sDate->Date)); - - datetmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Year) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Month) << 8) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Date)) | \ - ((uint32_t)sDate->WeekDay << 13)); - } - else - { - assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Year))); - datetmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Month); - assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(datetmpreg)); - datetmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Date); - assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(datetmpreg)); - - datetmpreg = ((((uint32_t)sDate->Year) << 16) | \ - (((uint32_t)sDate->Month) << 8) | \ - ((uint32_t)sDate->Date) | \ - (((uint32_t)sDate->WeekDay) << 13)); - } - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set Initialization mode */ - if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set RTC state*/ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Set the RTC_DR register */ - hrtc->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(datetmpreg & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); - - /* Exit Initialization mode */ - hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; - - /* If CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ - if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) - { - if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY ; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Gets RTC current date. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param sDate: Pointer to Date structure - * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format - * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format - * @note You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values - * in the higher-order calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the time and date values. - * Reading RTC current time locks the values in calendar shadow registers until Current date is read. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format) -{ - uint32_t datetmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); - - /* Get the DR register */ - datetmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->DR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); - - /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ - sDate->Year = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_YT | RTC_DR_YU)) >> 16); - sDate->Month = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); - sDate->Date = (uint8_t)(datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); - sDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); - - /* Check the input parameters format */ - if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) - { - /* Convert the date structure parameters to Binary format */ - sDate->Year = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Year); - sDate->Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Month); - sDate->Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Date); - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group3 RTC Alarm functions - * @brief RTC Alarm functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### RTC Alarm functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Alarm feature - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Sets the specified RTC Alarm. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure - * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format - * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t tmpreg = 0, subsecondtmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(sAlarm->Alarm)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmMask)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) - { - if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat)); - } - else - { - sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00; - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)); - } - assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)); - - if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) - { - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)); - } - else - { - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)); - } - - tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)) | \ - ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ - ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ - ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask)); - } - else - { - if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours); - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat)); - } - else - { - sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00; - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours))); - } - - assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes))); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds))); - - if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) - { - tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg)); - } - else - { - tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg)); - } - - tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \ - ((uint32_t) sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds) | \ - ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ - ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ - ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask)); - } - - /* Configure the Alarm A or Alarm B Sub Second registers */ - subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds) | (uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Configure the Alarm register */ - if(sAlarm->Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A) - { - /* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ - while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second register */ - hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = subsecondtmpreg; - /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(hrtc); - } - else - { - /* Disable the Alarm B interrupt */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRB); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till RTC ALRBWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ - while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - /* Configure the Alarm B Sub Second register */ - hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR = subsecondtmpreg; - /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_ENABLE(hrtc); - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the specified RTC Alarm with Interrupt - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure - * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format - * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - uint32_t tmpreg = 0, subsecondtmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(sAlarm->Alarm)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmMask)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) - { - if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat)); - } - else - { - sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00; - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)); - } - assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)); - - if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) - { - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)); - } - else - { - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)); - } - tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)) | \ - ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ - ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ - ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask)); - } - else - { - if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours); - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat)); - } - else - { - sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00; - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours))); - } - - assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes))); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds))); - - if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) - { - tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg)); - } - else - { - tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg)); - } - tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \ - ((uint32_t) sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds) | \ - ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ - ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ - ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask)); - } - /* Configure the Alarm A or Alarm B Sub Second registers */ - subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds) | (uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Configure the Alarm register */ - if(sAlarm->Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A) - { - /* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Clear flag alarm A */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ - while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second register */ - hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = subsecondtmpreg; - /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(hrtc); - /* Configure the Alarm interrupt */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_ALRA); - } - else - { - /* Disable the Alarm B interrupt */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Clear flag alarm B */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBF); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till RTC ALRBWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ - while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - /* Configure the Alarm B Sub Second register */ - hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR = subsecondtmpreg; - /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_ENABLE(hrtc); - /* Configure the Alarm interrupt */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRB); - } - - /* RTC Alarm Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); - - EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT; - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Deactivate the specified RTC Alarm - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param Alarm: Specifies the Alarm. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_ALARM_A: AlarmA - * @arg RTC_ALARM_B: AlarmB - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Alarm) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(Alarm)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - if(Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A) - { - /* AlarmA */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ - while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* AlarmB */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_ALRB); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ - while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the RTC Alarm value and masks. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param sAlarm: Pointer to Date structure - * @param Alarm: Specifies the Alarm. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_ALARM_A: AlarmA - * @arg RTC_ALARM_B: AlarmB - * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format - * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Alarm, uint32_t Format) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0, subsecondtmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(Alarm)); - - if(Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A) - { - /* AlarmA */ - sAlarm->Alarm = RTC_ALARM_A; - - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR); - subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR ) & RTC_ALRMASSR_SS); - } - else - { - sAlarm->Alarm = RTC_ALARM_B; - - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR); - subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR) & RTC_ALRMBSSR_SS); - } - - /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */ - sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_HT | RTC_ALRMAR_HU)) >> 16); - sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_MNT | RTC_ALRMAR_MNU)) >> 8); - sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_ST | RTC_ALRMAR_SU)); - sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_PM) >> 16); - sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds = (uint32_t) subsecondtmpreg; - sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_DT | RTC_ALRMAR_DU)) >> 24); - sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_WDSEL); - sAlarm->AlarmMask = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALARMMASK_ALL); - - if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) - { - sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours); - sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes); - sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds); - sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay); - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles Alarm interrupt request. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) -{ - if(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA)) - { - /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ - if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_ALRA) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* AlarmA callback */ - HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(hrtc); - - /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_ALRAF); - } - } - - if(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRB)) - { - /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ - if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_ALRB) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* AlarmB callback */ - HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback(hrtc); - - /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_ALRBF); - } - } - - /* Clear the EXTI's line Flag for RTC Alarm */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; -} - -/** - * @brief Alarm A callback. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles AlarmA Polling request. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) == RESET) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides functions allowing to - (+) Wait for RTC Time and Date Synchronization - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are - * synchronized with RTC APB clock. - * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the - * __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before calling this function. - * @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar - * initialization, calendar update or after wake-up from low power modes - * the software must first clear the RSF flag. - * The software must then wait until it is set again before reading - * the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been - * correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Clear RSF flag */ - hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)RTC_RSF_MASK; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */ - while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF) == (uint32_t)RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group5 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides functions allowing to - (+) Get RTC state - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Returns the RTC state. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_RTCStateTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetState(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) -{ - return hrtc->State; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode. - * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the - * __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before calling this function. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */ - if((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Set the Initialization mode */ - hrtc->Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ - while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Converts a 2 digit decimal to BCD format. - * @param Value: Byte to be converted - * @retval Converted byte - */ -uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value) -{ - uint32_t bcdhigh = 0; - - while(Value >= 10) - { - bcdhigh++; - Value -= 10; - } - - return ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4) | Value); -} - -/** - * @brief Converts from 2 digit BCD to Binary. - * @param Value: BCD value to be converted - * @retval Converted word - */ -uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0) >> (uint8_t)0x4) * 10; - return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0F)); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index cafbe8a..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1710 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_rtc_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief RTC HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) Extension peripheral: - * + RTC Time Stamp functions - * + RTC Tamper functions - * + RTC Wake-up functions - * + Extension Control functions - * + Extension RTC features functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (+) Enable the RTC domain access. - (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour - format using the HAL_RTC_Init() function. - - *** RTC Wake-up configuration *** - ================================ - [..] - (+) To configure the RTC Wake-up Clock source and Counter use the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer() - function. You can also configure the RTC Wake-up timer in interrupt mode - using the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function. - (+) To read the RTC Wake-up Counter register, use the HAL_RTC_GetWakeUpTimer() - function. - - *** TimeStamp configuration *** - =============================== - [..] - (+) Configure the RTC_AFx trigger and enable the RTC TimeStamp using the - HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp() function. You can also configure the RTC TimeStamp with - interrupt mode using the HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp_IT() function. - (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the HAL_RTC_GetTimeStamp() - function. - (+) The TIMESTAMP alternate function can be mapped either to RTC_AF1 (PC13) - or RTC_AF2 (PI8 or PA0 only for STM32F446xx devices) depending on the value of TSINSEL bit in - RTC_TAFCR register. The corresponding pin is also selected by HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp() - or HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp_IT() function. - - *** Tamper configuration *** - ============================ - [..] - (+) Enable the RTC Tamper and configure the Tamper filter count, trigger Edge - or Level according to the Tamper filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level) - value, sampling frequency, precharge or discharge and Pull-UP using the - HAL_RTC_SetTamper() function. You can configure RTC Tamper in interrupt - mode using HAL_RTC_SetTamper_IT() function. - (+) The TAMPER1 alternate function can be mapped either to RTC_AF1 (PC13) - or RTC_AF2 (PI8 or PA0 only for STM32F446xx devices) depending on the value of TAMP1INSEL bit in - RTC_TAFCR register. The corresponding pin is also selected by HAL_RTC_SetTamper() - or HAL_RTC_SetTamper_IT() function. - - *** Backup Data Registers configuration *** - =========================================== - [..] - (+) To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTC_BKUPWrite() - function. - (+) To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTC_BKUPRead() - function. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RTCEx RTCEx - * @brief RTC HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions RTCEx Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions - * @brief RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure TimeStamp feature - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Sets TimeStamp. - * @note This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp feature. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is - * activated. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp event occurs on the - * rising edge of the related pin. - * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp event occurs on the - * falling edge of the related pin. - * @param RTC_TimeStampPin: specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_DEFAULT: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. - * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_POS1: PI8/PA0 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. - * (PI8 for all STM32 devices except for STM32F446xx devices the PA0 is used) - * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PA0: PA0 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin only for STM32F446xx devices - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge, uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(TimeStampEdge)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(RTC_TimeStampPin)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); - - tmpreg|= TimeStampEdge; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TSINSEL; - hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampPin); - - /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ - hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - - __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets TimeStamp with Interrupt. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @note This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp feature. - * @param TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is - * activated. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp event occurs on the - * rising edge of the related pin. - * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp event occurs on the - * falling edge of the related pin. - * @param RTC_TimeStampPin: Specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PC13: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. - * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PI8: PI8 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. (not applicable in the case of STM32F446xx devices) - * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PA0: PA0 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin only for STM32F446xx devices - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge, uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(TimeStampEdge)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(RTC_TimeStampPin)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); - - tmpreg |= TimeStampEdge; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ - hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - - hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TSINSEL; - hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampPin); - - __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Enable IT timestamp */ - __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_TS); - - /* RTC timestamp Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */ - __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); - - EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EVENT; - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Deactivates TimeStamp. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ - __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TS); - - /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); - - /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ - hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the RTC TimeStamp value. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param sTimeStamp: Pointer to Time structure - * @param sTimeStampDate: Pointer to Date structure - * @param Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format - * RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef* sTimeStamp, RTC_DateTypeDef* sTimeStampDate, uint32_t Format) -{ - uint32_t tmptime = 0, tmpdate = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); - - /* Get the TimeStamp time and date registers values */ - tmptime = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TSTR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); - tmpdate = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TSDR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); - - /* Fill the Time structure fields with the read parameters */ - sTimeStamp->Hours = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); - sTimeStamp->Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8); - sTimeStamp->Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmptime & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); - sTimeStamp->TimeFormat = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); - sTimeStamp->SubSeconds = (uint32_t) hrtc->Instance->TSSSR; - - /* Fill the Date structure fields with the read parameters */ - sTimeStampDate->Year = 0; - sTimeStampDate->Month = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); - sTimeStampDate->Date = (uint8_t)(tmpdate & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); - sTimeStampDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); - - /* Check the input parameters format */ - if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) - { - /* Convert the TimeStamp structure parameters to Binary format */ - sTimeStamp->Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Hours); - sTimeStamp->Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Minutes); - sTimeStamp->Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Seconds); - - /* Convert the DateTimeStamp structure parameters to Binary format */ - sTimeStampDate->Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->Month); - sTimeStampDate->Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->Date); - sTimeStampDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->WeekDay); - } - - /* Clear the TIMESTAMP Flag */ - __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets Tamper - * @note By calling this API we disable the tamper interrupt for all tampers. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param sTamper: Pointer to Tamper Structure. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef* sTamper) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PIN(sTamper->PinSelection)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(sTamper->Filter)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(sTamper->SamplingFrequency)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(sTamper->PrechargeDuration)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_STATE(sTamper->TamperPullUp)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMPONTAMPER_DETECTION(sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - if(sTamper->Trigger != RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_RISINGEDGE) - { - sTamper->Trigger = (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1); - } - - tmpreg = ((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)sTamper->PinSelection | (uint32_t)sTamper->Trigger |\ - (uint32_t)sTamper->Filter | (uint32_t)sTamper->SamplingFrequency | (uint32_t)sTamper->PrechargeDuration |\ - (uint32_t)sTamper->TamperPullUp | sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection); - - hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1) | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS |\ - (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFREQ | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFLT | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPRCH |\ - (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPINSEL | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); - - hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= tmpreg; - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets Tamper with interrupt. - * @note By calling this API we force the tamper interrupt for all tampers. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param sTamper: Pointer to RTC Tamper. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef* sTamper) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PIN(sTamper->PinSelection)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(sTamper->Filter)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(sTamper->SamplingFrequency)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(sTamper->PrechargeDuration)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_STATE(sTamper->TamperPullUp)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMPONTAMPER_DETECTION(sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Configure the tamper trigger */ - if(sTamper->Trigger != RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_RISINGEDGE) - { - sTamper->Trigger = (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1); - } - - tmpreg = ((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)sTamper->PinSelection | (uint32_t)sTamper->Trigger |\ - (uint32_t)sTamper->Filter | (uint32_t)sTamper->SamplingFrequency | (uint32_t)sTamper->PrechargeDuration |\ - (uint32_t)sTamper->TamperPullUp | sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection); - - hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1) | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS |\ - (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFREQ | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFLT | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPRCH |\ - (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPINSEL); - - hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= tmpreg; - - /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ - hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE; - - /* RTC Tamper Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */ - __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); - - EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EVENT; - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Deactivates Tamper. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param Tamper: Selected tamper pin. - * This parameter can be RTC_Tamper_1 and/or RTC_TAMPER_2. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Tamper) -{ - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(Tamper)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */ - hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~Tamper; - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles TimeStamp interrupt request. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) -{ - if(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TS)) - { - /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ - if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_TS) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* TIMESTAMP callback */ - HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback(hrtc); - - /* Clear the TIMESTAMP interrupt pending bit */ - __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TSF); - } - } - - /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_TAMP1)) - { - /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */ - if(((hrtc->Instance->TAFCR & (RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE))) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Tamper callback */ - HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(hrtc); - - /* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */ - __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F); - } - } - - /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP2)) - { - /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */ - if(((hrtc->Instance->TAFCR & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE)) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Tamper callback */ - HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback(hrtc); - - /* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */ - __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F); - } - } - /* Clear the EXTI's Flag for RTC TimeStamp and Tamper */ - __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; -} - -/** - * @brief TimeStamp callback. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_RTC_TimeStampEventCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Tamper 1 callback. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_RTC_Tamper1EventCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Tamper 2 callback. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_RTC_Tamper2EventCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles TimeStamp polling request. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF) == RESET) - { - if(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSOVF) != RESET) - { - /* Clear the TIMESTAMP Overrun Flag */ - __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSOVF); - - /* Change TIMESTAMP state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles Tamper1 Polling. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ - while(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F)== RESET) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Clear the Tamper Flag */ - __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles Tamper2 Polling. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper2Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ - while(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F) == RESET) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Clear the Tamper Flag */ - __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 RTC Wake-up functions - * @brief RTC Wake-up functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### RTC Wake-up functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Wake-up feature - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Sets wake up timer. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param WakeUpCounter: Wake up counter - * @param WakeUpClock: Wake up clock - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter, uint32_t WakeUpClock) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(WakeUpClock)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(WakeUpCounter)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ - while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Clear the Wake-up Timer clock source bits in CR register */ - hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL; - - /* Configure the clock source */ - hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)WakeUpClock; - - /* Configure the Wake-up Timer counter */ - hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)WakeUpCounter; - - /* Enable the Wake-up Timer */ - __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets wake up timer with interrupt - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param WakeUpCounter: Wake up counter - * @param WakeUpClock: Wake up clock - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter, uint32_t WakeUpClock) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(WakeUpClock)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(WakeUpCounter)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ - while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Configure the Wake-up Timer counter */ - hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)WakeUpCounter; - - /* Clear the Wake-up Timer clock source bits in CR register */ - hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL; - - /* Configure the clock source */ - hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)WakeUpClock; - - /* RTC WakeUpTimer Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */ - __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); - - EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_WAKEUPTIMER_EVENT; - - /* Configure the Interrupt in the RTC_CR register */ - __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_WUT); - - /* Enable the Wake-up Timer */ - __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Deactivates wake up timer counter. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Disable the Wake-up Timer */ - __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ - __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_WUT); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ - while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Gets wake up timer counter. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval Counter value - */ -uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) -{ - /* Get the counter value */ - return ((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->WUTR & RTC_WUTR_WUT)); -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles Wake Up Timer interrupt request. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) -{ - if(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_WUT)) - { - /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ - if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_WUT) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* WAKEUPTIMER callback */ - HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(hrtc); - - /* Clear the WAKEUPTIMER interrupt pending bit */ - __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF); - } - } - - /* Clear the EXTI's line Flag for RTC WakeUpTimer */ - __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; -} - -/** - * @brief Wake Up Timer callback. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_RTC_WakeUpTimerEventCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles Wake Up Timer Polling. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF) == RESET) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Clear the WAKEUPTIMER Flag */ - __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extension Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Extension Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Extension Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides functions allowing to - (+) Write a data in a specified RTC Backup data register - (+) Read a data in a specified RTC Backup data register - (+) Set the Coarse calibration parameters. - (+) Deactivate the Coarse calibration parameters - (+) Set the Smooth calibration parameters. - (+) Configure the Synchronization Shift Control Settings. - (+) Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). - (+) Deactivate the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). - (+) Enable the RTC reference clock detection. - (+) Disable the RTC reference clock detection. - (+) Enable the Bypass Shadow feature. - (+) Disable the Bypass Shadow feature. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number. - * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to - * specify the register. - * @param Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister, uint32_t Data) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister)); - - tmp = (uint32_t)&(hrtc->Instance->BKP0R); - tmp += (BackupRegister * 4); - - /* Write the specified register */ - *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = (uint32_t)Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number. - * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to - * specify the register. - * @retval Read value - */ -uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister)); - - tmp = (uint32_t)&(hrtc->Instance->BKP0R); - tmp += (BackupRegister * 4); - - /* Read the specified register */ - return (*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp); -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the Coarse calibration parameters. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param CalibSign: Specifies the sign of the coarse calibration value. - * This parameter can be one of the following values : - * @arg RTC_CALIBSIGN_POSITIVE: The value sign is positive - * @arg RTC_CALIBSIGN_NEGATIVE: The value sign is negative - * @param Value: value of coarse calibration expressed in ppm (coded on 5 bits). - * - * @note This Calibration value should be between 0 and 63 when using negative - * sign with a 2-ppm step. - * - * @note This Calibration value should be between 0 and 126 when using positive - * sign with a 4-ppm step. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetCoarseCalib(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t CalibSign, uint32_t Value) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_SIGN(CalibSign)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_VALUE(Value)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set Initialization mode */ - if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set RTC state*/ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Enable the Coarse Calibration */ - __HAL_RTC_COARSE_CALIB_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set the coarse calibration value */ - hrtc->Instance->CALIBR = (uint32_t)(CalibSign|Value); - - /* Exit Initialization mode */ - hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Change state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Deactivates the Coarse calibration parameters. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCoarseCalib(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set Initialization mode */ - if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set RTC state*/ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Enable the Coarse Calibration */ - __HAL_RTC_COARSE_CALIB_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Exit Initialization mode */ - hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Change state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the Smooth calibration parameters. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param SmoothCalibPeriod: Select the Smooth Calibration Period. - * This parameter can be can be one of the following values : - * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_32SEC: The smooth calibration period is 32s. - * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_16SEC: The smooth calibration period is 16s. - * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_8SEC: The smooth calibration period is 8s. - * @param SmoothCalibPlusPulses: Select to Set or reset the CALP bit. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_SET: Add one RTCCLK pulse every 2*11 pulses. - * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET: No RTCCLK pulses are added. - * @param SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue: Select the value of CALM[8:0] bits. - * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x000001FF. - * @note To deactivate the smooth calibration, the field SmoothCalibPlusPulses - * must be equal to SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET and the field - * SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue must be equal to 0. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t SmoothCalibPeriod, uint32_t SmoothCalibPlusPulses, uint32_t SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(SmoothCalibPeriod)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(SmoothCalibPlusPulses)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* check if a calibration is pending*/ - if((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* check if a calibration is pending*/ - while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Configure the Smooth calibration settings */ - hrtc->Instance->CALR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)SmoothCalibPeriod | (uint32_t)SmoothCalibPlusPulses | (uint32_t)SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue); - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the Synchronization Shift Control Settings. - * @note When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift control register. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param ShiftAdd1S: Select to add or not 1 second to the time calendar. - * This parameter can be one of the following values : - * @arg RTC_SHIFTADD1S_SET: Add one second to the clock calendar. - * @arg RTC_SHIFTADD1S_RESET: No effect. - * @param ShiftSubFS: Select the number of Second Fractions to substitute. - * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x7FFF. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t ShiftSubFS) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(ShiftAdd1S)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(ShiftSubFS)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until the shift is completed*/ - while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Check if the reference clock detection is disabled */ - if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_REFCKON) == RESET) - { - /* Configure the Shift settings */ - hrtc->Instance->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)(uint32_t)(ShiftSubFS) | (uint32_t)(ShiftAdd1S); - - /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ - if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) - { - if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param CalibOutput: Select the Calibration output Selection . - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_512HZ: A signal has a regular waveform at 512Hz. - * @arg RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_1HZ: A signal has a regular waveform at 1Hz. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t CalibOutput) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(CalibOutput)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Clear flags before config */ - hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_COSEL; - - /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ - hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)CalibOutput; - - __HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Deactivates the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - __HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the RTC reference clock detection. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set Initialization mode */ - if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set RTC state*/ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - __HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Exit Initialization mode */ - hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the RTC reference clock detection. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set Initialization mode */ - if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set RTC state*/ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - __HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Exit Initialization mode */ - hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the Bypass Shadow feature. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @note When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken - * directly from the Calendar counter. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Set the BYPSHAD bit */ - hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint8_t)RTC_CR_BYPSHAD; - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the Bypass Shadow feature. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @note When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken - * directly from the Calendar counter. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); - - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); - - /* Reset the BYPSHAD bit */ - hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint8_t)~RTC_CR_BYPSHAD; - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - /** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Extended features functions - * @brief Extended features functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Extended features functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) RTC Alarm B callback - (+) RTC Poll for Alarm B request - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Alarm B callback. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_RTC_AlarmBEventCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles AlarmB Polling request. - * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for RTC. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForAlarmBEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBF) == RESET) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Clear the Alarm Flag */ - __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBF); - - /* Change RTC state */ - hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sai.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sai.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1b18728..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sai.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1908 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_sai.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief SAI HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Serial Audio Interface (SAI) peripheral: - * + Initialization/de-initialization functions - * + I/O operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - - [..] - The SAI HAL driver can be used as follows: - - (#) Declare a SAI_HandleTypeDef handle structure. - (#) Initialize the SAI low level resources by implementing the HAL_SAI_MspInit() API: - (##) Enable the SAI interface clock. - (##) SAI pins configuration: - (+++) Enable the clock for the SAI GPIOs. - (+++) Configure these SAI pins as alternate function pull-up. - (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT() - and HAL_SAI_Receive_IT() APIs): - (+++) Configure the SAI interrupt priority. - (+++) Enable the NVIC SAI IRQ handle. - - (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA() - and HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA() APIs): - (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream. - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. - (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. - (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream. - (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SAI DMA Tx/Rx handle. - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the - DMA Tx/Rx Stream. - - (#) Program the SAI Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity - using HAL_SAI_Init() function. - - -@- The specific SAI interrupts (FIFO request and Overrun underrun interrupt) - will be managed using the macros __SAI_ENABLE_IT() and __SAI_DISABLE_IT() - inside the transmit and receive process. - - [..] - (@) SAI Clock Source configuration is managed differently depending on the selected - STM32F4 devices : - (+@) For STM32F446xx devices, the configuration is managed through RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() - function in the HAL RCC drivers - (+@) For STM32F439xx/STM32F437xx/STM32F429xx/STM32F427xx devices, the configuration - is managed within HAL SAI drivers through HAL_SAI_Init() function using - ClockSource field of SAI_InitTypeDef structure. - [..] - (@) Make sure that either: - (+@) I2S PLL is configured or - (+@) SAI PLL is configured or - (+@) External clock source is configured after setting correctly - the define constant EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE in the stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h file. - - [..] - (@) In master Tx mode: enabling the audio block immediately generates the bit clock - for the external slaves even if there is no data in the FIFO, However FS signal - generation is conditioned by the presence of data in the FIFO. - - [..] - (@) In master Rx mode: enabling the audio block immediately generates the bit clock - and FS signal for the external slaves. - - [..] - (@) It is mandatory to respect the following conditions in order to avoid bad SAI behavior: - (+@) First bit Offset <= (SLOT size - Data size) - (+@) Data size <= SLOT size - (+@) Number of SLOT x SLOT size = Frame length - (+@) The number of slots should be even when SAI_FS_CHANNEL_IDENTIFICATION is selected. - - [..] - Three operation modes are available within this driver : - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Transmit() - (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Receive() - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback - (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Receive_IT() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback - - *** DMA mode IO operation *** - ============================== - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback - (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback - (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_SAI_DMAPause() - (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_SAI_DMAResume() - (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_SAI_DMAStop() - - *** SAI HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in USART HAL driver : - - (+) __HAL_SAI_ENABLE: Enable the SAI peripheral - (+) __HAL_SAI_DISABLE: Disable the SAI peripheral - (+) __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified SAI interrupts - (+) __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified SAI interrupts - (+) __HAL_SAI_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified SAI interrupt source is - enabled or disabled - (+) __HAL_SAI_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified SAI flag is set or not - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI SAI - * @brief SAI HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup SAI_Private_Typedefs SAI Private Typedefs - * @{ - */ -typedef enum { - SAI_MODE_DMA, - SAI_MODE_IT -}SAI_ModeTypedef; -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup SAI_Private_Constants SAI Private Constants - * @{ - */ -#define SAI_FIFO_SIZE 8 -#define SAI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 4 -/** - * @} - */ - -/* SAI registers Masks */ -#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFF04C010) -#define FRCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFF88000) -#define SLOTR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000F020) - -#define SAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE 10 -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -static void SAI_FillFifo(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai); -static uint32_t SAI_InterruptFlag(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t mode); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_InitI2S(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t datasize, uint32_t nbslot); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_InitPCM(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t datasize, uint32_t nbslot); - -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_Disable(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai); -static void SAI_Transmit_IT8Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai); -static void SAI_Transmit_IT16Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai); -static void SAI_Transmit_IT32Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai); -static void SAI_Receive_IT8Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai); -static void SAI_Receive_IT16Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai); -static void SAI_Receive_IT32Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai); - -static void SAI_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SAI_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SAI_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SAI_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SAI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); - -/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Exported_Functions SAI Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and - de-initialize the SAIx peripheral: - - (+) User must implement HAL_SAI_MspInit() function in which he configures - all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ). - - (+) Call the function HAL_SAI_Init() to configure the selected device with - the selected configuration: - (++) Mode (Master/slave TX/RX) - (++) Protocol - (++) Data Size - (++) MCLK Output - (++) Audio frequency - (++) FIFO Threshold - (++) Frame Config - (++) Slot Config - - (+) Call the function HAL_SAI_DeInit() to restore the default configuration - of the selected SAI peripheral. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the structure FrameInit, SlotInit and the low part of - * Init according to the specified parameters and call the function - * HAL_SAI_Init to initialize the SAI block. - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @param protocol : one of the supported protocol @ref SAI_Protocol - * @param datasize : one of the supported datasize @ref SAI_Protocol_DataSize - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @param nbslot : Number of slot. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_InitProtocol(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t datasize, uint32_t nbslot) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_SUPPORTED_PROTOCOL(protocol)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE(datasize)); - - switch(protocol) - { - case SAI_I2S_STANDARD : - case SAI_I2S_MSBJUSTIFIED : - case SAI_I2S_LSBJUSTIFIED : - status = SAI_InitI2S(hsai, protocol, datasize, nbslot); - break; - case SAI_PCM_LONG : - case SAI_PCM_SHORT : - status = SAI_InitPCM(hsai, protocol, datasize, nbslot); - break; - default : - status = HAL_ERROR; - break; - } - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - status = HAL_SAI_Init(hsai); - } - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SAI according to the specified parameters - * in the SAI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Init(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - uint32_t tmpclock = 0; - - /* This variable used to store the SAI_CK_x (value in Hz) */ - uint32_t freq = 0; - - /* Check the SAI handle allocation */ - if(hsai == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the SAI Block parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_AUDIO_FREQUENCY(hsai->Init.AudioFrequency)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PROTOCOL(hsai->Init.Protocol)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MODE(hsai->Init.AudioMode)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SYNCEXT(hsai->Init.SynchroExt)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_DATASIZE(hsai->Init.DataSize)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIRST_BIT(hsai->Init.FirstBit)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_CLOCK_STROBING(hsai->Init.ClockStrobing)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SYNCHRO(hsai->Init.Synchro)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_OUTPUT_DRIVE(hsai->Init.OutputDrive)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_NODIVIDER(hsai->Init.NoDivider)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIFO_THRESHOLD(hsai->Init.FIFOThreshold)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_MONO_STEREO_MODE(hsai->Init.MonoStereoMode)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_COMPANDING_MODE(hsai->Init.CompandingMode)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_TRISTATE_MANAGEMENT(hsai->Init.TriState)); - - /* Check the SAI Block Frame parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FRAME_LENGTH(hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_ACTIVE_FRAME(hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_DEFINITION(hsai->FrameInit.FSDefinition)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_POLARITY(hsai->FrameInit.FSPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_OFFSET(hsai->FrameInit.FSOffset)); - - /* Check the SAI Block Slot parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIRSTBIT_OFFSET(hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SLOT_SIZE(hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SLOT_NUMBER(hsai->SlotInit.SlotNumber)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_SLOT_ACTIVE(hsai->SlotInit.SlotActive)); - - if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hsai->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_SAI_MspInit(hsai); - } - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the selected SAI peripheral */ - SAI_Disable(hsai); - - /* SAI Block Synchro Configuration -----------------------------------------*/ - SAI_BlockSynchroConfig(hsai); - - /* Configure Master Clock using the following formula : - MCLK_x = SAI_CK_x / (MCKDIV[3:0] * 2) with MCLK_x = 256 * FS - FS = SAI_CK_x / (MCKDIV[3:0] * 2) * 256 - MCKDIV[3:0] = SAI_CK_x / FS * 512 */ - if(hsai->Init.AudioFrequency != SAI_AUDIO_FREQUENCY_MCKDIV) - { - /* Get SAI clock source based on Source clock selection from RCC */ - freq = SAI_GetInputClock(hsai); - - /* (saiclocksource x 10) to keep Significant digits */ - tmpclock = (((freq * 10) / ((hsai->Init.AudioFrequency) * 512))); - - hsai->Init.Mckdiv = tmpclock / 10; - - /* Round result to the nearest integer */ - if((tmpclock % 10) > 8) - { - hsai->Init.Mckdiv+= 1; - } - } - - /* SAI Block Configuration ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - /* SAI CR1 Configuration */ - hsai->Instance->CR1&=~(SAI_xCR1_MODE | SAI_xCR1_PRTCFG | SAI_xCR1_DS | \ - SAI_xCR1_LSBFIRST | SAI_xCR1_CKSTR | SAI_xCR1_SYNCEN |\ - SAI_xCR1_MONO | SAI_xCR1_OUTDRIV | SAI_xCR1_DMAEN | \ - SAI_xCR1_NODIV | SAI_xCR1_MCKDIV); - - hsai->Instance->CR1|= (hsai->Init.AudioMode | hsai->Init.Protocol | \ - hsai->Init.DataSize | hsai->Init.FirstBit | \ - hsai->Init.ClockStrobing | hsai->Init.Synchro | \ - hsai->Init.MonoStereoMode | hsai->Init.OutputDrive | \ - hsai->Init.NoDivider | (hsai->Init.Mckdiv << 20) | hsai->Init.CompandingMode); - - /* SAI CR2 Configuration */ - hsai->Instance->CR2&= ~(SAI_xCR2_FTH | SAI_xCR2_FFLUSH | SAI_xCR2_COMP); - hsai->Instance->CR2|= (hsai->Init.FIFOThreshold | hsai->Init.CompandingMode | hsai->Init.TriState); - - - /* SAI Frame Configuration -----------------------------------------*/ - hsai->Instance->FRCR&=(~(SAI_xFRCR_FRL | SAI_xFRCR_FSALL | SAI_xFRCR_FSDEF | \ - SAI_xFRCR_FSPO | SAI_xFRCR_FSOFF)); - hsai->Instance->FRCR|=((hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength - 1) | - hsai->FrameInit.FSOffset | - hsai->FrameInit.FSDefinition | - hsai->FrameInit.FSPolarity | - ((hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength - 1) << 8)); - - /* SAI Block_x SLOT Configuration ------------------------------------------*/ - /* This register has no meaning in AC’97 and SPDIF audio protocol */ - hsai->Instance->SLOTR&= (~(SAI_xSLOTR_FBOFF | SAI_xSLOTR_SLOTSZ | \ - SAI_xSLOTR_NBSLOT | SAI_xSLOTR_SLOTEN )); - - hsai->Instance->SLOTR|= hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset | hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize - | hsai->SlotInit.SlotActive | ((hsai->SlotInit.SlotNumber - 1) << 8); - - /* Initialise the error code */ - hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the SAI state */ - hsai->State= HAL_SAI_STATE_READY; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the SAI peripheral. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DeInit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* Check the SAI handle allocation */ - if(hsai == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disabled All interrupt and clear all the flag */ - hsai->Instance->IMR = 0; - hsai->Instance->CLRFR = 0xFFFFFFFF; - - /* Disable the SAI */ - SAI_Disable(hsai); - - /* Flush the fifo */ - SET_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_FFLUSH); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_SAI_MspDeInit(hsai); - - /* Initialize the error code */ - hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the SAI state */ - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief SAI MSP Init. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SAI_MspInit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SAI_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief SAI MSP DeInit. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SAI_MspDeInit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SAI_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief Data transfers functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SAI data - transfers. - - (+) There are two modes of transfer: - (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. - The status of all data processing is returned by the same function - after finishing transfer. - (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts - or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup. - The end of the data processing will be indicated through the - dedicated SAI IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when - using DMA mode. - - (+) Blocking mode functions are : - (++) HAL_SAI_Transmit() - (++) HAL_SAI_Receive() - (++) HAL_SAI_TransmitReceive() - - (+) Non Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : - (++) HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT() - (++) HAL_SAI_Receive_IT() - (++) HAL_SAI_TransmitReceive_IT() - - (+) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are : - (++) HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA() - (++) HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA() - (++) HAL_SAI_TransmitReceive_DMA() - - (+) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: - (++) HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Transmits an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Transmit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t* pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsai); - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_TX; - hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_NONE; - hsai->XferSize = Size; - hsai->XferCount = Size; - hsai->pBuffPtr = pData; - - /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */ - if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) - { - /* fill the fifo with data before to enabled the SAI */ - SAI_FillFifo(hsai); - /* Enable SAI peripheral */ - __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai); - } - - while(hsai->XferCount > 0) - { - /* Write data if the FIFO is not full */ - if((hsai->Instance->SR & SAI_xSR_FLVL) != SAI_FIFOSTATUS_FULL) - { - if((hsai->Init.DataSize == SAI_DATASIZE_8) && (hsai->Init.CompandingMode == SAI_NOCOMPANDING)) - { - hsai->Instance->DR = (*hsai->pBuffPtr++); - } - else if(hsai->Init.DataSize <= SAI_DATASIZE_16) - { - hsai->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr); - hsai->pBuffPtr+= 2; - } - else - { - hsai->Instance->DR = *((uint32_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr); - hsai->pBuffPtr+= 4; - } - hsai->XferCount--; - } - else - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Update error code */ - hsai->ErrorCode |= HAL_SAI_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai); - - /* Change the SAI state */ - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Receive(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsai); - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_RX; - hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_NONE; - hsai->pBuffPtr = pData; - hsai->XferSize = Size; - hsai->XferCount = Size; - - /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */ - if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) - { - /* Enable SAI peripheral */ - __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai); - } - - /* Receive data */ - while(hsai->XferCount > 0) - { - - if((hsai->Instance->SR & SAI_xSR_FLVL) != SAI_FIFOSTATUS_EMPTY) - { - if((hsai->Init.DataSize == SAI_DATASIZE_8) && (hsai->Init.CompandingMode == SAI_NOCOMPANDING)) - { - (*hsai->pBuffPtr++) = hsai->Instance->DR; - } - else if(hsai->Init.DataSize <= SAI_DATASIZE_16) - { - *((uint16_t*)hsai->pBuffPtr) = hsai->Instance->DR; - hsai->pBuffPtr+= 2; - } - else - { - *((uint32_t*)hsai->pBuffPtr) = hsai->Instance->DR; - hsai->pBuffPtr+= 4; - } - hsai->XferCount--; - } - else - { - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Update error code */ - hsai->ErrorCode |= HAL_SAI_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai); - - /* Change the SAI state */ - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmits an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - hsai->pBuffPtr = pData; - hsai->XferSize = Size; - hsai->XferCount = Size; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsai); - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_TX; - - if((hsai->Init.DataSize == SAI_DATASIZE_8) && (hsai->Init.CompandingMode == SAI_NOCOMPANDING)) - { - hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Transmit_IT8Bit; - } - else if(hsai->Init.DataSize <= SAI_DATASIZE_16) - { - hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Transmit_IT16Bit; - } - else - { - hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Transmit_IT32Bit; - } - - /* Enable FRQ and OVRUDR interrupts */ - __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT)); - - /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */ - if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) - { - /* Fill the fifo before starting the communication */ - SAI_FillFifo(hsai); - - /* Enable SAI peripheral */ - __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai); - } - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Receive_IT(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - - if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - hsai->pBuffPtr = pData; - hsai->XferSize = Size; - hsai->XferCount = Size; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsai); - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_RX; - - if((hsai->Init.DataSize == SAI_DATASIZE_8) && (hsai->Init.CompandingMode == SAI_NOCOMPANDING)) - { - hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Receive_IT8Bit; - } - else if(hsai->Init.DataSize <= SAI_DATASIZE_16) - { - hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Receive_IT16Bit; - } - else - { - hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Receive_IT32Bit; - } - /* Enable TXE and OVRUDR interrupts */ - __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT)); - - /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */ - if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) - { - /* Enable SAI peripheral */ - __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Pauses the audio stream playing from the Media. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DMAPause(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsai); - - /* Pause the audio file playing by disabling the SAI DMA requests */ - hsai->Instance->CR1 &= ~SAI_xCR1_DMAEN; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DMAResume(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsai); - - /* Enable the SAI DMA requests */ - hsai->Instance->CR1 |= SAI_xCR1_DMAEN; - - /* If the SAI peripheral is still not enabled, enable it */ - if ((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) == RESET) - { - /* Enable SAI peripheral */ - __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the audio stream playing from the Media. - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DMAStop(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsai); - - /* Disable the SAI DMA request */ - hsai->Instance->CR1 &= ~SAI_xCR1_DMAEN; - - /* Abort the SAI DMA Tx Stream */ - if(hsai->hdmatx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(hsai->hdmatx); - } - /* Abort the SAI DMA Rx Stream */ - if(hsai->hdmarx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(hsai->hdmarx); - } - - /* Disable SAI peripheral */ - SAI_Disable(hsai); - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Abort the current transfer and disbaled the SAI. - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Abort(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* Disable the SAI DMA request */ - hsai->Instance->CR1 &= ~SAI_xCR1_DMAEN; - - /* Abort the SAI DMA Tx Stream */ - if(hsai->hdmatx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(hsai->hdmatx); - } - /* Abort the SAI DMA Rx Stream */ - if(hsai->hdmarx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(hsai->hdmarx); - } - - /* Disabled All interrupt and clear all the flag */ - hsai->Instance->IMR = 0; - hsai->Instance->CLRFR = 0xFFFFFFFF; - - /* Disable SAI peripheral */ - SAI_Disable(hsai); - - /* Flush the fifo */ - SET_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_FFLUSH); - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Transmits an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY) - { - hsai->pBuffPtr = pData; - hsai->XferSize = Size; - hsai->XferCount = Size; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsai); - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_TX; - - /* Set the SAI Tx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - hsai->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SAI_DMATxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the SAI TxDMA transfer complete callback */ - hsai->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SAI_DMATxCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hsai->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SAI_DMAError; - - /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsai->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hsai->Instance->DR, hsai->XferSize); - - /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */ - if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) - { - /* Enable SAI peripheral */ - __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai); - } - - /* Enable the interrupts for error handling */ - __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_DMA)); - - /* Enable SAI Tx DMA Request */ - hsai->Instance->CR1 |= SAI_xCR1_DMAEN; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY) - { - hsai->pBuffPtr = pData; - hsai->XferSize = Size; - hsai->XferCount = Size; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsai); - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_RX; - - /* Set the SAI Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - hsai->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SAI_DMARxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the SAI Rx DMA transfer complete callback */ - hsai->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SAI_DMARxCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hsai->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SAI_DMAError; - - /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsai->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hsai->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, hsai->XferSize); - - /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */ - if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) - { - /* Enable SAI peripheral */ - __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai); - } - - /* Enable the interrupts for error handling */ - __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_DMA)); - - /* Enable SAI Rx DMA Request */ - hsai->Instance->CR1 |= SAI_xCR1_DMAEN; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the tx mute mode. - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @param val : value sent during the mute @ref SAI_Block_Mute_Value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_EnableTxMuteMode(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint16_t val) -{ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MUTE_VALUE(val)); - - if(hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET) - { - CLEAR_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_MUTEVAL | SAI_xCR2_MUTE); - SET_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_MUTE | val); - return HAL_OK; - } - return HAL_ERROR; -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the tx mute mode. - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DisableTxMuteMode(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - if(hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET) - { - CLEAR_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_MUTEVAL | SAI_xCR2_MUTE); - return HAL_OK; - } - return HAL_ERROR; -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the rx mute detection. - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @param callback : function called when the mute is detected - * @param counter : number a data before mute detection max 63. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_EnableRxMuteMode(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, SAIcallback callback, uint16_t counter) -{ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MUTE_COUNTER(counter)); - - if(hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET) - { - /* set the mute counter */ - CLEAR_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_MUTECNT); - SET_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, (uint32_t)((uint32_t)counter << 6)); - hsai->mutecallback = callback; - /* enable the IT interrupt */ - __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_IT_MUTEDET); - return HAL_OK; - } - return HAL_ERROR; -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the rx mute detection. - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DisableRxMuteMode(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - if(hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET) - { - /* set the mutecallback to NULL */ - hsai->mutecallback = (SAIcallback)NULL; - /* enable the IT interrupt */ - __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_IT_MUTEDET); - return HAL_OK; - } - return HAL_ERROR; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles SAI interrupt request. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -void HAL_SAI_IRQHandler(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - if(hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET) - { - uint32_t tmpFlag = hsai->Instance->SR; - uint32_t tmpItSource = hsai->Instance->IMR; - - if(((tmpFlag & SAI_xSR_FREQ) == SAI_xSR_FREQ) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_FREQ) == SAI_IT_FREQ)) - { - hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine(hsai); - } - - /* check the flag only if one of them is set */ - if(tmpFlag != 0x00000000) - { - /* SAI Overrun error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/ - if(((tmpFlag & SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR) == SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_OVRUDR) == SAI_IT_OVRUDR)) - { - /* Clear the SAI Overrun flag */ - __HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG(hsai, SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR); - /* Change the SAI error code */ - hsai->ErrorCode = ((hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_RX) ? HAL_SAI_ERROR_OVR : HAL_SAI_ERROR_UDR); - /* the transfer is not stopped, we will forward the information to the user and we let the user decide what needs to be done */ - HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai); - } - - /* SAI mutedet interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/ - if(((tmpFlag & SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET) == SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_MUTEDET) == SAI_IT_MUTEDET)) - { - /* Clear the SAI mutedet flag */ - __HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG(hsai, SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET); - /* call the call back function */ - if(hsai->mutecallback != (SAIcallback)NULL) - { - /* inform the user that an RX mute event has been detected */ - hsai->mutecallback(); - } - } - - /* SAI AFSDET interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/ - if(((tmpFlag & SAI_FLAG_AFSDET) == SAI_FLAG_AFSDET) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_AFSDET) == SAI_IT_AFSDET)) - { - /* Change the SAI error code */ - hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_AFSDET; - HAL_SAI_Abort(hsai); - HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai); - } - - /* SAI LFSDET interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/ - if(((tmpFlag & SAI_FLAG_LFSDET) == SAI_FLAG_LFSDET) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_LFSDET) == SAI_IT_LFSDET)) - { - /* Change the SAI error code */ - hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_LFSDET; - HAL_SAI_Abort(hsai); - HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai); - } - - /* SAI WCKCFG interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/ - if(((tmpFlag & SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG) == SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_WCKCFG) == SAI_IT_WCKCFG)) - { - /* Change the SAI error code */ - hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_WCKCFG; - HAL_SAI_Abort(hsai); - HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai); - } - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Transfer Half completed callbacks - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_SAI_TxHalfCpltCallback(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SAI_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer half completed callbacks - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SAI_RxHalfCpltCallback(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief SAI error callbacks. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup SAI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the SAI state. - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_SAI_StateTypeDef HAL_SAI_GetState(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - return hsai->State; -} - -/** -* @brief Return the SAI error code -* @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified SAI Block. -* @retval SAI Error Code -*/ -uint32_t HAL_SAI_GetError(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - return hsai->ErrorCode; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SAI I2S protocol according to the specified parameters - * in the SAI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @param protocol : one of the supported protocol - * @param datasize : one of the supported datasize @ref SAI_Protocol_DataSize - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @param nbslot : number of slot minimum value is 2 and max is 16. - * the value must be a multiple of 2. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_InitI2S(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t datasize, uint32_t nbslot) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_SUPPORTED_PROTOCOL(protocol)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE(datasize)); - - hsai->Init.Protocol = SAI_FREE_PROTOCOL; - hsai->Init.FirstBit = SAI_FIRSTBIT_MSB; - hsai->Init.ClockStrobing = SAI_CLOCKSTROBING_FALLINGEDGE; - hsai->FrameInit.FSDefinition = SAI_FS_CHANNEL_IDENTIFICATION; - hsai->SlotInit.SlotActive = SAI_SLOTACTIVE_ALL; - hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset = 0; - hsai->SlotInit.SlotNumber = nbslot; - - /* in IS2 the number of slot must be even */ - if((nbslot & 0x1) != 0 ) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - switch(protocol) - { - case SAI_I2S_STANDARD : - hsai->FrameInit.FSPolarity = SAI_FS_ACTIVE_LOW; - hsai->FrameInit.FSOffset = SAI_FS_BEFOREFIRSTBIT; - break; - case SAI_I2S_MSBJUSTIFIED : - case SAI_I2S_LSBJUSTIFIED : - hsai->FrameInit.FSPolarity = SAI_FS_ACTIVE_HIGH; - hsai->FrameInit.FSOffset = SAI_FS_FIRSTBIT; - break; - default : - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Frame definition */ - hsai->Init.DataSize = 0xFFFFFFFF; - switch(datasize) - { - case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BIT: - hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_16; - hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength = 32*(nbslot/2); - hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength = 16*(nbslot/2); - hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize = SAI_SLOTSIZE_16B; - break; - case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BITEXTENDED : - if(hsai->Init.DataSize == 0xFFFFFFFF) - { - hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_16; - } - break; - case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_24BIT: - if(hsai->Init.DataSize == 0xFFFFFFFF) - { - hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_24; - } - break; - case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_32BIT: - if(hsai->Init.DataSize == 0xFFFFFFFF) - { - hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_32; - } - hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength = 64*(nbslot/2); - hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength = 32*(nbslot/2); - hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize = SAI_SLOTSIZE_32B; - if(protocol == SAI_I2S_LSBJUSTIFIED) - { - if (datasize == SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BITEXTENDED) - { - hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset = 16; - } - if (datasize == SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_24BIT) - { - hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset = 8; - } - } - break; - default : - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SAI PCM protocol according to the specified parameters - * in the SAI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @param protocol : one of the supported protocol - * @param datasize : one of the supported datasize @ref SAI_Protocol_DataSize - * @param nbslot : number of slot minimum value is 1 and the max is 16. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_InitPCM(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t datasize, uint32_t nbslot) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_SUPPORTED_PROTOCOL(protocol)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE(datasize)); - - hsai->Init.Protocol = SAI_FREE_PROTOCOL; - hsai->Init.FirstBit = SAI_FIRSTBIT_MSB; - hsai->Init.ClockStrobing = SAI_CLOCKSTROBING_FALLINGEDGE; - hsai->FrameInit.FSDefinition = SAI_FS_STARTFRAME; - hsai->FrameInit.FSPolarity = SAI_FS_ACTIVE_HIGH; - hsai->FrameInit.FSOffset = SAI_FS_BEFOREFIRSTBIT; - hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset = 0; - hsai->SlotInit.SlotNumber = nbslot; - hsai->SlotInit.SlotActive = SAI_SLOTACTIVE_ALL; - - switch(protocol) - { - case SAI_PCM_SHORT : - hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength = 1; - break; - case SAI_PCM_LONG : - hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength = 13; - break; - default : - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - switch(datasize) - { - case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BIT: - hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_16; - hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength = 16 * nbslot; - hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize = SAI_SLOTSIZE_16B; - break; - case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BITEXTENDED : - hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_16; - hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength = 32 * nbslot; - hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize = SAI_SLOTSIZE_32B; - break; - - case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_32BIT: - hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_32; - hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength = 32 * nbslot; - hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize = SAI_SLOTSIZE_32B; - break; - default : - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Fill the fifo - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval None. - */ -static void SAI_FillFifo(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* fill the fifo with data before to enabled the SAI */ - while((hsai->Instance->SR & SAI_xSR_FLVL) != SAI_FIFOSTATUS_FULL) - { - if((hsai->Init.DataSize == SAI_DATASIZE_8) && (hsai->Init.CompandingMode == SAI_NOCOMPANDING)) - { - hsai->Instance->DR = (*hsai->pBuffPtr++); - } - else if(hsai->Init.DataSize <= SAI_DATASIZE_16) - { - hsai->Instance->DR = *((uint32_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr); - hsai->pBuffPtr+= 2; - } - else - { - hsai->Instance->DR = *((uint32_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr); - hsai->pBuffPtr+= 4; - } - hsai->XferCount--; - } -} - -/** - * @brief return the interrupt flag to set according the SAI setup - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @param mode : SAI_MODE_DMA or SAI_MODE_IT - * @retval the list of the IT flag to enable - */ -static uint32_t SAI_InterruptFlag(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t mode) -{ - uint32_t tmpIT = SAI_IT_OVRUDR; - - if(mode == SAI_MODE_IT) - { - tmpIT|= SAI_IT_FREQ; - } - - if((hsai->Init.AudioMode == SAI_MODESLAVE_RX) || (hsai->Init.AudioMode == SAI_MODESLAVE_TX)) - { - tmpIT|= SAI_IT_AFSDET | SAI_IT_LFSDET; - } - else - { - /* hsai has been configured in master mode */ - tmpIT|= SAI_IT_WCKCFG; - } - return tmpIT; -} - -/** - * @brief disabled the SAI and wait the disabling - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval None. - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_Disable(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - __HAL_SAI_DISABLE(hsai); - while((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > SAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Update error code */ - hsai->ErrorCode |= HAL_SAI_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - - status = HAL_TIMEOUT; - - /* Change the SAI state */ - HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai); - } - } - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Handler for Transmit in Interrupt mode 8Bit transfer - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval None. - */ -static void SAI_Transmit_IT8Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* Write data on DR register */ - hsai->Instance->DR = (*hsai->pBuffPtr++); - hsai->XferCount--; - - /* Handle the end of the transmission */ - if(hsai->XferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable FREQ and OVRUDR interrupts */ - __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT)); - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY; - HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback(hsai); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Handler for Transmit in Interrupt mode for 16Bit transfer - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval None. - */ -static void SAI_Transmit_IT16Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* Write data on DR register */ - hsai->Instance->DR = *(uint16_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr; - hsai->pBuffPtr+=2; - hsai->XferCount--; - - /* Handle the end of the transmission */ - if(hsai->XferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable FREQ and OVRUDR interrupts */ - __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT)); - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY; - HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback(hsai); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Handler for Transmit in Interrupt mode for 32Bit transfer - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval None. - */ -static void SAI_Transmit_IT32Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* Write data on DR register */ - hsai->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr; - hsai->pBuffPtr+=4; - hsai->XferCount--; - - /* Handle the end of the transmission */ - if(hsai->XferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable FREQ and OVRUDR interrupts */ - __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT)); - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY; - HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback(hsai); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Handler for Receive in Interrupt mode 8Bit transfer - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval None. - */ -static void SAI_Receive_IT8Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* Receive data */ - (*hsai->pBuffPtr++) = hsai->Instance->DR; - hsai->XferCount--; - - /* Check end of the transfer */ - if(hsai->XferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable TXE and OVRUDR interrupts */ - __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT)); - - /* Clear the SAI Overrun flag */ - __HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG(hsai, SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR); - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY; - HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(hsai); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Handler for Receive in Interrupt mode for 16Bit transfer - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval None. - */ -static void SAI_Receive_IT16Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* Receive data */ - *(uint16_t*)hsai->pBuffPtr = hsai->Instance->DR; - hsai->pBuffPtr+=2; - hsai->XferCount--; - - /* Check end of the transfer */ - if(hsai->XferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable TXE and OVRUDR interrupts */ - __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT)); - - /* Clear the SAI Overrun flag */ - __HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG(hsai, SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR); - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY; - HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(hsai); - } -} -/** - * @brief Rx Handler for Receive in Interrupt mode for 32Bit transfer - * @param hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval None. - */ -static void SAI_Receive_IT32Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* Receive data */ - *(uint32_t*)hsai->pBuffPtr = hsai->Instance->DR; - hsai->pBuffPtr+=4; - hsai->XferCount--; - - /* Check end of the transfer */ - if(hsai->XferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable TXE and OVRUDR interrupts */ - __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT)); - - /* Clear the SAI Overrun flag */ - __HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG(hsai, SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR); - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY; - HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(hsai); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SAI transmit process complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SAI_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - SAI_HandleTypeDef* hsai = (SAI_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - hsai->XferCount = 0; - - /* Disable SAI Tx DMA Request */ - hsai->Instance->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SAI_xCR1_DMAEN); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Set timeout: 10 is the max delay to send the remaining data in the SAI FIFO */ - /* Wait until FIFO is empty */ - while(__HAL_SAI_GET_FLAG(hsai, SAI_xSR_FLVL) != RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > SAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - /* Update error code */ - hsai->ErrorCode |= HAL_SAI_ERROR_TIMEOUT; - - /* Change the SAI state */ - HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai); - } - } - - /* Stop the interrupts error handling */ - __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_DMA)); - - hsai->State= HAL_SAI_STATE_READY; - } - HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback(hsai); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SAI transmit process half complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SAI_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SAI_HandleTypeDef* hsai = (SAI_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_SAI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hsai); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SAI receive process complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SAI_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SAI_HandleTypeDef* hsai = ( SAI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - /* Disable Rx DMA Request */ - hsai->Instance->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SAI_xCR1_DMAEN); - hsai->XferCount = 0; - - /* Stop the interrupts error handling */ - __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_DMA)); - - hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY; - } - HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(hsai); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SAI receive process half complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SAI_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SAI_HandleTypeDef* hsai = (SAI_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_SAI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hsai); -} -/** - * @brief DMA SAI communication error callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SAI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SAI_HandleTypeDef* hsai = ( SAI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - /* Stop the DMA transfer */ - HAL_SAI_DMAStop(hsai); - - /* Set the SAI state ready to be able to start again the process */ - hsai->State= HAL_SAI_STATE_READY; - HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai); - - hsai->XferCount = 0; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */ -#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sai_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sai_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index cad89d5..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sai_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,269 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_sai_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief SAI Extension HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of SAI extension peripheral: - * + Extension features functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### SAI peripheral extension features ##### - ============================================================================== - - [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the SAI interface for STM32F446xx - devices contains the following additional features : - - (+) Possibility to be clocked from PLLR - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This driver provides functions to manage several sources to clock SAI - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SAIEx SAIEx - * @brief SAI Extension HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* SAI registers Masks */ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Private_Functions SAI Private Functions - * @{ - */ - /** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup SAIEx_Exported_Functions SAI Extended Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SAIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extension features functions - * @brief Extension features functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Extension features Functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the possible - SAI clock sources. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configure SAI Block synchronization mode - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval SAI Clock Input - */ -void SAI_BlockSynchroConfig(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - uint32_t tmpregisterGCR = 0; - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - /* This setting must be done with both audio block (A & B) disabled */ - switch(hsai->Init.SynchroExt) - { - case SAI_SYNCEXT_DISABLE : - tmpregisterGCR = 0; - break; - case SAI_SYNCEXT_IN_ENABLE : - tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCIN_0; - break; - case SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKA_ENABLE : - tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_0; - break; - case SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKB_ENABLE : - tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_1; - break; - } - - if((hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_A) || (hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_B)) - { - SAI1->GCR = tmpregisterGCR; - } - else - { - SAI2->GCR = tmpregisterGCR; - } -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) - /* This setting must be done with both audio block (A & B) disabled */ - switch(hsai->Init.SynchroExt) - { - case SAI_SYNCEXT_DISABLE : - tmpregisterGCR = 0; - break; - case SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKA_ENABLE : - tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_0; - break; - case SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKB_ENABLE : - tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_1; - break; - } - SAI1->GCR = tmpregisterGCR; -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */ -} - /** - * @brief Get SAI Input Clock based on SAI source clock selection - * @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SAI module. - * @retval SAI Clock Input - */ -uint32_t SAI_GetInputClock(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai) -{ - /* This variable used to store the SAI_CK_x (value in Hz) */ - uint32_t saiclocksource = 0; - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - if ((hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_A) || (hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_B)) - { - saiclocksource = HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1); - } - else /* SAI2_Block_A || SAI2_Block_B*/ - { - saiclocksource = HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2); - } -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) - uint32_t vcoinput = 0, tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the SAI Block parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_CLK_SOURCE(hsai->Init.ClockSource)); - - /* SAI Block clock source selection */ - if(hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_A) - { - __HAL_RCC_SAI_BLOCKACLKSOURCE_CONFIG(hsai->Init.ClockSource); - } - else - { - __HAL_RCC_SAI_BLOCKBCLKSOURCE_CONFIG((uint32_t)(hsai->Init.ClockSource << 2)); - } - - /* VCO Input Clock value calculation */ - if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI) - { - /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */ - vcoinput = (HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)); - } - else - { - /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */ - vcoinput = ((HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM))); - } - - /* SAI_CLK_x : SAI Block Clock configuration for different clock sources selected */ - if(hsai->Init.ClockSource == SAI_CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI) - { - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */ - /* PLLSAI_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */ - /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */ - /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIQ */ - tmpreg = (RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> 24; - saiclocksource = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN) >> 6))/(tmpreg); - - /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVQ */ - tmpreg = (((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVQ) >> 8) + 1); - saiclocksource = saiclocksource/(tmpreg); - - } - else if(hsai->Init.ClockSource == SAI_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S) - { - /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */ - /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */ - /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SQ */ - tmpreg = (RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> 24; - saiclocksource = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6))/(tmpreg); - - /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLI2SDIVQ */ - tmpreg = ((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVQ) + 1); - saiclocksource = saiclocksource/(tmpreg); - } - else /* sConfig->ClockSource == SAI_CLKSource_Ext */ - { - /* Enable the External Clock selection */ - __HAL_RCC_I2S_CONFIG(RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_EXT); - - saiclocksource = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE; - } -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */ - /* the return result is the value of SAI clock */ - return saiclocksource; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */ -#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sd.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sd.c deleted file mode 100644 index d579fe8..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sd.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3488 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_sd.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief SD card HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Secure Digital (SD) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This driver implements a high level communication layer for read and write from/to - this memory. The needed STM32 hardware resources (SDIO and GPIO) are performed by - the user in HAL_SD_MspInit() function (MSP layer). - Basically, the MSP layer configuration should be the same as we provide in the - examples. - You can easily tailor this configuration according to hardware resources. - - [..] - This driver is a generic layered driver for SDIO memories which uses the HAL - SDIO driver functions to interface with SD and uSD cards devices. - It is used as follows: - - (#)Initialize the SDIO low level resources by implement the HAL_SD_MspInit() API: - (##) Enable the SDIO interface clock using __HAL_RCC_SDIO_CLK_ENABLE(); - (##) SDIO pins configuration for SD card - (+++) Enable the clock for the SDIO GPIOs using the functions __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); - (+++) Configure these SDIO pins as alternate function pull-up using HAL_GPIO_Init() - and according to your pin assignment; - (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA() - and HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA() APIs). - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE(); - (+++) Configure the DMA using the function HAL_DMA_Init() with predeclared and filled. - (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process when using DMA transfer. - (+++) Configure the SDIO and DMA interrupt priorities using functions - HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(); DMA priority is superior to SDIO's priority - (+++) Enable the NVIC DMA and SDIO IRQs using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() - (+++) SDIO interrupts are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE_IT() - and __HAL_SD_SDIO_DISABLE_IT() inside the communication process. - (+++) SDIO interrupts pending bits are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_IT() - and __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_IT() - (#) At this stage, you can perform SD read/write/erase operations after SD card initialization - - - *** SD Card Initialization and configuration *** - ================================================ - [..] - To initialize the SD Card, use the HAL_SD_Init() function. It Initializes - the SD Card and put it into Standby State (Ready for data transfer). - This function provide the following operations: - - (#) Apply the SD Card initialization process at 400KHz and check the SD Card - type (Standard Capacity or High Capacity). You can change or adapt this - frequency by adjusting the "ClockDiv" field. - The SD Card frequency (SDIO_CK) is computed as follows: - - SDIO_CK = SDIOCLK / (ClockDiv + 2) - - In initialization mode and according to the SD Card standard, - make sure that the SDIO_CK frequency doesn't exceed 400KHz. - - (#) Get the SD CID and CSD data. All these information are managed by the SDCardInfo - structure. This structure provide also ready computed SD Card capacity - and Block size. - - -@- These information are stored in SD handle structure in case of future use. - - (#) Configure the SD Card Data transfer frequency. By Default, the card transfer - frequency is set to 24MHz. You can change or adapt this frequency by adjusting - the "ClockDiv" field. - In transfer mode and according to the SD Card standard, make sure that the - SDIO_CK frequency doesn't exceed 25MHz and 50MHz in High-speed mode switch. - To be able to use a frequency higher than 24MHz, you should use the SDIO - peripheral in bypass mode. Refer to the corresponding reference manual - for more details. - - (#) Select the corresponding SD Card according to the address read with the step 2. - - (#) Configure the SD Card in wide bus mode: 4-bits data. - - *** SD Card Read operation *** - ============================== - [..] - (+) You can read from SD card in polling mode by using function HAL_SD_ReadBlocks(). - This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be - chosen as 512 bytes). - You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation - by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. - - (+) You can read from SD card in DMA mode by using function HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA(). - This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be - chosen as 512 bytes). - You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation - by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. - After this, you have to call the function HAL_SD_CheckReadOperation(), to insure - that the read transfer is done correctly in both DMA and SD sides. - - *** SD Card Write operation *** - =============================== - [..] - (+) You can write to SD card in polling mode by using function HAL_SD_WriteBlocks(). - This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be - chosen as 512 bytes). - You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation - by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. - - (+) You can write to SD card in DMA mode by using function HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA(). - This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be - chosen as 512 byte). - You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation - by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. - After this, you have to call the function HAL_SD_CheckWriteOperation(), to insure - that the write transfer is done correctly in both DMA and SD sides. - - *** SD card status *** - ====================== - [..] - (+) At any time, you can check the SD Card status and get the SD card state - by using the HAL_SD_GetStatus() function. This function checks first if the - SD card is still connected and then get the internal SD Card transfer state. - (+) You can also get the SD card SD Status register by using the HAL_SD_SendSDStatus() - function. - - *** SD HAL driver macros list *** - ================================== - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in SD HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE : Enable the SD device - (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_DISABLE : Disable the SD device - (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the SDIO DMA transfer - (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the SDIO DMA transfer - (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE_IT: Enable the SD device interrupt - (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_DISABLE_IT: Disable the SD device interrupt - (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG:Check whether the specified SD flag is set or not - (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the SD's pending flags - - (@) You can refer to the SD HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup SD - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup SD_Private_Defines - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief SDIO Data block size - */ -#define DATA_BLOCK_SIZE ((uint32_t)(9 << 4)) -/** - * @brief SDIO Static flags, Timeout, FIFO Address - */ -#define SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS ((uint32_t)(SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT |\ - SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR |\ - SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND |\ - SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND)) - -#define SDIO_CMD0TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) - -/** - * @brief Mask for errors Card Status R1 (OCR Register) - */ -#define SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE ((uint32_t)0x80000000) -#define SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED ((uint32_t)0x40000000) -#define SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR ((uint32_t)0x20000000) -#define SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR ((uint32_t)0x10000000) -#define SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM ((uint32_t)0x08000000) -#define SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION ((uint32_t)0x04000000) -#define SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED ((uint32_t)0x01000000) -#define SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED ((uint32_t)0x00800000) -#define SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD ((uint32_t)0x00400000) -#define SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED ((uint32_t)0x00200000) -#define SD_OCR_CC_ERROR ((uint32_t)0x00100000) -#define SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR ((uint32_t)0x00080000) -#define SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP ((uint32_t)0x00008000) -#define SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED ((uint32_t)0x00004000) -#define SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET ((uint32_t)0x00002000) -#define SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define SD_OCR_ERRORBITS ((uint32_t)0xFDFFE008) - -/** - * @brief Masks for R6 Response - */ -#define SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) -#define SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD ((uint32_t)0x00004000) -#define SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED ((uint32_t)0x00008000) - -#define SD_VOLTAGE_WINDOW_SD ((uint32_t)0x80100000) -#define SD_HIGH_CAPACITY ((uint32_t)0x40000000) -#define SD_STD_CAPACITY ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SD_CHECK_PATTERN ((uint32_t)0x000001AA) - -#define SD_MAX_VOLT_TRIAL ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) -#define SD_ALLZERO ((uint32_t)0x00000000) - -#define SD_WIDE_BUS_SUPPORT ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define SD_SINGLE_BUS_SUPPORT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define SD_CARD_LOCKED ((uint32_t)0x02000000) - -#define SD_DATATIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) -#define SD_0TO7BITS ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) -#define SD_8TO15BITS ((uint32_t)0x0000FF00) -#define SD_16TO23BITS ((uint32_t)0x00FF0000) -#define SD_24TO31BITS ((uint32_t)0xFF000000) -#define SD_MAX_DATA_LENGTH ((uint32_t)0x01FFFFFF) - -#define SD_HALFFIFO ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define SD_HALFFIFOBYTES ((uint32_t)0x00000020) - -/** - * @brief Command Class Supported - */ -#define SD_CCCC_LOCK_UNLOCK ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define SD_CCCC_WRITE_PROT ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define SD_CCCC_ERASE ((uint32_t)0x00000020) - -/** - * @brief Following commands are SD Card Specific commands. - * SDIO_APP_CMD should be sent before sending these commands. - */ -#define SD_SDIO_SEND_IF_COND ((uint32_t)SD_CMD_HS_SEND_EXT_CSD) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup SD_Private_Functions_Prototypes - * @{ - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Initialize_Cards(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Select_Deselect(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint64_t addr); -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerON(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerOFF(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_SendStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pCardStatus); -static HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef SD_GetState(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_IsCardProgramming(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t *pStatus); -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdError(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp1Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD); -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp7Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp3Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp2Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp6Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD, uint16_t *pRCA); -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Enable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Disable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_FindSCR(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSCR); -static void SD_DMA_RxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SD_DMA_RxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SD_DMA_TxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SD_DMA_TxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -/** - * @} - */ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group1 - * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the SD - card device to be ready for use. - - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SD card according to the specified parameters in the - SD_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param SDCardInfo: HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef structure for SD card information - * @retval HAL SD error state - */ -HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_Init(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef *SDCardInfo) -{ - __IO HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - SD_InitTypeDef tmpinit; - - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hsd->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ - HAL_SD_MspInit(hsd); - - /* Default SDIO peripheral configuration for SD card initialization */ - tmpinit.ClockEdge = SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE_RISING; - tmpinit.ClockBypass = SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS_DISABLE; - tmpinit.ClockPowerSave = SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE_DISABLE; - tmpinit.BusWide = SDIO_BUS_WIDE_1B; - tmpinit.HardwareFlowControl = SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL_DISABLE; - tmpinit.ClockDiv = SDIO_INIT_CLK_DIV; - - /* Initialize SDIO peripheral interface with default configuration */ - SDIO_Init(hsd->Instance, tmpinit); - - /* Identify card operating voltage */ - errorstate = SD_PowerON(hsd); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Initialize the present SDIO card(s) and put them in idle state */ - errorstate = SD_Initialize_Cards(hsd); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Read CSD/CID MSD registers */ - errorstate = HAL_SD_Get_CardInfo(hsd, SDCardInfo); - - if (errorstate == SD_OK) - { - /* Select the Card */ - errorstate = SD_Select_Deselect(hsd, (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)SDCardInfo->RCA) << 16)); - } - - /* Configure SDIO peripheral interface */ - SDIO_Init(hsd->Instance, hsd->Init); - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief De-Initializes the SD card. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_DeInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - - /* Set SD power state to off */ - SD_PowerOFF(hsd); - - /* De-Initialize the MSP layer */ - HAL_SD_MspDeInit(hsd); - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SD MSP. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SD_MspInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief De-Initialize SD MSP. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SD_MspDeInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group2 - * @brief Data transfer functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the data - transfer from/to SD card. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The Data transfer - * is managed by polling mode. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param pReadBuffer: pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data - * @param ReadAddr: Address from where data is to be read - * @param BlockSize: SD card Data block size - * @note BlockSize must be 512 bytes. - * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of SD blocks to read - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_ReadBlocks(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pReadBuffer, uint64_t ReadAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) -{ - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - SDIO_DataInitTypeDef sdio_datainitstructure; - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - uint32_t count = 0, *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)pReadBuffer; - - /* Initialize data control register */ - hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0; - - if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD) - { - BlockSize = 512; - ReadAddr /= 512; - } - - /* Set Block Size for Card */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t) BlockSize; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ - sdio_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut = SD_DATATIMEOUT; - sdio_datainitstructure.DataLength = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize; - sdio_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = DATA_BLOCK_SIZE; - sdio_datainitstructure.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO; - sdio_datainitstructure.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; - sdio_datainitstructure.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdio_datainitstructure); - - if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) - { - /* Send CMD18 READ_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK; - } - else - { - /* Send CMD17 READ_SINGLE_BLOCK */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK; - } - - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)ReadAddr; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Read block(s) in polling mode */ - if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) - { - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Poll on SDIO flags */ -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR)) -#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */ - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND)) -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - { - if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF)) - { - /* Read data from SDIO Rx FIFO */ - for (count = 0; count < 8; count++) - { - *(tempbuff + count) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); - } - - tempbuff += 8; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* In case of single block transfer, no need of stop transfer at all */ -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR)) -#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */ - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND)) -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - { - if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF)) - { - /* Read data from SDIO Rx FIFO */ - for (count = 0; count < 8; count++) - { - *(tempbuff + count) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); - } - - tempbuff += 8; - } - } - } - - /* Send stop transmission command in case of multiblock read */ - if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND) && (NumberOfBlocks > 1)) - { - if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) ||\ - (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\ - (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)) - { - /* Send stop transmission command */ - errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd); - } - } - - /* Get error state */ - if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT); - - errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; - - return errorstate; - } - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL); - - errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL; - - return errorstate; - } - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR); - - errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN; - - return errorstate; - } -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR); - - errorstate = SD_START_BIT_ERR; - - return errorstate; - } -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - else - { - /* No error flag set */ - } - - count = SD_DATATIMEOUT; - - /* Empty FIFO if there is still any data */ - while ((__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL)) && (count > 0)) - { - *tempbuff = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); - tempbuff++; - count--; - } - - /* Clear all the static flags */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Allows to write block(s) to a specified address in a card. The Data - * transfer is managed by polling mode. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param pWriteBuffer: pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit - * @param WriteAddr: Address from where data is to be written - * @param BlockSize: SD card Data block size - * @note BlockSize must be 512 bytes. - * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of SD blocks to write - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_WriteBlocks(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pWriteBuffer, uint64_t WriteAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) -{ - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - SDIO_DataInitTypeDef sdio_datainitstructure; - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - uint32_t totalnumberofbytes = 0, bytestransferred = 0, count = 0, restwords = 0; - uint32_t *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)pWriteBuffer; - uint8_t cardstate = 0; - - /* Initialize data control register */ - hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0; - - if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD) - { - BlockSize = 512; - WriteAddr /= 512; - } - - /* Set Block Size for Card */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)BlockSize; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) - { - /* Send CMD25 WRITE_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK; - } - else - { - /* Send CMD24 WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK; - } - - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)WriteAddr; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) - { - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK); - } - else - { - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK); - } - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Set total number of bytes to write */ - totalnumberofbytes = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize; - - /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ - sdio_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut = SD_DATATIMEOUT; - sdio_datainitstructure.DataLength = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize; - sdio_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; - sdio_datainitstructure.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD; - sdio_datainitstructure.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; - sdio_datainitstructure.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdio_datainitstructure); - - /* Write block(s) in polling mode */ - if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) - { -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR)) -#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */ - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND)) -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - { - if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE)) - { - if ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) < 32) - { - restwords = ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) % 4 == 0) ? ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) / 4) : (( totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) / 4 + 1); - - /* Write data to SDIO Tx FIFO */ - for (count = 0; count < restwords; count++) - { - SDIO_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, tempbuff); - tempbuff++; - bytestransferred += 4; - } - } - else - { - /* Write data to SDIO Tx FIFO */ - for (count = 0; count < 8; count++) - { - SDIO_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, (tempbuff + count)); - } - - tempbuff += 8; - bytestransferred += 32; - } - } - } - } - else - { - /* In case of single data block transfer no need of stop command at all */ -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR)) -#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */ - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND)) -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - { - if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE)) - { - if ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) < 32) - { - restwords = ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) % 4 == 0) ? ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) / 4) : (( totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) / 4 + 1); - - /* Write data to SDIO Tx FIFO */ - for (count = 0; count < restwords; count++) - { - SDIO_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, tempbuff); - tempbuff++; - bytestransferred += 4; - } - } - else - { - /* Write data to SDIO Tx FIFO */ - for (count = 0; count < 8; count++) - { - SDIO_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, (tempbuff + count)); - } - - tempbuff += 8; - bytestransferred += 32; - } - } - } - } - - /* Send stop transmission command in case of multiblock write */ - if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND) && (NumberOfBlocks > 1)) - { - if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\ - (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)) - { - /* Send stop transmission command */ - errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd); - } - } - - /* Get error state */ - if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT); - - errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; - - return errorstate; - } - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL); - - errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL; - - return errorstate; - } - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR); - - errorstate = SD_TX_UNDERRUN; - - return errorstate; - } -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR); - - errorstate = SD_START_BIT_ERR; - - return errorstate; - } -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - else - { - /* No error flag set */ - } - - /* Clear all the static flags */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); - - /* Wait till the card is in programming state */ - errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate); - - while ((errorstate == SD_OK) && ((cardstate == SD_CARD_PROGRAMMING) || (cardstate == SD_CARD_RECEIVING))) - { - errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate); - } - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The Data transfer - * is managed by DMA mode. - * @note This API should be followed by the function HAL_SD_CheckReadOperation() - * to check the completion of the read process - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param pReadBuffer: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data - * @param ReadAddr: Address from where data is to be read - * @param BlockSize: SD card Data block size - * @note BlockSize must be 512 bytes. - * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to read. - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pReadBuffer, uint64_t ReadAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) -{ - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - SDIO_DataInitTypeDef sdio_datainitstructure; - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - - /* Initialize data control register */ - hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0; - - /* Initialize handle flags */ - hsd->SdTransferCplt = 0; - hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 0; - hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_OK; - - /* Initialize SD Read operation */ - if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) - { - hsd->SdOperation = SD_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK; - } - else - { - hsd->SdOperation = SD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK; - } - - /* Enable transfer interrupts */ -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL |\ - SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT |\ - SDIO_IT_DATAEND |\ - SDIO_IT_RXOVERR |\ - SDIO_IT_STBITERR)); -#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL |\ - SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT |\ - SDIO_IT_DATAEND |\ - SDIO_IT_RXOVERR)); -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - - /* Enable SDIO DMA transfer */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_DMA_ENABLE(); - - /* Configure DMA user callbacks */ - hsd->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SD_DMA_RxCplt; - hsd->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SD_DMA_RxError; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsd->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hsd->Instance->FIFO, (uint32_t)pReadBuffer, (uint32_t)(BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks)/4); - - if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD) - { - BlockSize = 512; - ReadAddr /= 512; - } - - /* Set Block Size for Card */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)BlockSize; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ - sdio_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut = SD_DATATIMEOUT; - sdio_datainitstructure.DataLength = BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks; - sdio_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; - sdio_datainitstructure.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO; - sdio_datainitstructure.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; - sdio_datainitstructure.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdio_datainitstructure); - - /* Check number of blocks command */ - if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) - { - /* Send CMD18 READ_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK; - } - else - { - /* Send CMD17 READ_SINGLE_BLOCK */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK; - } - - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)ReadAddr; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) - { - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK); - } - else - { - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK); - } - - /* Update the SD transfer error in SD handle */ - hsd->SdTransferErr = errorstate; - - return errorstate; -} - - -/** - * @brief Writes block(s) to a specified address in a card. The Data transfer - * is managed by DMA mode. - * @note This API should be followed by the function HAL_SD_CheckWriteOperation() - * to check the completion of the write process (by SD current status polling). - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param pWriteBuffer: pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit - * @param WriteAddr: Address from where data is to be read - * @param BlockSize: the SD card Data block size - * @note BlockSize must be 512 bytes. - * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to write - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pWriteBuffer, uint64_t WriteAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) -{ - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - SDIO_DataInitTypeDef sdio_datainitstructure; - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - - /* Initialize data control register */ - hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0; - - /* Initialize handle flags */ - hsd->SdTransferCplt = 0; - hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 0; - hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_OK; - - /* Initialize SD Write operation */ - if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) - { - hsd->SdOperation = SD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK; - } - else - { - hsd->SdOperation = SD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK; - } - - /* Enable transfer interrupts */ -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL |\ - SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT |\ - SDIO_IT_DATAEND |\ - SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR |\ - SDIO_IT_STBITERR)); -#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL |\ - SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT |\ - SDIO_IT_DATAEND |\ - SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR)); -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - - /* Configure DMA user callbacks */ - hsd->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SD_DMA_TxCplt; - hsd->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SD_DMA_TxError; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsd->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pWriteBuffer, (uint32_t)&hsd->Instance->FIFO, (uint32_t)(BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks)/4); - - /* Enable SDIO DMA transfer */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_DMA_ENABLE(); - - if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD) - { - BlockSize = 512; - WriteAddr /= 512; - } - - /* Set Block Size for Card */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)BlockSize; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Check number of blocks command */ - if(NumberOfBlocks <= 1) - { - /* Send CMD24 WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK; - } - else - { - /* Send CMD25 WRITE_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK; - } - - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)WriteAddr; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) - { - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK); - } - else - { - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK); - } - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ - sdio_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut = SD_DATATIMEOUT; - sdio_datainitstructure.DataLength = BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks; - sdio_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; - sdio_datainitstructure.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD; - sdio_datainitstructure.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; - sdio_datainitstructure.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdio_datainitstructure); - - hsd->SdTransferErr = errorstate; - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief This function waits until the SD DMA data read transfer is finished. - * This API should be called after HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA() function - * to insure that all data sent by the card is already transferred by the - * DMA controller. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_CheckReadOperation(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - uint32_t timeout = Timeout; - uint32_t tmp1, tmp2; - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef tmp3; - - /* Wait for DMA/SD transfer end or SD error variables to be in SD handle */ - tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt; - tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt; - tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr; - - while ((tmp1 == 0) && (tmp2 == 0) && (tmp3 == SD_OK) && (timeout > 0)) - { - tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt; - tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt; - tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr; - timeout--; - } - - timeout = Timeout; - - /* Wait until the Rx transfer is no longer active */ - while((__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXACT)) && (timeout > 0)) - { - timeout--; - } - - /* Send stop command in multiblock read */ - if (hsd->SdOperation == SD_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK) - { - errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd); - } - - if ((timeout == 0) && (errorstate == SD_OK)) - { - errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear all the static flags */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); - - /* Return error state */ - if (hsd->SdTransferErr != SD_OK) - { - return (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)(hsd->SdTransferErr); - } - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief This function waits until the SD DMA data write transfer is finished. - * This API should be called after HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA() function - * to insure that all data sent by the card is already transferred by the - * DMA controller. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_CheckWriteOperation(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - uint32_t timeout = Timeout; - uint32_t tmp1, tmp2; - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef tmp3; - - /* Wait for DMA/SD transfer end or SD error variables to be in SD handle */ - tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt; - tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt; - tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr; - - while ((tmp1 == 0) && (tmp2 == 0) && (tmp3 == SD_OK) && (timeout > 0)) - { - tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt; - tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt; - tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr; - timeout--; - } - - timeout = Timeout; - - /* Wait until the Tx transfer is no longer active */ - while((__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXACT)) && (timeout > 0)) - { - timeout--; - } - - /* Send stop command in multiblock write */ - if (hsd->SdOperation == SD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK) - { - errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd); - } - - if ((timeout == 0) && (errorstate == SD_OK)) - { - errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear all the static flags */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); - - /* Return error state */ - if (hsd->SdTransferErr != SD_OK) - { - return (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)(hsd->SdTransferErr); - } - - /* Wait until write is complete */ - while(HAL_SD_GetStatus(hsd) != SD_TRANSFER_OK) - { - } - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Erases the specified memory area of the given SD card. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param startaddr: Start byte address - * @param endaddr: End byte address - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_Erase(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint64_t startaddr, uint64_t endaddr) -{ - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - - uint32_t delay = 0; - __IO uint32_t maxdelay = 0; - uint8_t cardstate = 0; - - /* Check if the card command class supports erase command */ - if (((hsd->CSD[1] >> 20) & SD_CCCC_ERASE) == 0) - { - errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; - - return errorstate; - } - - /* Get max delay value */ - maxdelay = 120000 / (((hsd->Instance->CLKCR) & 0xFF) + 2); - - if((SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED) - { - errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED; - - return errorstate; - } - - /* Get start and end block for high capacity cards */ - if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD) - { - startaddr /= 512; - endaddr /= 512; - } - - /* According to sd-card spec 1.0 ERASE_GROUP_START (CMD32) and erase_group_end(CMD33) */ - if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\ - (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)) - { - /* Send CMD32 SD_ERASE_GRP_START with argument as addr */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument =(uint32_t)startaddr; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_START; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_START); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Send CMD33 SD_ERASE_GRP_END with argument as addr */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)endaddr; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_END; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_END); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - } - - /* Send CMD38 ERASE */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_ERASE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_ERASE); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - for (; delay < maxdelay; delay++) - { - } - - /* Wait until the card is in programming state */ - errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate); - - delay = SD_DATATIMEOUT; - - while ((delay > 0) && (errorstate == SD_OK) && ((cardstate == SD_CARD_PROGRAMMING) || (cardstate == SD_CARD_RECEIVING))) - { - errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate); - delay--; - } - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles SD card interrupt request. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_SD_IRQHandler(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - /* Check for SDIO interrupt flags */ - if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_DATAEND)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_DATAEND); - - /* SD transfer is complete */ - hsd->SdTransferCplt = 1; - - /* No transfer error */ - hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_OK; - - HAL_SD_XferCpltCallback(hsd); - } - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL); - - hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL; - - HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd); - - } - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT); - - hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; - - HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd); - } - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_RXOVERR)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR); - - hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_RX_OVERRUN; - - HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd); - } - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR); - - hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_TX_UNDERRUN; - - HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd); - } -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_STBITERR)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR); - - hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_START_BIT_ERR; - - HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd); - } -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - else - { - /* No error flag set */ - } - - /* Disable all SDIO peripheral interrupt sources */ -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - __HAL_SD_SDIO_DISABLE_IT(hsd, SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_DATAEND |\ - SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE | SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF | SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR |\ - SDIO_IT_RXOVERR | SDIO_IT_STBITERR); -#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_DISABLE_IT(hsd, SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_DATAEND |\ - SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE | SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF | SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR |\ - SDIO_IT_RXOVERR); -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ -} - - -/** - * @brief SD end of transfer callback. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SD_XferCpltCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SD_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief SD Transfer Error callback. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief SD Transfer complete Rx callback in non blocking mode. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_RxCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SD_DMA_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief SD DMA transfer complete Rx error callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_RxErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SD_DMA_RxErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief SD Transfer complete Tx callback in non blocking mode. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_TxCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SD_DMA_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief SD DMA transfer complete error Tx callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_TxErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SD_DMA_TxErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group3 - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SD card - operations. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns information about specific card. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param pCardInfo: Pointer to a HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef structure that - * contains all SD cardinformation - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_Get_CardInfo(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef *pCardInfo) -{ - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - pCardInfo->CardType = (uint8_t)(hsd->CardType); - pCardInfo->RCA = (uint16_t)(hsd->RCA); - - /* Byte 0 */ - tmp = (hsd->CSD[0] & 0xFF000000) >> 24; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.CSDStruct = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0xC0) >> 6); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.SysSpecVersion = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x3C) >> 2); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved1 = tmp & 0x03; - - /* Byte 1 */ - tmp = (hsd->CSD[0] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.TAAC = (uint8_t)tmp; - - /* Byte 2 */ - tmp = (hsd->CSD[0] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.NSAC = (uint8_t)tmp; - - /* Byte 3 */ - tmp = hsd->CSD[0] & 0x000000FF; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxBusClkFrec = (uint8_t)tmp; - - /* Byte 4 */ - tmp = (hsd->CSD[1] & 0xFF000000) >> 24; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.CardComdClasses = (uint16_t)(tmp << 4); - - /* Byte 5 */ - tmp = (hsd->CSD[1] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.CardComdClasses |= (uint16_t)((tmp & 0xF0) >> 4); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.RdBlockLen = (uint8_t)(tmp & 0x0F); - - /* Byte 6 */ - tmp = (hsd->CSD[1] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.PartBlockRead = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x80) >> 7); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrBlockMisalign = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x40) >> 6); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.RdBlockMisalign = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x20) >> 5); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.DSRImpl = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x10) >> 4); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved2 = 0; /*!< Reserved */ - - if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0)) - { - pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize = (tmp & 0x03) << 10; - - /* Byte 7 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[1] & 0x000000FF); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp) << 2; - - /* Byte 8 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0xFF000000) >> 24); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp & 0xC0) >> 6; - - pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxRdCurrentVDDMin = (tmp & 0x38) >> 3; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxRdCurrentVDDMax = (tmp & 0x07); - - /* Byte 9 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrCurrentVDDMin = (tmp & 0xE0) >> 5; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrCurrentVDDMax = (tmp & 0x1C) >> 2; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSizeMul = (tmp & 0x03) << 1; - /* Byte 10 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSizeMul |= (tmp & 0x80) >> 7; - - pCardInfo->CardCapacity = (pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize + 1) ; - pCardInfo->CardCapacity *= (1 << (pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSizeMul + 2)); - pCardInfo->CardBlockSize = 1 << (pCardInfo->SD_csd.RdBlockLen); - pCardInfo->CardCapacity *= pCardInfo->CardBlockSize; - } - else if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD) - { - /* Byte 7 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[1] & 0x000000FF); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize = (tmp & 0x3F) << 16; - - /* Byte 8 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0xFF000000) >> 24); - - pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp << 8); - - /* Byte 9 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); - - pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp); - - /* Byte 10 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); - - pCardInfo->CardCapacity = (uint64_t)((((uint64_t)pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize + 1)) * 512 * 1024); - pCardInfo->CardBlockSize = 512; - } - else - { - /* Not supported card type */ - errorstate = SD_ERROR; - } - - pCardInfo->SD_csd.EraseGrSize = (tmp & 0x40) >> 6; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.EraseGrMul = (tmp & 0x3F) << 1; - - /* Byte 11 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[2] & 0x000000FF); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.EraseGrMul |= (tmp & 0x80) >> 7; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrProtectGrSize = (tmp & 0x7F); - - /* Byte 12 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[3] & 0xFF000000) >> 24); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrProtectGrEnable = (tmp & 0x80) >> 7; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.ManDeflECC = (tmp & 0x60) >> 5; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrSpeedFact = (tmp & 0x1C) >> 2; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrBlockLen = (tmp & 0x03) << 2; - - /* Byte 13 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[3] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrBlockLen |= (tmp & 0xC0) >> 6; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.WriteBlockPaPartial = (tmp & 0x20) >> 5; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved3 = 0; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.ContentProtectAppli = (tmp & 0x01); - - /* Byte 14 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[3] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.FileFormatGrouop = (tmp & 0x80) >> 7; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.CopyFlag = (tmp & 0x40) >> 6; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.PermWrProtect = (tmp & 0x20) >> 5; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.TempWrProtect = (tmp & 0x10) >> 4; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.FileFormat = (tmp & 0x0C) >> 2; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.ECC = (tmp & 0x03); - - /* Byte 15 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[3] & 0x000000FF); - pCardInfo->SD_csd.CSD_CRC = (tmp & 0xFE) >> 1; - pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved4 = 1; - - /* Byte 0 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[0] & 0xFF000000) >> 24); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.ManufacturerID = tmp; - - /* Byte 1 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[0] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.OEM_AppliID = tmp << 8; - - /* Byte 2 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[0] & 0x000000FF00) >> 8); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.OEM_AppliID |= tmp; - - /* Byte 3 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[0] & 0x000000FF); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 = tmp << 24; - - /* Byte 4 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[1] & 0xFF000000) >> 24); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 |= tmp << 16; - - /* Byte 5 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[1] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 |= tmp << 8; - - /* Byte 6 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[1] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 |= tmp; - - /* Byte 7 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[1] & 0x000000FF); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName2 = tmp; - - /* Byte 8 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[2] & 0xFF000000) >> 24); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdRev = tmp; - - /* Byte 9 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[2] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN = tmp << 24; - - /* Byte 10 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[2] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN |= tmp << 16; - - /* Byte 11 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[2] & 0x000000FF); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN |= tmp << 8; - - /* Byte 12 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[3] & 0xFF000000) >> 24); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN |= tmp; - - /* Byte 13 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[3] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.Reserved1 |= (tmp & 0xF0) >> 4; - pCardInfo->SD_cid.ManufactDate = (tmp & 0x0F) << 8; - - /* Byte 14 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[3] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.ManufactDate |= tmp; - - /* Byte 15 */ - tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[3] & 0x000000FF); - pCardInfo->SD_cid.CID_CRC = (tmp & 0xFE) >> 1; - pCardInfo->SD_cid.Reserved2 = 1; - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables wide bus operation for the requested card if supported by - * card. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param WideMode: Specifies the SD card wide bus mode - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SDIO_BUS_WIDE_8B: 8-bit data transfer (Only for MMC) - * @arg SDIO_BUS_WIDE_4B: 4-bit data transfer - * @arg SDIO_BUS_WIDE_1B: 1-bit data transfer - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_WideBusOperation_Config(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t WideMode) -{ - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - SDIO_InitTypeDef tmpinit; - - /* MMC Card does not support this feature */ - if (hsd->CardType == MULTIMEDIA_CARD) - { - errorstate = SD_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE; - - return errorstate; - } - else if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\ - (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)) - { - if (WideMode == SDIO_BUS_WIDE_8B) - { - errorstate = SD_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE; - } - else if (WideMode == SDIO_BUS_WIDE_4B) - { - errorstate = SD_WideBus_Enable(hsd); - } - else if (WideMode == SDIO_BUS_WIDE_1B) - { - errorstate = SD_WideBus_Disable(hsd); - } - else - { - /* WideMode is not a valid argument*/ - errorstate = SD_INVALID_PARAMETER; - } - - if (errorstate == SD_OK) - { - /* Configure the SDIO peripheral */ - tmpinit.ClockEdge = hsd->Init.ClockEdge; - tmpinit.ClockBypass = hsd->Init.ClockBypass; - tmpinit.ClockPowerSave = hsd->Init.ClockPowerSave; - tmpinit.BusWide = WideMode; - tmpinit.HardwareFlowControl = hsd->Init.HardwareFlowControl; - tmpinit.ClockDiv = hsd->Init.ClockDiv; - SDIO_Init(hsd->Instance, tmpinit); - } - } - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Aborts an ongoing data transfer. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_StopTransfer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - - /* Send CMD12 STOP_TRANSMISSION */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_STOP_TRANSMISSION; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_STOP_TRANSMISSION); - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Switches the SD card to High Speed mode. - * This API must be used after "Transfer State" - * @note This operation should be followed by the configuration - * of PLL to have SDIOCK clock between 67 and 75 MHz - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_HighSpeed (SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - SDIO_DataInitTypeDef sdio_datainitstructure; - - uint8_t SD_hs[64] = {0}; - uint32_t SD_scr[2] = {0, 0}; - uint32_t SD_SPEC = 0 ; - uint32_t count = 0, *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)SD_hs; - - /* Initialize the Data control register */ - hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0; - - /* Get SCR Register */ - errorstate = SD_FindSCR(hsd, SD_scr); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Test the Version supported by the card*/ - SD_SPEC = (SD_scr[1] & 0x01000000) | (SD_scr[1] & 0x02000000); - - if (SD_SPEC != SD_ALLZERO) - { - /* Set Block Size for Card */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)64; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ - sdio_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut = SD_DATATIMEOUT; - sdio_datainitstructure.DataLength = 64; - sdio_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_64B ; - sdio_datainitstructure.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO; - sdio_datainitstructure.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; - sdio_datainitstructure.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdio_datainitstructure); - - /* Send CMD6 switch mode */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0x80FFFF01; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_HS_SWITCH; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_HS_SWITCH); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR)) -#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND)) -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - { - if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF)) - { - for (count = 0; count < 8; count++) - { - *(tempbuff + count) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); - } - - tempbuff += 8; - } - } - - if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT); - - errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; - - return errorstate; - } - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL); - - errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL; - - return errorstate; - } - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR); - - errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN; - - return errorstate; - } -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR); - - errorstate = SD_START_BIT_ERR; - - return errorstate; - } -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - else - { - /* No error flag set */ - } - - count = SD_DATATIMEOUT; - - while ((__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL)) && (count > 0)) - { - *tempbuff = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); - tempbuff++; - count--; - } - - /* Clear all the static flags */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); - - /* Test if the switch mode HS is ok */ - if ((SD_hs[13]& 2) != 2) - { - errorstate = SD_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE; - } - } - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group4 - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in runtime the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the current SD card's status. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param pSDstatus: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the SD card status - * SD Status register) - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_SendSDStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSDstatus) -{ - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - SDIO_DataInitTypeDef sdio_datainitstructure; - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - uint32_t count = 0; - - /* Check SD response */ - if ((SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED) - { - errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED; - - return errorstate; - } - - /* Set block size for card if it is not equal to current block size for card */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 64; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Send CMD55 */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16); - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_CMD; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ - sdio_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut = SD_DATATIMEOUT; - sdio_datainitstructure.DataLength = 64; - sdio_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_64B; - sdio_datainitstructure.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO; - sdio_datainitstructure.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; - sdio_datainitstructure.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdio_datainitstructure); - - /* Send ACMD13 (SD_APP_STATUS) with argument as card's RCA */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SD_APP_STATUS; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_APP_STATUS); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Get status data */ -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR)) -#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */ - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND)) -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - { - if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF)) - { - for (count = 0; count < 8; count++) - { - *(pSDstatus + count) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); - } - - pSDstatus += 8; - } - } - - if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT); - - errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; - - return errorstate; - } - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL); - - errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL; - - return errorstate; - } - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR); - - errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN; - - return errorstate; - } -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR); - - errorstate = SD_START_BIT_ERR; - - return errorstate; - } -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - else - { - /* No error flag set */ - } - - count = SD_DATATIMEOUT; - while ((__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL)) && (count > 0)) - { - *pSDstatus = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); - pSDstatus++; - count--; - } - - /* Clear all the static status flags*/ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the current sd card data status. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval Data Transfer state - */ -HAL_SD_TransferStateTypedef HAL_SD_GetStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef cardstate = SD_CARD_TRANSFER; - - /* Get SD card state */ - cardstate = SD_GetState(hsd); - - /* Find SD status according to card state*/ - if (cardstate == SD_CARD_TRANSFER) - { - return SD_TRANSFER_OK; - } - else if(cardstate == SD_CARD_ERROR) - { - return SD_TRANSFER_ERROR; - } - else - { - return SD_TRANSFER_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the SD card status. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param pCardStatus: Pointer to the HAL_SD_CardStatusTypedef structure that - * will contain the SD card status information - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_GetCardStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardStatusTypedef *pCardStatus) -{ - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - uint32_t tmp = 0; - uint32_t sd_status[16]; - - errorstate = HAL_SD_SendSDStatus(hsd, sd_status); - - if (errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Byte 0 */ - tmp = (sd_status[0] & 0xC0) >> 6; - pCardStatus->DAT_BUS_WIDTH = (uint8_t)tmp; - - /* Byte 0 */ - tmp = (sd_status[0] & 0x20) >> 5; - pCardStatus->SECURED_MODE = (uint8_t)tmp; - - /* Byte 2 */ - tmp = (sd_status[2] & 0xFF); - pCardStatus->SD_CARD_TYPE = (uint8_t)(tmp << 8); - - /* Byte 3 */ - tmp = (sd_status[3] & 0xFF); - pCardStatus->SD_CARD_TYPE |= (uint8_t)tmp; - - /* Byte 4 */ - tmp = (sd_status[4] & 0xFF); - pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA = (uint8_t)(tmp << 24); - - /* Byte 5 */ - tmp = (sd_status[5] & 0xFF); - pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA |= (uint8_t)(tmp << 16); - - /* Byte 6 */ - tmp = (sd_status[6] & 0xFF); - pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA |= (uint8_t)(tmp << 8); - - /* Byte 7 */ - tmp = (sd_status[7] & 0xFF); - pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA |= (uint8_t)tmp; - - /* Byte 8 */ - tmp = (sd_status[8] & 0xFF); - pCardStatus->SPEED_CLASS = (uint8_t)tmp; - - /* Byte 9 */ - tmp = (sd_status[9] & 0xFF); - pCardStatus->PERFORMANCE_MOVE = (uint8_t)tmp; - - /* Byte 10 */ - tmp = (sd_status[10] & 0xF0) >> 4; - pCardStatus->AU_SIZE = (uint8_t)tmp; - - /* Byte 11 */ - tmp = (sd_status[11] & 0xFF); - pCardStatus->ERASE_SIZE = (uint8_t)(tmp << 8); - - /* Byte 12 */ - tmp = (sd_status[12] & 0xFF); - pCardStatus->ERASE_SIZE |= (uint8_t)tmp; - - /* Byte 13 */ - tmp = (sd_status[13] & 0xFC) >> 2; - pCardStatus->ERASE_TIMEOUT = (uint8_t)tmp; - - /* Byte 13 */ - tmp = (sd_status[13] & 0x3); - pCardStatus->ERASE_OFFSET = (uint8_t)tmp; - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private function ----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup SD_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief SD DMA transfer complete Rx callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SD_DMA_RxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - /* DMA transfer is complete */ - hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 1; - - /* Wait until SD transfer is complete */ - while(hsd->SdTransferCplt == 0) - { - } - - /* Disable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Abort(hdma); - - /* Transfer complete user callback */ - HAL_SD_DMA_RxCpltCallback(hsd->hdmarx); -} - -/** - * @brief SD DMA transfer Error Rx callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SD_DMA_RxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - /* Transfer complete user callback */ - HAL_SD_DMA_RxErrorCallback(hsd->hdmarx); -} - -/** - * @brief SD DMA transfer complete Tx callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SD_DMA_TxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - /* DMA transfer is complete */ - hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 1; - - /* Wait until SD transfer is complete */ - while(hsd->SdTransferCplt == 0) - { - } - - /* Disable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Abort(hdma); - - /* Transfer complete user callback */ - HAL_SD_DMA_TxCpltCallback(hsd->hdmatx); -} - -/** - * @brief SD DMA transfer Error Tx callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SD_DMA_TxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = ( SD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - /* Transfer complete user callback */ - HAL_SD_DMA_TxErrorCallback(hsd->hdmatx); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the SD current state. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval SD card current state - */ -static HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef SD_GetState(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - uint32_t resp1 = 0; - - if (SD_SendStatus(hsd, &resp1) != SD_OK) - { - return SD_CARD_ERROR; - } - else - { - return (HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef)((resp1 >> 9) & 0x0F); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes all cards or single card as the case may be Card(s) come - * into standby state. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Initialize_Cards(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - uint16_t sd_rca = 1; - - if(SDIO_GetPowerState(hsd->Instance) == 0) /* Power off */ - { - errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; - - return errorstate; - } - - if(hsd->CardType != SECURE_DIGITAL_IO_CARD) - { - /* Send CMD2 ALL_SEND_CID */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_ALL_SEND_CID; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_LONG; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp2Error(hsd); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Get Card identification number data */ - hsd->CID[0] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1); - hsd->CID[1] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP2); - hsd->CID[2] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP3); - hsd->CID[3] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP4); - } - - if((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\ - (hsd->CardType == SECURE_DIGITAL_IO_COMBO_CARD) || (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)) - { - /* Send CMD3 SET_REL_ADDR with argument 0 */ - /* SD Card publishes its RCA. */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_REL_ADDR; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp6Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_REL_ADDR, &sd_rca); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - } - - if (hsd->CardType != SECURE_DIGITAL_IO_CARD) - { - /* Get the SD card RCA */ - hsd->RCA = sd_rca; - - /* Send CMD9 SEND_CSD with argument as card's RCA */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16); - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SEND_CSD; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_LONG; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp2Error(hsd); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Get Card Specific Data */ - hsd->CSD[0] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1); - hsd->CSD[1] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP2); - hsd->CSD[2] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP3); - hsd->CSD[3] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP4); - } - - /* All cards are initialized */ - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Selects of Deselects the corresponding card. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param addr: Address of the card to be selected - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Select_Deselect(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint64_t addr) -{ - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - - /* Send CMD7 SDIO_SEL_DESEL_CARD */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)addr; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SEL_DESEL_CARD; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SEL_DESEL_CARD); - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Enquires cards about their operating voltage and configures clock - * controls and stores SD information that will be needed in future - * in the SD handle. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerON(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - __IO HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - uint32_t response = 0, count = 0, validvoltage = 0; - uint32_t sdtype = SD_STD_CAPACITY; - - /* Power ON Sequence -------------------------------------------------------*/ - /* Disable SDIO Clock */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_DISABLE(); - - /* Set Power State to ON */ - SDIO_PowerState_ON(hsd->Instance); - - /* 1ms: required power up waiting time before starting the SD initialization - sequence */ - HAL_Delay(1); - - /* Enable SDIO Clock */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE(); - - /* CMD0: GO_IDLE_STATE -----------------------------------------------------*/ - /* No CMD response required */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_GO_IDLE_STATE; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdError(hsd); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - /* CMD Response Timeout (wait for CMDSENT flag) */ - return errorstate; - } - - /* CMD8: SEND_IF_COND ------------------------------------------------------*/ - /* Send CMD8 to verify SD card interface operating condition */ - /* Argument: - [31:12]: Reserved (shall be set to '0') - - [11:8]: Supply Voltage (VHS) 0x1 (Range: 2.7-3.6 V) - - [7:0]: Check Pattern (recommended 0xAA) */ - /* CMD Response: R7 */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = SD_CHECK_PATTERN; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_SDIO_SEND_IF_COND; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp7Error(hsd); - - if (errorstate == SD_OK) - { - /* SD Card 2.0 */ - hsd->CardType = STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0; - sdtype = SD_HIGH_CAPACITY; - } - - /* Send CMD55 */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_CMD; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD); - - /* If errorstate is Command Timeout, it is a MMC card */ - /* If errorstate is SD_OK it is a SD card: SD card 2.0 (voltage range mismatch) - or SD card 1.x */ - if(errorstate == SD_OK) - { - /* SD CARD */ - /* Send ACMD41 SD_APP_OP_COND with Argument 0x80100000 */ - while((!validvoltage) && (count < SD_MAX_VOLT_TRIAL)) - { - - /* SEND CMD55 APP_CMD with RCA as 0 */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_CMD; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Send CMD41 */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = SD_VOLTAGE_WINDOW_SD | sdtype; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SD_APP_OP_COND; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp3Error(hsd); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Get command response */ - response = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1); - - /* Get operating voltage*/ - validvoltage = (((response >> 31) == 1) ? 1 : 0); - - count++; - } - - if(count >= SD_MAX_VOLT_TRIAL) - { - errorstate = SD_INVALID_VOLTRANGE; - - return errorstate; - } - - if((response & SD_HIGH_CAPACITY) == SD_HIGH_CAPACITY) /* (response &= SD_HIGH_CAPACITY) */ - { - hsd->CardType = HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD; - } - - } /* else MMC Card */ - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Turns the SDIO output signals off. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerOFF(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - - /* Set Power State to OFF */ - SDIO_PowerState_OFF(hsd->Instance); - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the current card's status. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param pCardStatus: pointer to the buffer that will contain the SD card - * status (Card Status register) - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_SendStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pCardStatus) -{ - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - - if(pCardStatus == NULL) - { - errorstate = SD_INVALID_PARAMETER; - - return errorstate; - } - - /* Send Status command */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16); - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Get SD card status */ - *pCardStatus = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1); - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks for error conditions for CMD0. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdError(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - uint32_t timeout, tmp; - - timeout = SDIO_CMD0TIMEOUT; - - tmp = __HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT); - - while((timeout > 0) && (!tmp)) - { - tmp = __HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT); - timeout--; - } - - if(timeout == 0) - { - errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; - return errorstate; - } - - /* Clear all the static flags */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks for error conditions for R7 response. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp7Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_ERROR; - uint32_t timeout = SDIO_CMD0TIMEOUT, tmp; - - tmp = __HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); - - while((!tmp) && (timeout > 0)) - { - tmp = __HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); - timeout--; - } - - tmp = __HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); - - if((timeout == 0) || tmp) - { - /* Card is not V2.0 compliant or card does not support the set voltage range */ - errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; - - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); - - return errorstate; - } - - if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND)) - { - /* Card is SD V2.0 compliant */ - errorstate = SD_OK; - - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND); - - return errorstate; - } - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks for error conditions for R1 response. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param SD_CMD: The sent command index - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp1Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD) -{ - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - uint32_t response_r1; - - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) - { - } - - if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) - { - errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; - - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); - - return errorstate; - } - else if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL)) - { - errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL; - - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL); - - return errorstate; - } - - /* Check response received is of desired command */ - if(SDIO_GetCommandResponse(hsd->Instance) != SD_CMD) - { - errorstate = SD_ILLEGAL_CMD; - - return errorstate; - } - - /* Clear all the static flags */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); - - /* We have received response, retrieve it for analysis */ - response_r1 = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1); - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ERRORBITS) == SD_ALLZERO) - { - return errorstate; - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE) == SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE) - { - return(SD_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED) == SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED) - { - return(SD_ADDR_MISALIGNED); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR) == SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR) - { - return(SD_BLOCK_LEN_ERR); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR) == SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR) - { - return(SD_ERASE_SEQ_ERR); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM) == SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM) - { - return(SD_BAD_ERASE_PARAM); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION) == SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION) - { - return(SD_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED) == SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED) - { - return(SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED) - { - return(SD_COM_CRC_FAILED); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD) == SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD) - { - return(SD_ILLEGAL_CMD); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED) - { - return(SD_CARD_ECC_FAILED); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CC_ERROR) == SD_OCR_CC_ERROR) - { - return(SD_CC_ERROR); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) == SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) - { - return(SD_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN) - { - return(SD_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN) - { - return(SD_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE) == SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE) - { - return(SD_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP) == SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP) - { - return(SD_WP_ERASE_SKIP); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED) - { - return(SD_CARD_ECC_DISABLED); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET) == SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET) - { - return(SD_ERASE_RESET); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR) == SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR) - { - return(SD_AKE_SEQ_ERROR); - } - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks for error conditions for R3 (OCR) response. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp3Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - - while (!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) - { - } - - if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) - { - errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; - - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); - - return errorstate; - } - - /* Clear all the static flags */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks for error conditions for R2 (CID or CSD) response. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp2Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - - while (!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) - { - } - - if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) - { - errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; - - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); - - return errorstate; - } - else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL)) - { - errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL; - - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL); - - return errorstate; - } - else - { - /* No error flag set */ - } - - /* Clear all the static flags */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks for error conditions for R6 (RCA) response. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param SD_CMD: The sent command index - * @param pRCA: Pointer to the variable that will contain the SD card relative - * address RCA - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp6Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD, uint16_t *pRCA) -{ - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - uint32_t response_r1; - - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) - { - } - - if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) - { - errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; - - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); - - return errorstate; - } - else if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL)) - { - errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL; - - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL); - - return errorstate; - } - else - { - /* No error flag set */ - } - - /* Check response received is of desired command */ - if(SDIO_GetCommandResponse(hsd->Instance) != SD_CMD) - { - errorstate = SD_ILLEGAL_CMD; - - return errorstate; - } - - /* Clear all the static flags */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); - - /* We have received response, retrieve it. */ - response_r1 = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1); - - if((response_r1 & (SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR | SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD | SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED)) == SD_ALLZERO) - { - *pRCA = (uint16_t) (response_r1 >> 16); - - return errorstate; - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) == SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) - { - return(SD_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD) == SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD) - { - return(SD_ILLEGAL_CMD); - } - - if((response_r1 & SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED) == SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED) - { - return(SD_COM_CRC_FAILED); - } - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the SDIO wide bus mode. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Enable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - - uint32_t scr[2] = {0, 0}; - - if((SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED) - { - errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED; - - return errorstate; - } - - /* Get SCR Register */ - errorstate = SD_FindSCR(hsd, scr); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* If requested card supports wide bus operation */ - if((scr[1] & SD_WIDE_BUS_SUPPORT) != SD_ALLZERO) - { - /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA.*/ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16); - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_CMD; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Send ACMD6 APP_CMD with argument as 2 for wide bus mode */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 2; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - return errorstate; - } - else - { - errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; - - return errorstate; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the SDIO wide bus mode. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Disable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) -{ - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - - uint32_t scr[2] = {0, 0}; - - if((SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED) - { - errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED; - - return errorstate; - } - - /* Get SCR Register */ - errorstate = SD_FindSCR(hsd, scr); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* If requested card supports 1 bit mode operation */ - if((scr[1] & SD_SINGLE_BUS_SUPPORT) != SD_ALLZERO) - { - /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16); - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_CMD; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Send ACMD6 APP_CMD with argument as 0 for single bus mode */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - return errorstate; - } - else - { - errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; - - return errorstate; - } -} - - -/** - * @brief Finds the SD card SCR register value. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param pSCR: pointer to the buffer that will contain the SCR value - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_FindSCR(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSCR) -{ - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - SDIO_DataInitTypeDef sdio_datainitstructure; - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - uint32_t index = 0; - uint32_t tempscr[2] = {0, 0}; - - /* Set Block Size To 8 Bytes */ - /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)8; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - - /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)((hsd->RCA) << 16); - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_CMD; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } - sdio_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut = SD_DATATIMEOUT; - sdio_datainitstructure.DataLength = 8; - sdio_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_8B; - sdio_datainitstructure.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO; - sdio_datainitstructure.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; - sdio_datainitstructure.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdio_datainitstructure); - - /* Send ACMD51 SD_APP_SEND_SCR with argument as 0 */ - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SD_APP_SEND_SCR; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - /* Check for error conditions */ - errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_APP_SEND_SCR); - - if(errorstate != SD_OK) - { - return errorstate; - } -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR)) -#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */ - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND)) -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - { - if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL)) - { - *(tempscr + index) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); - index++; - } - } - - if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT); - - errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; - - return errorstate; - } - else if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL); - - errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL; - - return errorstate; - } - else if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR); - - errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN; - - return errorstate; - } -#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR - else if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR)) - { - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR); - - errorstate = SD_START_BIT_ERR; - - return errorstate; - } -#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ - else - { - /* No error flag set */ - } - - /* Clear all the static flags */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); - - *(pSCR + 1) = ((tempscr[0] & SD_0TO7BITS) << 24) | ((tempscr[0] & SD_8TO15BITS) << 8) |\ - ((tempscr[0] & SD_16TO23BITS) >> 8) | ((tempscr[0] & SD_24TO31BITS) >> 24); - - *(pSCR) = ((tempscr[1] & SD_0TO7BITS) << 24) | ((tempscr[1] & SD_8TO15BITS) << 8) |\ - ((tempscr[1] & SD_16TO23BITS) >> 8) | ((tempscr[1] & SD_24TO31BITS) >> 24); - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks if the SD card is in programming state. - * @param hsd: SD handle - * @param pStatus: pointer to the variable that will contain the SD card state - * @retval SD Card error state - */ -static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_IsCardProgramming(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t *pStatus) -{ - SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure; - HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; - __IO uint32_t responseR1 = 0; - - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16); - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; - sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; - SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure); - - while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) - { - } - - if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) - { - errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; - - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); - - return errorstate; - } - else if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL)) - { - errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL; - - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL); - - return errorstate; - } - else - { - /* No error flag set */ - } - - /* Check response received is of desired command */ - if((uint32_t)SDIO_GetCommandResponse(hsd->Instance) != SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS) - { - errorstate = SD_ILLEGAL_CMD; - - return errorstate; - } - - /* Clear all the static flags */ - __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); - - - /* We have received response, retrieve it for analysis */ - responseR1 = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1); - - /* Find out card status */ - *pStatus = (uint8_t)((responseR1 >> 9) & 0x0000000F); - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ERRORBITS) == SD_ALLZERO) - { - return errorstate; - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE) == SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE) - { - return(SD_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED) == SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED) - { - return(SD_ADDR_MISALIGNED); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR) == SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR) - { - return(SD_BLOCK_LEN_ERR); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR) == SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR) - { - return(SD_ERASE_SEQ_ERR); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM) == SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM) - { - return(SD_BAD_ERASE_PARAM); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION) == SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION) - { - return(SD_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED) == SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED) - { - return(SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED) - { - return(SD_COM_CRC_FAILED); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD) == SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD) - { - return(SD_ILLEGAL_CMD); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED) - { - return(SD_CARD_ECC_FAILED); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CC_ERROR) == SD_OCR_CC_ERROR) - { - return(SD_CC_ERROR); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) == SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) - { - return(SD_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN) - { - return(SD_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN) - { - return(SD_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE) == SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE) - { - return(SD_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP) == SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP) - { - return(SD_WP_ERASE_SKIP); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED) - { - return(SD_CARD_ECC_DISABLED); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET) == SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET) - { - return(SD_ERASE_RESET); - } - - if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR) == SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR) - { - return(SD_AKE_SEQ_ERROR); - } - - return errorstate; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.c deleted file mode 100644 index 375293e..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,842 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief SDRAM HAL module driver. - * This file provides a generic firmware to drive SDRAM memories mounted - * as external device. - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to - control SDRAM memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface - with SDRAM devices. - The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface - with SDRAM memories: - - (#) Declare a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: - SDRAM_HandleTypeDef hdsram - - (++) Fill the SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed - values of the structure member. - - (++) Fill the SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined - base register instance for NOR or SDRAM device - - (#) Declare a FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef structure; for example: - FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef Timing; - and fill its fields with the allowed values of the structure member. - - (#) Initialize the SDRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SDRAM_Init(). This function - performs the following sequence: - - (##) MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SDRAM_MspInit() - (##) Control register configuration using the FMC SDRAM interface function - FMC_SDRAM_Init() - (##) Timing register configuration using the FMC SDRAM interface function - FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init() - (##) Program the SDRAM external device by applying its initialization sequence - according to the device plugged in your hardware. This step is mandatory - for accessing the SDRAM device. - - (#) At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected - to the SDRAM Bank. You can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the - following APIs: - (++) HAL_SDRAM_Read()/HAL_SDRAM_Write() for polling read/write access - (++) HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer - - (#) You can also control the SDRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/ - HAL_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SDRAM write operation or - the function HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand() to send a specified command to the SDRAM - device. The command to be sent must be configured with the FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef - structure. - - (#) You can continuously monitor the SDRAM device HAL state by calling the function - HAL_SDRAM_GetState() - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SDRAM SDRAM - * @brief SDRAM driver modules - * @{ - */ -#ifdef HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions SDRAM Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### SDRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize - the SDRAM memory - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Performs the SDRAM device initialization sequence. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @param Timing: Pointer to SDRAM control timing structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Init(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing) -{ - /* Check the SDRAM handle parameter */ - if(hsdram == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hsdram->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ - HAL_SDRAM_MspInit(hsdram); - } - - /* Initialize the SDRAM controller state */ - hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Initialize SDRAM control Interface */ - FMC_SDRAM_Init(hsdram->Instance, &(hsdram->Init)); - - /* Initialize SDRAM timing Interface */ - FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init(hsdram->Instance, Timing, hsdram->Init.SDBank); - - /* Update the SDRAM controller state */ - hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Perform the SDRAM device initialization sequence. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_DeInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram) -{ - /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ - HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit(hsdram); - - /* Configure the SDRAM registers with their reset values */ - FMC_SDRAM_DeInit(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank); - - /* Reset the SDRAM controller state */ - hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief SDRAM MSP Init. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SDRAM_MspInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SDRAM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief SDRAM MSP DeInit. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles SDRAM refresh error interrupt request. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @retval HAL status -*/ -void HAL_SDRAM_IRQHandler(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram) -{ - /* Check SDRAM interrupt Rising edge flag */ - if(__FMC_SDRAM_GET_FLAG(hsdram->Instance, FMC_SDRAM_FLAG_REFRESH_IT)) - { - /* SDRAM refresh error interrupt callback */ - HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback(hsdram); - - /* Clear SDRAM refresh error interrupt pending bit */ - __FMC_SDRAM_CLEAR_FLAG(hsdram->Instance, FMC_SDRAM_FLAG_REFRESH_ERROR); - } -} - -/** - * @brief SDRAM Refresh error callback. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DMA transfer complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DMA transfer complete error callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions - * @brief Input Output and memory control functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### SDRAM Input and Output functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SDRAM memory - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Reads 8-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address - * @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_8b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - __IO uint8_t *pSdramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsdram); - - /* Check the SDRAM controller state */ - if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Read data from source */ - for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--) - { - *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint8_t *)pSdramAddress; - pDstBuffer++; - pSdramAddress++; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Writes 8-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address - * @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_8b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - __IO uint8_t *pSdramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress; - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsdram); - - /* Check the SDRAM controller state */ - tmp = hsdram->State; - - if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Write data to memory */ - for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--) - { - *(__IO uint8_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer; - pSrcBuffer++; - pSdramAddress++; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Reads 16-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address - * @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_16b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - __IO uint16_t *pSdramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsdram); - - /* Check the SDRAM controller state */ - if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Read data from source */ - for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--) - { - *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint16_t *)pSdramAddress; - pDstBuffer++; - pSdramAddress++; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Writes 16-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address - * @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_16b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - __IO uint16_t *pSdramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress; - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsdram); - - /* Check the SDRAM controller state */ - tmp = hsdram->State; - - if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Write data to memory */ - for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--) - { - *(__IO uint16_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer; - pSrcBuffer++; - pSdramAddress++; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Reads 32-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address - * @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_32b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - __IO uint32_t *pSdramAddress = (uint32_t *)pAddress; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsdram); - - /* Check the SDRAM controller state */ - if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Read data from source */ - for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--) - { - *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint32_t *)pSdramAddress; - pDstBuffer++; - pSdramAddress++; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Writes 32-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address - * @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_32b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - __IO uint32_t *pSdramAddress = (uint32_t *)pAddress; - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsdram); - - /* Check the SDRAM controller state */ - tmp = hsdram->State; - - if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Write data to memory */ - for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--) - { - *(__IO uint32_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer; - pSrcBuffer++; - pSdramAddress++; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Reads a Words data from the SDRAM memory using DMA transfer. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address - * @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsdram); - - /* Check the SDRAM controller state */ - tmp = hsdram->State; - - if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Configure DMA user callbacks */ - hsdram->hdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback; - hsdram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsdram->hdma, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)pDstBuffer, (uint32_t)BufferSize); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Writes a Words data buffer to SDRAM memory using DMA transfer. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address - * @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsdram); - - /* Check the SDRAM controller state */ - tmp = hsdram->State; - - if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Configure DMA user callbacks */ - hsdram->hdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback; - hsdram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsdram->hdma, (uint32_t)pSrcBuffer, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)BufferSize); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram); - - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### SDRAM Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically - the SDRAM interface. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables dynamically SDRAM write protection. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram) -{ - /* Check the SDRAM controller state */ - if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Update the SDRAM state */ - hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable write protection */ - FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank); - - /* Update the SDRAM state */ - hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables dynamically SDRAM write protection. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram) -{ - /* Check the SDRAM controller state */ - if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Update the SDRAM state */ - hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable write protection */ - FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank); - - /* Update the SDRAM state */ - hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Sends Command to the SDRAM bank. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @param Command: SDRAM command structure - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef *Command, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Check the SDRAM controller state */ - if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Update the SDRAM state */ - hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Send SDRAM command */ - FMC_SDRAM_SendCommand(hsdram->Instance, Command, Timeout); - - /* Update the SDRAM controller state */ - if(Command->CommandMode == FMC_SDRAM_CMD_PALL) - { - hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED; - } - else - { - hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Programs the SDRAM Memory Refresh rate. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @param RefreshRate: The SDRAM refresh rate value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t RefreshRate) -{ - /* Check the SDRAM controller state */ - if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Update the SDRAM state */ - hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Program the refresh rate */ - FMC_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate(hsdram->Instance ,RefreshRate); - - /* Update the SDRAM state */ - hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the Number of consecutive SDRAM Memory auto Refresh commands. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @param AutoRefreshNumber: The SDRAM auto Refresh number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t AutoRefreshNumber) -{ - /* Check the SDRAM controller state */ - if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - - /* Update the SDRAM state */ - hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set the Auto-Refresh number */ - FMC_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber(hsdram->Instance ,AutoRefreshNumber); - - /* Update the SDRAM state */ - hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the SDRAM memory current mode. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @retval The SDRAM memory mode. - */ -uint32_t HAL_SDRAM_GetModeStatus(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram) -{ - /* Return the SDRAM memory current mode */ - return(FMC_SDRAM_GetModeStatus(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank)); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group4 State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### SDRAM State functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SDRAM controller - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the SDRAM state. - * @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SDRAM module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_SDRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_GetState(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram) -{ - return hsdram->State; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */ -#endif /* HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.c deleted file mode 100644 index 094a060..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1303 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief SMARTCARD HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the SMARTCARD peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral State and Errors functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows: - - (#) Declare a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef handle structure. - (#) Initialize the SMARTCARD low level resources by implementing the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API: - (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock. - (##) SMARTCARD pins configuration: - (+++) Enable the clock for the SMARTCARD GPIOs. - (+++) Configure these SMARTCARD pins as alternate function pull-up. - (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT() - and HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT() APIs): - (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. - (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. - (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA() - and HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA() APIs): - (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream. - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. - (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. - (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream. - (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SMARTCARD DMA Tx/Rx handle. - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Stream. - - (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length , Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware - flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the SMARTCARD Init structure. - - (#) Initialize the SMARTCARD registers by calling the HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() API: - (++) These APIs configure also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) - by calling the customized HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API. - [..] - (@) The specific SMARTCARD interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, - RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros - __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process. - - [..] - Three operation modes are available within this driver : - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit() - (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive() - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback - (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback - - *** DMA mode IO operation *** - ============================== - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback - (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback - - *** SMARTCARD HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in SMARTCARD HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE: Enable the SMARTCARD peripheral - (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE: Disable the SMARTCARD peripheral - (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified SMARTCARD flag is set or not - (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified SMARTCARD pending flag - (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified SMARTCARD interrupt - (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified SMARTCARD interrupt - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the SMARTCARD HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SMARTCARD SMARTCARD - * @brief HAL USART SMARTCARD module driver - * @{ - */ -#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup SMARTCARD_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE 22000 -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup SMARTCARD_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -static void SMARTCARD_SetConfig (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_EndTransmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc); -static void SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SMARTCARD_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout); -/** - * @} - */ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions SMARTCARD Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group1 SmartCard Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART - in Smartcard mode. - [..] - The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol Smartcards as - defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. - [..] - The USART can provide a clock to the smartcard through the SCLK output. - In smartcard mode, SCLK is not associated to the communication but is simply derived - from the internal peripheral input clock through a 5-bit prescaler. - [..] - (+) For the Smartcard mode only these parameters can be configured: - (++) Baud Rate - (++) Word Length => Should be 9 bits (8 bits + parity) - (++) Stop Bit - (++) Parity: => Should be enabled - +-------------------------------------------------------------+ - | M bit | PCE bit | SMARTCARD frame | - |---------------------|---------------------------------------| - | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | - +-------------------------------------------------------------+ - (++) USART polarity - (++) USART phase - (++) USART LastBit - (++) Receiver/transmitter modes - (++) Prescaler - (++) GuardTime - (++) NACKState: The Smartcard NACK state - - (+) Recommended SmartCard interface configuration to get the Answer to Reset from the Card: - (++) Word Length = 9 Bits - (++) 1.5 Stop Bit - (++) Even parity - (++) BaudRate = 12096 baud - (++) Tx and Rx enabled - [..] - Please refer to the ISO 7816-3 specification for more details. - - -@- It is also possible to choose 0.5 stop bit for receiving but it is recommended - to use 1.5 stop bits for both transmitting and receiving to avoid switching - between the two configurations. - [..] - The HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() function follows the USART SmartCard configuration - procedure (details for the procedure are available in reference manual (RM0329)). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SmartCard mode according to the specified - * parameters in the SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle . - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) -{ - /* Check the SMARTCARD handle allocation */ - if(hsc == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsc->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_NACK_STATE(hsc->Init.NACKState)); - - if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hsc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ - HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit(hsc); - } - - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set the Prescaler */ - MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->GTPR, USART_GTPR_PSC, hsc->Init.Prescaler); - - /* Set the Guard Time */ - MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->GTPR, USART_GTPR_GT, ((hsc->Init.GuardTime)<<8)); - - /* Set the Smartcard Communication parameters */ - SMARTCARD_SetConfig(hsc); - - /* In SmartCard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: - - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register - - HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ - hsc->Instance->CR2 &= ~USART_CR2_LINEN; - hsc->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_HDSEL); - - /* Enable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE); - - /* Enable the SMARTCARD Framing Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE(hsc); - - /* Configure the Smartcard NACK state */ - MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_NACK, hsc->Init.NACKState); - - /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ - hsc->Instance->CR3 |= (USART_CR3_SCEN); - - /* Initialize the SMARTCARD state*/ - hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; - hsc->State= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the USART SmartCard peripheral - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) -{ - /* Check the SMARTCARD handle allocation */ - if(hsc == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsc->Instance)); - - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsc); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit(hsc); - - hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief SMARTCARD MSP Init - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief SMARTCARD MSP DeInit - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief SMARTCARD Transmit and Receive functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SMARTCARD data transfers. - [..] - Smartcard is a single wire half duplex communication protocol. - The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol Smartcards as - defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. The USART should be configured as: - (+) 8 bits plus parity: where M=1 and PCE=1 in the USART_CR1 register - (+) 1.5 stop bits when transmitting and receiving: where STOP=11 in the USART_CR2 register. - - (#) There are two modes of transfer: - (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. - The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function - after finishing transfer. - (++) Non Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts - or DMA, These APIs return the HAL status. - The end of the data processing will be indicated through the - dedicated SMARTCARD IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when - using DMA mode. - The HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks - will be executed respectively at the end of the Transmit or Receive process - The HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected - - (#) Blocking mode APIs are : - (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit() - (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive() - - (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are : - (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT() - (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT() - (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler() - - (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are : - (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA() - (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA() - - (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: - (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hsc->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsc); - - hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - hsc->TxXferSize = Size; - hsc->TxXferCount = Size; - while(hsc->TxXferCount > 0) - { - hsc->TxXferCount--; - if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - tmp = (uint16_t*) pData; - hsc->Instance->DR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - pData +=1; - } - - if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - else - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; - } - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: amount of data to be received - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hsc->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX)) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsc); - - hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - - hsc->RxXferSize = Size; - hsc->RxXferCount = Size; - - /* Check the remain data to be received */ - while(hsc->RxXferCount > 0) - { - hsc->RxXferCount--; - if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - tmp = (uint16_t*) pData; - *tmp = (uint16_t)(hsc->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); - pData +=1; - } - - /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - else - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Send an amount of data in non blocking mode - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hsc->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsc); - - hsc->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - hsc->TxXferSize = Size; - hsc->TxXferCount = Size; - - hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); - - /* Enable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE); - - /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR); - - /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit data register empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TXE); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: amount of data to be received - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hsc->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX)) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsc); - - hsc->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - hsc->RxXferSize = Size; - hsc->RxXferCount = Size; - - hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); - - /* Enable the SMARTCARD Data Register not empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE); - - /* Enable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE); - - /* Enable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Send an amount of data in non blocking mode - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hsc->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsc); - - hsc->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - hsc->TxXferSize = Size; - hsc->TxXferCount = Size; - - hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA transfer complete callback */ - hsc->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hsc->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAError; - - /* Enable the SMARTCARD transmit DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsc->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hsc->Instance->DR, Size); - - /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC); - - /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit - in the SMARTCARD CR3 register */ - hsc->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: amount of data to be received - * @note When the SMARTCARD parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit.s - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hsc->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX)) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsc); - - hsc->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - hsc->RxXferSize = Size; - - hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - - /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA transfer complete callback */ - hsc->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hsc->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsc->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hsc->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size); - - /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit - in the SMARTCARD CR3 register */ - hsc->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles SMARTCARD interrupt request. - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - - tmp1 = hsc->Instance->SR; - tmp2 = __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE); - - /* SMARTCARD parity error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/ - if(((tmp1 & SMARTCARD_FLAG_PE) != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEFLAG(hsc); - hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_PE; - } - - tmp2 = __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR); - /* SMARTCARD frame error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/ - if(((tmp1 & SMARTCARD_FLAG_FE) != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEFLAG(hsc); - hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_FE; - } - - tmp2 = __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR); - /* SMARTCARD noise error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/ - if(((tmp1 & SMARTCARD_FLAG_NE) != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEFLAG(hsc); - hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NE; - } - - tmp2 = __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR); - /* SMARTCARD Over-Run interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ - if(((tmp1 & SMARTCARD_FLAG_ORE) != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREFLAG(hsc); - hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_ORE; - } - - tmp2 = __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE); - /* SMARTCARD in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------*/ - if(((tmp1 & SMARTCARD_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(hsc); - } - - tmp2 = __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TXE); - /* SMARTCARD in mode Transmitter -------------------------------------------*/ - if(((tmp1 & SMARTCARD_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(hsc); - } - - tmp2 = __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TC); - /* SMARTCARD in mode Transmitter (transmission end) ------------------------*/ - if(((tmp1 & SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - SMARTCARD_EndTransmit_IT(hsc); - } - - /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */ - if(hsc->ErrorCode != HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* Set the SMARTCARD state ready to be able to start again the process */ - hsc->State= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; - HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsc); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief SMARTCARD error callbacks - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions - * @brief SMARTCARD State and Errors functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SmartCard. - (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the SmartCard peripheral. - (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during communication. -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief return the SMARTCARD state - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) -{ - return hsc->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the SMARTCARD error code - * @param hsc : pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD. - * @retval SMARTCARD Error Code - */ -uint32_t HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) -{ - return hsc->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief DMA SMARTCARD transmit process complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - hsc->TxXferCount = 0; - - /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit - in the USART CR3 register */ - hsc->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DMAT); - - /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TC); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SMARTCARD receive process complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - hsc->RxXferCount = 0; - - /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit - in the USART CR3 register */ - hsc->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DMAR); - - /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - else - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; - } - - HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(hsc); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SMARTCARD communication error callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SMARTCARD_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - hsc->RxXferCount = 0; - hsc->TxXferCount = 0; - hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_DMA; - hsc->State= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; - - HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsc); -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles SMARTCARD Communication Timeout. - * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle - * @param Flag: specifies the SMARTCARD flag to check. - * @param Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET). - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until flag is set */ - if(Status == RESET) - { - while(__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG(hsc, Flag) == RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Disable TXE and RXNE interrupts for the interrupt process */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TXE); - __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE); - - hsc->State= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - else - { - while(__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG(hsc, Flag) != RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Disable TXE and RXNE interrupts for the interrupt process */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TXE); - __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE); - - hsc->State= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Send an amount of data in non blocking mode - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hsc->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)) - { - tmp = (uint16_t*) hsc->pTxBuffPtr; - hsc->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - hsc->pTxBuffPtr += 1; - - if(--hsc->TxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable the SMARTCARD Transmit data register empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TXE); - - /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TC); - } - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode. - * @param hsmartcard: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_EndTransmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) -{ - /* Disable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_IT_TC); - - /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(hsmartcard->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - hsmartcard->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - else - { - /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR); - - hsmartcard->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; - } - - HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(hsmartcard); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = hsc->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)) - { - tmp = (uint16_t*) hsc->pRxBuffPtr; - *tmp = (uint16_t)(hsc->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); - hsc->pRxBuffPtr += 1; - - if(--hsc->RxXferCount == 0) - { - __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE); - - /* Disable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE); - - /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR); - - /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - else - { - hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; - } - - HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(hsc); - - return HAL_OK; - } - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the SMARTCARD peripheral - * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SMARTCARD_SetConfig(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsc->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_POLARITY(hsc->Init.CLKPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_PHASE(hsc->Init.CLKPhase)); - assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_LASTBIT(hsc->Init.CLKLastBit)); - assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_BAUDRATE(hsc->Init.BaudRate)); - assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_WORD_LENGTH(hsc->Init.WordLength)); - assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_STOPBITS(hsc->Init.StopBits)); - assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_PARITY(hsc->Init.Parity)); - assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_MODE(hsc->Init.Mode)); - assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_NACK_STATE(hsc->Init.NACKState)); - - /* The LBCL, CPOL and CPHA bits have to be selected when both the transmitter and the - receiver are disabled (TE=RE=0) to ensure that the clock pulses function correctly. */ - hsc->Instance->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); - - /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ - tmpreg = hsc->Instance->CR2; - /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_LBCL)); - /* Configure the SMARTCARD Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit -----------------------*/ - /* Set CPOL bit according to hsc->Init.CLKPolarity value */ - /* Set CPHA bit according to hsc->Init.CLKPhase value */ - /* Set LBCL bit according to hsc->Init.CLKLastBit value */ - /* Set Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according to hsc->Init.StopBits value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CLKEN | hsc->Init.CLKPolarity | - hsc->Init.CLKPhase| hsc->Init.CLKLastBit | hsc->Init.StopBits); - /* Write to USART CR2 */ - hsc->Instance->CR2 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - - tmpreg = hsc->Instance->CR2; - - /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP); - - /* Set Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according to hsc->Init.StopBits value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(hsc->Init.StopBits); - - /* Write to USART CR2 */ - hsc->Instance->CR2 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - - /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = hsc->Instance->CR1; - - /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \ - USART_CR1_RE)); - - /* Configure the SMARTCARD Word Length, Parity and mode: - Set the M bits according to hsc->Init.WordLength value - Set PCE and PS bits according to hsc->Init.Parity value - Set TE and RE bits according to hsc->Init.Mode value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)hsc->Init.WordLength | hsc->Init.Parity | hsc->Init.Mode; - - /* Write to USART CR1 */ - hsc->Instance->CR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - - /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ - /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ - hsc->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE)); - - /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ - if((hsc->Instance == USART1) || (hsc->Instance == USART6)) - { - hsc->Instance->BRR = SMARTCARD_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), hsc->Init.BaudRate); - } - else - { - hsc->Instance->BRR = SMARTCARD_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), hsc->Init.BaudRate); - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.c deleted file mode 100644 index acfda1e..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1210 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the SPDIFRX audio interface: - * + Initialization and Configuration - * + Data transfers functions - * + DMA transfers management - * + Interrupts and flags management - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - The SPDIFRX HAL driver can be used as follow: - - (#) Declare SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef handle structure. - (#) Initialize the SPDIFRX low level resources by implement the HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit() API: - (##) Enable the SPDIFRX interface clock. - (##) SPDIFRX pins configuration: - (+++) Enable the clock for the SPDIFRX GPIOs. - (+++) Configure these SPDIFRX pins as alternate function pull-up. - (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT() and HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT() API's). - (+++) Configure the SPDIFRX interrupt priority. - (+++) Enable the NVIC SPDIFRX IRQ handle. - (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA() and HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA() API's). - (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the reception of the Data Flow channel. - (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the reception of the Control Flow channel. - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. - (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure CtrlRx/DataRx with the required parameters. - (+++) Configure the DMA Channel. - (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SPDIFRX DMA CtrlRx/DataRx handle. - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the - DMA CtrlRx/DataRx channel. - - (#) Program the input selection, re-tries number, wait for activity, channel status selection, data format, stereo mode and masking of user bits - using HAL_SPDIFRX_Init() function. - - -@- The specific SPDIFRX interrupts (RXNE/CSRNE and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros - __SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT() and __SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT() inside the receive process. - -@- Make sure that ck_spdif clock is configured. - - (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver : - - *** Polling mode for reception operation (for debug purpose) *** - ================================================================ - [..] - (+) Receive data flow in blocking mode using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow() - (+) Receive control flow of data in blocking mode using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow() - - *** Interrupt mode for reception operation *** - ========================================= - [..] - (+) Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) in non blocking mode using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT() - (+) Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) in non blocking mode using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT() - (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback - - *** DMA mode for reception operation *** - ======================================== - [..] - (+) Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA() - (+) Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA() - (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback - (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_SPDIFRX_DMAStop() - - *** SPDIFRX HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in USART HAL driver. - (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_IDLE: Disable the specified SPDIFRX peripheral (IDEL State) - (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC: Enable the synchronization state of the specified SPDIFRX peripheral (SYNC State) - (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV: Enable the receive state of the specified SPDIFRX peripheral (RCV State) - (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified SPDIFRX interrupts - (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified SPDIFRX interrupts - (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified SPDIFRX flag is set or not. - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the SPDIFRX HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX SPDIFRX - * @brief SPDIFRX HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define SPDIFRX_TIMEOUT_VALUE 0xFFFF - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup SPDIFRX_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -static void SPDIFRX_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SPDIFRX_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SPDIFRX_DMACxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SPDIFRX_DMACxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SPDIFRX_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif); -static void SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout); -/** - * @} - */ -/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Exported_Functions SPDIFRX Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and - de-initialize the SPDIFRX peripheral: - - (+) User must Implement HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit() function in which he configures - all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ). - - (+) Call the function HAL_SPDIFRX_Init() to configure the SPDIFRX peripheral with - the selected configuration: - (++) Input Selection (IN0, IN1,...) - (++) Maximum allowed re-tries during synchronization phase - (++) Wait for activity on SPDIF selected input - (++) Channel status selection (from channel A or B) - (++) Data format (LSB, MSB, ...) - (++) Stereo mode - (++) User bits masking (PT,C,U,V,...) - - (+) Call the function HAL_SPDIFRX_DeInit() to restore the default configuration - of the selected SPDIFRXx peripheral. - @endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SPDIFRX according to the specified parameters - * in the SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_Init(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the SPDIFRX handle allocation */ - if(hspdif == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the SPDIFRX parameters */ - assert_param(IS_STEREO_MODE(hspdif->Init.StereoMode)); - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_INPUT_SELECT(hspdif->Init.InputSelection)); - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_MAX_RETRIES(hspdif->Init.Retries)); - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_WAIT_FOR_ACTIVITY(hspdif->Init.WaitForActivity)); - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_CHANNEL(hspdif->Init.ChannelSelection)); - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_DATA_FORMAT(hspdif->Init.DataFormat)); - assert_param(IS_PREAMBLE_TYPE_MASK(hspdif->Init.PreambleTypeMask)); - assert_param(IS_CHANNEL_STATUS_MASK(hspdif->Init.ChannelStatusMask)); - assert_param(IS_VALIDITY_MASK(hspdif->Init.ValidityBitMask)); - assert_param(IS_PARITY_ERROR_MASK(hspdif->Init.ParityErrorMask)); - - if(hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hspdif->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ - HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit(hspdif); - } - - /* SPDIFRX peripheral state is BUSY*/ - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable SPDIFRX interface (IDLE State) */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_IDLE(hspdif); - - /* Reset the old SPDIFRX CR configuration */ - tmpreg = hspdif->Instance->CR; - - tmpreg &= ~((uint16_t) SPDIFRX_CR_RXSTEO | SPDIFRX_CR_DRFMT | SPDIFRX_CR_PMSK | - SPDIFRX_CR_VMSK | SPDIFRX_CR_CUMSK | SPDIFRX_CR_PTMSK | - SPDIFRX_CR_CHSEL | SPDIFRX_CR_NBTR | SPDIFRX_CR_WFA | - SPDIFRX_CR_INSEL); - - /* Sets the new configuration of the SPDIFRX peripheral */ - tmpreg |= ((uint16_t) hspdif->Init.StereoMode | - hspdif->Init.InputSelection | - hspdif->Init.Retries | - hspdif->Init.WaitForActivity | - hspdif->Init.ChannelSelection | - hspdif->Init.DataFormat | - hspdif->Init.PreambleTypeMask | - hspdif->Init.ChannelStatusMask | - hspdif->Init.ValidityBitMask | - hspdif->Init.ParityErrorMask); - - hspdif->Instance->CR = tmpreg; - - hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE; - - /* SPDIFRX peripheral state is READY*/ - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the SPDIFRX peripheral - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_DeInit(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif) -{ - /* Check the SPDIFRX handle allocation */ - if(hspdif == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_ALL_INSTANCE(hspdif->Instance)); - - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable SPDIFRX interface (IDLE state) */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_IDLE(hspdif); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ - HAL_SPDIFRX_MspDeInit(hspdif); - - hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE; - - /* SPDIFRX peripheral state is RESET*/ - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief SPDIFRX MSP Init - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief SPDIFRX MSP DeInit - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_MspDeInit(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPDIFRX_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the SPDIFRX dtat format according to the specified parameters - * in the SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef. - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @param sDataFormat: SPDIFRX data format - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_SetDataFormat(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, SPDIFRX_SetDataFormatTypeDef sDataFormat) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the SPDIFRX handle allocation */ - if(hspdif == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the SPDIFRX parameters */ - assert_param(IS_STEREO_MODE(sDataFormat.StereoMode)); - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_DATA_FORMAT(sDataFormat.DataFormat)); - assert_param(IS_PREAMBLE_TYPE_MASK(sDataFormat.PreambleTypeMask)); - assert_param(IS_CHANNEL_STATUS_MASK(sDataFormat.ChannelStatusMask)); - assert_param(IS_VALIDITY_MASK(sDataFormat.ValidityBitMask)); - assert_param(IS_PARITY_ERROR_MASK(sDataFormat.ParityErrorMask)); - - /* Reset the old SPDIFRX CR configuration */ - tmpreg = hspdif->Instance->CR; - - if(((tmpreg & SPDIFRX_STATE_RCV) == SPDIFRX_STATE_RCV) && - (((tmpreg & SPDIFRX_CR_DRFMT) != sDataFormat.DataFormat) || - ((tmpreg & SPDIFRX_CR_RXSTEO) != sDataFormat.StereoMode))) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - tmpreg &= ~((uint16_t) SPDIFRX_CR_RXSTEO | SPDIFRX_CR_DRFMT | SPDIFRX_CR_PMSK | - SPDIFRX_CR_VMSK | SPDIFRX_CR_CUMSK | SPDIFRX_CR_PTMSK); - - /* Sets the new configuration of the SPDIFRX peripheral */ - tmpreg |= ((uint16_t) sDataFormat.StereoMode | - sDataFormat.DataFormat | - sDataFormat.PreambleTypeMask | - sDataFormat.ChannelStatusMask | - sDataFormat.ValidityBitMask | - sDataFormat.ParityErrorMask); - - hspdif->Instance->CR = tmpreg; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief Data transfers functions - * -@verbatim -=============================================================================== -##### IO operation functions ##### -=============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPDIFRX data - transfers. - - (#) There is two mode of transfer: - (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. - The status of all data processing is returned by the same function - after finishing transfer. - (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts - or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer start-up. - The end of the data processing will be indicated through the - dedicated SPDIFRX IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when - using DMA mode. - - (#) Blocking mode functions are : - (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow() - (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow() - (+@) Do not use blocking mode to receive both control and data flow at the same time. - - (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : - (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT() - (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT() - - (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are : - (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA() - (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA() - - (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode: - (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data (Data Flow) in blocking mode. - * @param hspdif: pointer to SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPDIFRX module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspdif); - - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Start synchronisation */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif); - - /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */ - if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Start reception */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif); - - /* Receive data flow */ - while(Size > 0) - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - (*pData++) = hspdif->Instance->DR; - Size--; - } - - /* SPDIFRX ready */ - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data (Control Flow) in blocking mode. - * @param hspdif: pointer to a SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPDIFRX module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY) - { - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspdif); - - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Start synchronization */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif); - - /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */ - if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Start reception */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif); - - /* Receive control flow */ - while(Size > 0) - { - /* Wait until CSRNE flag is set */ - if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_CSRNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - (*pData++) = hspdif->Instance->CSR; - Size--; - } - - /* SPDIFRX ready */ - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) in non-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @param pData: a 32-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer. - * @param Size: number of data sample to be received . - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if((hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY) || (hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_CX)) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspdif); - - hspdif->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - hspdif->RxXferSize = Size; - hspdif->RxXferCount = Size; - - hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_RX; - - - /* Enable the SPDIFRX PE Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE); - - /* Enable the SPDIFRX OVR Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif); - - /* Enable the SPDIFRX RXNE interrupt */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE); - - if ((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC || (SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != 0x00) - { - /* Start synchronization */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif); - - /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */ - if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, SPDIFRX_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Start reception */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif); - } - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) with Interrupt - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @param pData: a 32-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer. - * @param Size: number of data sample (Control Flow) to be received : - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if((hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY) || (hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspdif); - - hspdif->pCsBuffPtr = pData; - hspdif->CsXferSize = Size; - hspdif->CsXferCount = Size; - - hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_CX; - - - /* Enable the SPDIFRX PE Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE); - - /* Enable the SPDIFRX OVR Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif); - - /* Enable the SPDIFRX CSRNE interrupt */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE); - - if ((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC || (SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != 0x00) - { - /* Start synchronization */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif); - - /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */ - if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, SPDIFRX_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Start reception */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif); - } - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) mode with DMA - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @param pData: a 32-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer. - * @param Size: number of data sample to be received : - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if((hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY) || (hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_CX)) - { - hspdif->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - hspdif->RxXferSize = Size; - hspdif->RxXferCount = Size; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspdif); - - hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE; - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_RX; - - /* Set the SPDIFRX Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - hspdif->hdmaDrRx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPDIFRX_DMARxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the SPDIFRX Rx DMA transfer complete callback */ - hspdif->hdmaDrRx->XferCpltCallback = SPDIFRX_DMARxCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hspdif->hdmaDrRx->XferErrorCallback = SPDIFRX_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA request */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspdif->hdmaDrRx, (uint32_t)&hspdif->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspdif->pRxBuffPtr, Size); - - /* Enable RXDMAEN bit in SPDIFRX CR register for data flow reception*/ - hspdif->Instance->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN; - - if ((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC || (SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != 0x00) - { - /* Start synchronization */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif); - - /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */ - if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, SPDIFRX_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Start reception */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) with DMA - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @param pData: a 32-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer. - * @param Size: number of data (Control Flow) sample to be received : - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if((hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY) || (hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - hspdif->pCsBuffPtr = pData; - hspdif->CsXferSize = Size; - hspdif->CsXferCount = Size; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspdif); - - hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE; - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_CX; - - /* Set the SPDIFRX Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - hspdif->hdmaCsRx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPDIFRX_DMACxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the SPDIFRX Rx DMA transfer complete callback */ - hspdif->hdmaCsRx->XferCpltCallback = SPDIFRX_DMACxCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hspdif->hdmaCsRx->XferErrorCallback = SPDIFRX_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA request */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspdif->hdmaCsRx, (uint32_t)&hspdif->Instance->CSR, (uint32_t)hspdif->pCsBuffPtr, Size); - - /* Enable CBDMAEN bit in SPDIFRX CR register for control flow reception*/ - hspdif->Instance->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN; - - if ((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC || (SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != 0x00) - { - /* Start synchronization */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif); - - /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */ - if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, SPDIFRX_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Start reception */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief stop the audio stream receive from the Media. - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @retval None - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_DMAStop(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspdif); - - /* Disable the SPDIFRX DMA requests */ - hspdif->Instance->CR &= (uint16_t)(~SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN); - hspdif->Instance->CR &= (uint16_t)(~SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN); - - /* Disable the SPDIFRX DMA channel */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hspdif->hdmaDrRx); - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hspdif->hdmaCsRx); - - /* Disable SPDIFRX peripheral */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_IDLE(hspdif); - - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles SPDIFRX interrupt request. - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -void HAL_SPDIFRX_IRQHandler(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif) -{ - /* SPDIFRX in mode Data Flow Reception ------------------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE) != RESET)) - { - __HAL_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE); - SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT(hspdif); - } - - /* SPDIFRX in mode Control Flow Reception ------------------------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_CSRNE) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE) != RESET)) - { - __HAL_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE); - SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT(hspdif); - } - - /* SPDIFRX Overrun error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE) != RESET)) - { - __HAL_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR); - - /* Change the SPDIFRX error code */ - hspdif->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_OVR; - - /* the transfer is not stopped */ - HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback(hspdif); - } - - /* SPDIFRX Parity error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/ - if((__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE) != RESET)) - { - __HAL_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR); - - /* Change the SPDIFRX error code */ - hspdif->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_PE; - - /* the transfer is not stopped */ - HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback(hspdif); - } - -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer (Data flow) half completed callbacks - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer (Data flow) completed callbacks - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx (Control flow) Transfer half completed callbacks - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_CxHalfCpltCallback(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer (Control flow) completed callbacks - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_CxCpltCallback(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief SPDIFRX error callbacks - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim -=============================================================================== -##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### -=============================================================================== -[..] -This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral -and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Return the SPDIFRX state - * @param hspdif : SPDIFRX handle - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_SPDIFRX_StateTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_GetState(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif) -{ - return hspdif->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the SPDIFRX error code - * @param hspdif : SPDIFRX handle - * @retval SPDIFRX Error Code - */ -uint32_t HAL_SPDIFRX_GetError(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif) -{ - return hspdif->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief DMA SPDIFRX receive process (Data flow) complete callback - * @param hdma : DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void SPDIFRX_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* hspdif = ( SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - /* Disable Rx DMA Request */ - hspdif->Instance->CR &= (uint16_t)(~SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN); - hspdif->RxXferCount = 0; - - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY; - HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback(hspdif); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SPDIFRX receive process (Data flow) half complete callback - * @param hdma : DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void SPDIFRX_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* hspdif = (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback(hspdif); -} - - -/** - * @brief DMA SPDIFRX receive process (Control flow) complete callback - * @param hdma : DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void SPDIFRX_DMACxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* hspdif = ( SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - /* Disable Cb DMA Request */ - hspdif->Instance->CR &= (uint16_t)(~SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN); - hspdif->CsXferCount = 0; - - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY; - HAL_SPDIFRX_CxCpltCallback(hspdif); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SPDIFRX receive process (Control flow) half complete callback - * @param hdma : DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void SPDIFRX_DMACxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* hspdif = (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_SPDIFRX_CxHalfCpltCallback(hspdif); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SPDIFRX communication error callback - * @param hdma : DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void SPDIFRX_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* hspdif = ( SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - /* Disable Rx and Cb DMA Request */ - hspdif->Instance->CR &= (uint16_t)(~(SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN | SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN)); - hspdif->RxXferCount = 0; - - hspdif->State= HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY; - - /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ - hspdif->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_DMA; - HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback(hspdif); -} - - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) with Interrupt - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @retval None - */ -static void SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif) -{ - /* Receive data */ - (*hspdif->pRxBuffPtr++) = hspdif->Instance->DR; - hspdif->RxXferCount--; - - if(hspdif->RxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable RXNE/PE and OVR interrupts */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE | SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE | SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE); - - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif); - - HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback(hspdif); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) with Interrupt - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @retval None - */ -static void SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif) -{ - /* Receive data */ - (*hspdif->pCsBuffPtr++) = hspdif->Instance->CSR; - hspdif->CsXferCount--; - - if(hspdif->CsXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable CSRNE interrupt */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE); - - hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif); - - HAL_SPDIFRX_CxCpltCallback(hspdif); - } -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles SPDIFRX Communication Timeout. - * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle - * @param Flag: Flag checked - * @param Status: Value of the flag expected - * @param Timeout: Duration of the timeout - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until flag is set */ - if(Status == RESET) - { - while(__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, Flag) == RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE); - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE); - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE); - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE); - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE); - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE); - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE); - - hspdif->State= HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - else - { - while(__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, Flag) != RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE); - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE); - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE); - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE); - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE); - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE); - __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE); - - hspdif->State= HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#endif /* HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ - diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c deleted file mode 100644 index 481a52f..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2298 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief SPI HAL module driver. - * - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The SPI HAL driver can be used as follows: - - (#) Declare a SPI_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: - SPI_HandleTypeDef hspi; - - (#)Initialize the SPI low level resources by implementing the HAL_SPI_MspInit ()API: - (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock - (##) SPI pins configuration - (+++) Enable the clock for the SPI GPIOs - (+++) Configure these SPI pins as alternate function push-pull - (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process - (+++) Configure the SPIx interrupt priority - (+++) Enable the NVIC SPI IRQ handle - (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process - (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive stream - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using - (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters - (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Stream - (+++) Associate the initialized hdma_tx handle to the hspi DMA Tx or Rx handle - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx Stream - - (#) Program the Mode, Direction , Data size, Baudrate Prescaler, NSS - management, Clock polarity and phase, FirstBit and CRC configuration in the hspi Init structure. - - (#) Initialize the SPI registers by calling the HAL_SPI_Init() API: - (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) - by calling the customized HAL_SPI_MspInit() API. - [..] - Circular mode restriction: - (#) The DMA circular mode cannot be used when the SPI is configured in these modes: - (##) Master 2Lines RxOnly - (##) Master 1Line Rx - (#) The CRC feature is not managed when the DMA circular mode is enabled - (#) When the SPI DMA Pause/Stop features are used, we must use the following APIs - the HAL_SPI_DMAPause()/ HAL_SPI_DMAStop() only under the SPI callbacks - - - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI SPI - * @brief SPI HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE 10 -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup SPI_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -static void SPI_TxCloseIRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); -static void SPI_TxISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); -static void SPI_RxCloseIRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); -static void SPI_2LinesRxISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); -static void SPI_RxISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); -static void SPI_DMAEndTransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); -static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions SPI Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and - de-initialize the SPIx peripheral: - - (+) User must implement HAL_SPI_MspInit() function in which he configures - all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ). - - (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_Init() to configure the selected device with - the selected configuration: - (++) Mode - (++) Direction - (++) Data Size - (++) Clock Polarity and Phase - (++) NSS Management - (++) BaudRate Prescaler - (++) FirstBit - (++) TIMode - (++) CRC Calculation - (++) CRC Polynomial if CRC enabled - - (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_DeInit() to restore the default configuration - of the selected SPIx peripheral. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SPI according to the specified parameters - * in the SPI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* Check the SPI handle allocation */ - if(hspi == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(hspi->Init.Mode)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(hspi->Init.Direction)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(hspi->Init.DataSize)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(hspi->Init.CLKPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(hspi->Init.CLKPhase)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(hspi->Init.NSS)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(hspi->Init.FirstBit)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_TIMODE(hspi->Init.TIMode)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_CALCULATION(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial)); - - if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hspi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ - HAL_SPI_MspInit(hspi); - } - - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */ - __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); - - /*----------------------- SPIx CR1 & CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ - /* Configure : SPI Mode, Communication Mode, Data size, Clock polarity and phase, NSS management, - Communication speed, First bit and CRC calculation state */ - hspi->Instance->CR1 = (hspi->Init.Mode | hspi->Init.Direction | hspi->Init.DataSize | - hspi->Init.CLKPolarity | hspi->Init.CLKPhase | (hspi->Init.NSS & SPI_CR1_SSM) | - hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler | hspi->Init.FirstBit | hspi->Init.CRCCalculation); - - /* Configure : NSS management */ - hspi->Instance->CR2 = (((hspi->Init.NSS >> 16) & SPI_CR2_SSOE) | hspi->Init.TIMode); - - /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration ------------------*/ - /* Configure : CRC Polynomial */ - hspi->Instance->CRCPR = hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial; - - /* Activate the SPI mode (Make sure that I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register is reset) */ - hspi->Instance->I2SCFGR &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); - - hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the SPI peripheral - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* Check the SPI handle allocation */ - if(hspi == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Disable the SPI Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ - HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(hspi); - - hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief SPI MSP Init - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_SPI_MspInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) - { - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPI_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief SPI MSP DeInit - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPI_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief Data transfers functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI - data transfers. - - [..] The SPI supports master and slave mode : - - (#) There are two modes of transfer: - (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. - The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function - after finishing transfer. - (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts - or DMA, These APIs return the HAL status. - The end of the data processing will be indicated through the - dedicated SPI IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when - using DMA mode. - The HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() user callbacks - will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process - The HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected - - (#) APIs provided for these 2 transfer modes (Blocking mode or Non blocking mode using either Interrupt or DMA) - exist for 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) modes. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - - if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspi); - - /* Configure communication */ - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX; - hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; - - hspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - hspi->TxXferSize = Size; - hspi->TxXferCount = Size; - - /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ - hspi->TxISR = 0; - hspi->RxISR = 0; - hspi->RxXferSize = 0; - hspi->RxXferCount = 0; - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); - } - - if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) - { - /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ - SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi); - } - - /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ - if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) - { - /* Enable SPI peripheral */ - __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); - } - - /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */ - if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) - { - if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE)|| (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01)) - { - hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++); - hspi->TxXferCount--; - } - while(hspi->TxXferCount > 0) - { - /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++); - hspi->TxXferCount--; - } - /* Enable CRC Transmission */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; - } - } - /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */ - else - { - if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01)) - { - hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t*)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); - hspi->pTxBuffPtr+=2; - hspi->TxXferCount--; - } - while(hspi->TxXferCount > 0) - { - /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t*)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); - hspi->pTxBuffPtr+=2; - hspi->TxXferCount--; - } - /* Enable CRC Transmission */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; - } - } - - /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Wait until Busy flag is reset before disabling SPI */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Clear OVERRUN flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */ - if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) - { - __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); - } - - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - __IO uint16_t tmpreg; - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspi); - - /* Configure communication */ - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; - hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; - - hspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - hspi->RxXferSize = Size; - hspi->RxXferCount = Size; - - /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ - hspi->RxISR = 0; - hspi->TxISR = 0; - hspi->TxXferSize = 0; - hspi->TxXferCount = 0; - - /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ - if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) - { - SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi); - } - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); - } - - if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */ - return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(hspi, pData, pData, Size, Timeout); - } - - /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ - if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) - { - /* Enable SPI peripheral */ - __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); - } - - /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */ - if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) - { - while(hspi->RxXferCount > 1) - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) = hspi->Instance->DR; - hspi->RxXferCount--; - } - /* Enable CRC Transmission */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; - } - } - /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */ - else - { - while(hspi->RxXferCount > 1) - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set to read data */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; - hspi->pRxBuffPtr+=2; - hspi->RxXferCount--; - } - /* Enable CRC Transmission */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; - } - } - - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Receive last data in 8 Bit mode */ - if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) - { - (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) = hspi->Instance->DR; - } - /* Receive last data in 16 Bit mode */ - else - { - *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; - hspi->pRxBuffPtr+=2; - } - hspi->RxXferCount--; - - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set: CRC Received */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Read CRC to Flush RXNE flag */ - tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; - UNUSED(tmpreg); - } - - if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY))) - { - /* Disable SPI peripheral */ - __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); - } - - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - - tmp = __HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR); - /* Check if CRC error occurred */ - if((hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) && (tmp != RESET)) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer - * @param pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer to be - * @param Size: amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - __IO uint16_t tmpreg; - uint32_t tmpstate = 0, tmp = 0; - - tmpstate = hspi->State; - if((tmpstate == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || (tmpstate == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspi); - - /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */ - if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) - { - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - - /* Configure communication */ - hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; - - hspi->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; - hspi->RxXferSize = Size; - hspi->RxXferCount = Size; - - hspi->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; - hspi->TxXferSize = Size; - hspi->TxXferCount = Size; - - /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ - hspi->RxISR = 0; - hspi->TxISR = 0; - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); - } - - /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ - if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) - { - /* Enable SPI peripheral */ - __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); - } - - /* Transmit and Receive data in 16 Bit mode */ - if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT) - { - if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01))) - { - hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t*)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); - hspi->pTxBuffPtr+=2; - hspi->TxXferCount--; - } - if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Enable CRC Transmission */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; - } - - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; - hspi->pRxBuffPtr+=2; - hspi->RxXferCount--; - } - else - { - while(hspi->TxXferCount > 0) - { - /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t*)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); - hspi->pTxBuffPtr+=2; - hspi->TxXferCount--; - - /* Enable CRC Transmission */ - if((hspi->TxXferCount == 0) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)) - { - hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; - } - - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; - hspi->pRxBuffPtr+=2; - hspi->RxXferCount--; - } - /* Receive the last byte */ - if(hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; - hspi->pRxBuffPtr+=2; - hspi->RxXferCount--; - } - } - } - /* Transmit and Receive data in 8 Bit mode */ - else - { - if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01))) - { - hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++); - hspi->TxXferCount--; - } - if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Enable CRC Transmission */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; - } - - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; - hspi->RxXferCount--; - } - else - { - while(hspi->TxXferCount > 0) - { - /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++); - hspi->TxXferCount--; - - /* Enable CRC Transmission */ - if((hspi->TxXferCount == 0) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)) - { - hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; - } - - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) = hspi->Instance->DR; - hspi->RxXferCount--; - } - if(hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) = hspi->Instance->DR; - hspi->RxXferCount--; - } - } - } - - /* Read CRC from DR to close CRC calculation process */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - /* Read CRC */ - tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; - UNUSED(tmpreg); - } - - /* Wait until Busy flag is reset before disabling SPI */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - - tmp = __HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR); - /* Check if CRC error occurred */ - if((hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) && (tmp != RESET)) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspi); - - /* Configure communication */ - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX; - hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; - - hspi->TxISR = &SPI_TxISR; - hspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - hspi->TxXferSize = Size; - hspi->TxXferCount = Size; - - /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ - hspi->RxISR = 0; - hspi->RxXferSize = 0; - hspi->RxXferCount = 0; - - /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ - if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) - { - SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi); - } - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); - } - - if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) - { - __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE)); - }else - { - /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR)); - } - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ - if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) - { - /* Enable SPI peripheral */ - __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); - } - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspi); - - /* Configure communication */ - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; - hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; - - hspi->RxISR = &SPI_RxISR; - hspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - hspi->RxXferSize = Size; - hspi->RxXferCount = Size ; - - /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ - hspi->TxISR = 0; - hspi->TxXferSize = 0; - hspi->TxXferCount = 0; - - /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ - if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) - { - SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi); - } - else if((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */ - return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(hspi, pData, pData, Size); - } - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); - } - - /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - /* Note : The SPI must be enabled after unlocking current process - to avoid the risk of SPI interrupt handle execution before current - process unlock */ - - /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ - if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) - { - /* Enable SPI peripheral */ - __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); - } - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer - * @param pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer to be - * @param Size: amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t tmpstate = 0; - - tmpstate = hspi->State; - if((tmpstate == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \ - ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmpstate == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX))) - { - if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspi); - - /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */ - if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - - /* Configure communication */ - hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; - - hspi->TxISR = &SPI_TxISR; - hspi->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; - hspi->TxXferSize = Size; - hspi->TxXferCount = Size; - - hspi->RxISR = &SPI_2LinesRxISR; - hspi->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; - hspi->RxXferSize = Size; - hspi->RxXferCount = Size; - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); - } - - /* Enable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ - if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) - { - /* Enable SPI peripheral */ - __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); - } - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspi); - - /* Configure communication */ - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX; - hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; - - hspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - hspi->TxXferSize = Size; - hspi->TxXferCount = Size; - - /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ - hspi->TxISR = 0; - hspi->RxISR = 0; - hspi->RxXferSize = 0; - hspi->RxXferCount = 0; - - /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ - if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) - { - SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi); - } - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); - } - - /* Set the SPI TxDMA Half transfer complete callback */ - hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt; - - /* Set the SPI TxDMA transfer complete callback */ - hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError; - - /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, hspi->TxXferCount); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ - if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) - { - /* Enable SPI peripheral */ - __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); - } - - /* Enable Tx DMA Request */ - hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pData: pointer to data buffer - * @note When the CRC feature is enabled the pData Length must be Size + 1. - * @param Size: amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspi); - - /* Configure communication */ - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; - hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; - - hspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - hspi->RxXferSize = Size; - hspi->RxXferCount = Size; - - /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ - hspi->RxISR = 0; - hspi->TxISR = 0; - hspi->TxXferSize = 0; - hspi->TxXferCount = 0; - - /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ - if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) - { - SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi); - } - else if((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)&&(hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */ - return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(hspi, pData, pData, Size); - } - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); - } - - /* Set the SPI RxDMA Half transfer complete callback */ - hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt; - - /* Set the SPI Rx DMA transfer complete callback */ - hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError; - - /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr, hspi->RxXferCount); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ - if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) - { - /* Enable SPI peripheral */ - __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); - } - - /* Enable Rx DMA Request */ - hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer - * @param pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer - * @note When the CRC feature is enabled the pRxData Length must be Size + 1 - * @param Size: amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t tmpstate = 0; - tmpstate = hspi->State; - if((tmpstate == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && \ - (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmpstate == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX))) - { - if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction)); - - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspi); - - /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */ - if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - - /* Configure communication */ - hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; - - hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t*)pTxData; - hspi->TxXferSize = Size; - hspi->TxXferCount = Size; - - hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t*)pRxData; - hspi->RxXferSize = Size; - hspi->RxXferCount = Size; - - /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ - hspi->RxISR = 0; - hspi->TxISR = 0; - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); - } - - /* Check if we are in Rx only or in Rx/Tx Mode and configure the DMA transfer complete callback */ - if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Set the SPI Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt; - - hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt; - } - else - { - /* Set the SPI Tx/Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt; - - hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt; - } - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError; - - /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr, hspi->RxXferCount); - - /* Enable Rx DMA Request */ - hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; - - /* Set the SPI Tx DMA transfer complete callback as NULL because the communication closing - is performed in DMA reception complete callback */ - hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL; - - if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError; - } - else - { - hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = NULL; - } - - /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, hspi->TxXferCount); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ - if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) - { - /* Enable SPI peripheral */ - __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); - } - - /* Enable Tx DMA Request */ - hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer. - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAPause(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspi); - - /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */ - hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); - hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer. - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAResume(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hspi); - - /* Enable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */ - hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; - hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer. - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAStop(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application - to call the HAL SPI API under callbacks HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(): - when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated - and the correspond call back is executed HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() - */ - - /* Abort the SPI DMA tx Stream */ - if(hspi->hdmatx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmatx); - } - /* Abort the SPI DMA rx Stream */ - if(hspi->hdmarx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmarx); - } - - /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */ - hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); - hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); - - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles SPI interrupt request. - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -void HAL_SPI_IRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0, tmp3 = 0; - - tmp1 = __HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE); - tmp2 = __HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE); - tmp3 = __HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_OVR); - /* SPI in mode Receiver and Overrun not occurred ---------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET) && (tmp3 == RESET)) - { - hspi->RxISR(hspi); - return; - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE); - tmp2 = __HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE); - /* SPI in mode Transmitter ---------------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - hspi->TxISR(hspi); - return; - } - - if(__HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR) != RESET) - { - /* SPI CRC error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------------*/ - if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; - __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); - } - /* SPI Mode Fault error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/ - if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_MODF) != RESET) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_MODF; - __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_MODFFLAG(hspi); - } - - /* SPI Overrun error interrupt occurred -----------------------------------*/ - if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) - { - if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_OVR; - __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); - } - } - - /* SPI Frame error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ - if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRE) != RESET) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FRE; - __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi); - } - - /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */ - if(hspi->ErrorCode!=HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) - { - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Tx and Rx Transfer completed callbacks - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Tx and Rx Transfer completed callbacks - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief SPI error callbacks - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* NOTE : - This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback() could be implemented in the user file. - - The ErrorCode parameter in the hspi handle is updated by the SPI processes - and user can use HAL_SPI_GetError() API to check the latest error occurred. - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions - * @brief SPI control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SPI. - (+) HAL_SPI_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the SPI peripheral - (+) HAL_SPI_GetError() check in run-time Errors occurring during communication -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Return the SPI state - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef HAL_SPI_GetState(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - return hspi->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the SPI error code - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval SPI Error Code - */ -uint32_t HAL_SPI_GetError(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - return hspi->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - /** - * @brief Interrupt Handler to close Tx transfer - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval void - */ -static void SPI_TxCloseIRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; - } - - /* Disable TXE interrupt */ - __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE )); - - /* Disable ERR interrupt if Receive process is finished */ - if(__HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE) == RESET) - { - __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR)); - - /* Wait until Busy flag is reset before disabling SPI */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, SET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; - } - - /* Clear OVERRUN flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */ - if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) - { - __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); - } - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* Check if we are in Tx or in Rx/Tx Mode */ - if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - /* Set state to READY before run the Callback Complete */ - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi); - } - else - { - /* Set state to READY before run the Callback Complete */ - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi); - } - } - else - { - /* Set state to READY before run the Callback Complete */ - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - /* Call Error call back in case of Error */ - HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Interrupt Handler to transmit amount of data in no-blocking mode - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval void - */ -static void SPI_TxISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */ - if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) - { - hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++); - } - /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */ - else - { - hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t*)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); - hspi->pTxBuffPtr+=2; - } - hspi->TxXferCount--; - - if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0) - { - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - /* calculate and transfer CRC on Tx line */ - hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; - } - SPI_TxCloseIRQHandler(hspi); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Interrupt Handler to close Rx transfer - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval void - */ -static void SPI_RxCloseIRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - __IO uint16_t tmpreg; - - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set to send data */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; - } - - /* Read CRC to reset RXNE flag */ - tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; - UNUSED(tmpreg); - - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set to send data */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; - } - - /* Check if CRC error occurred */ - if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); - } - } - - /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE)); - - /* if Transmit process is finished */ - if(__HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE) == RESET) - { - /* Disable ERR interrupt */ - __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR)); - - if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY))) - { - /* Disable SPI peripheral */ - __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); - } - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* Check if we are in Rx or in Rx/Tx Mode */ - if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - /* Set state to READY before run the Callback Complete */ - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi); - } - else - { - /* Set state to READY before run the Callback Complete */ - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi); - } - } - else - { - /* Set state to READY before run the Callback Complete */ - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - /* Call Error call back in case of Error */ - HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Interrupt Handler to receive amount of data in 2Lines mode - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval void - */ -static void SPI_2LinesRxISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */ - if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) - { - (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) = hspi->Instance->DR; - } - /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */ - else - { - *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; - hspi->pRxBuffPtr+=2; - } - hspi->RxXferCount--; - - if(hspi->RxXferCount==0) - { - SPI_RxCloseIRQHandler(hspi); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Interrupt Handler to receive amount of data in no-blocking mode - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval void - */ -static void SPI_RxISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */ - if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) - { - (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) = hspi->Instance->DR; - } - /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */ - else - { - *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; - hspi->pRxBuffPtr+=2; - } - hspi->RxXferCount--; - - /* Enable CRC Transmission */ - if((hspi->RxXferCount == 1) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)) - { - /* Set CRC Next to calculate CRC on Rx side */ - hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; - } - - if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0) - { - SPI_RxCloseIRQHandler(hspi); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SPI transmit process complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - /* DMA Normal Mode */ - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; - } - /* Disable Tx DMA Request */ - hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); - - /* Wait until Busy flag is reset before disabling SPI */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, SET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; - } - - hspi->TxXferCount = 0; - - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - } - - /* Clear OVERRUN flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */ - if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) - { - __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); - } - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) - { - HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); - } - else - { - HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SPI receive process complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - __IO uint16_t tmpreg; - - SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - /* DMA Normal mode */ - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - if((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)&&(hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)) - { - SPI_DMAEndTransmitReceive(hspi); - } - /* SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE or SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY */ - else - { - if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY))) - { - /* Disable SPI peripheral */ - __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); - } - - /* Disable Rx DMA Request */ - hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); - - hspi->RxXferCount = 0; - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set to send data */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; - } - - /* Read CRC */ - tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; - UNUSED(tmpreg); - - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; - } - - /* Check if CRC error occurred */ - if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; - __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); - } - } - } - - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) - { - HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); - } - else - { - HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi); - } - } - else - { - HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi); - } -} - -/** - * @brief End DMA SPI transmit receive process - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SPI_DMAEndTransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) -{ - __IO uint16_t tmpreg; - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - /* Check if CRC is done on going (RXNE flag set) */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) - { - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set to send data */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; - } - } - /* Read CRC */ - tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; - UNUSED(tmpreg); - - /* Check if CRC error occurred */ - if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; - __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); - } - } - - /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; - } - /* Disable Tx DMA Request */ - hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); - - /* Wait until Busy flag is reset before disabling SPI */ - if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, SET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) - { - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; - } - - /* Disable Rx DMA Request */ - hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); - - hspi->TxXferCount = 0; - hspi->RxXferCount = 0; -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SPI transmit receive process complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) - { /**/ - SPI_DMAEndTransmitReceive(hspi); - - hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - - /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ - if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) - { - HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); - } - else - { - HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi); - } - } - else - { - HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SPI half transmit process complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hspi); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SPI half receive process complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hspi); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SPI Half transmit receive process complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(hspi); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA SPI communication error callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - hspi->TxXferCount = 0; - hspi->RxXferCount = 0; - hspi->State= HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA; - HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles SPI Communication Timeout. - * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param Flag: SPI flag to check - * @param Status: Flag status to check: RESET or set - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until flag is set */ - if(Status == RESET) - { - while(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, Flag) == RESET) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared - on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master - and slave for their respective CRC calculation */ - - /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */ - __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); - - /* Disable SPI peripheral */ - __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); - } - - hspi->State= HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - else - { - while(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, Flag) != RESET) - { - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared - on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master - and slave for their respective CRC calculation */ - - /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */ - __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); - - /* Disable SPI peripheral */ - __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); - - /* Reset CRC Calculation */ - if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) - { - SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); - } - - hspi->State= HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sram.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sram.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6cb0a7f..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sram.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,682 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_sram.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief SRAM HAL module driver. - * This file provides a generic firmware to drive SRAM memories - * mounted as external device. - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to - control SRAM memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface - with SRAM devices. - The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC/FSMC to interface - with SRAM/PSRAM memories: - - (#) Declare a SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: - SRAM_HandleTypeDef hsram; and: - - (++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed - values of the structure member. - - (++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined - base register instance for NOR or SRAM device - - (++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Extended" field with a predefined - base register instance for NOR or SRAM extended mode - - (#) Declare two FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef structures, for both normal and extended - mode timings; for example: - FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef Timing and FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef ExTiming; - and fill its fields with the allowed values of the structure member. - - (#) Initialize the SRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SRAM_Init(). This function - performs the following sequence: - - (##) MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SRAM_MspInit() - (##) Control register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function - FMC_NORSRAM_Init() - (##) Timing register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function - FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init() - (##) Extended mode Timing register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function - FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init() - (##) Enable the SRAM device using the macro __FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE() - - (#) At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected - to the NOR/SRAM Bank. You can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the - following APIs: - (++) HAL_SRAM_Read()/HAL_SRAM_Write() for polling read/write access - (++) HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer - - (#) You can also control the SRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/ - HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SRAM write operation - - (#) You can continuously monitor the SRAM device HAL state by calling the function - HAL_SRAM_GetState() - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SRAM SRAM - * @brief SRAM driver modules - * @{ - */ -#ifdef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\ - defined(STM32F446xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions SRAM Exported Functions - * @{ - */ -/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### SRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize - the SRAM memory - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Performs the SRAM device initialization sequence - * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @param Timing: Pointer to SRAM control timing structure - * @param ExtTiming: Pointer to SRAM extended mode timing structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Init(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *ExtTiming) -{ - /* Check the SRAM handle parameter */ - if(hsram == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hsram->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ - HAL_SRAM_MspInit(hsram); - } - - /* Initialize SRAM control Interface */ - FMC_NORSRAM_Init(hsram->Instance, &(hsram->Init)); - - /* Initialize SRAM timing Interface */ - FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(hsram->Instance, Timing, hsram->Init.NSBank); - - /* Initialize SRAM extended mode timing Interface */ - FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(hsram->Extended, ExtTiming, hsram->Init.NSBank, hsram->Init.ExtendedMode); - - /* Enable the NORSRAM device */ - __FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Performs the SRAM device De-initialization sequence. - * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_DeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram) -{ - /* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ - HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(hsram); - - /* Configure the SRAM registers with their reset values */ - FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(hsram->Instance, hsram->Extended, hsram->Init.NSBank); - - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief SRAM MSP Init. - * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SRAM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief SRAM MSP DeInit. - * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DMA transfer complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DMA transfer complete error callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions - * @brief Input Output and memory control functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### SRAM Input and Output functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SRAM memory - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Reads 8-bit buffer from SRAM memory. - * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address - * @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - __IO uint8_t * pSramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsram); - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Read data from memory */ - for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--) - { - *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint8_t *)pSramAddress; - pDstBuffer++; - pSramAddress++; - } - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Writes 8-bit buffer to SRAM memory. - * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address - * @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - __IO uint8_t * pSramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress; - - /* Check the SRAM controller state */ - if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsram); - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Write data to memory */ - for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--) - { - *(__IO uint8_t *)pSramAddress = *pSrcBuffer; - pSrcBuffer++; - pSramAddress++; - } - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Reads 16-bit buffer from SRAM memory. - * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address - * @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - __IO uint16_t * pSramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsram); - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Read data from memory */ - for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--) - { - *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint16_t *)pSramAddress; - pDstBuffer++; - pSramAddress++; - } - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Writes 16-bit buffer to SRAM memory. - * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address - * @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - __IO uint16_t * pSramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress; - - /* Check the SRAM controller state */ - if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsram); - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Write data to memory */ - for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--) - { - *(__IO uint16_t *)pSramAddress = *pSrcBuffer; - pSrcBuffer++; - pSramAddress++; - } - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Reads 32-bit buffer from SRAM memory. - * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address - * @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsram); - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Read data from memory */ - for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--) - { - *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress; - pDstBuffer++; - pAddress++; - } - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Writes 32-bit buffer to SRAM memory. - * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address - * @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - /* Check the SRAM controller state */ - if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsram); - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Write data to memory */ - for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--) - { - *(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress = *pSrcBuffer; - pSrcBuffer++; - pAddress++; - } - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Reads a Words data from the SRAM memory using DMA transfer. - * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address - * @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsram); - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Configure DMA user callbacks */ - hsram->hdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback; - hsram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsram->hdma, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)pDstBuffer, (uint32_t)BufferSize); - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Writes a Words data buffer to SRAM memory using DMA transfer. - * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address - * @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write - * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) -{ - /* Check the SRAM controller state */ - if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsram); - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Configure DMA user callbacks */ - hsram->hdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback; - hsram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsram->hdma, (uint32_t)pSrcBuffer, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)BufferSize); - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### SRAM Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically - the SRAM interface. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables dynamically SRAM write operation. - * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsram); - - /* Enable write operation */ - FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank); - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables dynamically SRAM write operation. - * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hsram); - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable write operation */ - FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank); - - /* Update the SRAM controller state */ - hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED; - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group4 State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### SRAM State functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SRAM controller - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the SRAM controller state - * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for SRAM module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_SRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SRAM_GetState(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram) -{ - return hsram->State; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */ -#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c deleted file mode 100644 index c1ade71..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5335 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief TIM HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral: - * + Time Base Initialization - * + Time Base Start - * + Time Base Start Interruption - * + Time Base Start DMA - * + Time Output Compare/PWM Initialization - * + Time Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration - * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start - * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption - * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start DMA - * + Time Input Capture Initialization - * + Time Input Capture Channel Configuration - * + Time Input Capture Start - * + Time Input Capture Start Interruption - * + Time Input Capture Start DMA - * + Time One Pulse Initialization - * + Time One Pulse Channel Configuration - * + Time One Pulse Start - * + Time Encoder Interface Initialization - * + Time Encoder Interface Start - * + Time Encoder Interface Start Interruption - * + Time Encoder Interface Start DMA - * + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA - * + Time OCRef clear configuration - * + Time External Clock configuration - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### TIMER Generic features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] The Timer features include: - (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter. - (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the - counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536. - (#) Up to 4 independent channels for: - (++) Input Capture - (++) Output Compare - (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) - (++) One-pulse mode output - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions - depending from feature used : - (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit() - (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit() - (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() - (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() - (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() - (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit() - - (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : - (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); - (##) TIM pins configuration - (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: - __GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); - (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); - - (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the - internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: - HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before - any start function. - - (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the - initialization function of this driver: - (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base - (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an - Output Compare signal. - (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a - PWM signal. - (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an - external signal. - (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer - in One Pulse Mode. - (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface. - - (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used: - (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT() - (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT() - (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT() - (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT() - (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() - (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(). - - (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions: - HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart() - HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart() - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM TIM - * @brief TIM HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); -static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); -static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); - -static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); -static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); -static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); -static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); -static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); - -static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, - uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter); - -static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ITRx); -static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, - TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Time Base functions - * @brief Time Base functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Time Base functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base. - (+) De-initialize the TIM base. - (+) Start the Time Base. - (+) Stop the Time Base. - (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt. - (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt. - (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ - if(htim == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); - - if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ - HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim); - } - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set the Time Base configuration */ - TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); - - /* Initialize the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ - HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim); - - /* Change TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Change the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param pData: The source Buffer address. - * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if((pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Time Output Compare functions - * @brief Time Output Compare functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Time Output Compare functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare. - (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare. - (+) Start the Time Output Compare. - (+) Stop the Time Output Compare. - (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable interrupt. - (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable interrupt. - (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable DMA transfer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim) -{ - /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ - if(htim == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); - - if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim); - } - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */ - TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); - - /* Initialize the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim); - - /* Change TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Enable the Output compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Disable the Output compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the Output compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Output compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @param pData: The source Buffer address. - * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the Output compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Output compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Time PWM functions - * @brief Time PWM functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Time PWM functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the TIM OPWM. - (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM. - (+) Start the Time PWM. - (+) Stop the Time PWM. - (+) Start the Time PWM and enable interrupt. - (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable interrupt. - (+) Start the Time PWM and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable DMA transfer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ - if(htim == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); - - if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim); - } - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Init the base time for the PWM */ - TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); - - /* Initialize the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim); - - /* Change TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @param pData: The source Buffer address. - * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 Time Input Capture functions - * @brief Time Input Capture functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Time Input Capture functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture. - (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture. - (+) Start the Time Input Capture. - (+) Stop the Time Input Capture. - (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable interrupt. - (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable interrupt. - (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable DMA transfer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ - if(htim == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); - - if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim); - } - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Init the base time for the input capture */ - TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); - - /* Initialize the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim); - - /* Change TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM INput Capture MSP. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement on in DMA mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @param pData: The destination Buffer address. - * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if((pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement on in DMA mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 Time One Pulse functions - * @brief Time One Pulse functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Time One Pulse functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse. - (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse. - (+) Start the Time One Pulse. - (+) Stop the Time One Pulse. - (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable interrupt. - (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable interrupt. - (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable DMA transfer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param OnePulseMode: Select the One pulse mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated. - * @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode) -{ - /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ - if(htim == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode)); - - if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim); - } - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */ - TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); - - /* Reset the OPM Bit */ - htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM; - - /* Configure the OPM Mode */ - htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode; - - /* Initialize the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ - HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim); - - /* Change TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) -{ - /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels - (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output - in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together - - No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware - (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ - - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be disable. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) -{ - /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels - (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output - in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ - - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) -{ - /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels - (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output - in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together - - No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware - (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) -{ - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - - /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels - (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output - in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 Time Encoder functions - * @brief Time Encoder functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Time Encoder functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder. - (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder. - (+) Start the Time Encoder. - (+) Stop the Time Encoder. - (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable interrupt. - (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable interrupt. - (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable DMA transfer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and create the associated handle. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param sConfig: TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef* sConfig) -{ - uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; - uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ - if(htim == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter)); - - if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim); - } - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Reset the SMS bits */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; - - /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ - TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); - - /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ - tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; - - /* Set the encoder Mode */ - tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode; - - /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); - tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8)); - - /* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); - tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); - tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8); - tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12); - - /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P); - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); - tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4); - - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; - - /* Initialize the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ - HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim); - - /* Change TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - break; - } - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - break; - } - default : - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - break; - } - } - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 - (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - break; - } - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - break; - } - default : - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - break; - } - } - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ - /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */ - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - break; - } - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - break; - } - default : - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - break; - } - } - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 - (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ - if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - else - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected - * @param pData1: The destination Buffer address for IC1. - * @param pData2: The destination Buffer address for IC2. - * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if((((pData1 == 0) || (pData2 == 0) )) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t )pData1, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length); - - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 - (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ - if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - else - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management - * @brief IRQ handler management - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### IRQ handler management ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides Timer IRQ handler function. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Capture compare 1 event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) !=RESET) - { - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; - - /* Input capture event */ - if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00) - { - HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); - } - /* Output compare event */ - else - { - HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); - HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); - } - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; - } - } - } - /* Capture compare 2 event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) !=RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; - /* Input capture event */ - if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00) - { - HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); - } - /* Output compare event */ - else - { - HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); - HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); - } - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; - } - } - /* Capture compare 3 event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) !=RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; - /* Input capture event */ - if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00) - { - HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); - } - /* Output compare event */ - else - { - HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); - HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); - } - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; - } - } - /* Capture compare 4 event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) !=RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; - /* Input capture event */ - if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00) - { - HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); - } - /* Output compare event */ - else - { - HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); - HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); - } - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; - } - } - /* TIM Update event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) !=RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); - HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); - } - } - /* TIM Break input event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) !=RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); - HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim); - } - } - /* TIM Trigger detection event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) !=RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); - HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); - } - } - /* TIM commutation event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_COM) !=RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM); - HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim); - } - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode. - (+) Configure External Clock source. - (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. - (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization. - (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param sConfig: TIM Output Compare configuration structure - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(sConfig->OCNPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCNIdleState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCIdleState)); - - /* Check input state */ - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */ - TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */ - TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */ - TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */ - TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param sConfig: TIM Input Capture configuration structure - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter)); - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) - { - /* TI1 Configuration */ - TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sConfig->ICPolarity, - sConfig->ICSelection, - sConfig->ICFilter); - - /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; - - /* Set the IC1PSC value */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; - } - else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) - { - /* TI2 Configuration */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sConfig->ICPolarity, - sConfig->ICSelection, - sConfig->ICFilter); - - /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; - - /* Set the IC2PSC value */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8); - } - else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3) - { - /* TI3 Configuration */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sConfig->ICPolarity, - sConfig->ICSelection, - sConfig->ICFilter); - - /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; - - /* Set the IC3PSC value */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; - } - else - { - /* TI4 Configuration */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sConfig->ICPolarity, - sConfig->ICSelection, - sConfig->ICFilter); - - /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; - - /* Set the IC4PSC value */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8); - } - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param sConfig: TIM PWM configuration structure - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(sConfig->OCNPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCNIdleState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCIdleState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */ - TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - - /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE; - - /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */ - TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - - /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE; - - /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE; - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8; - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */ - TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - - /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE; - - /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */ - TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - - /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE; - - /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE; - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8; - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param sConfig: TIM One Pulse configuration structure - * @param OutputChannel: TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @param InputChannel: TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel) -{ - TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel)); - - if(OutputChannel != InputChannel) - { - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */ - temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode; - temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse; - temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity; - temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity; - temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState; - temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState; - - switch (OutputChannel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); - } - break; - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - switch (InputChannel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, - sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); - - /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; - - /* Select the Trigger source */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1; - - /* Select the Slave Mode */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; - } - break; - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, - sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); - - /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; - - /* Select the Trigger source */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2; - - /* Select the Slave Mode */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param BurstBaseAddress: TIM Base address from when the DMA will starts the Data write. - * This parameters can be on of the following values: - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR - * @param BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources. - * This parameters can be on of the following values: - * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source - * @param BurstBuffer: The Buffer address. - * @param BurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value - * between TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, - uint32_t* BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if((BurstBuffer == 0 ) && (BurstLength > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - switch(BurstRequestSrc) - { - case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC3: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC4: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_COM: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */ - htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength; - - /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources to disable - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); - - /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ - switch(BurstRequestSrc) - { - case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC1: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC2: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC3: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC4: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_COM: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param BurstBaseAddress: TIM Base address from when the DMA will starts the Data read. - * This parameters can be on of the following values: - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR - * @param BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources. - * This parameters can be on of the following values: - * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source - * @param BurstBuffer: The Buffer address. - * @param BurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value - * between TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, - uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if((BurstBuffer == 0 ) && (BurstLength > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - switch(BurstRequestSrc) - { - case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC3: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC4: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_COM: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - - /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */ - htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength; - - /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stop the DMA burst reading - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources to disable. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); - - /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ - switch(BurstRequestSrc) - { - case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC1: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC2: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC3: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC4: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_COM: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Generate a software event - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param EventSource: specifies the event source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source - * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event. - * @note TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM and TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. - * @retval HAL status - */ - -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - /* Change the TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set the event sources */ - htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource; - - /* Change the TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param sClearInputConfig: pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that - * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral. - * @param Channel: specifies the TIM Channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef * sClearInputConfig, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource == TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR) - { - TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler, - sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity, - sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter); - } - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) - { - /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; - } - } - break; - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) - { - /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; - } - } - break; - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) - { - /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; - } - } - break; - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) - { - /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; - } - } - break; - default: - break; - } - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the clock source to be used - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param sClockSourceConfig: pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that - * contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef * sClockSourceConfig) -{ - uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); - - /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */ - tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; - tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); - tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); - htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; - - switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource) - { - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; - } - break; - - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ - TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); - /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ - tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; - /* Reset the SMS and TS Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); - /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */ - tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1); - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; - } - break; - - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ - TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); - /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ - htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; - } - break; - - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); - TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1); - } - break; - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); - TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2); - } - break; - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); - TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED); - } - break; - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0); - } - break; - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1); - } - break; - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2); - } - break; - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input - * or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param TI1_Selection: Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the - * output of a XOR gate. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input - * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 - * pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination) - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection) -{ - uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection)); - - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; - - /* Reset the TI1 selection */ - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S; - - /* Set the TI1 selection */ - tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection; - - /* Write to TIMxCR2 */ - htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that - * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered - * timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave - * mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig); - - /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); - - /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode - * @param htim: TIM handle. - * @param sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that - * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered - * timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave - * mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, - TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig); - - /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); - - /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval Captured value - */ -uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Return the capture 1 value */ - tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1; - - break; - } - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Return the capture 2 value */ - tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2; - - break; - } - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Return the capture 3 value */ - tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3; - - break; - } - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Return the capture 4 value */ - tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4; - - break; - } - - default: - break; - } - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - return tmpreg; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions - * @brief TIM Callbacks functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### TIM Callbacks functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides TIM callback functions: - (+) Timer Period elapsed callback - (+) Timer Output Compare callback - (+) Timer Input capture callback - (+) Timer Trigger callback - (+) Timer Error callback - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the __HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ - -} -/** - * @brief Output Compare callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the __HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} -/** - * @brief Input Capture callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the __HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the __HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Timer error callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Return the TIM Base state - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - return htim->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the TIM OC state - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - return htim->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the TIM PWM state - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - return htim->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the TIM Input Capture state - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - return htim->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode state - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - return htim->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode state - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - return htim->State; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief Time Base configuration - * @param TIMx: TIM peripheral - * @param Structure: pointer on TIM Time Base required parameters - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure) -{ - uint32_t tmpcr1 = 0; - tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; - - /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/ - if(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) - { - /* Select the Counter Mode */ - tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); - tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode; - } - - if(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) - { - /* Set the clock division */ - tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD; - tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision; - } - - TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; - - /* Set the Auto-reload value */ - TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ; - - /* Set the Prescaler value */ - TIMx->PSC = (uint32_t)Structure->Prescaler; - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) - { - /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ - TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter; - } - - /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler - and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediately */ - TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge - * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. - * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1 - * (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be - * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Select the Input */ - if(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) - { - tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; - tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection; - } - else - { - tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; - tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0; - } - - /* Set the filter */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; - tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); - tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Time Output Compare 2 configuration - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param OC_Config: The output configuration structure - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; - - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8); - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P; - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); - - /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; - /* Set the Output N Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4); - /* Reset the Output N State */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE; - - /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2; - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N; - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2); - /* Set the Output N Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2); - } - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; - } - else if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; - } - else if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; - } - else if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; - } - - HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); - - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; -} - -/** - * @brief TIM DMA error callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim); -} - -/** - * @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; - } - else if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; - } - else if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; - } - else if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; - } - - HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); - - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param Channel: specifies the TIM Channel - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 - * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 - * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 - * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 - * @param ChannelState: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. - * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_Disable. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); - - tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << Channel; - - /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; - - /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << Channel); -} - -/** - * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); -} - -/** - * @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); -} - -/** - * @brief Time Output Compare 1 configuration - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param OC_Config: The output configuration structure - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P; - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity; - - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) - { - /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; - /* Set the Output N Polarity */ - tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity; - /* Reset the Output N State */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE; - - /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1; - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N; - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState; - /* Set the Output N Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState; - } - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Time Output Compare 3 configuration - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param OC_Config: The output configuration structure - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P; - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8); - - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); - - /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; - /* Set the Output N Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8); - /* Reset the Output N State */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE; - - /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3; - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N; - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4); - /* Set the Output N Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4); - } - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Time Output Compare 4 configuration - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param OC_Config: The output configuration structure - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; - - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8); - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P; - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12); - - /*if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))*/ - if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); - /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4; - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6); - } - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Time Output Compare 4 configuration - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param sSlaveConfig: The slave configuration structure - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, - TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) -{ - uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; - uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ - tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; - - /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - /* Set the Input Trigger source */ - tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger; - - /* Reset the slave mode Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; - /* Set the slave mode */ - tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode; - - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; - - /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */ - switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger) - { - case TIM_TS_ETRF: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); - /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */ - TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler, - sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, - sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); - } - break; - - case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); - - /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ - tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; - htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; - tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; - - /* Set the filter */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; - tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; - htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; - - } - break; - - case TIM_TS_TI1FP1: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); - - /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */ - TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, - sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, - sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); - } - break; - - case TIM_TS_TI2FP2: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); - - /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */ - TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, - sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, - sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); - } - break; - - case TIM_TS_ITR0: - { - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - } - break; - - case TIM_TS_ITR1: - { - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - } - break; - - case TIM_TS_ITR2: - { - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - } - break; - - case TIM_TS_ITR3: - { - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } -} - - -/** - * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge - * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Set the filter */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; - tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); - tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge - * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. - * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2 - * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be - * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Select the Input */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; - tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8); - - /* Set the filter */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; - tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); - tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge - * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set the filter */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; - tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); - tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge - * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. - * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3 - * (on channel4 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be - * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Select the Input */ - tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; - tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection; - - /* Set the filter */ - tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F; - tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); - tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP)); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge - * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. - * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4 - * (on channel3 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be - * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Select the Input */ - tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; - tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8); - - /* Set the filter */ - tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F; - tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP); - tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP)); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param TIM_ITRx: The Input Trigger source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 - * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector - * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 - * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 - * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ITRx) -{ - uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; - - /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ - tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; - /* Reset the TS Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/ - tmpsmcr |= TIM_ITRx | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1; - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. - * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. - * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, - uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; - - tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; - - /* Reset the ETR Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); - - /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ - tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8))); - - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8140283..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1864 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief TIM HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Timer extension peripheral: - * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Initialization - * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Start - * + Time Complementary signal bread and dead time configuration - * + Time Master and Slave synchronization configuration - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### TIMER Extended features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The Timer Extension features include: - (#) Complementary outputs with programmable dead-time for : - (++) Input Capture - (++) Output Compare - (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) - (++) One-pulse mode output - (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to - interconnect several timers together. - (#) Break input to put the timer output signals in reset state or in a known state. - (#) Supports incremental (quadrature) encoder and hall-sensor circuitry for - positioning purposes - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions - depending from feature used : - (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() - (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() - (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() - (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIM_HallSensor_MspInit() - - (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : - (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); - (##) TIM pins configuration - (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: - __GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); - (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); - - (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the - internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: - HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before - any start function. - - (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the - initialization function of this driver: - (++) HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init and HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent: to use the - Timer Hall Sensor Interface and the commutation event with the corresponding - Interrupt and DMA request if needed (Note that One Timer is used to interface - with the Hall sensor Interface and another Timer should be used to use - the commutation event). - - (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions: - (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_OC_Start_IT() - (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT() - (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT() - (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(). - - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup TIMEx TIMEx - * @brief TIM HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Timer Hall Sensor functions - * @brief Timer Hall Sensor functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Timer Hall Sensor functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure TIM HAL Sensor. - (+) De-initialize TIM HAL Sensor. - (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface. - (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface. - (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable interrupts. - (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable interrupts. - (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable DMA transfers. - (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable DMA transfers. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor Interface and create the associated handle. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param sConfig: TIM Hall Sensor configuration structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef* sConfig) -{ - TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config; - - /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ - if(htim == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(htim); - - /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ - TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); - - /* Configure the Channel 1 as Input Channel to interface with the three Outputs of the Hall sensor */ - TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->IC1Polarity, TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC, sConfig->IC1Filter); - - /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; - /* Set the IC1PSC value */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler; - - /* Enable the Hall sensor interface (XOR function of the three inputs) */ - htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; - - /* Select the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal as Input trigger for the TIM */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1F_ED; - - /* Use the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal to reset the TIM counter each edge detection */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET; - - /* Program channel 2 in PWM 2 mode with the desired Commutation_Delay*/ - OC_Config.OCFastMode = TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE; - OC_Config.OCIdleState = TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET; - OC_Config.OCMode = TIM_OCMODE_PWM2; - OC_Config.OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET; - OC_Config.OCNPolarity = TIM_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH; - OC_Config.OCPolarity = TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH; - OC_Config.Pulse = sConfig->Commutation_Delay; - - TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &OC_Config); - - /* Select OC2REF as trigger output on TRGO: write the MMS bits in the TIMx_CR2 - register to 101 */ - htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS; - htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_TRGO_OC2REF; - - /* Initialize the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Hall Sensor interface - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ - HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(htim); - - /* Change TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor MSP. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes TIM Hall Sensor MSP. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Enable the Input Capture channels 1 - (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Hall sensor Interface. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1, 2 and 3 - (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - - /* Enable the Input Capture channels 1 - (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 - (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts event */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param pData: The destination Buffer address. - * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - /* Enable the Input Capture channels 1 - (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - /* Set the DMA Input Capture 1 Callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream for Capture 1*/ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length); - - /* Enable the capture compare 1 Interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 - (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - - /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Timer Complementary Output Compare functions - * @brief Timer Complementary Output Compare functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Timer Complementary Output Compare functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM. - (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM. - (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable interrupts. - (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable interrupts. - (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable DMA transfers. - (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable DMA transfers. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary - * output. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary - * output. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode - * on the complementary output. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode - * on the complementary output. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */ - if((READ_REG(htim->Instance->CCER) & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); - } - - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode - * on the complementary output. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @param pData: The source Buffer address. - * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: -{ - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode - * on the complementary output. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Timer Complementary PWM functions - * @brief Timer Complementary PWM functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Timer Complementary PWM functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Start the Complementary PWM. - (+) Stop the Complementary PWM. - (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable interrupts. - (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable interrupts. - (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable DMA transfers. - (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable DMA transfers. - (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture measurement. - (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture. - (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable interrupts. - (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable interrupts. - (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable DMA transfers. - (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable DMA transfers. - (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation. - (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse. - (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts. - (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation on the complementary output. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation on the complementary output. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the - * complementary output. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); - - /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the - * complementary output. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */ - if((READ_REG(htim->Instance->CCER) & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); - } - - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the - * complementary output - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @param pData: The source Buffer address. - * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary - * output - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Timer Complementary One Pulse functions - * @brief Timer Complementary One Pulse functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Timer Complementary One Pulse functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation. - (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse. - (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts. - (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary - * output. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); - - /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary - * output. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) -{ - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); - - /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the - * complementary channel. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - - /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the - * complementary channel. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); - - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - - /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Main Output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode. - (+) Configure External Clock source. - (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. - (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization. - (+) Configure the commutation event in case of use of the Hall sensor interface. - (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence. - * @note This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to - * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, - * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) - * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the - * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time - * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param InputTrigger: the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed - * @param CommutationSource: the Commutation Event source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer - * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || - (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) - { - /* Select the Input trigger */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; - } - - /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ - htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; - /* Select the Commutation event source */ - htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; - htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with interrupt. - * @note This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to - * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, - * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) - * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the - * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time - * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param InputTrigger: the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed - * @param CommutationSource: the Commutation Event source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer - * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || - (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) - { - /* Select the Input trigger */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; - } - - /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ - htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; - /* Select the Commutation event source */ - htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; - htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; - - /* Enable the Commutation Interrupt Request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM); - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with DMA. - * @note This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to - * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, - * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) - * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the - * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time - * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. - * @note: The user should configure the DMA in his own software, in This function only the COMDE bit is set - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param InputTrigger: the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed - * @param CommutationSource: the Commutation Event source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer - * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || - (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) - { - /* Select the Input trigger */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; - } - - /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ - htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; - /* Select the Commutation event source */ - htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; - htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; - - /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */ - /* Set the DMA Commutation Callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; - - /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM); - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIM in master mode. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param sMasterConfig: pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef structure that - * contains the selected trigger output (TRGO) and the Master/Slave - * mode. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef * sMasterConfig) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode)); - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Reset the MMS Bits */ - htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS; - /* Select the TRGO source */ - htim->Instance->CR2 |= sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger; - - /* Reset the MSM Bit */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_MSM; - /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */ - htim->Instance->SMCR |= sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode; - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State - * and the AOE(automatic output enable). - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param sBreakDeadTimeConfig: pointer to a TIM_ConfigBreakDeadConfig_TypeDef structure that - * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, - TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef * sBreakDeadTimeConfig) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DEADTIME(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State, - the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ - htim->Instance->BDTR = (uint32_t)sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode | - sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode | - sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel | - sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime | - sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState | - sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity | - sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput; - - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIM2, TIM5 and TIM11 Remapping input capabilities. - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param Remap: specifies the TIM input remapping source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to TIM8 Trigger output(default) - * @arg TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to ETH PTP trigger output. - * @arg TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB FS SOF. - * @arg TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB HS SOF. - * @arg TIM_TIM5_GPIO: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default) - * @arg TIM_TIM5_LSI: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSI clock. - * @arg TIM_TIM5_LSE: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSE clock. - * @arg TIM_TIM5_RTC: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to RTC Output event. - * @arg TIM_TIM11_GPIO: TIM11 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default) - * @arg TIM_TIM11_HSE: TIM11 CH4 input is connected to HSE_RTC clock - * (HSE divided by a programmable prescaler) - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Remap) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - /* Check parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(Remap)); - - /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */ - htim->Instance->OR = Remap; - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 Extension Callbacks functions - * @brief Extension Callbacks functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Extension Callbacks functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides Extension TIM callback functions: - (+) Timer Commutation callback - (+) Timer Break callback - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Hall commutation changed callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Hall Break detection callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Extension Peripheral State functions - * @brief Extension Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Extension Peripheral State functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Return the TIM Hall Sensor interface state - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - return htim->State; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief TIM DMA Commutation callback. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -void TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim); -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param Channel: specifies the TIM Channel - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 - * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 - * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 - * @param ChannelNState: specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state. - * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_ENABLE or TIM_CCxN_Disable. - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNELS(Channel)); - - tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1NE << Channel; - - /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; - - /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelNState << Channel); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5fc90fc..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1932 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief UART HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State and Errors functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The UART HAL driver can be used as follows: - - (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure. - - (#) Initialize the UART low level resources by implementing the HAL_UART_MspInit() API: - (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock. - (##) UART pins configuration: - (+++) Enable the clock for the UART GPIOs. - (+++) Configure these UART pins as alternate function pull-up. - (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() - and HAL_UART_Receive_IT() APIs): - (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. - (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. - (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() - and HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() APIs): - (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream. - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. - (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required - Tx/Rx parameters. - (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream. - (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the UART DMA Tx/Rx handle. - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete - interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Stream. - - (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware - flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the Init structure. - - (#) For the UART asynchronous mode, initialize the UART registers by calling - the HAL_UART_Init() API. - - (#) For the UART Half duplex mode, initialize the UART registers by calling - the HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() API. - - (#) For the LIN mode, initialize the UART registers by calling the HAL_LIN_Init() API. - - (#) For the Multi-Processor mode, initialize the UART registers by calling - the HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() API. - - [..] - (@) The specific UART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, - RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit - and receive process. - - [..] - (@) These APIs (HAL_UART_Init() and HAL_HalfDuplex_Init()) configure also the - low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by calling the customized - HAL_UART_MspInit() API. - - [..] - Three operation modes are available within this driver : - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit() - (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive() - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback - (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive_IT() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback - - *** DMA mode IO operation *** - ============================== - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() - (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback - (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() - (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback - (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAPause() - (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAResume() - (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAStop() - - *** UART HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in UART HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE: Enable the UART peripheral - (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE: Disable the UART peripheral - (+) __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified UART flag is set or not - (+) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified UART pending flag - (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified UART interrupt - (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified UART interrupt - (+) __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified UART interrupt has occurred or not - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the UART HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup UART UART - * @brief HAL UART module driver - * @{ - */ -#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE 22000 -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Functions UART Private Functions - * @{ - */ -static void UART_SetConfig (UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); -static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions UART Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim -=============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy - in asynchronous mode. - (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: - (++) Baud Rate - (++) Word Length - (++) Stop Bit - (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written - in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. - Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), - please refer to Reference manual for possible UART frame formats. - (++) Hardware flow control - (++) Receiver/transmitter modes - (++) Over Sampling Method - [..] - The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init() and HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() APIs - follow respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half duplex, LIN and Multi-Processor - configuration procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual (RM0329)). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the UART mode according to the specified parameters in - * the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Check the UART handle allocation */ - if(huart == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - if(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl != UART_HWCONTROL_NONE) - { - /* The hardware flow control is available only for USART1, USART2, USART3 and USART6 */ - assert_param(IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl)); - } - else - { - assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - } - assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); - assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); - - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); - } - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); - - /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ - UART_SetConfig(huart); - - /* In asynchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: - - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, - - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ - huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN); - huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN); - - /* Enable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); - - /* Initialize the UART state */ - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the half-duplex mode according to the specified - * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Check the UART handle allocation */ - if(huart == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); - assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); - - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); - } - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); - - /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ - UART_SetConfig(huart); - - /* In half-duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: - - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, - - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ - huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN); - huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN); - - /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ - huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_HDSEL; - - /* Enable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); - - /* Initialize the UART state*/ - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the LIN mode according to the specified - * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param BreakDetectLength: Specifies the LIN break detection length. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B: 10-bit break detection - * @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B: 11-bit break detection - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength) -{ - /* Check the UART handle allocation */ - if(huart == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(BreakDetectLength)); - assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); - assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); - - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); - } - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); - - /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ - UART_SetConfig(huart); - - /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: - - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, - - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ - huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_CLKEN); - huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN); - - /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ - huart->Instance->CR2 |= USART_CR2_LINEN; - - /* Set the USART LIN Break detection length. */ - huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LBDL); - huart->Instance->CR2 |= BreakDetectLength; - - /* Enable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); - - /* Initialize the UART state*/ - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the Multi-Processor mode according to the specified - * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param Address: USART address - * @param WakeUpMethod: specifies the USART wake-up method. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE: Wake-up by an idle line detection - * @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK: Wake-up by an address mark - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod) -{ - /* Check the UART handle allocation */ - if(huart == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WakeUpMethod)); - assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESS(Address)); - assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); - assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); - - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); - } - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); - - /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ - UART_SetConfig(huart); - - /* In Multi-Processor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: - - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, - - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register */ - huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN); - huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN); - - /* Clear the USART address */ - huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_ADD); - /* Set the USART address node */ - huart->Instance->CR2 |= Address; - - /* Set the wake up method by setting the WAKE bit in the CR1 register */ - huart->Instance->CR1 &= ~(USART_CR1_WAKE); - huart->Instance->CR1 |= WakeUpMethod; - - /* Enable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); - - /* Initialize the UART state */ - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the UART peripheral. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Check the UART handle allocation */ - if(huart == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_UART_MspDeInit(huart); - - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; - - /* Process Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief UART MSP Init. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_UART_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief UART MSP DeInit. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_UART_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief UART Transmit and Receive functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the UART asynchronous - and Half duplex data transfers. - - (#) There are two modes of transfer: - (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. - The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function - after finishing transfer. - (++) Non blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts - or DMA, these APIs return the HAL status. - The end of the data processing will be indicated through the - dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when - using DMA mode. - The HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks - will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or receive process. - The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when - a communication error is detected. - - (#) Blocking mode APIs are: - (++) HAL_UART_Transmit() - (++) HAL_UART_Receive() - - (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are: - (++) HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() - (++) HAL_UART_Receive_IT() - (++) HAL_UART_IRQHandler() - - (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are: - (++) HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() - (++) HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() - - (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non blocking mode: - (++) HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() - - [..] - (@) In the Half duplex communication, it is forbidden to run the transmit - and receive process in parallel, the UART state HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX - can't be useful. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Sends an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = huart->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - huart->TxXferSize = Size; - huart->TxXferCount = Size; - while(huart->TxXferCount > 0) - { - huart->TxXferCount--; - if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - tmp = (uint16_t*) pData; - huart->Instance->DR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) - { - pData +=2; - } - else - { - pData +=1; - } - } - else - { - if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - huart->Instance->DR = (*pData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF); - } - } - - if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = huart->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - - huart->RxXferSize = Size; - huart->RxXferCount = Size; - - /* Check the remain data to be received */ - while(huart->RxXferCount > 0) - { - huart->RxXferCount--; - if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - tmp = (uint16_t*) pData ; - if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - pData +=2; - } - else - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); - pData +=1; - } - - } - else - { - if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) - { - *pData++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - } - else - { - *pData++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); - } - - } - } - - /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - } - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - tmp = huart->State; - if((tmp == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - huart->TxXferSize = Size; - huart->TxXferCount = Size; - - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); - - /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - /* Enable the UART Transmit data register empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - tmp = huart->State; - if((tmp == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - huart->RxXferSize = Size; - huart->RxXferCount = Size; - - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - - /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); - - /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - /* Enable the UART Data Register not empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = huart->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - huart->TxXferSize = Size; - huart->TxXferCount = Size; - - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ - huart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMATransmitCplt; - - /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - huart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMATxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - huart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; - - /* Enable the UART transmit DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->DR, Size); - - /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */ - __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_TC); - - /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit - in the UART CR3 register */ - huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @note When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = huart->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - huart->RxXferSize = Size; - - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - - /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ - huart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMAReceiveCplt; - - /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - huart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMARxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - huart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size); - - /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit - in the UART CR3 register */ - huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */ - huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT); - } - else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */ - huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR); - } - else if (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - /* Disable the UART DMA Tx & Rx requests */ - huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT); - huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR); - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */ - huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT; - } - else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/ - __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart); - /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */ - huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR; - } - else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/ - __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart); - /* Enable the UART DMA Tx & Rx request */ - huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT; - huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application - to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(): - when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated - and the correspond call back is executed HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() - */ - - /* Disable the UART Tx/Rx DMA requests */ - huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAT; - huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAR; - - /* Abort the UART DMA tx Stream */ - if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx); - } - /* Abort the UART DMA rx Stream */ - if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx); - } - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles UART interrupt request. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - - tmp1 = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_PE); - tmp2 = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_PE); - /* UART parity error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(huart); - - huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE; - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_FE); - tmp2 = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_ERR); - /* UART frame error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FEFLAG(huart); - - huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE; - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_NE); - tmp2 = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_ERR); - /* UART noise error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_UART_CLEAR_NEFLAG(huart); - - huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE; - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_ORE); - tmp2 = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_ERR); - /* UART Over-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart); - - huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE; - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE); - tmp2 = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); - /* UART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - UART_Receive_IT(huart); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE); - tmp2 = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_TXE); - /* UART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - UART_Transmit_IT(huart); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_TC); - tmp2 = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_TC); - /* UART in mode Transmitter end --------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - UART_EndTransmit_IT(huart); - } - - if(huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process */ - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief UART error callbacks. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_UART_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief UART control functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART: - (+) HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API can be helpful to transmit the break character. - (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API can be helpful to enter the UART in mute mode. - (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_ExitMuteMode() API can be helpful to exit the UART mute mode by software. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Transmits break characters. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Send break characters */ - huart->Instance->CR1 |= USART_CR1_SBK; - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enters the UART in mute mode. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ - huart->Instance->CR1 |= USART_CR1_RWU; - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Exits the UART mute mode: wake up software. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_ExitMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ - huart->Instance->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_RWU); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the UART transmitter and disables the UART receiver. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = huart->Instance->CR1; - - /* Clear TE and RE bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); - - /* Enable the USART's transmit interface by setting the TE bit in the USART CR1 register */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_CR1_TE; - - /* Write to USART CR1 */ - huart->Instance->CR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the UART receiver and disables the UART transmitter. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = huart->Instance->CR1; - - /* Clear TE and RE bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); - - /* Enable the USART's receive interface by setting the RE bit in the USART CR1 register */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_CR1_RE; - - /* Write to USART CR1 */ - huart->Instance->CR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions - * @brief UART State and Errors functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of - UART communication process, return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication - process - (+) HAL_UART_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the UART peripheral. - (+) HAL_UART_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during communication. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the UART state. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - return huart->State; -} - -/** -* @brief Return the UART error code -* @param huart : pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART. -* @retval UART Error Code -*/ -uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - return huart->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief DMA UART transmit process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - /* DMA Normal mode*/ - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - huart->TxXferCount = 0; - - /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit - in the UART CR3 register */ - huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DMAT); - - /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC); - } - /* DMA Circular mode */ - else - { - HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA UART transmit process half complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(huart); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA UART receive process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - /* DMA Normal mode*/ - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - huart->RxXferCount = 0; - - /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit - in the UART CR3 register */ - huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DMAR); - - /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - } - } - HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA UART receive process half complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(huart); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA UART communication error callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - huart->RxXferCount = 0; - huart->TxXferCount = 0; - huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; - HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles UART Communication Timeout. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param Flag: specifies the UART flag to check. - * @param Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET). - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until flag is set */ - if(Status == RESET) - { - while(__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) == RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); - - huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - else - { - while(__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) != RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); - - huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = huart->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)) - { - if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pTxBuffPtr; - huart->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) - { - huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2; - } - else - { - huart->pTxBuffPtr += 1; - } - } - else - { - huart->Instance->DR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - } - - if(--huart->TxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); - - /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC); - } - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - - -/** - * @brief Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC); - - /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - else - { - /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); - - /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - } - - HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp1 = 0; - - tmp1 = huart->State; - if((tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)) - { - if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pRxBuffPtr; - if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - huart->pRxBuffPtr += 2; - } - else - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); - huart->pRxBuffPtr += 1; - } - } - else - { - if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) - { - *huart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - } - else - { - *huart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); - } - } - - if(--huart->RxXferCount == 0) - { - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); - - /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - else - { - /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); - - /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - } - HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the UART peripheral. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ -static void UART_SetConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate)); - assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits)); - assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity)); - assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode)); - - /*-------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = huart->Instance->CR2; - - /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP); - - /* Configure the UART Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according to huart->Init.StopBits value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)huart->Init.StopBits; - - /* Write to USART CR2 */ - huart->Instance->CR2 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - - /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = huart->Instance->CR1; - - /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \ - USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8)); - - /* Configure the UART Word Length, Parity and mode: - Set the M bits according to huart->Init.WordLength value - Set PCE and PS bits according to huart->Init.Parity value - Set TE and RE bits according to huart->Init.Mode value - Set OVER8 bit according to huart->Init.OverSampling value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)huart->Init.WordLength | huart->Init.Parity | huart->Init.Mode | huart->Init.OverSampling; - - /* Write to USART CR1 */ - huart->Instance->CR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - - /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = huart->Instance->CR3; - - /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE)); - - /* Configure the UART HFC: Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to huart->Init.HwFlowCtl value */ - tmpreg |= huart->Init.HwFlowCtl; - - /* Write to USART CR3 */ - huart->Instance->CR3 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - - /* Check the Over Sampling */ - if(huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8) - { - /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration ---------------------*/ - if((huart->Instance == USART1) || (huart->Instance == USART6)) - { - huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate); - } - else - { - huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate); - } - } - else - { - /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration ---------------------*/ - if((huart->Instance == USART1) || (huart->Instance == USART6)) - { - huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate); - } - else - { - huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate); - } - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_usart.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_usart.c deleted file mode 100644 index bbf2323..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_usart.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1857 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_usart.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief USART HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The USART HAL driver can be used as follows: - - (#) Declare a USART_HandleTypeDef handle structure. - (#) Initialize the USART low level resources by implementing the HAL_USART_MspInit () API: - (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock. - (##) USART pins configuration: - (+++) Enable the clock for the USART GPIOs. - (+++) Configure these USART pins as alternate function pull-up. - (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_USART_Transmit_IT(), - HAL_USART_Receive_IT() and HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT() APIs): - (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. - (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. - (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA() - HAL_USART_Receive_IT() and HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT() APIs): - (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream. - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. - (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. - (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream. - (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the USART DMA Tx/Rx handle. - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Stream. - - (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware - flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the husart Init structure. - - (#) Initialize the USART registers by calling the HAL_USART_Init() API: - (++) These APIs configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) - by calling the customized HAL_USART_MspInit(&husart) API. - - -@@- The specific USART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, - RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros - __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process. - - (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver : - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_USART_Transmit() - (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_USART_Receive() - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_USART_Transmit_IT() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback - (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_USART_Receive_IT() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_ErrorCallback - - *** DMA mode IO operation *** - ============================== - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA() - (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback - (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_USART_Receive_DMA() - (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_ErrorCallback - (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_USART_DMAPause() - (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_USART_DMAResume() - (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_USART_DMAStop() - - *** USART HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in USART HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_USART_ENABLE: Enable the USART peripheral - (+) __HAL_USART_DISABLE: Disable the USART peripheral - (+) __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified USART flag is set or not - (+) __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified USART pending flag - (+) __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified USART interrupt - (+) __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified USART interrupt - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the USART HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup USART USART - * @brief HAL USART Synchronous module driver - * @{ - */ -#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup USART_Private_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define DUMMY_DATA 0xFFFF -#define USART_TIMEOUT_VALUE 22000 -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup USART_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_EndTransmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); -static void USART_SetConfig (USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); -static void USART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void USART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void USART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void USART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void USART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions USART Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group1 USART Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART - in asynchronous and in synchronous modes. - (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: - (++) Baud Rate - (++) Word Length - (++) Stop Bit - (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written - in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. - Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), - please refer to Reference manual for possible USART frame formats. - (++) USART polarity - (++) USART phase - (++) USART LastBit - (++) Receiver/transmitter modes - - [..] - The HAL_USART_Init() function follows the USART synchronous configuration - procedure (details for the procedure are available in reference manual (RM0329)). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the USART mode according to the specified - * parameters in the USART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Init(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - /* Check the USART handle allocation */ - if(husart == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(husart->Instance)); - - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - husart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_USART_MspInit(husart); - } - - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set the USART Communication parameters */ - USART_SetConfig(husart); - - /* In USART mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: - - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register - - HDSEL, SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register */ - husart->Instance->CR2 &= ~USART_CR2_LINEN; - husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_USART_ENABLE(husart); - - /* Initialize the USART state */ - husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; - husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the USART peripheral. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DeInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - /* Check the USART handle allocation */ - if(husart == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(husart->Instance)); - - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_USART_MspDeInit(husart); - - husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USART MSP Init. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_USART_MspInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_USART_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief USART MSP DeInit. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_USART_MspDeInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_USART_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief USART Transmit and Receive functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART synchronous - data transfers. - - [..] - The USART supports master mode only: it cannot receive or send data related to an input - clock (SCLK is always an output). - - (#) There are two modes of transfer: - (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. - The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function - after finishing transfer. - (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts - or DMA, These API's return the HAL status. - The end of the data processing will be indicated through the - dedicated USART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when - using DMA mode. - The HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback() - user callbacks - will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process - The HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication - error is detected - - (#) Blocking mode APIs are : - (++) HAL_USART_Transmit() in simplex mode - (++) HAL_USART_Receive() in full duplex receive only - (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive() in full duplex mode - - (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are : - (++) HAL_USART_Transmit_IT()in simplex mode - (++) HAL_USART_Receive_IT() in full duplex receive only - (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT() in full duplex mode - (++) HAL_USART_IRQHandler() - - (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are : - (++) HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA()in simplex mode - (++) HAL_USART_Receive_DMA() in full duplex receive only - (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceie_DMA() in full duplex mode - (++) HAL_USART_DMAPause() - (++) HAL_USART_DMAResume() - (++) HAL_USART_DMAStop() - - (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: - (++) HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() - (++) HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Simplex Send an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @param pTxData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) - { - if((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(husart); - - husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX; - - husart->TxXferSize = Size; - husart->TxXferCount = Size; - while(husart->TxXferCount > 0) - { - husart->TxXferCount--; - if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - /* Wait for TC flag in order to write data in DR */ - if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - tmp = (uint16_t*) pTxData; - husart->Instance->DR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) - { - pTxData += 2; - } - else - { - pTxData += 1; - } - } - else - { - if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - husart->Instance->DR = (*pTxData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF); - } - } - - if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Full-Duplex Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @param pRxData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) - { - if((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(husart); - - husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX; - - husart->RxXferSize = Size; - husart->RxXferCount = Size; - /* Check the remain data to be received */ - while(husart->RxXferCount > 0) - { - husart->RxXferCount--; - if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the slave to send data */ - if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - /* Send dummy byte in order to generate clock */ - husart->Instance->DR = (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - - /* Wait for RXNE Flag */ - if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - tmp = (uint16_t*) pRxData ; - if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - pRxData +=2; - } - else - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); - pRxData +=1; - } - } - else - { - /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the slave to send data */ - if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Send Dummy Byte in order to generate clock */ - husart->Instance->DR = (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x00FF); - - /* Wait until RXNE flag is set to receive the byte */ - if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) - { - /* Receive data */ - *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - } - else - { - /* Receive data */ - *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); - } - - } - } - - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Full-Duplex Send receive an amount of data in full-duplex mode (blocking mode). - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @param pTxData: Pointer to data transmitted buffer - * @param pRxData: Pointer to data received buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) - { - if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(husart); - - husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX; - - husart->RxXferSize = Size; - husart->TxXferSize = Size; - husart->TxXferCount = Size; - husart->RxXferCount = Size; - - /* Check the remain data to be received */ - while(husart->TxXferCount > 0) - { - husart->TxXferCount--; - husart->RxXferCount--; - if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - /* Wait for TC flag in order to write data in DR */ - if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - tmp = (uint16_t*) pTxData; - husart->Instance->DR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) - { - pTxData += 2; - } - else - { - pTxData += 1; - } - - /* Wait for RXNE Flag */ - if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - tmp = (uint16_t*) pRxData ; - if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - pRxData += 2; - } - else - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); - pRxData += 1; - } - } - else - { - /* Wait for TC flag in order to write data in DR */ - if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - husart->Instance->DR = (*pTxData++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - - /* Wait for RXNE Flag */ - if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) - { - /* Receive data */ - *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - } - else - { - /* Receive data */ - *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); - } - } - } - - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Simplex Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @param pTxData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - * @note The USART errors are not managed to avoid the overrun error. - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) - { - if((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(husart); - - husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; - husart->TxXferSize = Size; - husart->TxXferCount = Size; - - husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX; - - /* The USART Error Interrupts: (Frame error, Noise error, Overrun error) - are not managed by the USART transmit process to avoid the overrun interrupt - when the USART mode is configured for transmit and receive "USART_MODE_TX_RX" - to benefit for the frame error and noise interrupts the USART mode should be - configured only for transmit "USART_MODE_TX" - The __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR) can be used to enable the Frame error, - Noise error interrupt */ - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); - - /* Enable the USART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Simplex Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @param pRxData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) - { - if((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(husart); - - husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; - husart->RxXferSize = Size; - husart->RxXferCount = Size; - - husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); - - /* Enable the USART Data Register not empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE); - - /* Enable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE); - - /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR); - - /* Send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the slave to send data */ - husart->Instance->DR = (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Full-Duplex Send receive an amount of data in full-duplex mode (non-blocking). - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @param pTxData: Pointer to data transmitted buffer - * @param pRxData: Pointer to data received buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) -{ - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) - { - if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(husart); - - husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; - husart->RxXferSize = Size; - husart->RxXferCount = Size; - husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; - husart->TxXferSize = Size; - husart->TxXferCount = Size; - - husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); - - /* Enable the USART Data Register not empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE); - - /* Enable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE); - - /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR); - - /* Enable the USART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Simplex Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @param pTxData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) - { - if((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(husart); - - husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; - husart->TxXferSize = Size; - husart->TxXferCount = Size; - - husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX; - - /* Set the USART DMA transfer complete callback */ - husart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMATransmitCplt; - - /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - husart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMATxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - husart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError; - - /* Enable the USART transmit DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pTxData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->DR, Size); - - /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */ - __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_TC); - - /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit - in the USART CR3 register */ - husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Full-Duplex Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @param pRxData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @retval HAL status - * @note The USART DMA transmit stream must be configured in order to generate the clock for the slave. - * @note When the USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit. - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) - { - if((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(husart); - - husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; - husart->RxXferSize = Size; - husart->pTxBuffPtr = pRxData; - husart->TxXferSize = Size; - - husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX; - - /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer complete callback */ - husart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMAReceiveCplt; - - /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - husart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMARxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer error callback */ - husart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError; - - /* Enable the USART receive DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pRxData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size); - - /* Enable the USART transmit DMA Stream: the transmit stream is used in order - to generate in the non-blocking mode the clock to the slave device, - this mode isn't a simplex receive mode but a full-duplex receive one */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->DR, Size); - - /* Clear the Overrun flag just before enabling the DMA Rx request: mandatory for the second transfer - when using the USART in circular mode */ - __HAL_USART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(husart); - - /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit - in the USART CR3 register */ - husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR; - - /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit - in the USART CR3 register */ - husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Full-Duplex Transmit Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @param pTxData: Pointer to data transmitted buffer - * @param pRxData: Pointer to data received buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @note When the USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) - { - if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(husart); - - husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; - husart->RxXferSize = Size; - husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; - husart->TxXferSize = Size; - - husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - - /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer complete callback */ - husart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMAReceiveCplt; - - /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - husart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMARxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the USART DMA Tx transfer complete callback */ - husart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMATransmitCplt; - - /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - husart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMATxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the USART DMA Tx transfer error callback */ - husart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError; - - /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer error callback */ - husart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError; - - /* Enable the USART receive DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pRxData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size); - - /* Enable the USART transmit DMA Stream */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pTxData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->DR, Size); - - /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */ - __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_TC); - - /* Clear the Overrun flag: mandatory for the second transfer in circular mode */ - __HAL_USART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(husart); - - /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit - in the USART CR3 register */ - husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR; - - /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit - in the USART CR3 register */ - husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAPause(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(husart); - - /* Disable the USART DMA Tx request */ - husart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAResume(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(husart); - - /* Enable the USART DMA Tx request */ - husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAStop(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application - to call the HAL USART API under callbacks HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(): - when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated - and the correspond call back is executed HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() - */ - - /* Abort the USART DMA Tx Stream */ - if(husart->hdmatx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmatx); - } - /* Abort the USART DMA Rx Stream */ - if(husart->hdmarx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmarx); - } - - /* Disable the USART Tx/Rx DMA requests */ - husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAT; - husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAR; - - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles USART interrupt request. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_USART_IRQHandler(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; - - tmp1 = __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_PE); - tmp2 = __HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_PE); - /* USART parity error interrupt occurred -----------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_USART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(husart); - husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_PE; - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_FE); - tmp2 = __HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_ERR); - /* USART frame error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FEFLAG(husart); - husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_FE; - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_NE); - tmp2 = __HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_ERR); - /* USART noise error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_USART_CLEAR_NEFLAG(husart); - husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_NE; - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_ORE); - tmp2 = __HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_ERR); - /* USART Over-Run interrupt occurred ---------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - __HAL_USART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(husart); - husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_ORE; - } - - if(husart->ErrorCode != HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* Set the USART state ready to be able to start again the process */ - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; - - HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart); - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE); - tmp2 = __HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_RXNE); - /* USART in mode Receiver --------------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - USART_Receive_IT(husart); - } - else - { - USART_TransmitReceive_IT(husart); - } - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE); - tmp2 = __HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_TXE); - /* USART in mode Transmitter -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - USART_Transmit_IT(husart); - } - else - { - USART_TransmitReceive_IT(husart); - } - } - - tmp1 = __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_TC); - tmp2 = __HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_TC); - /* USART in mode Transmitter (transmission end) ----------------------------*/ - if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET)) - { - USART_EndTransmit_IT(husart); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Tx/Rx Transfers completed callback for the non-blocking process. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief USART error callbacks. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_USART_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions - * @brief USART State and Errors functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of - USART communication - process, return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication process - (+) HAL_USART_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state - of the USART peripheral. - (+) HAL_USART_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during - communication. -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the USART state. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_USART_StateTypeDef HAL_USART_GetState(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - return husart->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the USART error code - * @param husart : pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART. - * @retval USART Error Code - */ -uint32_t HAL_USART_GetError(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - return husart->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** - * @brief DMA USART transmit process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void USART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = ( USART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - /* DMA Normal mode */ - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - husart->TxXferCount = 0; - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit - in the USART CR3 register */ - CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); - - /* Enable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC); - } - } - /* DMA Circular mode */ - else - { - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(husart); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA USART transmit process half complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void USART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback(husart); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA USART receive process complete callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void USART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = ( USART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - /* DMA Normal mode */ - if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - husart->RxXferCount = 0; - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Disable the DMA transfer for the Transmit/receiver requests by setting the DMAT/DMAR bit - in the USART CR3 register */ - husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_DMAR); - - husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY; - HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart); - } - /* The USART state is HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX */ - else - { - /* Disable the DMA transfer for the Transmit/receiver requests by setting the DMAT/DMAR bit - in the USART CR3 register */ - husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_DMAR); - husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_DMAT); - - husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY; - HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart); - } - } - /* DMA circular mode */ - else - { - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart); - } - /* The USART state is HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX */ - else - { - HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA USART receive process half complete callback - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void USART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback(husart); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA USART communication error callback. - * @param hdma: DMA handle - * @retval None - */ -static void USART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = ( USART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - husart->RxXferCount = 0; - husart->TxXferCount = 0; - husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_DMA; - husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY; - - HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart); -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles USART Communication Timeout. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @param Flag: specifies the USART flag to check. - * @param Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET). - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until flag is set */ - if(Status == RESET) - { - while(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, Flag) == RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE); - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE); - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE); - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR); - - husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - else - { - while(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, Flag) != RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE); - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE); - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE); - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR); - - husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Simplex Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval HAL status - * @note The USART errors are not managed to avoid the overrun error. - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pTxBuffPtr; - husart->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) - { - husart->pTxBuffPtr += 2; - } - else - { - husart->pTxBuffPtr += 1; - } - } - else - { - husart->Instance->DR = (uint8_t)(*husart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - } - - if(--husart->TxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable the USART Transmit data register empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE); - - /* Enable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC); - } - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_EndTransmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - /* Disable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC); - - /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR); - - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; - - HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(husart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Simplex Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pRxBuffPtr; - if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - husart->pRxBuffPtr += 2; - } - else - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); - husart->pRxBuffPtr += 1; - } - if(--husart->RxXferCount != 0x00) - { - /* Send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the slave to send the next data */ - husart->Instance->DR = (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - } - } - else - { - if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) - { - *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - } - else - { - *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); - } - - if(--husart->RxXferCount != 0x00) - { - /* Send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the slave to send the next data */ - husart->Instance->DR = (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x00FF); - } - } - - if(husart->RxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable the USART RXNE Interrupt */ - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE); - - /* Disable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE); - - /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR); - - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; - HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Full-Duplex Send receive an amount of data in full-duplex mode (non-blocking). - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - - if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - if(husart->TxXferCount != 0x00) - { - if(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) - { - if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pTxBuffPtr; - husart->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) - { - husart->pTxBuffPtr += 2; - } - else - { - husart->pTxBuffPtr += 1; - } - } - else - { - husart->Instance->DR = (uint8_t)(*husart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - } - husart->TxXferCount--; - - /* Check the latest data transmitted */ - if(husart->TxXferCount == 0) - { - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE); - } - } - } - - if(husart->RxXferCount != 0x00) - { - if(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) - { - if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pRxBuffPtr; - if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - husart->pRxBuffPtr += 2; - } - else - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); - husart->pRxBuffPtr += 1; - } - } - else - { - if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) - { - *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - } - else - { - *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); - } - } - husart->RxXferCount--; - } - } - - /* Check the latest data received */ - if(husart->RxXferCount == 0) - { - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE); - - /* Disable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE); - - /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR); - - husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; - - HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the USART peripheral. - * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART module. - * @retval None - */ -static void USART_SetConfig(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(husart->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_USART_POLARITY(husart->Init.CLKPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_USART_PHASE(husart->Init.CLKPhase)); - assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(husart->Init.CLKLastBit)); - assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(husart->Init.BaudRate)); - assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(husart->Init.WordLength)); - assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(husart->Init.StopBits)); - assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(husart->Init.Parity)); - assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(husart->Init.Mode)); - - /* The LBCL, CPOL and CPHA bits have to be selected when both the transmitter and the - receiver are disabled (TE=RE=0) to ensure that the clock pulses function correctly. */ - husart->Instance->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); - - /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ - tmpreg = husart->Instance->CR2; - /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_LBCL | USART_CR2_STOP)); - /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit -----------------------*/ - /* Set CPOL bit according to husart->Init.CLKPolarity value */ - /* Set CPHA bit according to husart->Init.CLKPhase value */ - /* Set LBCL bit according to husart->Init.CLKLastBit value */ - /* Set Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according to husart->Init.StopBits value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(USART_CLOCK_ENABLE| husart->Init.CLKPolarity | - husart->Init.CLKPhase| husart->Init.CLKLastBit | husart->Init.StopBits); - /* Write to USART CR2 */ - husart->Instance->CR2 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - - /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = husart->Instance->CR1; - - /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE, RE and OVER8 bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \ - USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8)); - - /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode: - Set the M bits according to husart->Init.WordLength value - Set PCE and PS bits according to husart->Init.Parity value - Set TE and RE bits according to husart->Init.Mode value - Force OVER8 bit to 1 in order to reach the max USART frequencies */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)husart->Init.WordLength | husart->Init.Parity | husart->Init.Mode | USART_CR1_OVER8; - - /* Write to USART CR1 */ - husart->Instance->CR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - - /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ - /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ - husart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE)); - - /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ - if((husart->Instance == USART1) || (husart->Instance == USART6)) - { - husart->Instance->BRR = USART_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), husart->Init.BaudRate); - } - else - { - husart->Instance->BRR = USART_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), husart->Init.BaudRate); - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.c deleted file mode 100644 index 18b8d3f..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,454 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief WWDG HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral State functions - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### WWDG specific features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed - time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter) - before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter - value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F). - - (+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed - before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This - implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window. - (+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset. - (+) WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG - reset occurs. - (+) The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided - by a programmable prescaler. - (+) WWDG clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler) - (+) WWDG timeout (mS) = 1000 * Counter / WWDG clock - (+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits : - (++) min time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter – Window) / WWDG clock - (++) max time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter – 0x40) / WWDG clock - - (+) Min-max timeout value at 50 MHz(PCLK1): 81.9 us / 41.9 ms - - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE(). - (+) Set the WWDG prescaler, refresh window and counter value - using HAL_WWDG_Init() function. - (+) Start the WWDG using HAL_WWDG_Start() function. - When the WWDG is enabled the counter value should be configured to - a value greater than 0x40 to prevent generating an immediate reset. - (+) Optionally you can enable the Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) which is - generated when the counter reaches 0x40, and then start the WWDG using - HAL_WWDG_Start_IT(). At EWI HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback - Once enabled, EWI interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset. - (+) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular - intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using - HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when - the counter is lower than the refresh window value already programmed. - - *** WWDG HAL driver macros list *** - ================================== - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in WWDG HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE: Enable the WWDG peripheral - (+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status - (+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags - (+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT: Enables the WWDG early wake-up interrupt - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG - * @brief WWDG HAL module driver. - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions. - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize the WWDG according to the specified parameters - in the WWDG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle - (+) DeInitialize the WWDG peripheral - (+) Initialize the WWDG MSP - (+) DeInitialize the WWDG MSP - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the WWDG according to the specified - * parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. - * @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) -{ - /* Check the WWDG handle allocation */ - if(hwwdg == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler)); - assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window)); - assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter)); - - if(hwwdg->State == HAL_WWDG_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hwwdg->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg); - } - - /* Change WWDG peripheral state */ - hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */ - MODIFY_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (WWDG_CFR_WDGTB | WWDG_CFR_W), (hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window)); - /* Set WWDG Counter */ - MODIFY_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, WWDG_CR_T, hwwdg->Init.Counter); - - /* Change WWDG peripheral state */ - hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the WWDG peripheral. - * @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_DeInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) -{ - /* Check the WWDG handle allocation */ - if(hwwdg == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance)); - - /* Change WWDG peripheral state */ - hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY; - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit(hwwdg); - - /* Reset WWDG Control register */ - hwwdg->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)0x0000007F; - - /* Reset WWDG Configuration register */ - hwwdg->Instance->CFR = (uint32_t)0x0000007F; - - /* Reset WWDG Status register */ - hwwdg->Instance->SR = 0; - - /* Change WWDG peripheral state */ - hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the WWDG MSP. - * @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the WWDG MSP. - * @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief IO operation functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Start the WWDG. - (+) Refresh the WWDG. - (+) Handle WWDG interrupt request. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Starts the WWDG. - * @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Start(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hwwdg); - - /* Change WWDG peripheral state */ - hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable the peripheral */ - __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE(hwwdg); - - /* Change WWDG peripheral state */ - hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the WWDG with interrupt enabled. - * @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Start_IT(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hwwdg); - - /* Change WWDG peripheral state */ - hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable the Early Wakeup Interrupt */ - __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI); - - /* Enable the peripheral */ - __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE(hwwdg); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Refreshes the WWDG. - * @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. - * @param Counter: value of counter to put in WWDG counter - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, uint32_t Counter) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hwwdg); - - /* Change WWDG peripheral state */ - hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); - - /* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */ - MODIFY_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (uint32_t)WWDG_CR_T, Counter); - - /* Change WWDG peripheral state */ - hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handles WWDG interrupt request. - * @note The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations - * or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated. - * The EWI interrupt is enabled using __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT() macro. - * When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is - * generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can - * be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data - * logging), before resetting the device. - * @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) -{ - /* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */ - if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET) - { - /* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */ - if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET) - { - /* Early Wakeup callback */ - HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback(hwwdg); - - /* Change WWDG peripheral state */ - hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY; - - /* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */ - __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Early Wakeup WWDG callback. - * @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef* hwwdg) -{ - /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions. - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the WWDG state. - * @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_WWDG_StateTypeDef HAL_WWDG_GetState(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) -{ - return hwwdg->State; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_fmc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_fmc.c deleted file mode 100644 index cf0ce2a..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_fmc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1733 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_ll_fmc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief FMC Low Layer HAL module driver. - * - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Flexible Memory Controller (FMC) peripheral memories: - * + Initialization/de-initialization functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### FMC peripheral features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] The Flexible memory controller (FMC) includes three memory controllers: - (+) The NOR/PSRAM memory controller - (+) The NAND/PC Card memory controller - (+) The Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) controller - - [..] The FMC functional block makes the interface with synchronous and asynchronous static - memories, SDRAM memories, and 16-bit PC memory cards. Its main purposes are: - (+) to translate AHB transactions into the appropriate external device protocol - (+) to meet the access time requirements of the external memory devices - - [..] All external memories share the addresses, data and control signals with the controller. - Each external device is accessed by means of a unique Chip Select. The FMC performs - only one access at a time to an external device. - The main features of the FMC controller are the following: - (+) Interface with static-memory mapped devices including: - (++) Static random access memory (SRAM) - (++) Read-only memory (ROM) - (++) NOR Flash memory/OneNAND Flash memory - (++) PSRAM (4 memory banks) - (++) 16-bit PC Card compatible devices - (++) Two banks of NAND Flash memory with ECC hardware to check up to 8 Kbytes of - data - (+) Interface with synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) memories - (+) Independent Chip Select control for each memory bank - (+) Independent configuration for each memory bank - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_LL FMC Low Layer - * @brief FMC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -#if defined (HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED) - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_NORSRAM - * @brief NORSRAM Controller functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use NORSRAM device driver ##### - ============================================================================== - - [..] - This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FMC NORSRAM banks in order - to run the NORSRAM external devices. - - (+) FMC NORSRAM bank reset using the function FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit() - (+) FMC NORSRAM bank control configuration using the function FMC_NORSRAM_Init() - (+) FMC NORSRAM bank timing configuration using the function FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init() - (+) FMC NORSRAM bank extended timing configuration using the function - FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init() - (+) FMC NORSRAM bank enable/disable write operation using the functions - FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() - - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group1 - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the FMC NORSRAM interface - (+) De-initialize the FMC NORSRAM interface - (+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initialize the FMC_NORSRAM device according to the specified - * control parameters in the FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance - * @param Init: Pointer to NORSRAM Initialization structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_Init(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef* Init) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Init->NSBank)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_MUX(Init->DataAddressMux)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_MEMORY(Init->MemoryType)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_BURSTMODE(Init->BurstAccessMode)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_POLARITY(Init->WaitSignalPolarity)); -#if !defined (STM32F446xx) - assert_param(IS_FMC_WRAP_MODE(Init->WrapMode)); -#endif /* !defined (STM32F446xx) */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(Init->WaitSignalActive)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_OPERATION(Init->WriteOperation)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(Init->WaitSignal)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_EXTENDED_MODE(Init->ExtendedMode)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ASYNWAIT(Init->AsynchronousWait)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_BURST(Init->WriteBurst)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_CONTINOUS_CLOCK(Init->ContinuousClock)); -#if defined (STM32F446xx) - assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_FIFO(Init->WriteFifo)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_PAGESIZE(Init->PageSize)); -#endif /* defined (STM32F446xx) */ - - /* Get the BTCR register value */ - tmpr = Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank]; - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) - /* Clear MBKEN, MUXEN, MTYP, MWID, FACCEN, BURSTEN, WAITPOL, WRAPMOD, WAITCFG, WREN, - WAITEN, EXTMOD, ASYNCWAIT, CBURSTRW and CCLKEN bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BCR1_MBKEN | FMC_BCR1_MUXEN | FMC_BCR1_MTYP | \ - FMC_BCR1_MWID | FMC_BCR1_FACCEN | FMC_BCR1_BURSTEN | \ - FMC_BCR1_WAITPOL | FMC_BCR1_WRAPMOD | FMC_BCR1_WAITCFG | \ - FMC_BCR1_WREN | FMC_BCR1_WAITEN | FMC_BCR1_EXTMOD | \ - FMC_BCR1_ASYNCWAIT | FMC_BCR1_CBURSTRW | FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN)); - - /* Set NORSRAM device control parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->DataAddressMux |\ - Init->MemoryType |\ - Init->MemoryDataWidth |\ - Init->BurstAccessMode |\ - Init->WaitSignalPolarity |\ - Init->WrapMode |\ - Init->WaitSignalActive |\ - Init->WriteOperation |\ - Init->WaitSignal |\ - Init->ExtendedMode |\ - Init->AsynchronousWait |\ - Init->WriteBurst |\ - Init->ContinuousClock); -#else /* defined(STM32F446xx) */ - /* Clear MBKEN, MUXEN, MTYP, MWID, FACCEN, BURSTEN, WAITPOL, CPSIZE, WAITCFG, WREN, - WAITEN, EXTMOD, ASYNCWAIT, CBURSTRW, CCLKEN and WFDIS bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BCR1_MBKEN | FMC_BCR1_MUXEN | FMC_BCR1_MTYP | \ - FMC_BCR1_MWID | FMC_BCR1_FACCEN | FMC_BCR1_BURSTEN | \ - FMC_BCR1_WAITPOL | FMC_BCR1_WAITCFG | FMC_BCR1_CPSIZE | \ - FMC_BCR1_WREN | FMC_BCR1_WAITEN | FMC_BCR1_EXTMOD | \ - FMC_BCR1_ASYNCWAIT | FMC_BCR1_CBURSTRW | FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN | \ - FMC_BCR1_WFDIS)); - - /* Set NORSRAM device control parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->DataAddressMux |\ - Init->MemoryType |\ - Init->MemoryDataWidth |\ - Init->BurstAccessMode |\ - Init->WaitSignalPolarity |\ - Init->WaitSignalActive |\ - Init->WriteOperation |\ - Init->WaitSignal |\ - Init->ExtendedMode |\ - Init->AsynchronousWait |\ - Init->WriteBurst |\ - Init->ContinuousClock |\ - Init->PageSize |\ - Init->WriteFifo); -#endif /* defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) */ - - if(Init->MemoryType == FMC_MEMORY_TYPE_NOR) - { - tmpr |= (uint32_t)FMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_ENABLE; - } - - Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank] = tmpr; - - /* Configure synchronous mode when Continuous clock is enabled for bank2..4 */ - if((Init->ContinuousClock == FMC_CONTINUOUS_CLOCK_SYNC_ASYNC) && (Init->NSBank != FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)) - { - Init->BurstAccessMode = FMC_BURST_ACCESS_MODE_ENABLE; - Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1] |= (uint32_t)(Init->BurstAccessMode |\ - Init->ContinuousClock); - } - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - if(Init->NSBank != FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) - { - Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1] |= (uint32_t)(Init->WriteFifo); - } -#endif /* defined(STM32F446xx) */ - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitialize the FMC_NORSRAM peripheral - * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance - * @param ExDevice: Pointer to NORSRAM extended mode device instance - * @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *ExDevice, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(ExDevice)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Disable the FMC_NORSRAM device */ - __FMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Bank); - - /* De-initialize the FMC_NORSRAM device */ - /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 */ - if(Bank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) - { - Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030DB; - } - /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2, FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3 or FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ - else - { - Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030D2; - } - - Device->BTCR[Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - ExDevice->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initialize the FMC_NORSRAM Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure - * @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Get the BTCR register value */ - tmpr = Device->BTCR[Bank + 1]; - - /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN, CLKDIV, DATLAT and ACCMOD bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BTR1_ADDSET | FMC_BTR1_ADDHLD | FMC_BTR1_DATAST | \ - FMC_BTR1_BUSTURN | FMC_BTR1_CLKDIV | FMC_BTR1_DATLAT | \ - FMC_BTR1_ACCMOD)); - - /* Set FMC_NORSRAM device timing parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime |\ - ((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << 4) |\ - ((Timing->DataSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << 16) |\ - (((Timing->CLKDivision)-1) << 20) |\ - (((Timing->DataLatency)-2) << 24) |\ - (Timing->AccessMode)); - - Device->BTCR[Bank + 1] = tmpr; - - /* Configure Clock division value (in NORSRAM bank 1) when continuous clock is enabled */ - if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1], FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN)) - { - tmpr = (uint32_t)(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 + 1] & ~(((uint32_t)0x0F) << 20)); - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(((Timing->CLKDivision)-1) << 20); - Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 + 1] = tmpr; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initialize the FMC_NORSRAM Extended mode Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure - * @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t ExtendedMode) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_EXTENDED_MODE(ExtendedMode)); - - /* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */ - if(ExtendedMode == FMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration)); -#if !defined(STM32F446xx) - assert_param(IS_FMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency)); -#endif /* !defined(STM32F446xx) */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Get the BWTR register value */ - tmpr = Device->BWTR[Bank]; - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) - /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN, CLKDIV, DATLAT and ACCMOD bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BWTR1_ADDSET | FMC_BWTR1_ADDHLD | FMC_BWTR1_DATAST | \ - FMC_BWTR1_BUSTURN | FMC_BWTR1_CLKDIV | FMC_BWTR1_DATLAT | \ - FMC_BWTR1_ACCMOD)); - - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime |\ - ((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << 4) |\ - ((Timing->DataSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << 16) |\ - (((Timing->CLKDivision)-1) << 20) |\ - (((Timing->DataLatency)-2) << 24) |\ - (Timing->AccessMode)); -#else /* defined(STM32F446xx) */ - /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN and ACCMOD bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BWTR1_ADDSET | FMC_BWTR1_ADDHLD | FMC_BWTR1_DATAST | \ - FMC_BWTR1_BUSTURN | FMC_BWTR1_ACCMOD)); - - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime |\ - ((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << 4) |\ - ((Timing->DataSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << 16) |\ - (Timing->AccessMode)); -#endif /* defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) */ - - Device->BWTR[Bank] = tmpr; - } - else - { - Device->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group2 - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### FMC_NORSRAM Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically - the FMC NORSRAM interface. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Enables dynamically FMC_NORSRAM write operation. - * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance - * @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Enable write operation */ - Device->BTCR[Bank] |= FMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables dynamically FMC_NORSRAM write operation. - * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance - * @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Disable write operation */ - Device->BTCR[Bank] &= ~FMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_NAND - * @brief NAND Controller functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use NAND device driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FMC NAND banks in order - to run the NAND external devices. - - (+) FMC NAND bank reset using the function FMC_NAND_DeInit() - (+) FMC NAND bank control configuration using the function FMC_NAND_Init() - (+) FMC NAND bank common space timing configuration using the function - FMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init() - (+) FMC NAND bank attribute space timing configuration using the function - FMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init() - (+) FMC NAND bank enable/disable ECC correction feature using the functions - FMC_NAND_ECC_Enable()/FMC_NAND_ECC_Disable() - (+) FMC NAND bank get ECC correction code using the function FMC_NAND_GetECC() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** @defgroup HAL_FMC_NAND_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the FMC NAND interface - (+) De-initialize the FMC NAND interface - (+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC_NAND device according to the specified - * control parameters in the FMC_NAND_HandleTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Init: Pointer to NAND Initialization structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_InitTypeDef *Init) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Init->NandBank)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ECC_STATE(Init->EccComputation)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(Init->ECCPageSize)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime)); - - /* Get the NAND bank register value */ - tmpr = Device->PCR; - - /* Clear PWAITEN, PBKEN, PTYP, PWID, ECCEN, TCLR, TAR and ECCPS bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PCR_PWAITEN | FMC_PCR_PBKEN | FMC_PCR_PTYP | \ - FMC_PCR_PWID | FMC_PCR_ECCEN | FMC_PCR_TCLR | \ - FMC_PCR_TAR | FMC_PCR_ECCPS)); - - /* Set NAND device control parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->Waitfeature |\ - FMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND |\ - Init->MemoryDataWidth |\ - Init->EccComputation |\ - Init->ECCPageSize |\ - ((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << 9) |\ - ((Init->TARSetupTime) << 13)); - - /* NAND bank registers configuration */ - Device->PCR = tmpr; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC_NAND Common space Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ - tmpr = Device->PMEM; - - - /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PMEM_MEMSET2 | FMC_PMEM_MEMWAIT2 | FMC_PMEM_MEMHOLD2 | \ - FMC_PMEM_MEMHIZ2)); - - /* Set FMC_NAND device timing parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime |\ - ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\ - ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24) - ); - - /* NAND bank registers configuration */ - Device->PMEM = tmpr; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC_NAND Attribute space Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Get the NAND bank register value */ - tmpr = Device->PATT; - - /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PATT_ATTSET2 | FMC_PATT_ATTWAIT2 | FMC_PATT_ATTHOLD2 | \ - FMC_PATT_ATTHIZ2)); - - /* Set FMC_NAND device timing parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime |\ - ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\ - ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24)); - - /* NAND bank registers configuration */ - Device->PATT = tmpr; - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the FMC_NAND device - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_DeInit(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Disable the NAND Bank */ - __FMC_NAND_DISABLE(Device, Bank); - - /* De-initialize the NAND Bank */ - /* Set the FMC_NAND_BANK registers to their reset values */ - Device->PCR = 0x00000018; - Device->SR = 0x00000040; - Device->PMEM = 0xFCFCFCFC; - Device->PATT = 0xFCFCFCFC; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup HAL_FMC_NAND_Group2 Control functions - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### FMC_NAND Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically - the FMC NAND interface. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * @brief Enables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature. - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Enable ECC feature */ - Device->PCR |= FMC_PCR_ECCEN; - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature. - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Disable ECC feature */ - Device->PCR &= ~FMC_PCR_ECCEN; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature. - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param ECCval: Pointer to ECC value - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @param Timeout: Timeout wait value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_GetECC(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until FIFO is empty */ - while(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(Device, Bank, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT) == RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Get the ECCR register value */ - *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#else /* defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) */ -/** @defgroup HAL_FMC_NAND_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the FMC NAND interface - (+) De-initialize the FMC NAND interface - (+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC_NAND device according to the specified - * control parameters in the FMC_NAND_HandleTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Init: Pointer to NAND Initialization structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_InitTypeDef *Init) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Init->NandBank)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ECC_STATE(Init->EccComputation)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(Init->ECCPageSize)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime)); - - if(Init->NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ - tmpr = Device->PCR2; - } - else - { - /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ - tmpr = Device->PCR3; - } - - /* Clear PWAITEN, PBKEN, PTYP, PWID, ECCEN, TCLR, TAR and ECCPS bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PCR2_PWAITEN | FMC_PCR2_PBKEN | FMC_PCR2_PTYP | \ - FMC_PCR2_PWID | FMC_PCR2_ECCEN | FMC_PCR2_TCLR | \ - FMC_PCR2_TAR | FMC_PCR2_ECCPS)); - - /* Set NAND device control parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->Waitfeature |\ - FMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND |\ - Init->MemoryDataWidth |\ - Init->EccComputation |\ - Init->ECCPageSize |\ - ((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << 9) |\ - ((Init->TARSetupTime) << 13)); - - if(Init->NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */ - Device->PCR2 = tmpr; - } - else - { - /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */ - Device->PCR3 = tmpr; - } - - return HAL_OK; - -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC_NAND Common space Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); - - if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ - tmpr = Device->PMEM2; - } - else - { - /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ - tmpr = Device->PMEM3; - } - - /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PMEM2_MEMSET2 | FMC_PMEM2_MEMWAIT2 | FMC_PMEM2_MEMHOLD2 | \ - FMC_PMEM2_MEMHIZ2)); - - /* Set FMC_NAND device timing parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime |\ - ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\ - ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24) - ); - - if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */ - Device->PMEM2 = tmpr; - } - else - { - /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */ - Device->PMEM3 = tmpr; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC_NAND Attribute space Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); - - if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ - tmpr = Device->PATT2; - } - else - { - /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ - tmpr = Device->PATT3; - } - - /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PATT2_ATTSET2 | FMC_PATT2_ATTWAIT2 | FMC_PATT2_ATTHOLD2 | \ - FMC_PATT2_ATTHIZ2)); - - /* Set FMC_NAND device timing parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime |\ - ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\ - ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24)); - - if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */ - Device->PATT2 = tmpr; - } - else - { - /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */ - Device->PATT3 = tmpr; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the FMC_NAND device - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_DeInit(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Disable the NAND Bank */ - __FMC_NAND_DISABLE(Device, Bank); - - /* De-initialize the NAND Bank */ - if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* Set the FMC_NAND_BANK2 registers to their reset values */ - Device->PCR2 = 0x00000018; - Device->SR2 = 0x00000040; - Device->PMEM2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - Device->PATT2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - } - /* FMC_Bank3_NAND */ - else - { - /* Set the FMC_NAND_BANK3 registers to their reset values */ - Device->PCR3 = 0x00000018; - Device->SR3 = 0x00000040; - Device->PMEM3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - Device->PATT3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_NAND_Private_Functions_Group2 - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### FMC_NAND Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically - the FMC NAND interface. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Enables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature. - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Enable ECC feature */ - if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - Device->PCR2 |= FMC_PCR2_ECCEN; - } - else - { - Device->PCR3 |= FMC_PCR3_ECCEN; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature. - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Disable ECC feature */ - if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - Device->PCR2 &= ~FMC_PCR2_ECCEN; - } - else - { - Device->PCR3 &= ~FMC_PCR3_ECCEN; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature. - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param ECCval: Pointer to ECC value - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @param Timeout: Timeout wait value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_GetECC(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until FIFO is empty */ - while(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(Device, Bank, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT) == RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* Get the ECCR2 register value */ - *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR2; - } - else - { - /* Get the ECCR3 register value */ - *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR3; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* defined(STM32F446xx) */ -/** - * @} - */ - -#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) -/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_PCCARD - * @brief PCCARD Controller functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use PCCARD device driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FMC PCCARD bank in order - to run the PCCARD/compact flash external devices. - - (+) FMC PCCARD bank reset using the function FMC_PCCARD_DeInit() - (+) FMC PCCARD bank control configuration using the function FMC_PCCARD_Init() - (+) FMC PCCARD bank common space timing configuration using the function - FMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init() - (+) FMC PCCARD bank attribute space timing configuration using the function - FMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init() - (+) FMC PCCARD bank IO space timing configuration using the function - FMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init() -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_PCCARD_Private_Functions_Group1 - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the FMC PCCARD interface - (+) De-initialize the FMC PCCARD interface - (+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC_PCCARD device according to the specified - * control parameters in the FMC_PCCARD_HandleTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance - * @param Init: Pointer to PCCARD Initialization structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_PCCARD_Init(FMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FMC_PCCARD_InitTypeDef *Init) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime)); - - /* Get PCCARD control register value */ - tmpr = Device->PCR4; - - /* Clear TAR, TCLR, PWAITEN and PWID bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PCR4_TAR | FMC_PCR4_TCLR | FMC_PCR4_PWAITEN | \ - FMC_PCR4_PWID)); - - /* Set FMC_PCCARD device control parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->Waitfeature |\ - FMC_NAND_PCC_MEM_BUS_WIDTH_16 |\ - (Init->TCLRSetupTime << 9) |\ - (Init->TARSetupTime << 13)); - - Device->PCR4 = tmpr; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC_PCCARD Common space Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); - - /* Get PCCARD common space timing register value */ - tmpr = Device->PMEM4; - - /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PMEM4_MEMSET4 | FMC_PMEM4_MEMWAIT4 | FMC_PMEM4_MEMHOLD4 | \ - FMC_PMEM4_MEMHIZ4)); - /* Set PCCARD timing parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime |\ - ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\ - ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24)); - - Device->PMEM4 = tmpr; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC_PCCARD Attribute space Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); - - /* Get PCCARD timing parameters */ - tmpr = Device->PATT4; - - /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PATT4_ATTSET4 | FMC_PATT4_ATTWAIT4 | FMC_PATT4_ATTHOLD4 | \ - FMC_PATT4_ATTHIZ4)); - - /* Set PCCARD timing parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime |\ - ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\ - ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24)); - Device->PATT4 = tmpr; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC_PCCARD IO space Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); - - /* Get FMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */ - tmpr = Device->PIO4; - - /* Clear IOSET4, IOWAIT4, IOHOLD4 and IOHIZ4 bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PIO4_IOSET4 | FMC_PIO4_IOWAIT4 | FMC_PIO4_IOHOLD4 | \ - FMC_PIO4_IOHIZ4)); - - /* Set FMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime |\ - ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\ - ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24)); - - Device->PIO4 = tmpr; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the FMC_PCCARD device - * @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_PCCARD_DeInit(FMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device)); - - /* Disable the FMC_PCCARD device */ - __FMC_PCCARD_DISABLE(Device); - - /* De-initialize the FMC_PCCARD device */ - Device->PCR4 = 0x00000018; - Device->SR4 = 0x00000000; - Device->PMEM4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - Device->PATT4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - Device->PIO4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */ - - -/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_SDRAM - * @brief SDRAM Controller functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use SDRAM device driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FMC SDRAM banks in order - to run the SDRAM external devices. - - (+) FMC SDRAM bank reset using the function FMC_SDRAM_DeInit() - (+) FMC SDRAM bank control configuration using the function FMC_SDRAM_Init() - (+) FMC SDRAM bank timing configuration using the function FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init() - (+) FMC SDRAM bank enable/disable write operation using the functions - FMC_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/FMC_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() - (+) FMC SDRAM bank send command using the function FMC_SDRAM_SendCommand() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_SDRAM_Private_Functions_Group1 - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the FMC SDRAM interface - (+) De-initialize the FMC SDRAM interface - (+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC_SDRAM device according to the specified - * control parameters in the FMC_SDRAM_InitTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance - * @param Init: Pointer to SDRAM Initialization structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_Init(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_SDRAM_InitTypeDef *Init) -{ - uint32_t tmpr1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Init->SDBank)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_COLUMNBITS_NUMBER(Init->ColumnBitsNumber)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ROWBITS_NUMBER(Init->RowBitsNumber)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDMEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_INTERNALBANK_NUMBER(Init->InternalBankNumber)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_CAS_LATENCY(Init->CASLatency)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_PROTECTION(Init->WriteProtection)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDCLOCK_PERIOD(Init->SDClockPeriod)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_READ_BURST(Init->ReadBurst)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_READPIPE_DELAY(Init->ReadPipeDelay)); - - /* Set SDRAM bank configuration parameters */ - if (Init->SDBank != FMC_SDRAM_BANK2) - { - tmpr1 = Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1]; - - /* Clear NC, NR, MWID, NB, CAS, WP, SDCLK, RBURST, and RPIPE bits */ - tmpr1 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDCR1_NC | FMC_SDCR1_NR | FMC_SDCR1_MWID | \ - FMC_SDCR1_NB | FMC_SDCR1_CAS | FMC_SDCR1_WP | \ - FMC_SDCR1_SDCLK | FMC_SDCR1_RBURST | FMC_SDCR1_RPIPE)); - - - tmpr1 |= (uint32_t)(Init->ColumnBitsNumber |\ - Init->RowBitsNumber |\ - Init->MemoryDataWidth |\ - Init->InternalBankNumber |\ - Init->CASLatency |\ - Init->WriteProtection |\ - Init->SDClockPeriod |\ - Init->ReadBurst |\ - Init->ReadPipeDelay - ); - Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1] = tmpr1; - } - else /* FMC_Bank2_SDRAM */ - { - tmpr1 = Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1]; - - /* Clear NC, NR, MWID, NB, CAS, WP, SDCLK, RBURST, and RPIPE bits */ - tmpr1 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDCR1_NC | FMC_SDCR1_NR | FMC_SDCR1_MWID | \ - FMC_SDCR1_NB | FMC_SDCR1_CAS | FMC_SDCR1_WP | \ - FMC_SDCR1_SDCLK | FMC_SDCR1_RBURST | FMC_SDCR1_RPIPE)); - - tmpr1 |= (uint32_t)(Init->SDClockPeriod |\ - Init->ReadBurst |\ - Init->ReadPipeDelay); - - tmpr2 = Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK2]; - - /* Clear NC, NR, MWID, NB, CAS, WP, SDCLK, RBURST, and RPIPE bits */ - tmpr2 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDCR1_NC | FMC_SDCR1_NR | FMC_SDCR1_MWID | \ - FMC_SDCR1_NB | FMC_SDCR1_CAS | FMC_SDCR1_WP | \ - FMC_SDCR1_SDCLK | FMC_SDCR1_RBURST | FMC_SDCR1_RPIPE)); - - tmpr2 |= (uint32_t)(Init->ColumnBitsNumber |\ - Init->RowBitsNumber |\ - Init->MemoryDataWidth |\ - Init->InternalBankNumber |\ - Init->CASLatency |\ - Init->WriteProtection); - - Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1] = tmpr1; - Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK2] = tmpr2; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC_SDRAM device timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to SDRAM Timing structure - * @param Bank: SDRAM bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank) -{ - uint32_t tmpr1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_LOADTOACTIVE_DELAY(Timing->LoadToActiveDelay)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_EXITSELFREFRESH_DELAY(Timing->ExitSelfRefreshDelay)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SELFREFRESH_TIME(Timing->SelfRefreshTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ROWCYCLE_DELAY(Timing->RowCycleDelay)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_RECOVERY_TIME(Timing->WriteRecoveryTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_RP_DELAY(Timing->RPDelay)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_RCD_DELAY(Timing->RCDDelay)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Set SDRAM device timing parameters */ - if (Bank != FMC_SDRAM_BANK2) - { - tmpr1 = Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1]; - - /* Clear TMRD, TXSR, TRAS, TRC, TWR, TRP and TRCD bits */ - tmpr1 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDTR1_TMRD | FMC_SDTR1_TXSR | FMC_SDTR1_TRAS | \ - FMC_SDTR1_TRC | FMC_SDTR1_TWR | FMC_SDTR1_TRP | \ - FMC_SDTR1_TRCD)); - - tmpr1 |= (uint32_t)(((Timing->LoadToActiveDelay)-1) |\ - (((Timing->ExitSelfRefreshDelay)-1) << 4) |\ - (((Timing->SelfRefreshTime)-1) << 8) |\ - (((Timing->RowCycleDelay)-1) << 12) |\ - (((Timing->WriteRecoveryTime)-1) <<16) |\ - (((Timing->RPDelay)-1) << 20) |\ - (((Timing->RCDDelay)-1) << 24)); - Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1] = tmpr1; - } - else /* FMC_Bank2_SDRAM */ - { - tmpr1 = Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK2]; - - /* Clear TMRD, TXSR, TRAS, TRC, TWR, TRP and TRCD bits */ - tmpr1 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDTR1_TMRD | FMC_SDTR1_TXSR | FMC_SDTR1_TRAS | \ - FMC_SDTR1_TRC | FMC_SDTR1_TWR | FMC_SDTR1_TRP | \ - FMC_SDTR1_TRCD)); - - tmpr1 |= (uint32_t)(((Timing->LoadToActiveDelay)-1) |\ - (((Timing->ExitSelfRefreshDelay)-1) << 4) |\ - (((Timing->SelfRefreshTime)-1) << 8) |\ - (((Timing->WriteRecoveryTime)-1) <<16) |\ - (((Timing->RCDDelay)-1) << 24)); - - tmpr2 = Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1]; - - /* Clear TMRD, TXSR, TRAS, TRC, TWR, TRP and TRCD bits */ - tmpr2 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDTR1_TMRD | FMC_SDTR1_TXSR | FMC_SDTR1_TRAS | \ - FMC_SDTR1_TRC | FMC_SDTR1_TWR | FMC_SDTR1_TRP | \ - FMC_SDTR1_TRCD)); - tmpr2 |= (uint32_t)((((Timing->RowCycleDelay)-1) << 12) |\ - (((Timing->RPDelay)-1) << 20)); - - Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK2] = tmpr1; - Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1] = tmpr2; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the FMC_SDRAM peripheral - * @param Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_DeInit(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Bank)); - - /* De-initialize the SDRAM device */ - Device->SDCR[Bank] = 0x000002D0; - Device->SDTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - Device->SDCMR = 0x00000000; - Device->SDRTR = 0x00000000; - Device->SDSR = 0x00000000; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_SDRAMPrivate_Functions_Group2 - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### FMC_SDRAM Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically - the FMC SDRAM interface. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Enables dynamically FMC_SDRAM write protection. - * @param Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance - * @param Bank: SDRAM bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Enable write protection */ - Device->SDCR[Bank] |= FMC_SDRAM_WRITE_PROTECTION_ENABLE; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables dynamically FMC_SDRAM write protection. - * @param hsdram: FMC_SDRAM handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Disable write protection */ - Device->SDCR[Bank] &= ~FMC_SDRAM_WRITE_PROTECTION_ENABLE; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Send Command to the FMC SDRAM bank - * @param Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance - * @param Command: Pointer to SDRAM command structure - * @param Timing: Pointer to SDRAM Timing structure - * @param Timeout: Timeout wait value - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_SendCommand(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef *Command, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmpr = 0; - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_COMMAND_MODE(Command->CommandMode)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_COMMAND_TARGET(Command->CommandTarget)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_AUTOREFRESH_NUMBER(Command->AutoRefreshNumber)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_MODE_REGISTER(Command->ModeRegisterDefinition)); - - /* Set command register */ - tmpr = (uint32_t)((Command->CommandMode) |\ - (Command->CommandTarget) |\ - (((Command->AutoRefreshNumber)-1) << 5) |\ - ((Command->ModeRegisterDefinition) << 9) - ); - - Device->SDCMR = tmpr; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until command is send */ - while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(Device->SDSR, FMC_SDSR_BUSY)) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Program the SDRAM Memory Refresh rate. - * @param Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance - * @param RefreshRate: The SDRAM refresh rate value. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t RefreshRate) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_REFRESH_RATE(RefreshRate)); - - /* Set the refresh rate in command register */ - Device->SDRTR |= (RefreshRate<<1); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Set the Number of consecutive SDRAM Memory auto Refresh commands. - * @param Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance - * @param AutoRefreshNumber: Specifies the auto Refresh number. - * @retval None - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t AutoRefreshNumber) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_AUTOREFRESH_NUMBER(AutoRefreshNumber)); - - /* Set the Auto-refresh number in command register */ - Device->SDCMR |= (AutoRefreshNumber << 5); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the indicated FMC SDRAM bank mode status. - * @param Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance - * @param Bank: Defines the FMC SDRAM bank. This parameter can be - * FMC_Bank1_SDRAM or FMC_Bank2_SDRAM. - * @retval The FMC SDRAM bank mode status, could be on of the following values: - * FMC_SDRAM_NORMAL_MODE, FMC_SDRAM_SELF_REFRESH_MODE or - * FMC_SDRAM_POWER_DOWN_MODE. - */ -uint32_t FMC_SDRAM_GetModeStatus(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Get the corresponding bank mode */ - if(Bank == FMC_SDRAM_BANK1) - { - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(Device->SDSR & FMC_SDSR_MODES1); - } - else - { - tmpreg = ((uint32_t)(Device->SDSR & FMC_SDSR_MODES2) >> 2); - } - - /* Return the mode status */ - return tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */ -#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_fsmc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_fsmc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9121e9e..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_fsmc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,955 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_ll_fsmc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief FSMC Low Layer HAL module driver. - * - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Flexible Static Memory Controller (FSMC) peripheral memories: - * + Initialization/de-initialization functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### FSMC peripheral features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] The Flexible static memory controller (FSMC) includes two memory controllers: - (+) The NOR/PSRAM memory controller - (+) The NAND/PC Card memory controller - - [..] The FSMC functional block makes the interface with synchronous and asynchronous static - memories, SDRAM memories, and 16-bit PC memory cards. Its main purposes are: - (+) to translate AHB transactions into the appropriate external device protocol. - (+) to meet the access time requirements of the external memory devices. - - [..] All external memories share the addresses, data and control signals with the controller. - Each external device is accessed by means of a unique Chip Select. The FSMC performs - only one access at a time to an external device. - The main features of the FSMC controller are the following: - (+) Interface with static-memory mapped devices including: - (++) Static random access memory (SRAM). - (++) Read-only memory (ROM). - (++) NOR Flash memory/OneNAND Flash memory. - (++) PSRAM (4 memory banks). - (++) 16-bit PC Card compatible devices. - (++) Two banks of NAND Flash memory with ECC hardware to check up to 8 Kbytes of - data. - (+) Independent Chip Select control for each memory bank. - (+) Independent configuration for each memory bank. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_LL FSMC Low Layer - * @brief FSMC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -#if defined (HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED) -#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NORSRAM - * @brief NORSRAM Controller functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use NORSRAM device driver ##### - ============================================================================== - - [..] - This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC NORSRAM banks in order - to run the NORSRAM external devices. - - (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank reset using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_DeInit() - (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank control configuration using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_Init() - (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank timing configuration using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init() - (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank extended timing configuration using the function - FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init() - (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank enable/disable write operation using the functions - FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group1 - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the FSMC NORSRAM interface - (+) De-initialize the FSMC NORSRAM interface - (+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM device according to the specified - * control parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance - * @param Init: Pointer to NORSRAM Initialization structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef* Init) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Init->NSBank)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_MUX(Init->DataAddressMux)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY(Init->MemoryType)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(Init->BurstAccessMode)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(Init->WaitSignalPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(Init->WrapMode)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(Init->WaitSignalActive)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(Init->WriteOperation)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(Init->WaitSignal)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(Init->ExtendedMode)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(Init->AsynchronousWait)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(Init->WriteBurst)); - - /* Get the BTCR register value */ - tmpr = Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank]; - - /* Clear MBKEN, MUXEN, MTYP, MWID, FACCEN, BURSTEN, WAITPOL, WRAPMOD, WAITCFG, WREN, - WAITEN, EXTMOD, ASYNCWAIT, CBURSTRW and CCLKEN bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_BCR1_MBKEN | FSMC_BCR1_MUXEN | FSMC_BCR1_MTYP | \ - FSMC_BCR1_MWID | FSMC_BCR1_FACCEN | FSMC_BCR1_BURSTEN | \ - FSMC_BCR1_WAITPOL | FSMC_BCR1_WRAPMOD | FSMC_BCR1_WAITCFG | \ - FSMC_BCR1_WREN | FSMC_BCR1_WAITEN | FSMC_BCR1_EXTMOD | \ - FSMC_BCR1_ASYNCWAIT | FSMC_BCR1_CBURSTRW)); - /* Set NORSRAM device control parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->DataAddressMux |\ - Init->MemoryType |\ - Init->MemoryDataWidth |\ - Init->BurstAccessMode |\ - Init->WaitSignalPolarity |\ - Init->WrapMode |\ - Init->WaitSignalActive |\ - Init->WriteOperation |\ - Init->WaitSignal |\ - Init->ExtendedMode |\ - Init->AsynchronousWait |\ - Init->WriteBurst - ); - - if(Init->MemoryType == FSMC_MEMORY_TYPE_NOR) - { - tmpr |= (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_ENABLE; - } - - Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank] = tmpr; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitialize the FSMC_NORSRAM peripheral - * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance - * @param ExDevice: Pointer to NORSRAM extended mode device instance - * @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *ExDevice, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(ExDevice)); - - /* Disable the FSMC_NORSRAM device */ - __FSMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Bank); - - /* De-initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM device */ - /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 */ - if(Bank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) - { - Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030DB; - } - /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK2, FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK3 or FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ - else - { - Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030D2; - } - - Device->BTCR[Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - ExDevice->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure - * @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode)); - - /* Get the BTCR register value */ - tmpr = Device->BTCR[Bank + 1]; - - /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN, CLKDIV, DATLAT and ACCMOD bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_BTR1_ADDSET | FSMC_BTR1_ADDHLD | FSMC_BTR1_DATAST | \ - FSMC_BTR1_BUSTURN | FSMC_BTR1_CLKDIV | FSMC_BTR1_DATLAT | \ - FSMC_BTR1_ACCMOD)); - - /* Set FSMC_NORSRAM device timing parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime |\ - ((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << 4) |\ - ((Timing->DataSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << 16) |\ - (((Timing->CLKDivision)-1) << 20) |\ - (((Timing->DataLatency)-2) << 24) |\ - (Timing->AccessMode)); - - Device->BTCR[Bank + 1] = tmpr; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM Extended mode Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure - * @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t ExtendedMode) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */ - if(ExtendedMode == FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode)); - - /* Get the BWTR register value */ - tmpr = Device->BWTR[Bank]; - - /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN, CLKDIV, DATLAT and ACCMOD bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_BWTR1_ADDSET | FSMC_BWTR1_ADDHLD | FSMC_BWTR1_DATAST | \ - FSMC_BWTR1_BUSTURN | FSMC_BWTR1_CLKDIV | FSMC_BWTR1_DATLAT | \ - FSMC_BWTR1_ACCMOD)); - - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime |\ - ((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << 4) |\ - ((Timing->DataSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << 16) |\ - (((Timing->CLKDivision)-1) << 20) |\ - (((Timing->DataLatency)-2) << 24) |\ - (Timing->AccessMode)); - - Device->BWTR[Bank] = tmpr; - } - else - { - Device->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group2 - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### FSMC_NORSRAM Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically - the FSMC NORSRAM interface. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables dynamically FSMC_NORSRAM write operation. - * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance - * @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Enable write operation */ - Device->BTCR[Bank] |= FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables dynamically FSMC_NORSRAM write operation. - * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance - * @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Disable write operation */ - Device->BTCR[Bank] &= ~FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE; - - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NAND - * @brief NAND Controller functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use NAND device driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC NAND banks in order - to run the NAND external devices. - - (+) FSMC NAND bank reset using the function FSMC_NAND_DeInit() - (+) FSMC NAND bank control configuration using the function FSMC_NAND_Init() - (+) FSMC NAND bank common space timing configuration using the function - FSMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init() - (+) FSMC NAND bank attribute space timing configuration using the function - FSMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init() - (+) FSMC NAND bank enable/disable ECC correction feature using the functions - FSMC_NAND_ECC_Enable()/FSMC_NAND_ECC_Disable() - (+) FSMC NAND bank get ECC correction code using the function FSMC_NAND_GetECC() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NAND_Private_Functions_Group1 - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the FSMC NAND interface - (+) De-initialize the FSMC NAND interface - (+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FSMC_NAND device according to the specified - * control parameters in the FSMC_NAND_HandleTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Init: Pointer to NAND Initialization structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_InitTypeDef *Init) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Init->NandBank)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(Init->EccComputation)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(Init->ECCPageSize)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime)); - - if(Init->NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ - tmpr = Device->PCR2; - } - else - { - /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ - tmpr = Device->PCR3; - } - - /* Clear PWAITEN, PBKEN, PTYP, PWID, ECCEN, TCLR, TAR and ECCPS bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PCR2_PWAITEN | FSMC_PCR2_PBKEN | FSMC_PCR2_PTYP | \ - FSMC_PCR2_PWID | FSMC_PCR2_ECCEN | FSMC_PCR2_TCLR | \ - FSMC_PCR2_TAR | FSMC_PCR2_ECCPS)); - - /* Set NAND device control parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->Waitfeature |\ - FSMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND |\ - Init->MemoryDataWidth |\ - Init->EccComputation |\ - Init->ECCPageSize |\ - ((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << 9) |\ - ((Init->TARSetupTime) << 13)); - - if(Init->NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */ - Device->PCR2 = tmpr; - } - else - { - /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */ - Device->PCR3 = tmpr; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FSMC_NAND Common space Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); - - if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ - tmpr = Device->PMEM2; - } - else - { - /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ - tmpr = Device->PMEM3; - } - - /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PMEM2_MEMSET2 | FSMC_PMEM2_MEMWAIT2 | FSMC_PMEM2_MEMHOLD2 | \ - FSMC_PMEM2_MEMHIZ2)); - - /* Set FSMC_NAND device timing parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime |\ - ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\ - ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24) - ); - - if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */ - Device->PMEM2 = tmpr; - } - else - { - /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */ - Device->PMEM3 = tmpr; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FSMC_NAND Attribute space Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); - - if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ - tmpr = Device->PATT2; - } - else - { - /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ - tmpr = Device->PATT3; - } - - /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PATT2_ATTSET2 | FSMC_PATT2_ATTWAIT2 | FSMC_PATT2_ATTHOLD2 | \ - FSMC_PATT2_ATTHIZ2)); - - /* Set FSMC_NAND device timing parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime |\ - ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\ - ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24) - ); - - if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */ - Device->PATT2 = tmpr; - } - else - { - /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */ - Device->PATT3 = tmpr; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the FSMC_NAND device - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_DeInit(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Disable the NAND Bank */ - __FSMC_NAND_DISABLE(Device, Bank); - - /* De-initialize the NAND Bank */ - if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* Set the FSMC_NAND_BANK2 registers to their reset values */ - Device->PCR2 = 0x00000018; - Device->SR2 = 0x00000040; - Device->PMEM2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - Device->PATT2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - } - /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND */ - else - { - /* Set the FSMC_NAND_BANK3 registers to their reset values */ - Device->PCR3 = 0x00000018; - Device->SR3 = 0x00000040; - Device->PMEM3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - Device->PATT3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NAND_Private_Functions_Group2 - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### FSMC_NAND Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically - the FSMC NAND interface. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature. - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Enable ECC feature */ - if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - Device->PCR2 |= FSMC_PCR2_ECCEN; - } - else - { - Device->PCR3 |= FSMC_PCR3_ECCEN; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature. - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) -{ - /* Disable ECC feature */ - if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - Device->PCR2 &= ~FSMC_PCR2_ECCEN; - } - else - { - Device->PCR3 &= ~FSMC_PCR3_ECCEN; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature. - * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance - * @param ECCval: Pointer to ECC value - * @param Bank: NAND bank number - * @param Timeout: Timeout wait value - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_GetECC(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until FIFO is empty */ - while(__FSMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(Device, Bank, FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT) == RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) - { - /* Get the ECCR2 register value */ - *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR2; - } - else - { - /* Get the ECCR3 register value */ - *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR3; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_PCCARD - * @brief PCCARD Controller functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use PCCARD device driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC PCCARD bank in order - to run the PCCARD/compact flash external devices. - - (+) FSMC PCCARD bank reset using the function FSMC_PCCARD_DeInit() - (+) FSMC PCCARD bank control configuration using the function FSMC_PCCARD_Init() - (+) FSMC PCCARD bank common space timing configuration using the function - FSMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init() - (+) FSMC PCCARD bank attribute space timing configuration using the function - FSMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init() - (+) FSMC PCCARD bank IO space timing configuration using the function - FSMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_PCCARD_Private_Functions_Group1 - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the FSMC PCCARD interface - (+) De-initialize the FSMC PCCARD interface - (+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD device according to the specified - * control parameters in the FSMC_PCCARD_HandleTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance - * @param Init: Pointer to PCCARD Initialization structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_PCCARD_InitTypeDef *Init) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime)); - - /* Get PCCARD control register value */ - tmpr = Device->PCR4; - - /* Clear TAR, TCLR, PWAITEN and PWID bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PCR4_TAR | FSMC_PCR4_TCLR | FSMC_PCR4_PWAITEN | \ - FSMC_PCR4_PWID)); - - /* Set FSMC_PCCARD device control parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->Waitfeature |\ - FSMC_NAND_PCC_MEM_BUS_WIDTH_16 |\ - (Init->TCLRSetupTime << 9) |\ - (Init->TARSetupTime << 13)); - - Device->PCR4 = tmpr; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD Common space Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); - - /* Get PCCARD common space timing register value */ - tmpr = Device->PMEM4; - - /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PMEM4_MEMSET4 | FSMC_PMEM4_MEMWAIT4 | FSMC_PMEM4_MEMHOLD4 | \ - FSMC_PMEM4_MEMHIZ4)); - /* Set PCCARD timing parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)((Timing->SetupTime |\ - ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\ - (Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\ - ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24)); - - Device->PMEM4 = tmpr; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD Attribute space Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); - - /* Get PCCARD timing parameters */ - tmpr = Device->PATT4; - - /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PATT4_ATTSET4 | FSMC_PATT4_ATTWAIT4 | FSMC_PATT4_ATTHOLD4 | \ - FSMC_PATT4_ATTHIZ4)); - - /* Set PCCARD timing parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime |\ - ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\ - ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24)); - Device->PATT4 = tmpr; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD IO space Timing according to the specified - * parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef - * @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance - * @param Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); - - /* Get FSMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */ - tmpr = Device->PIO4; - - /* Clear IOSET4, IOWAIT4, IOHOLD4 and IOHIZ4 bits */ - tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PIO4_IOSET4 | FSMC_PIO4_IOWAIT4 | FSMC_PIO4_IOHOLD4 | \ - FSMC_PIO4_IOHIZ4)); - - /* Set FSMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */ - tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime |\ - ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\ - ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\ - ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24)); - - Device->PIO4 = tmpr; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the FSMC_PCCARD device - * @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_DeInit(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device) -{ - /* Disable the FSMC_PCCARD device */ - __FSMC_PCCARD_DISABLE(Device); - - /* De-initialize the FSMC_PCCARD device */ - Device->PCR4 = 0x00000018; - Device->SR4 = 0x00000000; - Device->PMEM4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - Device->PATT4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - Device->PIO4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */ -#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_sdmmc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_sdmmc.c deleted file mode 100644 index bc33c7a..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_sdmmc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,505 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_ll_sdmmc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief SDMMC Low Layer HAL module driver. - * - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the SDMMC peripheral: - * + Initialization/de-initialization functions - * + I/O operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### SDMMC peripheral features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] The SD/SDIO MMC card host interface (SDIO) provides an interface between the APB2 - peripheral bus and MultiMedia cards (MMCs), SD memory cards, SDIO cards and CE-ATA - devices. - - [..] The SDIO features include the following: - (+) Full compliance with MultiMedia Card System Specification Version 4.2. Card support - for three different databus modes: 1-bit (default), 4-bit and 8-bit - (+) Full compatibility with previous versions of MultiMedia Cards (forward compatibility) - (+) Full compliance with SD Memory Card Specifications Version 2.0 - (+) Full compliance with SD I/O Card Specification Version 2.0: card support for two - different data bus modes: 1-bit (default) and 4-bit - (+) Full support of the CE-ATA features (full compliance with CE-ATA digital protocol - Rev1.1) - (+) Data transfer up to 48 MHz for the 8 bit mode - (+) Data and command output enable signals to control external bidirectional drivers. - - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This driver is a considered as a driver of service for external devices drivers - that interfaces with the SDIO peripheral. - According to the device used (SD card/ MMC card / SDIO card ...), a set of APIs - is used in the device's driver to perform SDIO operations and functionalities. - - This driver is almost transparent for the final user, it is only used to implement other - functionalities of the external device. - - [..] - (+) The SDIO clock (SDIOCLK = 48 MHz) is coming from a specific output of PLL - (PLL48CLK). Before start working with SDIO peripheral make sure that the - PLL is well configured. - The SDIO peripheral uses two clock signals: - (++) SDIO adapter clock (SDIOCLK = 48 MHz) - (++) APB2 bus clock (PCLK2) - - -@@- PCLK2 and SDIO_CK clock frequencies must respect the following condition: - Frequency(PCLK2) >= (3 / 8 x Frequency(SDIO_CK)) - - (+) Enable/Disable peripheral clock using RCC peripheral macros related to SDIO - peripheral. - - (+) Enable the Power ON State using the SDIO_PowerState_ON(SDIOx) - function and disable it using the function SDIO_PowerState_OFF(SDIOx). - - (+) Enable/Disable the clock using the __SDIO_ENABLE()/__SDIO_DISABLE() macros. - - (+) Enable/Disable the peripheral interrupts using the macros __SDIO_ENABLE_IT(hsdio, IT) - and __SDIO_DISABLE_IT(hsdio, IT) if you need to use interrupt mode. - - (+) When using the DMA mode - (++) Configure the DMA in the MSP layer of the external device - (++) Active the needed channel Request - (++) Enable the DMA using __SDIO_DMA_ENABLE() macro or Disable it using the macro - __SDIO_DMA_DISABLE(). - - (+) To control the CPSM (Command Path State Machine) and send - commands to the card use the SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx), - SDIO_GetCommandResponse() and SDIO_GetResponse() functions. First, user has - to fill the command structure (pointer to SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef) according - to the selected command to be sent. - The parameters that should be filled are: - (++) Command Argument - (++) Command Index - (++) Command Response type - (++) Command Wait - (++) CPSM Status (Enable or Disable). - - -@@- To check if the command is well received, read the SDIO_CMDRESP - register using the SDIO_GetCommandResponse(). - The SDIO responses registers (SDIO_RESP1 to SDIO_RESP2), use the - SDIO_GetResponse() function. - - (+) To control the DPSM (Data Path State Machine) and send/receive - data to/from the card use the SDIO_DataConfig(), SDIO_GetDataCounter(), - SDIO_ReadFIFO(), DIO_WriteFIFO() and SDIO_GetFIFOCount() functions. - - *** Read Operations *** - ======================= - [..] - (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to - SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received. - The parameters that should be filled are: - (++) Data Timeout - (++) Data Length - (++) Data Block size - (++) Data Transfer direction: should be from card (To SDIO) - (++) Data Transfer mode - (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable) - - (#) Configure the SDIO resources to receive the data from the card - according to selected transfer mode (Refer to Step 8, 9 and 10). - - (#) Send the selected Read command (refer to step 11). - - (#) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status. - - *** Write Operations *** - ======================== - [..] - (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to - SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received. - The parameters that should be filled are: - (++) Data Timeout - (++) Data Length - (++) Data Block size - (++) Data Transfer direction: should be to card (To CARD) - (++) Data Transfer mode - (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable) - - (#) Configure the SDIO resources to send the data to the card according to - selected transfer mode. - - (#) Send the selected Write command. - - (#) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SDMMC_LL SDMMC Low Layer - * @brief Low layer module for SD and MMC driver - * @{ - */ - -#if defined (HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup SDMMC_LL_Exported_Functions SDMMC_LL Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SDIO according to the specified - * parameters in the SDIO_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base - * @param Init: SDIO initialization structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_Init(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, SDIO_InitTypeDef Init) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_ALL_INSTANCE(SDIOx)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(Init.ClockEdge)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(Init.ClockBypass)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(Init.ClockPowerSave)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(Init.BusWide)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(Init.HardwareFlowControl)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLKDIV(Init.ClockDiv)); - - /* Set SDIO configuration parameters */ - tmpreg |= (Init.ClockEdge |\ - Init.ClockBypass |\ - Init.ClockPowerSave |\ - Init.BusWide |\ - Init.HardwareFlowControl |\ - Init.ClockDiv - ); - - /* Write to SDIO CLKCR */ - MODIFY_REG(SDIOx->CLKCR, CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group2 I/O operation functions - * @brief Data transfers functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### I/O operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SDIO data - transfers. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Read data (word) from Rx FIFO in blocking mode (polling) - * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base - * @retval HAL status - */ -uint32_t SDIO_ReadFIFO(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) -{ - /* Read data from Rx FIFO */ - return (SDIOx->FIFO); -} - -/** - * @brief Write data (word) to Tx FIFO in blocking mode (polling) - * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base - * @param pWriteData: pointer to data to write - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_WriteFIFO(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t *pWriteData) -{ - /* Write data to FIFO */ - SDIOx->FIFO = *pWriteData; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group3 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SDIO data - transfers. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Set SDIO Power state to ON. - * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_PowerState_ON(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) -{ - /* Set power state to ON */ - SDIOx->POWER = SDIO_POWER_PWRCTRL; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Set SDIO Power state to OFF. - * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_PowerState_OFF(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) -{ - /* Set power state to OFF */ - SDIOx->POWER = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Get SDIO Power state. - * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base - * @retval Power status of the controller. The returned value can be one of the - * following values: - * - 0x00: Power OFF - * - 0x02: Power UP - * - 0x03: Power ON - */ -uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) -{ - return (SDIOx->POWER & SDIO_POWER_PWRCTRL); -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the SDIO command path according to the specified parameters in - * SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef structure and send the command - * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base - * @param SDIO_CmdInitStruct: pointer to a SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the SDIO command - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->CmdIndex)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->Response)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_WAIT(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->WaitForInterrupt)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CPSM(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->CPSM)); - - /* Set the SDIO Argument value */ - SDIOx->ARG = SDIO_CmdInitStruct->Argument; - - /* Set SDIO command parameters */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->CmdIndex |\ - SDIO_CmdInitStruct->Response |\ - SDIO_CmdInitStruct->WaitForInterrupt |\ - SDIO_CmdInitStruct->CPSM); - - /* Write to SDIO CMD register */ - MODIFY_REG(SDIOx->CMD, CMD_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the command index of last command for which response received - * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base - * @retval Command index of the last command response received - */ -uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) -{ - return (uint8_t)(SDIOx->RESPCMD); -} - - -/** - * @brief Return the response received from the card for the last command - * @param SDIO_RESP: Specifies the SDIO response register. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SDIO_RESP1: Response Register 1 - * @arg SDIO_RESP2: Response Register 2 - * @arg SDIO_RESP3: Response Register 3 - * @arg SDIO_RESP4: Response Register 4 - * @retval The Corresponding response register value - */ -uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESP(SDIO_RESP)); - - /* Get the response */ - tmp = SDIO_RESP_ADDR + SDIO_RESP; - - return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp); -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the SDIO data path according to the specified - * parameters in the SDIO_DataInitTypeDef. - * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base - * @param SDIO_DataInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure - * that contains the configuration information for the SDIO command. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(SDIO_DataInitStruct->DataLength)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->DataBlockSize)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(SDIO_DataInitStruct->TransferDir)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->TransferMode)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_DPSM(SDIO_DataInitStruct->DPSM)); - - /* Set the SDIO Data Timeout value */ - SDIOx->DTIMER = SDIO_DataInitStruct->DataTimeOut; - - /* Set the SDIO DataLength value */ - SDIOx->DLEN = SDIO_DataInitStruct->DataLength; - - /* Set the SDIO data configuration parameters */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SDIO_DataInitStruct->DataBlockSize |\ - SDIO_DataInitStruct->TransferDir |\ - SDIO_DataInitStruct->TransferMode |\ - SDIO_DataInitStruct->DPSM); - - /* Write to SDIO DCTRL */ - MODIFY_REG(SDIOx->DCTRL, DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg); - - return HAL_OK; - -} - -/** - * @brief Returns number of remaining data bytes to be transferred. - * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base - * @retval Number of remaining data bytes to be transferred - */ -uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) -{ - return (SDIOx->DCOUNT); -} - -/** - * @brief Get the FIFO data - * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base - * @retval Data received - */ -uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) -{ - return (SDIOx->FIFO); -} - - -/** - * @brief Sets one of the two options of inserting read wait interval. - * @param SDIO_ReadWaitMode: SD I/O Read Wait operation mode. - * This parameter can be: - * @arg SDIO_READ_WAIT_MODE_CLK: Read Wait control by stopping SDIOCLK - * @arg SDIO_READ_WAIT_MODE_DATA2: Read Wait control using SDIO_DATA2 - * @retval None - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(SDIO_ReadWaitMode)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *)DCTRL_RWMOD_BB = SDIO_ReadWaitMode; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* (HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED) || (HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED) */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c deleted file mode 100644 index f45004c..0000000 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1705 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.3.2 - * @date 26-June-2015 - * @brief USB Low Layer HAL module driver. - * - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: - * + Initialization/de-initialization functions - * + I/O operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure. - - (#) Call USB_CoreInit() API to initialize the USB Core peripheral. - - (#) The upper HAL HCD/PCD driver will call the right routines for its internal processes. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_LL_USB_DRIVER - * @{ - */ - -#if defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx); - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup LL_USB_Exported_Functions USB Low Layer Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup LL_USB_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the USB Core - * @param USBx: USB Instance - * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg) -{ - if (cfg.phy_itface == USB_OTG_ULPI_PHY) - { - - USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN); - - /* Init The ULPI Interface */ - USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TSDPS | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIFSLS | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_PHYSEL); - - /* Select vbus source */ - USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSD | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSI); - if(cfg.use_external_vbus == 1) - { - USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSD; - } - /* Reset after a PHY select */ - USB_CoreReset(USBx); - } - else /* FS interface (embedded Phy) */ - { - /* Select FS Embedded PHY */ - USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_PHYSEL; - - /* Reset after a PHY select and set Host mode */ - USB_CoreReset(USBx); - - /* Deactivate the power down*/ - USBx->GCCFG = USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN; - } - - if(cfg.dma_enable == ENABLE) - { - USBx->GAHBCFG |= (USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_HBSTLEN_1 | USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_HBSTLEN_2); - USBx->GAHBCFG |= USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_DMAEN; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_EnableGlobalInt - * Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - USBx->GAHBCFG |= USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT; - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief USB_DisableGlobalInt - * Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - USBx->GAHBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT; - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_SetCurrentMode : Set functional mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param mode : current core mode - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * @arg USB_OTG_DEVICE_MODE: Peripheral mode - * @arg USB_OTG_HOST_MODE: Host mode - * @arg USB_OTG_DRD_MODE: Dual Role Device mode - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_ModeTypeDef mode) -{ - USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD); - - if ( mode == USB_OTG_HOST_MODE) - { - USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD; - } - else if ( mode == USB_OTG_DEVICE_MODE) - { - USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD; - } - HAL_Delay(50); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_DevInit : Initializes the USB_OTG controller registers - * for device mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg) -{ - uint32_t i = 0; - - /*Activate VBUS Sensing B */ -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN; - - if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == 0) - { - /* Deactivate VBUS Sensing B */ - USBx->GCCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN; - - /* B-peripheral session valid override enable*/ - USBx->GOTGCTL |= USB_OTG_GOTGCTL_BVALOEN; - USBx->GOTGCTL |= USB_OTG_GOTGCTL_BVALOVAL; - } -#else - USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBUSBSEN; - - if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == 0) - { - USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_NOVBUSSENS; - } -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - - /* Restart the Phy Clock */ - USBx_PCGCCTL = 0; - - /* Device mode configuration */ - USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= DCFG_FRAME_INTERVAL_80; - - if(cfg.phy_itface == USB_OTG_ULPI_PHY) - { - if(cfg.speed == USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH) - { - /* Set High speed phy */ - USB_SetDevSpeed (USBx , USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH); - } - else - { - /* set High speed phy in Full speed mode */ - USB_SetDevSpeed (USBx , USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH_IN_FULL); - } - } - else - { - /* Set Full speed phy */ - USB_SetDevSpeed (USBx , USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL); - } - - /* Flush the FIFOs */ - USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx , 0x10); /* all Tx FIFOs */ - USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); - - /* Clear all pending Device Interrupts */ - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK = 0; - USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK = 0; - USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0; - - for (i = 0; i < cfg.dev_endpoints; i++) - { - if ((USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) - { - USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL = (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SNAK); - } - else - { - USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL = 0; - } - - USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPTSIZ = 0; - USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT = 0xFF; - } - - for (i = 0; i < cfg.dev_endpoints; i++) - { - if ((USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) - { - USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL = (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SNAK); - } - else - { - USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL = 0; - } - - USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPTSIZ = 0; - USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT = 0xFF; - } - - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TXFURM); - - if (cfg.dma_enable == 1) - { - /*Set threshold parameters */ - USBx_DEVICE->DTHRCTL = (USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_TXTHRLEN_6 | USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_RXTHRLEN_6); - USBx_DEVICE->DTHRCTL |= (USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_RXTHREN | USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_ISOTHREN | USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_NONISOTHREN); - - i= USBx_DEVICE->DTHRCTL; - } - - /* Disable all interrupts. */ - USBx->GINTMSK = 0; - - /* Clear any pending interrupts */ - USBx->GINTSTS = 0xBFFFFFFF; - - /* Enable the common interrupts */ - if (cfg.dma_enable == DISABLE) - { - USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM; - } - - /* Enable interrupts matching to the Device mode ONLY */ - USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBSUSPM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBRST |\ - USB_OTG_GINTMSK_ENUMDNEM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IEPINT |\ - USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OEPINT | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IISOIXFRM|\ - USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM); - - if(cfg.Sof_enable) - { - USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM; - } - - if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == ENABLE) - { - USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SRQIM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OTGINT); - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief USB_OTG_FlushTxFifo : Flush a Tx FIFO - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param num : FIFO number - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - 15 means Flush all Tx FIFOs - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushTxFifo (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t num ) -{ - uint32_t count = 0; - - USBx->GRSTCTL = ( USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH |(uint32_t)( num << 6)); - - do - { - if (++count > 200000) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH); - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief USB_FlushRxFifo : Flush Rx FIFO - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushRxFifo(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint32_t count = 0; - - USBx->GRSTCTL = USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH; - - do - { - if (++count > 200000) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_SetDevSpeed :Initializes the DevSpd field of DCFG register - * depending the PHY type and the enumeration speed of the device. - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param speed : device speed - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH_IN_FULL: High speed core in Full Speed mode - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode - * @retval Hal status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t speed) -{ - USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= speed; - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_GetDevSpeed :Return the Dev Speed - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval speed : device speed - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode - */ -uint8_t USB_GetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint8_t speed = 0; - - if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_HS_PHY_30MHZ_OR_60MHZ) - { - speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH; - } - else if (((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_30MHZ_OR_60MHZ)|| - ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_48MHZ)) - { - speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL; - } - else if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_LS_PHY_6MHZ) - { - speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW; - } - - return speed; -} - -/** - * @brief Activate and configure an endpoint - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - if (ep->is_in == 1) - { - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num))); - - if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ - ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP)); - } - - } - else - { - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16); - - if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0) - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ - (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM)| (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP)); - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @brief Activate and configure a dedicated endpoint - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateDedicatedEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - static __IO uint32_t debug = 0; - - /* Read DEPCTLn register */ - if (ep->is_in == 1) - { - if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ - ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP)); - } - - - debug |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ - ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP)); - - USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num))); - } - else - { - if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0) - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ - ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP)); - - debug = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t )USBx) + USB_OTG_OUT_ENDPOINT_BASE + (0)*USB_OTG_EP_REG_SIZE); - debug = (uint32_t )&USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL; - debug |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ - ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP)); - } - - USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16); - } - - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @brief De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - /* Read DEPCTLn register */ - if (ep->is_in == 1) - { - USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)))); - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)))); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP; - } - else - { - USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16)); - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16)); - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP; - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief De-activate and de-initialize a dedicated endpoint - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateDedicatedEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - /* Read DEPCTLn register */ - if (ep->is_in == 1) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP; - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)))); - } - else - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP; - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16)); - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_EPStartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over an EP - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @param dma: USB dma enabled or disabled - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * 0 : DMA feature not used - * 1 : DMA feature used - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep, uint8_t dma) -{ - uint16_t pktcnt = 0; - - /* IN endpoint */ - if (ep->is_in == 1) - { - /* Zero Length Packet? */ - if (ep->xfer_len == 0) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ; - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); - } - else - { - /* Program the transfer size and packet count - * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket + - * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet - * exist ? 1 : 0) - */ - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (((ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket -1)/ ep->maxpacket) << 19)) ; - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len); - - if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT & (1 << 29)); - } - } - - if (dma == 1) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPDMA = (uint32_t)(ep->dma_addr); - } - else - { - if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC) - { - /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */ - if (ep->xfer_len > 0) - { - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1 << ep->num; - } - } - } - - if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) - { - if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & ( 1 << 8 )) == 0) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SODDFRM; - } - else - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; - } - } - - /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */ - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA); - - if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) - { - USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->num, ep->xfer_len, dma); - } - } - else /* OUT endpoint */ - { - /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows: - * pktcnt = N - * xfersize = N * maxpacket - */ - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); - - if (ep->xfer_len == 0) - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->maxpacket); - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ; - } - else - { - pktcnt = (ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket -1)/ ep->maxpacket; - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (pktcnt << 19)); ; - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket * pktcnt)); - } - - if (dma == 1) - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPDMA = (uint32_t)ep->xfer_buff; - } - - if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) - { - if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & ( 1 << 8 )) == 0) - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SODDFRM; - } - else - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; - } - } - /* EP enable */ - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA); - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_EP0StartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over the EP 0 - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @param dma: USB dma enabled or disabled - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * 0 : DMA feature not used - * 1 : DMA feature used - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep, uint8_t dma) -{ - /* IN endpoint */ - if (ep->is_in == 1) - { - /* Zero Length Packet? */ - if (ep->xfer_len == 0) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ; - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); - } - else - { - /* Program the transfer size and packet count - * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket + - * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet - * exist ? 1 : 0) - */ - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); - - if(ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket) - { - ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket; - } - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ; - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len); - - } - - if (dma == 1) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPDMA = (uint32_t)(ep->dma_addr); - } - else - { - /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */ - if (ep->xfer_len > 0) - { - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1 << (ep->num); - } - } - - /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */ - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA); - } - else /* OUT endpoint */ - { - /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows: - * pktcnt = N - * xfersize = N * maxpacket - */ - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); - - if (ep->xfer_len > 0) - { - ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket; - } - - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket)); - - - if (dma == 1) - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPDMA = (uint32_t)(ep->xfer_buff); - } - - /* EP enable */ - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA); - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_WritePacket : Writes a packet into the Tx FIFO associated - * with the EP/channel - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param src : pointer to source buffer - * @param ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number - * @param len : Number of bytes to write - * @param dma: USB dma enabled or disabled - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * 0 : DMA feature not used - * 1 : DMA feature used - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_WritePacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *src, uint8_t ch_ep_num, uint16_t len, uint8_t dma) -{ - uint32_t count32b= 0 , i= 0; - - if (dma == 0) - { - count32b = (len + 3) / 4; - for (i = 0; i < count32b; i++, src += 4) - { - USBx_DFIFO(ch_ep_num) = *((__packed uint32_t *)src); - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ReadPacket : read a packet from the Tx FIFO associated - * with the EP/channel - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param src : source pointer - * @param ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number - * @param len : Number of bytes to read - * @param dma: USB dma enabled or disabled - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * 0 : DMA feature not used - * 1 : DMA feature used - * @retval pointer to destination buffer - */ -void *USB_ReadPacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *dest, uint16_t len) -{ - uint32_t i=0; - uint32_t count32b = (len + 3) / 4; - - for ( i = 0; i < count32b; i++, dest += 4 ) - { - *(__packed uint32_t *)dest = USBx_DFIFO(0); - - } - return ((void *)dest); -} - -/** - * @brief USB_EPSetStall : set a stall condition over an EP - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - if (ep->is_in == 1) - { - if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == 0) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS); - } - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL; - } - else - { - if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == 0) - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS); - } - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL; - } - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief USB_EPClearStall : Clear a stall condition over an EP - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - if (ep->is_in == 1) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL; - if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR || ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */ - } - } - else - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL; - if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR || ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK) - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */ - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_StopDevice : Stop the usb device mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint32_t i; - - /* Clear Pending interrupt */ - for (i = 0; i < 15 ; i++) - { - USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT = 0xFF; - USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT = 0xFF; - } - USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; - - /* Clear interrupt masks */ - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK = 0; - USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK = 0; - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0; - - /* Flush the FIFO */ - USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); - USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx , 0x10 ); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_SetDevAddress : Stop the usb device mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param address : new device address to be assigned - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevAddress (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address) -{ - USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~ (USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD); - USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= (address << 4) & USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD ; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_DevConnect : Connect the USB device by enabling the pull-up/pull-down - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevConnect (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS ; - HAL_Delay(3); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_DevDisconnect : Disconnect the USB device by disabling the pull-up/pull-down - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevDisconnect (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS ; - HAL_Delay(3); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ReadInterrupts: return the global USB interrupt status - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -uint32_t USB_ReadInterrupts (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint32_t v = 0; - - v = USBx->GINTSTS; - v &= USBx->GINTMSK; - return v; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt: return the USB device OUT endpoints interrupt status - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint32_t v; - v = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT; - v &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK; - return ((v & 0xffff0000) >> 16); -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt: return the USB device IN endpoints interrupt status - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint32_t v; - v = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT; - v &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK; - return ((v & 0xFFFF)); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns Device OUT EP Interrupt register - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param epnum : endpoint number - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 - * @retval Device OUT EP Interrupt register - */ -uint32_t USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) -{ - uint32_t v; - v = USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPINT; - v &= USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK; - return v; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns Device IN EP Interrupt register - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param epnum : endpoint number - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 - * @retval Device IN EP Interrupt register - */ -uint32_t USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) -{ - uint32_t v, msk, emp; - - msk = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK; - emp = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK; - msk |= ((emp >> epnum) & 0x1) << 7; - v = USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPINT & msk; - return v; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ClearInterrupts: clear a USB interrupt - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param interrupt : interrupt flag - * @retval None - */ -void USB_ClearInterrupts (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt) -{ - USBx->GINTSTS |= interrupt; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns USB core mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval return core mode : Host or Device - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * 0 : Host - * 1 : Device - */ -uint32_t USB_GetMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - return ((USBx->GINTSTS ) & 0x1); -} - - -/** - * @brief Activate EP0 for Setup transactions - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateSetup (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - /* Set the MPS of the IN EP based on the enumeration speed */ - USBx_INEP(0)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ; - - if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_LS_PHY_6MHZ) - { - USBx_INEP(0)->DIEPCTL |= 3; - } - USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_CGINAK; - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Prepare the EP0 to start the first control setup - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param dma: USB dma enabled or disabled - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * 0 : DMA feature not used - * 1 : DMA feature used - * @param psetup : pointer to setup packet - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0_OutStart(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t dma, uint8_t *psetup) -{ - USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ = 0; - USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ; - USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= (3 * 8); - USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_STUPCNT; - - if (dma == 1) - { - USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPDMA = (uint32_t)psetup; - /* EP enable */ - USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPCTL = 0x80008000; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Reset the USB Core (needed after USB clock settings change) - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint32_t count = 0; - - /* Wait for AHB master IDLE state. */ - do - { - if (++count > 200000) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_AHBIDL) == 0); - - /* Core Soft Reset */ - count = 0; - USBx->GRSTCTL |= USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST; - - do - { - if (++count > 200000) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST); - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief USB_HostInit : Initializes the USB OTG controller registers - * for Host mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HostInit (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg) -{ - uint32_t i; - - /* Restart the Phy Clock */ - USBx_PCGCCTL = 0; - - /* Activate VBUS Sensing B */ -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN; -#else - USBx->GCCFG &=~ (USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBUSASEN); - USBx->GCCFG &=~ (USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBUSBSEN); - USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_NOVBUSSENS; -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - - /* Disable the FS/LS support mode only */ - if((cfg.speed == USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL)&& - (USBx != USB_OTG_FS)) - { - USBx_HOST->HCFG |= USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS; - } - else - { - USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS); - } - - /* Make sure the FIFOs are flushed. */ - USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10 ); /* all Tx FIFOs */ - USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); - - /* Clear all pending HC Interrupts */ - for (i = 0; i < cfg.Host_channels; i++) - { - USBx_HC(i)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; - USBx_HC(i)->HCINTMSK = 0; - } - - /* Enable VBUS driving */ - USB_DriveVbus(USBx, 1); - - HAL_Delay(200); - - /* Disable all interrupts. */ - USBx->GINTMSK = 0; - - /* Clear any pending interrupts */ - USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFF; - - if(USBx == USB_OTG_FS) - { - /* set Rx FIFO size */ - USBx->GRXFSIZ = (uint32_t )0x80; - USBx->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x60 << 16)& USB_OTG_NPTXFD) | 0x80); - USBx->HPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x40 << 16)& USB_OTG_HPTXFSIZ_PTXFD) | 0xE0); - } - else - { - /* set Rx FIFO size */ - USBx->GRXFSIZ = (uint32_t )0x200; - USBx->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x100 << 16)& USB_OTG_NPTXFD) | 0x200); - USBx->HPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0xE0 << 16)& USB_OTG_HPTXFSIZ_PTXFD) | 0x300); - } - - /* Enable the common interrupts */ - if (cfg.dma_enable == DISABLE) - { - USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM; - } - - /* Enable interrupts matching to the Host mode ONLY */ - USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PRTIM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM |\ - USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM |USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT|\ - USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_InitFSLSPClkSel : Initializes the FSLSPClkSel field of the - * HCFG register on the PHY type and set the right frame interval - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param freq : clock frequency - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * HCFG_48_MHZ : Full Speed 48 MHz Clock - * HCFG_6_MHZ : Low Speed 6 MHz Clock - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t freq) -{ - USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS); - USBx_HOST->HCFG |= (freq & USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS); - - if (freq == HCFG_48_MHZ) - { - USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)48000; - } - else if (freq == HCFG_6_MHZ) - { - USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)6000; - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** -* @brief USB_OTG_ResetPort : Reset Host Port - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - * @note (1)The application must wait at least 10 ms - * before clearing the reset bit. - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ResetPort(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - __IO uint32_t hprt0; - - hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; - - hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ - USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); - - USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST | hprt0); - HAL_Delay (10); /* See Note #1 */ - USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST) & hprt0); - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_DriveVbus : activate or de-activate vbus - * @param state : VBUS state - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * 0 : VBUS Active - * 1 : VBUS Inactive - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DriveVbus (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t state) -{ - __IO uint32_t hprt0; - - hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; - hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ - USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); - - if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == 0 ) && (state == 1 )) - { - USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR | hprt0); - } - if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) && (state == 0 )) - { - USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) & hprt0); - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Return Host Core speed - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval speed : Host speed - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode - */ -uint32_t USB_GetHostSpeed (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - __IO uint32_t hprt0; - - hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; - return ((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PSPD) >> 17); -} - -/** - * @brief Return Host Current Frame number - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval current frame number -*/ -uint32_t USB_GetCurrentFrame (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - return (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & USB_OTG_HFNUM_FRNUM); -} - -/** - * @brief Initialize a host channel - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ch_num : Channel number - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @param epnum : Endpoint number - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @param dev_address : Current device address - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255 - * @param speed : Current device speed - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode - * @param ep_type : Endpoint Type - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * @arg EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type - * @arg EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type - * @arg EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type - * @arg EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type - * @param mps : Max Packet Size - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to32K - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Init(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, - uint8_t ch_num, - uint8_t epnum, - uint8_t dev_address, - uint8_t speed, - uint8_t ep_type, - uint16_t mps) -{ - - /* Clear old interrupt conditions for this host channel. */ - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; - - /* Enable channel interrupts required for this transfer. */ - switch (ep_type) - { - case EP_TYPE_CTRL: - case EP_TYPE_BULK: - - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM ; - - if (epnum & 0x80) - { - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM; - } - else - { - if(USBx != USB_OTG_FS) - { - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NYET | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM); - } - } - break; - - case EP_TYPE_INTR: - - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM ; - - if (epnum & 0x80) - { - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM; - } - - break; - case EP_TYPE_ISOC: - - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM ; - - if (epnum & 0x80) - { - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM); - } - break; - } - - /* Enable the top level host channel interrupt. */ - USBx_HOST->HAINTMSK |= (1 << ch_num); - - /* Make sure host channel interrupts are enabled. */ - USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM; - - /* Program the HCCHAR register */ - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = (((dev_address << 22) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_DAD) |\ - (((epnum & 0x7F)<< 11) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPNUM)|\ - ((((epnum & 0x80) == 0x80)<< 15) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR)|\ - (((speed == HPRT0_PRTSPD_LOW_SPEED)<< 17) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_LSDEV)|\ - ((ep_type << 18) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPTYP)|\ - (mps & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_MPSIZ)); - - if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR) - { - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM ; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Start a transfer over a host channel - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param hc : pointer to host channel structure - * @param dma: USB dma enabled or disabled - * This parameter can be one of these values: - * 0 : DMA feature not used - * 1 : DMA feature used - * @retval HAL state - */ -#if defined (__CC_ARM) /*!< ARM Compiler */ -#pragma O0 -#elif defined (__GNUC__) /*!< GNU Compiler */ -#pragma GCC optimize ("O0") -#endif /* __CC_ARM */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_HCTypeDef *hc, uint8_t dma) -{ - uint8_t is_oddframe = 0; - uint16_t len_words = 0; - uint16_t num_packets = 0; - uint16_t max_hc_pkt_count = 256; - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - if((USBx != USB_OTG_FS) && (hc->speed == USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH)) - { - if((dma == 0) && (hc->do_ping == 1)) - { - USB_DoPing(USBx, hc->ch_num); - return HAL_OK; - } - else if(dma == 1) - { - USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NYET | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM); - hc->do_ping = 0; - } - } - - /* Compute the expected number of packets associated to the transfer */ - if (hc->xfer_len > 0) - { - num_packets = (hc->xfer_len + hc->max_packet - 1) / hc->max_packet; - - if (num_packets > max_hc_pkt_count) - { - num_packets = max_hc_pkt_count; - hc->xfer_len = num_packets * hc->max_packet; - } - } - else - { - num_packets = 1; - } - if (hc->ep_is_in) - { - hc->xfer_len = num_packets * hc->max_packet; - } - - /* Initialize the HCTSIZn register */ - USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCTSIZ = (((hc->xfer_len) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_XFRSIZ)) |\ - ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |\ - (((hc->data_pid) << 29) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DPID); - - if (dma) - { - /* xfer_buff MUST be 32-bits aligned */ - USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCDMA = (uint32_t)hc->xfer_buff; - } - - is_oddframe = (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & 0x01) ? 0 : 1; - USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM; - USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR |= (is_oddframe << 29); - - /* Set host channel enable */ - tmpreg = USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR; - tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; - - if (dma == 0) /* Slave mode */ - { - if((hc->ep_is_in == 0) && (hc->xfer_len > 0)) - { - switch(hc->ep_type) - { - /* Non periodic transfer */ - case EP_TYPE_CTRL: - case EP_TYPE_BULK: - - len_words = (hc->xfer_len + 3) / 4; - - /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */ - if(len_words > (USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFF)) - { - /* need to process data in nptxfempty interrupt */ - USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_NPTXFEM; - } - break; - /* Periodic transfer */ - case EP_TYPE_INTR: - case EP_TYPE_ISOC: - len_words = (hc->xfer_len + 3) / 4; - /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */ - if(len_words > (USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFF)) /* split the transfer */ - { - /* need to process data in ptxfempty interrupt */ - USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PTXFEM; - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Write packet into the Tx FIFO. */ - USB_WritePacket(USBx, hc->xfer_buff, hc->ch_num, hc->xfer_len, 0); - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Read all host channel interrupts status - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL state - */ -uint32_t USB_HC_ReadInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - return ((USBx_HOST->HAINT) & 0xFFFF); -} - -/** - * @brief Halt a host channel - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param hc_num : Host Channel number - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Halt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t hc_num) -{ - uint32_t count = 0; - - /* Check for space in the request queue to issue the halt. */ - if (((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR) & (HCCHAR_CTRL << 18)) || ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR) & (HCCHAR_BULK << 18))) - { - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - - if ((USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFF) == 0) - { - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; - do - { - if (++count > 1000) - { - break; - } - } - while ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA); - } - else - { - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - } - } - else - { - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - - if ((USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFF) == 0) - { - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; - do - { - if (++count > 1000) - { - break; - } - } - while ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA); - } - else - { - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initiate Do Ping protocol - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param hc_num : Host Channel number - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DoPing(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t ch_num) -{ - uint8_t num_packets = 1; - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCTSIZ = ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |\ - USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DOPING; - - /* Set host channel enable */ - tmpreg = USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR; - tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stop Host Core - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopHost(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint8_t i; - uint32_t count = 0; - uint32_t value; - - USB_DisableGlobalInt(USBx); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10); - USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); - - /* Flush out any leftover queued requests. */ - for (i = 0; i <= 15; i++) - { - - value = USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR ; - value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; - USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR = value; - } - - /* Halt all channels to put them into a known state. */ - for (i = 0; i <= 15; i++) - { - value = USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR ; - - value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; - - USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR = value; - do - { - if (++count > 1000) - { - break; - } - } - while ((USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA); - } - - /* Clear any pending Host interrupts */ - USBx_HOST->HAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; - USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFF; - USB_EnableGlobalInt(USBx); - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ |